Using the Wisdom of the Mother to see what works

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, August 7, 2025. This dictation was given at the 2025 Conference for America: Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and as you know, most of you, I hold a spiritual office called the Office of the Divine Mother for Earth.

Now at the time of Jesus, the time that I was in embodiment as the mother of Jesus, there was a concept that was quite commonly known among what you might call the more open minded or the more progressive, or the more spiritual people of the time. It was of course those kinds of people that were attracted to Jesus.

People who followed Jesus

Before I tell you the concept, let me make just one thing clear. There is a fundamental misconception among today’s Christians, especially in America about what kind of people followed Jesus at the time. Most Christians in America think that it was people like themselves who were attracted to Jesus. But this is not the case by any means. The people who have the same mindset, the same lack of open-mindedness that you see in most Christians in America today, and for that matter in most Christians around the world, they were the ones who either ignored Jesus or persecuted him. The people who followed Jesus, were what you today derogatorily would call New Age people. They were people who were open-minded, who were open to something new instead of clinging to the existing.

You will see as a general principle around the world, that those who are satisfied with the existing, who believe that this is the only road to salvation, they are not open to a new preacher who suddenly shows up, whether he calls himself Jesus or the Christ, or the Buddha, or whatever it may be around the world.

Anyway, the people who were open to Jesus at the time, were open to him because they were open to something new. Many of these people came from different backgrounds, what you today would call different spiritual movements, because contrary to what many Christians think, it wasn’t just a matter of the Jewish religion and then Jesus came. At the time of Jesus there was actually great – we might call it spiritual renewal or upheaval, because there were many new religious movements, or spiritual movements that had sprung up, that attracted followers in a local area, and some of them had spread beyond their local area. So, there was quite a large number of people who were open to something new.

The Wisdom of the Mother in Jesus’ time

Many of these groups had this specific concept of the wisdom of the feminine often called Sophia. It is a concept that has largely disappeared from Christianity of course, especially after the formation of the Catholic church, who as you will see even today has shut out woman from important positions. But back then it was commonly believed among many open-minded people, that women of course had the same potential for spiritual growth as men, and therefore as a matter of what was obvious to these people, should have the same kind of positions in spiritual movements as men could hold.

This was of course not common at the time, because the Jewish religion was patriarchal and had been patriarchal for so long that women had been relegated to a secondary position – when you look at this from a matter of what influence they had in the religious life. But there were many of these open people that could see that this was not sustainable. They had this concept of the Wisdom of the Mother, the Wisdom of the Feminine, and it would often seem as relating to practical life, but not just a matter of the practical, technical, materialistic aspects of life, but how to actually integrate spirituality with everyday life.

It is not that these people thought the Mother principle was more important than the Father or the Divine Masculine, but that they saw that these two complemented each other. Therefore, you need to have both a complete but also a balanced approach to spirituality. What I aim to do here at the opening of this conference, is to give you this wisdom of the Divine Feminine – the Sophia, with relation to inferiority and superiority.

The fundamental challenge in the Christian religion

You see that many Americans consider themselves Christian, consider America to be a Christian nation. But how do they not see that there is a fundamental challenge in the Christian religion. The fundamental challenge is that in today’s Bible’s you have the Old Testament and the New Testament. And if you were to do, as some people have done, but not very many, certainly not many Christians have done, a comparative study of the contents, the ideas, the ideals, the principles set forth in these two parts of scripture, you would see that in many ways they are completely and utterly incompatible. An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth versus turn the other cheek, forgive seventy times seven. The angry and judgmental god in the sky who tells the Israelites to smite the men women and children, and Jesus who tells them to love your brother as yourself, forgive, raise up the all – how do they not see this?

Well, they don’t see it of course, because they are trapped in the mindset that we have called the dualistic mindset, which always has two opposite polarities, but they are never seen or rarely seen for what they are at the same time, because one is hidden, the other comes forward. People who are in the dualistic mindset often look at one polarity, this is the supreme, the superior truth, the other is the lie, therefore they do not see them at the same time from a neutral perspective. This is the cognitive dissonance that influences of course all aspects of society, but it especially influences the Christian religion with regards to the Old Testament and the New Testament.

Jesus’ new approach to God

So, how is it that Christians have not looked at this and said: “What are we, are we Christians or are we modern day Jews following the Old Testament?” Why is it they have not realized that Jesus came to bring forth an entirely new approach to religion, but also an entirely new relationship between God and people on earth? The angry and judgmental god, the remote god in the sky, whereas Jesus’ loving Father figure who it is his good pleasure to give you the kingdom. And what is the kingdom? Where is the kingdom? It is within.

The Old Testament followed the outer rules, observed the outer rules and rituals in the religion, and you are guaranteed to be saved. What did Jesus say: “Where is the kingdom, it does not come with observation of the outer rules, for it is within you.” Therefore, your state of mind is what determines whether you are in the kingdom, or not in the kingdom. How have they not seen that there is a deep, fundamental psychological component to Jesus’ teachings that is not really there in the Old Testament, at least not nearly as pronounced.

What will it take to follow Jesus into the kingdom of God? What did he say: “He who is willing to lose his life for my sake shall enter the kingdom.” Whereas those who are not willing to lose their life, shall not enter the kingdom. What does it mean to lose your life? Is there not a clear psychological component for what does it take to lose your life? It isn’t your physical life, it’s all the things in your mind that you are attached to.

So, here we have a nation that claims to be the greatest nation on earth, they claim to be a Christian nation and many think that there is a connection between the two. They are the greatest, America is the greatest nation on earth because it is a Christian nation, the most Christian nation.

But how is it the most Christian nation if they have overlooked the very central aspect of Jesus’ teaching, which is a complete and utter transformation of consciousness? How do you not see that if you are to follow Jesus into the kingdom, you cannot do it with the mindset that most people have?

Teaching through the enigmas

And what is that mindset? Are you focused on yourself or are you focused on the whole. You may say, if you look at this with the linear mind, that there are certain contradictions in what Jesus said. So, you take Jesus’ teaching about the talents, three servants called by their master and given different numbers of talents, the master goes away – you all know the parable. He comes back and says: “What have you done with the talents?” (This could be a reality TV show in today’s world, you know.) – and they have used them differently. Both of the people who had multiplied the talents received more, and the one who had buried it the ground, it was taken away from him what he had.

This could be interpreted to mean that “everybody for himself,” they were judged individually and they were rewarded for what they had done individually it seems. How does this compare to what Jesus said about those who would be greatest: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all”, “In as much as ye have done it to the least of these my brethren ye have done it unto me.”

So, was Jesus an individualist, or did he encourage people to work for the all. Well, if you look at this closely, and if you are willing to reach for a higher vision, a higher way to look at this, you can resolve this seeming enigma. You might also, if you are to really resolve this, realize that Jesus taught in a specific way that was very common both in the Middle East, and in the Far East at the time, and is still common, and it was by presenting certain enigmas.

Jesus was not trying to give a teaching that was completely consistent according to the linear mind, he was giving a teaching that from the perspective of the linear mind “seemed” to be contradictory. Only those who were willing to go beyond the linear mind, willing to go beyond surface appearances could resolve the seeming contradictions, and see the higher vision that pulled them together.

Multiplying the talents by raising the whole

For what does it mean to multiply the talents? It does not necessarily mean that the third servant who had buried the Talents in the ground did nothing. It could also be interpreted that the servant who did not multiply the talents, who buried them in the ground, had acted out of self-interest. He had attempted to only do something that was good for himself. Whereas the other two had attempted to do something that was good for more than themselves, whether it was their master or whether it was the community that they lived in. In other words, how do you multiply the talent—by doing something that reaches beyond yourself. If you are only focused on yourself, your own interest, what is good for you, what seems good for you, then you are not multiplying the talents.

Therefore, what does that mean? It means then, who is the master that multiplies. Is it an earthly master? is it your leader here on earth, is it your employer? No, it is Christ, it is the Christ mind.

What is the Christ mind? It is the mind that unifies everything, because its primary function is to unify the Creator with its creation, but also to unify horizontally people here on earth through their connection to the Christ mind, that is what the Christ mind is. So the Christ mind is always focused on the whole, raising the whole. You cannot capture, you cannot tune into the Christ mind if you are only focused on your own interest.

But what does it mean to multiply the talents? It means that you are doing something for others. So, what is the Christ mind also? The Christ mind is the principle that determines the flow of energy from the spiritual realm into the material realm.

What Jesus’ parable is really meant to illustrate is that as Jesus himself said about himself but it applies to all “I can of my own self do nothing. The Father within me doeth the work.” But he also said: “My Father worketh hitherto and I work,” what does that mean? It means that when you are really doing the work of God, you are working to raise the whole. And when you are working to raise the whole, the Christ mind will multiply what you are doing and release more spiritual light to you, so you have more talents, you have more creative power. The Christ mind is not sitting there arbitrarily judging who should get more light and who should get less. It is simply looking at who serves the all more, and who serves themselves more.

The unified and separate “I”

Why? Because the principle of the Christ mind is to unify. So there is a vertical unity between you and above, (you – your higher self) – you the ascended masters, but there is also a horizontal unity among all people. Because when you see, when you experience that your source is the one mind, the Christ mind that you came out of, the one mind of the Creator. You will at some point also see that: “But wait a minute, if I came from that source, where did everybody else come from?” That is when you start seeing that in as much as you have done it unto the least of the people, you have done it unto Christ. And that is the Wisdom of the Mother that allows people to see that you are all in this together, and only what benefits the whole will truly benefit you.

But this requires you to be willing to ask yourself a question that most Christians have not been willing to ask themselves: “What is the “you” we are talking about.” When you say “you” what do you mean? If you are Christian are you sure that when you say “I” that you are meaning the same as when Jesus said “I.” “I can of my own self do nothing,” said Jesus. But how many people on earth can truly say that, how many people feel that “I of my own self certainly can do something, and look at all that I have done. Look at this “I love me-wall behind me, where my diplomas, or my shaking hands with the President, of all the things that I have done.”

If you really grasp the psychological component of Jesus’ teachings, if you read between the lines of what he said two thousand years ago, is it impossible to see that when Jesus talked about the “I” or about you, he talked about two different “I’s” – the separate “I” that sees itself as separate from other people, and for that matter separate from God. And then the Christ “I” that sees the oneness of itself and God, and the oneness of itself and all other people.

What does it mean that you should lose your life in order to follow Christ into the kingdom? It means that you should lose the separate “I” so that the unified “I” can follow Christ. Because the separate “I” cannot follow Christ. It is the one who came in without the wedding garment and was cast into outer darkness.

The suppression of the Divine Feminine

How difficult is it to see this, if you are willing to look through the Wisdom of the Mother? But of course, this is one reason why the Jewish authorities challenged Jesus, put him on trial, and wanted him executed.

Why did they want to silence him? Because if the Wisdom of the Mother had become more prominent in the society of the time, it would have meant a complete revolution. The male dominance, the patriarchal system would have been threatened, and it had been there for thousands of years. Who were in charge of it – the men, were they willing to give up their power and privilege? Nay.

So, they killed Christ, and what did they do, those who were in the separate mind? After three centuries they created a Christian church that was as suppressive of women as the Jewish societies. But it wasn’t just women they were suppressing, it wasn’t primarily women they were suppressing, it was the Divine Feminine, the Sophia, the Wisdom of the Mother.

Why do they want to suppress this? Did this start two thousand years ago? Nay, it goes way back, not only in the Middle East but also in the Far East. Where you see in the Hindu religion, even in the Buddhist religion, a clear suppression of women. But it is not just women—it is the feminine wisdom, the Sophia. Because this can of course be had by both men and women, it isn’t exclusive to women, but there are many examples from history where women have been much more tuned into this wisdom than men. But it doesn’t mean that men cannot tune into it, because it really isn’t particularly feminine as you see it normally with the physical sexes. It goes beyond this to the two basic forces that I have talked about in many previous teachings, of the expanding force and the contracting force.

The expanding force represents the masculine wisdom of expansion, of reaching up, self-transcendence, growing, creating something new. But the horizontal principle, the horizontal wisdom is looking at what has already been created and seeing “Does it work? Does it give us what we want, and if not, how do we have to change ourselves in order to create something better?” That is the principle of the Sophia—the wisdom of the world Mother.

The Sophia and the fallen beings

Why has this been suppressed for thousands of years? Well, this is something that the average Christian would never be able to understand, at least probably not in this lifetime, and for the next however many lifetimes. It is because, and you can only understand this if you have our teachings about the fallen beings. It is because when the fallen beings came to earth, they decided: “Let us suppress the Sophia, the feminine wisdom.”

Why? Well partly because they realized this was a good way to control people on earth. But you may ask yourself: “What else could they do?” What is the essence of a fallen being? You are not willing to look at yourself, and your own psychology, your own mind. You are always projecting that it is out there. God is the problem, God made a mistake, God should not have given these human beings free will, he should have put us in charge. It is a complete unwillingness to look at yourself, just neutrally.

Well, there is of course two ways to look at yourself. One is to compare yourself to the higher principles that have been revealed through the masculine process, the masculine wisdom. But the other way is to look horizontally, what kind of a society or situation have you created, what have you brought forth, is it working for you. And what “you” is it working for, the separate you or the common you.

What are the fallen beings doing? They are in this mindset, where first of all they see themselves as separate of course. They are separate from God, they know better than God, they know better than everybody else. Well, if you know better than everybody else, even know better than God, why would you need to look at yourself and say: “Oh, do I need to change? Is there something in me I haven’t seen.” Nay, they are not willing to do this, so how could they embrace the Sophia—they couldn’t.

That is why their first order of business after they came to earth was to suppress this, and to suppress the people who were most in tune with this, which often was women. And so there you have, going back into times before recorded history, how the suppression, not only of women, but of the female wisdom, started.

This is a teaching that you can apply to many areas of society, many religions, certainly not just the Christian religion, and it will explain many, many things as you begin to ponder this, and as you begin to ask for and tune in to this Sophia, this Wisdom of the Mother.

The Sophia and Saint Germain’s Golden Age

Now, of course we have used this wisdom even though we haven’t named it so, we have used this from the very beginning. We have used this in previous teachings as well. Although in previous dispensations we gave more of the Wisdom of the Father, and in this dispensation we have given more of the Wisdom of the Mother. Because any teaching about resolving psychology is the wisdom of the Mother, of course with a certain combination of the Wisdom of the Father.

And so, we have simply evaluated that given the collective consciousness, given where the planet is at, it was time to be more direct about this Sophia, this Divine Wisdom. Because it is the key to getting the world past the last hurdles before the Golden Age can be manifest.

What is the foundation for Saint Germain’s Golden Age? It really is the Sophia, where you look at a society and say: “How are things working?” For whom are things working, do we have a society focused on a small elite, run by a small elite, run based on their vision, of their self-interest as separate beings, or do we have a society based on the vision of raising the all.

Go back to the American Constitution: “all men are created equal.” Now I know it says “all men” but at the time the way words were used was ”All men” referred to all human beings including wo-men. I am not thereby saying that the Founding Fathers were not patriarchal in many ways, they were. But still, the principle is all human beings are created equal, of equal value. This doesn’t mean that they are all the same, created with the same talents, meaning creative abilities, not money. Each being is unique, because what makes you unique. Well, again what “you” are you talking about, are you talking about the separate “you” based on duality, or are you talking about the Conscious You that is an extension of the I AM Presence, and therefore has the potential to expand its connection to the I AM Presence.

Was that not what Jesus was really telling people to do. Was that not what he demonstrated at the very beginning of the Piscean Age, how to unite with the higher self, the Father within. That is the “you” that is unique, your uniqueness is encapsulated in the I AM Presence, but can be expressed through the Conscious You when you become the open door that no man can shut. No man can shut it, but you can by going into separation. But no external force can shut it when you go within, when you are willing to lay down your life to follow Christ.

Laying down your life for Christ

What did Jesus mean with this? Well what is it that the fallen beings have done on earth? They have caused people to believe that there is something here in the material world that is more important to them than uniting with the higher self, than following Christ into the kingdom. Jesus talked about those who want their reward on earth, and they have their reward. But there are those who want their reward in heaven, and they follow Christ by being willing to give up anything that the power elite, the fallen beings can use to manipulate them. That is laying down your life for Christ. There is nothing on earth that is more important to you than oneness with your higher self, being the open door for the higher self.

When you begin to see this, you can look at Jesus’ teachings and his life in an entirely new way. You can see that Jesus actually demonstrated a person who was willing to follow that inner path to the inner kingdom. Even if it meant losing everything on earth, including his physical life.

In this day and age, we are not looking to you to lose your physical life, we are talking about losing your separate sense of self, that is laying down your life in order to follow Christ. It is “greater love has no man than to lay down his life for a friend,” but who is the friend? It is all people, it is the whole, it is the All. It’s coming into oneness with your higher self who is your real friend, your I AM Presence. So, being willing to lay down your earthly life in order to come into oneness with the I AM Presence, that is the highest love. Also, something you can see when you have the wisdom of the Mother, but which you cannot see through the separate mind.

The essence of the Wisdom of the Mother

What must you do when you are trapped in the separate mind, and you do not have the wisdom of the Mother? You must turn Christ into an external savior. How will an external savior take you into the kingdom of God when that kingdom is within you? So, if you have the wisdom of the Mother, you can look at today’s Christianity, its doctrines, its preachings, you can look at the preachers who are standing on the pulpit every Sunday crying “Jesus saves.” No! Jesus doesn’t save anybody, how could he when he is portrayed as the external savior. How can an external savior take you into the inner kingdom?

Therefore, when you have the wisdom of the Mother, you must say: “Here, there was something wrong with what Jesus said about the kingdom being within, or there is something wrong with what Christianity teaches today because they are not compatible.

This is the essence of the wisdom of the Mother. You can look at two teachings, put them up there and see they are not compatible, they cannot both be true. In many cases both of them are a lie, that is the whole idea of duality which is beyond the topic I want to talk about here. But when you put them up there together and are willing to look, you can see, is there a higher wisdom that seems to resolve the incompatibility? Or is there a higher wisdom that allows us to see that one of the two is incorrect, and the other one is at least partially correct? But if we reach for that higher wisdom, we can see beyond it, and see something deeper, a deeper truth.

The denial of the Wisdom of the Mother

What is it, that is behind the entire fundamentalist movement, the entire idea that the Bible is the infallible word of God? It is a total denial of the wisdom of the Mother. Because the wisdom of the Mother looks at Jesus and his teachings, and sees that there must be more to Jesus’ teachings than what is in the Scriptures. The Scriptures even says that there is more to Jesus’ teachings than what is in the Scriptures. “If all the things that Jesus did and said should be written down, the world itself could not contain the books that should be written”

Do you think this New Testament that is this thick could contain all that Jesus said and meant? So, how can you say “all we need is the Bible. And we either take it literally, we don’t need to read between the lines, we don’t need to ask ourselves: Did Jesus have a deeper meaning that was not encapsulated in the words, in the outer word? So, how can the outer word be infallible?”

That is what you see with the wisdom of the Mother, you see that no teaching on earth was ever meant to be a closed box. It is meant to stimulate you to reach beyond the outer teaching, to reach for the Christ mind, the Comforter that Jesus said he would ask the Father to send when he ascended to heaven. It is your ability to go within, to contact the Christ mind to ask for the wisdom of the Mother, and experience in yourself a higher truth than what is in the outer word. This is what any Christian preacher worth his salt should be doing, but are they? No!

Because they are brainwashed, programmed like computers to mindlessly repeat the nonsense that has been repeated by Christian churches for seventeen centuries. And not one of them is willing to question it and use the Divine Mother and the wisdom of the Mother to say: “Does this make sense? Are we preaching the word of Christ, or are we preaching a dead word created by the enemies of Christ who want to keep us outside the kingdom, looking forever for that external saviour that never comes? What nonsense is this that you call yourself a Christian nation, and you have no idea whatsoever what Jesus taught?

I do! Partly because I was there physically, but partly because over the past two thousand years I have transcended myself over, and over and over again. I have watched how there are those Christians who are devoted to Mother Mary, who are sitting there in front of my statues, they are lighting candles, they are looking at these statues, looking for tears of blood, some visible sign, and I am always there in their hearts if they will reach for that wisdom of the Mother. I do not withhold it from anybody whether they are Christians or not. But will they reach for it? No!

They are waiting for the outer sign when the inner signs are plentiful, and then they call themselves Christians. They call themselves devotees of Mother Mary – they are devotees of a statue, a dead image. But I am a Living Being.

Mother Mary’s judgment

The wisdom of the Mother has facets, not just one, it can reason with people, but it can also be the strict mother who says to the child: “You have gone too far, you cannot behave this way, this is enough.” And I as the Ascended Master Mother Mary have had enough of the hypocrisy of the Christian religion worldwide, and especially in this country of the United States where many of these churches and certainly the fundamentalist churches, will not even acknowledge me, for they are so intent on shutting out the Divine Feminine.

This must end! And therefore, and therefore, I pronounce the judgment of the Divine Mother upon this phenomenon that denies the Wisdom of the Mother. Will it have an instant effect? Yes and no, will it have an instant visible effect? No! Will these churches crumble tomorrow or at least on Sunday? No.

But it will have an instant effect in the collective consciousness, in going into the minds of those who are open to the wisdom of the Mother. And there are many people in America who are open to this and they are not all women, but the majority of them are women who are open to seeing “Something does not make sense. Why should we who are in a female body be excluded from religion, from decision making processes? Oh yes! We can serve coffee after Sunday service. We can come and clean the toilets in the church. We can bake cookies. We can put on yard sales. But when it comes to making decisions and deciding about doctrine. Oh no! Then we are shut out as if we were second-rate citizens, incapable of coming up with anything valuable. What nonsense is this in today’s day and age?”

Reawakening of the Wisdom of the Mother

So, what did Jesus actually teach two thousand years ago? Did he teach just for his own time, or did he teach for the next two thousand year period of the Age of Pisces? Well, of course, he taught for both, but he taught for the entire period, and what did he teach? That it is time to reawaken the Divine Feminine and use the wisdom of the Mother to look at society and say: “Is what the fallen beings have misled us into doing, is it working? Who is it working for? Is it working for the power elite, or is it working for we the people?”

This is the question that the Founding Fathers of America asked themselves, although not as clearly as I am describing it here. But they did ask themselves: “Is the clearly elitist system that King George of England represented, is it working for the people or only for the elite? Is it time to have a system that works more for the people than the elite.”

And they said “Yes!” in 1776, and they put their lives on the line when they signed that Declaration of Independence. Where are the people today who would take that stand for “we the people,” and demand equal opportunity instead of a system that is so skewed, so rigged towards the elite that it almost defies comprehension. It certainly defies comprehension how anyone can look at this and say: “This is in accordance with the American Constitution, that’s how America is, that’s why we are the greatest nation on earth because we are allowing this great elite to do whatever they want, and then we get the crumbs from their table.”

Take one of the greatest lies foisted not only upon America, but upon the Western world over the last half a century, the neo-liberal economic philosophy: “the rising tide lifts all boats?” If that were the case, how come there is a think tank in the United States called the Rand Institute, who several years ago came out with a report that shows that over the last forty years, wealth has been funneled upwards towards the elite, and the middle and lower classes have had their living standard reduced. There is no question that the rich have become richer in the last forty years, but if the rising tide lifts all boats, then the lower classes should have become richer too. If that is not the case then it’s the wisdom of the Divine Mother that says: “Something must be off here, it isn’t true that the rising tide lifts all boats, at least it doesn’t lift them equally.” But not only that, how do you explain that the rising tide lifts some boats and lowers others. Lowers some of them so much that the water is starting to come in and they are sinking. But they are still upholding this wonderful view of this American individualism, where everybody could make it if they were just willing to work hard.

Again, the wisdom of the Divine Mother sees right through this nonsense and says: “It can’t be true because it obviously isn’t doing what it says it’s going to do; therefore, it’s time to look for something new.”

As you can hear my beloved, I didn’t spend the whole day travelling to get to this conference. I understand that most of you have, and therefore I understand that some of you are perhaps nodding off a little bit. But I of course am not bound by time and space, so I could go on. Because the wisdom of the Divine Mother has much to say about conditions on planet Earth. But it isn’t really a matter of me saying it as a clearly outer voice. What I want is for each and everyone of the people on earth who are willing, to tune into the Divine Mother, the wisdom of the Divine Mother, the office that I hold, and receive it in the kingdom of God that is within you.

Blind followers of blind leaders

What is the most important message that Jesus gave two thousand years ago – “the kingdom of God is within you,” you and you and you and everyone. Why was it so important? Because what have the fallen beings done by creating this patriarchal religion, that suppresses the Wisdom of the Mother. They have created this impression that the kingdom is not within all people, it is within certain special people who are superior to all the people. And the wisdom of the Divine Mother and the Christ mind will shatter that illusion. But when you are separated from the wisdom of the Mother, you can easily come to believe in the illusion. And those who do not want to take responsibility for acquiring that wisdom of the Divine Mother, they will believe in the illusion because it’s convenient for them: “Oh! I don’t need to try. I don’t need to multiply the talents. I just need to follow the leaders, the blind leading the blind. And I just need to continue believing that we will not end up both in the ditch like Jesus said. Because Jesus didn’t really know what he was talking about, our leaders know what they are talking about.”

So, it’s convenient to follow the elite, because what did Jesus talk about two thousand years ago, the kingdom of God is within you, but it is your responsibility – to find it. How do you find it? By giving up everything in order to get that “pearl of great price.” And if you are not willing to give up the little that you have, you are not willing to follow Christ. And so you see some of these people, and I have compassion for the many poor people around the world, for they have almost nothing. But are they willing to give up what they don’t have in order to find the pearl of great price within them. Nay. Can you explain to me why that is, then I would be willing to hear it. Because after two thousand years I haven’t actually found an answer to this question. At least not a logical answer according to the wisdom of the Divine Mother. I can of course see that those who don’t have the wisdom of the Divine Mother, for them it is more attractive “not” to take responsibility and therefore blindly follow the blind leaders. But with the wisdom of the Divine Mother this makes no sense whatsoever.

Why would you keep yourself poor? Just to avoid looking at yourself. But I am getting ahead of myself, because this is a topic we will talk more about: the unwillingness to look at yourself. The enormous, we might say, creativity of the ego to justify why you don’t need to look at yourself. Why you don’t need to look at that beam in your own eye, but can continue to focus on the splinter in the eye of your brother, thinking if you just pull that splinter out you will solve all of your problems, and all of the world’s problems. For surely, the problem is out there.

What did Jesus say, did he say the problem was out there? No! He said the kingdom of God is within you. What does that mean? It means that you are not in the kingdom of God right now. What’s preventing you from going into the inner kingdom? It can only be something inside yourself, the beam. So, if you are not willing to look at that, how will you ever enter the kingdom? “Oh yeah, you can wait for the external savior.”

There are people who have incarnated continuously almost for seventeen centuries, believing in the Christian doctrines, waiting for the outer savior. Every time they leave a physical body, they think Jesus is going to come and then he doesn’t, and they are sent back down. When will you have had enough of this merry-go-round?

So, with this question, I shall thank you for your kind attention, your loving hearts, your willingness to be here in the physical, and to allow me to use your chakras to multiply this message, so that it has gone much further than if it was only spoken by the messenger sitting alone in a room. And so for this you have my gratitude, and I of course look forward to what is going to come forth in the next days, for we have much to offer you.

Thank you my beloved hearts.

Back to Rising above the superiority-inferiority duality.

Time to update the information in your mind

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, April 20, 2025. This dictation was given at 2025 Easter Webinar for Ukraine.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. My contribution is to talk about space. It has been said, we have said, I have said, that the Buddha holds space for earth. Yet is space purely physical? Could there be an emotional body if there was not space for it? Could there be a mental body if there was not space for it? Could there be an identity body if there was not space for it?

The space in the mind

The Buddha holds space at the four levels of matter. Why does that matter? Well, because those of you who are our direct students can begin to contemplate that you have space in your emotional body. You have space in your mental body. You have space in your identity body.

The first consideration is: “How much space do you have?” The second consideration is: “What fills the space that you have?” We may say that, as you go to the lowest level of the 144 levels of consciousness possible on earth, you are decreasing the space in your mind. This may seem contradictory, as those who are at the lowest level of consciousness often seem to be very knowledgeable, having certain skills, certain advanced supposedly knowledge of how to manipulate matter, how to manipulate people, how to manipulate the mind. Would it not seem that if they have greater knowledge, they must have space for that knowledge to be there in their minds?

But what have you learned from computer technology? Some of you will remember the very first computers had something called a floppy disk, a very big disk that could hold a very small amount of data. Now you have these very small devices you put in your phones or cameras that hold thousands of times more data. You see, it is not necessarily so that you need more space to store more data. It is a matter of how compressed the data is. And the more compressed the data in your mind, the harder it is for you to look beyond it. That is why the lower you go in consciousness, the more your mind becomes a closed system, because there is less space for you to see a wider perspective.

What happens when you climb higher in consciousness? You expand the space in the mind. You do not necessarily expand your knowledge. In fact, if you take a being at the lowest level of consciousness, and if that being turns around and starts climbing up the ladder of the 144 levels, that being will gradually forget some of the sophisticated knowledge it had, but it will gain a broader perspective so that its mind becomes less closed.

Incompatible data formats

Naturally, when you reach that turning point of the 48th level, you can begin to store a different form of knowledge in your mind, partly because there is space, partly because you are now able to see yourself as a connected being and receive knowledge from the ascended realm.

Why cannot a being at the lower levels receive knowledge from the ascended realm? Because the knowledge from the ascended realm cannot be compressed into a data format that the separate mind can read. It is, so to speak, that at the lowest levels of consciousness, the mind of this being has an operating system that cannot read the file format that we use in the ascended realm. It is not a matter of there not being space, even though you could say that the file format we use in the ascended realm has a much longer wavelength, and therefore, there is not space for those longer wavelengths in the compressed mind. But it is also a matter of different data formats in order to use the computer analogy.

Then, you can expand the space in the mind as you climb from the 48th to the 96th level, and you can begin to download information from the ascended realm.

However, there is another turning point at the 96th level, where, if we again use the computer analogy, the knowledge above the 96th level is another data format, or you could say another level of encryption, that the mind below the 96th level cannot read. Partly again because there is not space, because of the longer wavelength of the light used to carry the information.

What occupies the space in your mind?

What you, who are direct students, can begin to contemplate is: What occupies the space you currently have in your mind? Wherever you are at above the 48th level: What occupies the space? And the immediate question is: “If I am between the 48th and the 96th level, how much space in my mind is occupied by the information I took in while I was below the 48th level? How much of my emotions, my feelings, my sense of identity, do I carry with me from when I was in separation?” And you can begin then to contemplate this. You can begin to look at your reactions, your thoughts, your feelings. This does not need to be some elaborate ritual or method.

I realize, as I sense your return current from my words, that many of you feel that this is too difficult, this is too overwhelming, this is too subtle. But it is not really. It is a matter of, just once in a while, paying a little attention to your reactions, to your feelings, to your thoughts, to your sense of identity. Of these subtle, we might call them projections, that come to your conscious mind, but they are not projections from the outside as much as coming from the inside, although projections from the outside may also make use of what you have on the inside and magnify it, intensify it.

It is just a matter of paying attention. Is there some sense that you have certain feelings that are maybe frustration, impatience, perhaps a certain anger, or being in embodiment, being exposed to what you have been exposed to here in the physical octave? Then, you can use this to expose the separate selves you have not yet seen. You can use the tools for seeing these selves. And when you do, you clear the space in your emotional body.

Naturally, the selves will also have a mental component. There will be some thoughts of what you can and cannot do on earth, what you can and cannot do in life, what you can and cannot do for the rest of this lifetime, how you can and cannot change your life. And then there will be, when you clear this, more space in your mental mind.

Then, you can sometimes sense a certain sense of projection of identity. Are you, for example, identified as a certain nationality? Russian, Ukrainian, American, Dutch, Estonian, whatever you have. You can begin to clear this also. For as we have said, there are no Russians and Ukrainians and Estonians in heaven, because you have to transcend national identity, religious identity, sexual identity, any kind of identity on earth you have to transcend in order to ascend. And you can begin to contemplate how much of your space, the space in your mind is occupied by these outer things that pull your attention into all these outer dealings.

I am not talking here about your daily tasks, your daily chores. You all have to make a living. You all have to make the practical life work. That is not what I am talking about. What I am talking about is what occupies your mind that makes you feel limited, frustrated, feel like there are things you cannot do. Then, you can go after that in your mind, because this is the remnants of what you took in while you were below the 48th level.

Of course, some of you are close to or have gone beyond the 96th level. You can still contemplate if there are some remnants from below the 48th, but even those between the 48th and the 96th where you realize, as we have said, that the self you built in order to climb to the 96th level, you have to break down above the 96th level in order to make space for the higher information you can download.

Outdated information

What I am giving you here is a teaching that is parallel to what I have given before but expressed in a slightly different way, where you could, from a certain perspective, look at the mind as a carrier of information, as a storehouse of information. The mind is like a hard drive in a computer, like a memory card. What fills it? You know that your hard drive can fill up with files that you no longer need. What do you do? You have to clean it out. Well, certainly, why would not you have to clean out your mind once in a while from all this information you took in that you no longer need because you have risen to a higher level of consciousness?

We may look at life on earth and say that science has revealed deeper and deeper layers of what makes life possible. There was a time where people thought that the entire earth was made up of four physical elements: fire, air, water, and earth, and a fifth, ether. Then it was discovered that everything is made out of atoms. Then it was discovered that atoms were made out of elementary particles, still physical particles. Then it was discovered that everything is really made out of energy, energy waves, energy fields. Now some of the most advanced scientists have begun to realize that everything is made up of information, and a few scientists have even begun to realize that information cannot exist outside a conscious mind.

What have you stored on your computer’s hard drive? Many will say it is information, but to the computer it is not information. It is data. It is zeros and ones. The computer has no idea whether this shows an image of your last vacation, or is a word processing document that has a specific meaning. Only when the data from your hard drive is taken in by your mind, does it become information. You may think this is a very abstract discourse that has little to do with the topic of this conference, but what have other masters talked about? Have they not talked about a transformation of consciousness and said that those who can transform the consciousness the most will come out ahead of this conflict? What that really means is that those who can let go of the old information and embrace a higher form of information are the ones who will prosper. What created the conflict, what precipitated the conflict? The old information held in the minds, even the collective minds, of both Ukrainians and Russians.

It was the outdated, low-frequency information in the Russian collective consciousness, in Putin’s own mind, that caused him to make that decision to start the war. What determines the outcome on the battlefield? The kind of information that the soldiers have. This goes for strategy, tactics, it goes for physical equipment but also how to use it. Everything is information. What is it that is the biggest hindrance to an end to the war? It is the information held in the minds of a majority of the Russian people and the information that is not there. They have faulty, outdated information about the situation in Russia, the situation in Ukraine, the situation in the world, and they are acting based on this outdated information. Putin himself has outdated information about the actual conditions on the battlefield and the conditions of the Russian economy, and he is acting on that outdated information. The Ukrainians have a much more realistic view of what is happening at the battlefield.

What will shift the equation? Well, information in the Russian collective mind and in the individual minds of Russians, even the leaders’ minds must shift. There must be that willingness to say what kind of information occupies our minds. Is that information accurate? Is it connected to the reality, the physical reality, outside our minds? What did Shiva talk about, about the serpentine lie held in the collective mind of so many Russians? It is information, or rather disinformation, but it is still what keeps the Russian people trapped in that serpentine lie, because they will not look at what occupies the deeper levels of their mind and evaluate: “Is it accurate, is it useful, is it constructive, does it have any connection to any reality, or is it a complete illusion, a figment of the serpentine imagination?”

Updating information

You, as ascended master students, can, of course, make the calls that people you know will be cut free from this serpentine lie to evaluate the information in their minds. You can do whatever you can to update the information, to give them new information. You can update yourselves, and this can again have some impact. But what we are really saying here is that the side that will come out ahead in this conflict is the one that is willing to update its information. Clearly Ukraine is more willing to update information, but there is still a need in the Ukrainian mind, both in individual people and in the collective, to look back at Soviet times and realize: “We are carrying a lot of information from Soviet times in our minds. If we are to make the transition into becoming a modern, democratic, affluent nation, we must get rid of that information. We must take in new information from the democratic nations so we do not have to reinvent the wheel and repeat the mistakes made by others.”

How far do you have to look? Well, look over the border to Poland, look at the Baltic countries. Be willing to ask them: “How did you make the transition from Soviet times to where you are at, today? What did you have to do? What did you have to look at?”

What will it require for Ukraine to do this? You have to overcome this serpentine mindset that penetrated the Soviet Union, that: ”We are superior, we are better than others because we are Communists, we are Soviets, we are Russians, we are this, we are that.” When you think you know better than others, you are not likely to ask them for new information, are you? If Ukraine is to be successful in making the transition, you must overcome this unwillingness to ask, to ask for help, to ask for information. You must be willing to go to these other countries and say: “How did you do it?” It does not mean you have to do it exactly the same way because there are national differences, but you can nevertheless learn from asking. And now you have Ukrainian refugees in many different European countries. They are a resource, both while they are abroad and when they come back. Be willing to ask. The difference, if you look back throughout history, between those who have made progress and those who have not, is that those who have not made progress have clasped the information they had, wanting to hold on to it indefinitely as if it was a matter of life and death.

And it is indeed a matter of life and death because holding on to information as the wheels of time grind on is death. And the only way to live is to move on in that ever-flowing interdependent originations, the River of Life. You cannot make the transition from where Ukraine was at before the war to where it needs to be to become an affluent democratic nation in an instant. You can see that other nations took longer time, but you can also see that the Baltics and Poland and other Eastern European nations have made that transition in a much shorter time because they looked at what others had done. If you are to be successful, if you are to fulfill the highest potential for Ukraine, you must overcome this desire to do it on your own, to be self-sufficient, to be smarter than others. You are not smarter than others. You are not less smart than others, but you are not smarter than others. No one is. It is simply a matter of how fast do you want to shift.

Do you want to reinvent the wheel and repeat the mistakes that others have made, or do you want to learn from those mistakes so you can move on faster than they did? This is not rocket science. This is common sense, you might say: “Only not so common”, certainly not among the people of Russian descent, who, because of this serpentine mind-trap, are very reluctant to ask for help, to look at others and say: “How did you do it? How come you are ahead of us? What did you do to become ahead of us?” To simply say: “What can we learn from others?” Who are the smartest people? Those who think they can do it all themselves, or those who say: “Why should we repeat the mistakes of others? Let us look at them, let us ask them, so we do not have to repeat those mistakes.” Who are the smartest?

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. We have given you what we wanted to give you. Accept our gratitude for your willingness to be part of this release, part of previous conferences in Ukraine, in Russia, in Kazakhstan, in Estonia, that have all helped raise the consciousness of those nations, those people who were affected by the Soviet Union, the biggest geopolitical disaster of the last century, the Soviet Union, the existence of the Soviet Union.

But nevertheless, as we have said, everything is an opportunity, everything carries within it an opportunity. But in order to make use of that opportunity, you have to consider that the Soviet Union was created from a certain set of information. And in order to learn the lesson that can be learned, you need to be willing to look at it, process it, let go of what is outdated, and reach for higher information. This can be a growth opportunity for all who were part of the Soviet Union, but only if you are willing to look. With this, again, our gratitude for your willingness to do the work, to raise your consciousness, to make use of our teachings. And I, therefore, seal you, I seal this conference in the flame that I hold for earth. What is that flame? What is any God flame? Information. You can tune in to that information. You can bring yourself in formation with the Buddha’s mind. That is my ultimate gift to you and to this planet. With this, I seal you, Gautama Buddha, I am the package of information that I have named as Gautama Buddha.

Back to Unlocking Ukraine’s Potential

Shiva’s Action: Consuming the serpentine lies that hold the Russian people

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Shiva through Kim Michaels, April 20, 2025. This dictation was given at 2025 Easter Webinar for Ukraine.

I AM the Ascended Master Shiva. I am gratified to be able to announce to you that due to the efforts of the many spiritual people in Russia over the years, the many spiritual people elsewhere who have given these decrees and invocations, including those who have given these decrees for the situation with the Ukraine war over these last years, and of course, those of you who have been part of this conference, I have been able to permanently bind and consume a specific serpentine energy that has been hanging over the Russian people for a long time, even longer than there has been any talk about Russia and Russian people.

Serpentine energy

If you were to look at a tree, you might see that there are branches, there are leaves covering the tree. But if you were to look closer, you might see that between the leaves is hiding a serpent that has wrapped its body around the trunk of the tree and is slowly choking the tree. Well, this is the situation that the Russian people have been in for a very long time, going far back in the past as we have talked about before. They have been affected by this serpentine energy that has acted like a poison that has entered their identity, mental and emotional bodies, even to some degree the physical.

What is this serpentine energy? Well, you will know from the story of the Garden of Eden that Adam and Eve had been given a specific instruction, been told that they would surely die if they ate the forbidden fruit. And the serpent inserted doubt in their minds: “Thou shalt not surely die.” Well, the Russian people had been given a promise by the ascended masters that they had the same potential as everyone else. And that they could transcend themselves and reach the same level that they saw in others. At the time, the Russian people were not as advanced as other groups of people on earth, but they had been given the promise by the ascended masters that if they were willing to transcend themselves, they could reach the same level they had seen in others. The serpent inserted doubt at the identity bodies of the Russian people that this was a lie, that this was not true, that they could not reach the same level because they were not worthy.

Serpentine lies

And many people believed it because they saw: “Well, there is a vast difference between where we are at in consciousness and between our outer situation and where other people are at in consciousness and their outer situation. Maybe it is true that we are not worthy.” Then, at the mental level, the serpents inserted this more sophisticated intellectual reasoning that the Russian people were meant for a special mission in the world, but they could not fulfill it by being sophisticated as they saw other people being. But they could fulfill it because they were special because they were willing to do anything, no matter how low it was. In other words, they were told that these other people, they had certain things they were not willing to do. And that is why they could not do what the Russian people could do for the world.

And then, they were told at the emotional level that in order to fulfill their special mission, they had to be willing to suffer more than these supposedly more sophisticated people who were not as tough, as hard, as insensitive, as willing to sacrifice for the cause as the Russian people. And then, if they were willing to sacrifice enough, then they would fulfill their special mission and do something epically important for the earth that no other people could do.

“We want more than this”

I am not saying that the Russian people were the only ones told a similar lie, but the Russian people, many of them believed it. And believe it to this day. What is the effect of this? Well, look at the Soviet Union, look at Russia under Putin, look at the situation with the war in Ukraine. What is it that has caused many other people to transcend themselves, to create a better standard of living for themselves, a better form of government? It is that they came to a point where they said: “Enough is enough. We want more than this.”

What will make the Russian people able to improve their situation? They must come to a point where they say: “Enough is enough. We want more than this.” What prevents the Russian people from coming to that point? The serpentine lies I have just described. For what do the serpents whisper in their ears? “You cannot allow yourself to say that enough is enough, because then you will fail your mission. You must be willing to sacrifice more, to suffer more, to be more and more hard, more and more forceful, more and more brutal, for this is the only way you can fulfill your mission. Therefore, you must accept whatever hardships are put upon you by your own government.”

Chinese torture

This is reminiscent of an ancient form of Chinese torture. Say there is a person who has been captured by an enemy and is now held captive in the enemy’s camp. The person, of course, would like to escape, but is not sure this is possible. Then, somebody is sent in, undercover, so to speak, to where the person is held captured. And this agent tells the captured person: “In just a few days someone will come and we can escape and you can be free. But tomorrow, the leader of the gang that is capturing you is going to call you in, as he is going to tell you that you have to choose a certain body part that will be amputated. And I am telling you, you need to choose the one you can best avoid, or the one you can best be without, so you can survive another day and you can be free.”

The person believes this. Next day, he is called in. He chooses a body part. It is amputated. He is put back in the prison. Now, the person who was the agent says: “You know what? There has been a delay. The liberators are not coming today, but they will come soon. When you are called in tomorrow and must choose another body part to have amputated, you just choose the next one you can best do without.” You see the pattern. Every time an amputation has taken place, the person lets go of another body part. He is told: “Oh, the liberation has been delayed again, but just hang in there. Just be tough, it will come.” And as long as the captive believes in this scheme, what will he do? Continue to accept that more and more body parts are amputated, because he holds on to the hope that he will eventually be liberated.

Well, the Russian people have been exposed to this form of torture at the psychological level and, to a large degree, at the physical level too. Both during Tsarist times, Communist times, and Putinist times. There is always the promise that the Russian people have a special mission and that it can be fulfilled. “But not just yet, because you have to give up more of your freedoms, more of your rights. You have to suffer even more. You have to let more soldiers go to Ukraine to be killed. But then, the liberation will come. Well, it is not going to come yet, because there is so much opposition from the outside. The West is working against Russia, so you must sacrifice some more. But then, the liberation will come, then the Promised Land will come.”

And how long will this go on? As long as the Russian people believe in the lies, they are being told by their leaders. As long as they believe that more sacrifice, more suffering, more hardships, more brutality, more force, will very soon lead to the Promised Land. Many Russians have already let go of this serpentine lie, pack of lies, during Soviet times. Many more have let go of it since the war started, but there are still so many that are holding on to it.

The opportunity for the Russian people

But now, thanks to the calls and my intercession, I have slain this serpent. They are set free to rethink, reevaluate. As always, this does not go against people’s free will. But now, at least they have the opportunity—also through the intercession of the Dhyani Buddhas who have consumed this spiritual poison—they have the opportunity to rethink, to reevaluate “Will we continue to believe in the lie that more and more suffering will lead us to the Promised Land, where there is no suffering? Will we continue to believe in the lie that suffering will lead us beyond suffering?” Or will they ask themselves: “Why are we doing this?” The opportunity is there, an opportunity that you, the Russian people, have not had for thousands of years. When I say Russians, I do not mean people only in Russia, but also in Ukraine, Belarus, and wherever they are around the world. You have an opportunity you have not had for thousands of years.

If you take it, you can transcend the past. You can accelerate yourselves, transcend yourselves, and you can have what other people have. But you cannot have it through suffering, through brutality, through force. You can have it by acquiring basic humanity and moving on to essential humanity. It is the humanity that is the Promised Land where there is no suffering. And it is the lack of humanity that keeps you out of it. Continuing to use the lack of humanity will not get you closer to the Promised Land, it will only push yourselves further and further away from it.

This is the choice I set before you. And I have sent my angels and representatives to every single person who is part of this group. And we stand before them in the etheric realm and we are shining a light into the lower identity, mental and emotional, so that they cannot fail to notice. Perhaps not at the conscious level, but certainly at other levels. The opportunity has now been extended. And we can only wait and see what they will do or not do.

Freeing the souls of soldiers

Now, I wish to take another action here where I am using your calls to accelerate a certain development. It is, of course, to go to the battlefield and cut free all of the souls who have become stuck there since the war started. And who are still stuck in the emotional or mental realm, even a few in the lower identity realm. I will cut them free so they have an opportunity to move on, if they choose to take it. In that respect, I wish to describe a certain difference that I can observe from my level. You may look at a Russian soldier who has been killed and a Ukrainian soldier who has been killed. Naturally, they are all individuals, but there are certain tendencies that emerge.

Now, you can go in, take a specific person on either side. And say: “Here are the specific circumstances under which the person was killed. There was a certain military action, battle, skirmish, whatever you call it, and a person was killed.” Now, you may say: “Did that, the death of this soldier, accomplish anything in terms of the war, pushing the war in either this direction or that direction?” Why is this important? Well, because when a soldier is killed in war, most of them, after they leave the physical body, they want to answer this question: “Did my death make any difference for my country?” This is a question that most soldiers have—not just Russians and Ukrainians—throughout the world, throughout history.

Dying for your country

You may say that a country has a certain right to ask certain things of its citizens. You educate yourself, you have a job or start a business, you pay taxes, you follow the laws, you have children, so forth. And in the extreme cases, a country has the right to ask its citizens to die for their country, to defend the country. But this is an extreme sacrifice to ask of your own citizens. And therefore, in order to have any legitimacy, there must be a reason that people can lock in to, so that they feel that their death made a difference. If you cannot give your own soldiers the sense that their death made a difference, you are making a very severe karma by forcing them to go to war.

The Ukrainian soldiers

What you see is that at the Ukrainian side, you will have individual skirmishes. For example, you may have a Ukrainian general who misunderstands the situation on the battlefield, commands certain units out in what is essentially a hopeless quest, where it is guaranteed that most of them will be killed. And it will not make any difference whatsoever, because the general made a miscalculation. You may say that those soldiers, from a certain sense, died in vain. But of course, from an overall perspective, did they completely die in vain? Did they feel it themselves? Because they have maybe the sense when they leave the body that yes, this particular skirmish did not really make any difference. But overall, our sacrifice made a difference in helping our country survive. Generally speaking, Ukrainian soldiers, when they leave the body, they still have a sense that their sacrifice was worthwhile, it made a difference.

What does this do for the soldier? It makes it easier for the soul to move on, to move, as near-death experiences talk about, into the light. And to therefore, receive assistance to process their lifetime, to transcend themselves, to heal psychology, and to move on. There is less chance that they get stuck in the emotional realm, because they have a positive attitude.

The Russian soldiers

Now, when you look at the Russian side, you see at the local immediate level that one of the main tactics used by Russian commanders is what is called ‘meat wave’ attacks, where Russian soldiers, sometimes even wounded soldiers, are sent out over open terrain, to simply take fire from the Ukrainians to expose the positions so that they can be exposed to artillery fire.

But what happens in many of these attacks is that many, many, many more people die than was actually necessary to reach any kind of military goal. Many times, the Russian commanders are making an evaluation. Who are the weakest soldiers? Who are the ones who can be most easily done without? Do they have physical handicaps? Are they overweight? Do they have psychological problems? Then, they are expendable. Send them out there to draw fire and be shot. What do you think such soldiers feel when the soul leaves the body? Well, they feel nobody cared about them. It did not make a difference that they died.

Then, you have this difference between the Russian and Ukrainian armies. Now, you may say any army has a certain brutality because the individual cannot be respected. It is the overall success on the battlefield that matters. And therefore, people have to be forced in line. Yet there is a difference even though many of the Ukrainian commanders were trained in the Russian army, there is still a difference in how they treat their soldiers. On the Russian side they are treated with obvious brutality and disregard for life. And this also contributes to the Russian soldiers feeling nobody cares about them.

Now, you may say that when soldiers go into battle, many of them will have a sense they are doing this for their country and their country cares about them. The leaders care about them. Their families at home care about them and the sacrifice they are making. But how long does that sense last? Well, again the Ukrainian soldiers can maintain it. Even after the body dies, they still have that sense that their country cared. In Russia, even though they may know that their families care—but when they are exposed to the brutality of the Russian army, the brutality of the battlefield—they realize that their families only cared because they have been given a completely unrealistic view of what the war is like.

They also realize their military commanders do not care. And some of them have had the sense that: “Well, at least Putin cares, because we are doing this for him. He is the father of the nation. We are sacrificing for him.” But most of the Russian soldiers who end up dying on the battlefield, especially in these meaningless attacks, their illusion is shattered. They realize Putin does not care about them as individuals whatsoever. And this makes it very difficult for the soul of such a soldier to move on, because all it really wants is to disappear. We may say die, but the body has already died and the soul is still conscious. But what they want is to no longer be conscious. They do not want to live. They do not want to grow. They do not want to receive help. They do not want to heal. They basically just want to disappear into non-existence.

“This is too much”

This makes such souls very difficult to help for the ascended masters, who of course, want to help every soul on earth. That is our task. That is our assignment. That is our commitment. But we must work with free will. Of course, what do such souls open themselves up to? Demons from the astral plane who want to steal their energy by making them feel bad, making them feel worse. Literally, some of these souls are magnetized to what people have seen as hellish realms, where they are constantly tortured and milked for energy.

Why am I telling you all of this? Well, because what have I just said is the serpentine lie. It is that any amount of sacrifice is worth it to achieve the end. But one of the things that can awaken the Russian people from this is to realize that there is a limit to how much sacrifice they are willing to give. There comes a point where you look at the sacrifice of these soldiers who are your own family members. And you say: “This is too much. The state does not have the right to ask this of us. We will not accept this. Why are we doing this?” And I am projecting this into the collective consciousness so that those people who have soldiers who are lost, who are killed or who have come back wounded, can be awakened. And realize that out of compassion for the people they know, they cannot accept this lie that more suffering will free us from suffering. More suffering will only lead to more suffering.

What I have done as a result of your calls is send representatives to each of the souls who are stuck, cut them free—even those who are trapped in the astral plane—and offer them an opportunity to grow, to rise to a higher level where they can receive assistance. Some will take it, some will not. I have also gone to the relatives of these soldiers, cut them free from the illusion, so that at inner levels they have an opportunity to choose. “Do we still believe that the sacrifice of our sons was worth it? Or will we look at reality that this is a completely senseless waste of human life? And that the state does not have the right to ask this of its own people.” Some will awaken, some will not. That is the nature of free will. Let it then be the judgment of Christ upon those who reject the opportunity.

While this may seem a somewhat somber message, as the others we have given at this conference, it is actually a hopeful message that there may be an end to the Russian people’s suffering. There can be an end if you choose. And of course, if you choose not to end the suffering, then it must be because you have not had enough of suffering. And then, we from the ascended level must bow to your free will and leave you alone in your suffering for the indefinite future. Again, it may seem a somber message. But, my beloved, there is also hope in it, for you now have an opportunity you have not had for thousands of years. I have no opinion, as you might say from the human level, about what individuals or a critical mass of the Russian people should choose.

I am content, having extended the opportunity. I am content to stand back, but constantly be ready to offer assistance for those who ask for it, those who accept it. It reigns upon the just and the unjust. The unjust can become just, just by accepting the opportunity. With this, I have had my say. I have radiated enough light through your chakras and auras into the collective consciousness of the Russian people, which of course, includes many Ukrainians who are also part of that karmic group. And therefore, I seal you in the fire of Shiva.

Back to Unlocking Ukraine’s Potential

Shattering the bubble of victim consciousness in Ukraine

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Master MORE through Kim Michaels, April 20, 2025. This dictation was given at 2025 Easter Webinar for Ukraine.

I AM the Ascended Master MORE, and I want to begin this discourse by referring to what I said at our Ukrainian webinar in 2022, where I talked about the need for Ukraine to overcome the victim consciousness. Now when I look at Ukraine today and what has happened in the meantime, certainly significant progress has been made in this regard of overcoming the sense of being the victim, whether it was the victim of the Soviet Union or the victim of the war. Yet there is still something that can be done and that will help make Ukraine more successful in its survival and in building a modern democratic nation after the war. Let me make some remarks in this regard.

Victim consciousness

What I want here is to tie in to the flame anchored by Surya, the Flame of God Reality. When we look back at the Soviet Union, Ukraine as a Soviet Republic, what was the characteristic of this entire system? It was that it lived in a self-created mental box. As we have talked about so many times, people in the duality consciousness believe that they can define a worldview, a theory, an ideology, a religion, and that this can tell them how the world should work, and then they believe the universe will conform to their ideology.

Certainly, this is what you see behind those in the Soviet system who actually had any ability to think clearly. They believed that the world would eventually conform to their ideology. Well, as we have also explained, once you go into duality, you are elevating one dualistic extreme, one relative extreme to the status of being absolute, but there will be other people who take another dualistic extreme, elevate that to the status of being absolute, and therefore, there will be a clash. We have also said that as you are creating a force-based impulse based on the duality consciousness, you are in a sense creating the opposition to your impulse. For every action, there is an equal reaction in the opposite direction.

What does this do? Well, it gives you the sense in your mind that the universe should conform to your theory, but you experience that it does not, so how does it make you feel? Like a victim. This is the essence of the victim consciousness. But what are you a victim of? You are a victim of your own state of consciousness.This is God reality.

The dualistic struggle

Certainly, as we have said, there are others who will take an opposite dualistic extreme: communism, capitalism. And therefore, they give you the perfect excuse for believing that you are a victim of them, but you see here the God reality is you are allowed to have any experience you want for as long as you have it, so as long as you still want to have it. But the God reality is that your experience will not change until you change your state of mind, so you may think at the conscious level that when you go into the dualistic mindset and you elevate communism to being the superior ideology, you may think that you actually want to experience superiority. But in reality, at the subconscious level, you do not want to experience superiority. You want to experience the dualistic struggle, and how can there be a struggle if there is no opponent? You want there to be an opponent, and if you do not acknowledge this, you feel like a victim, and therefore, you become trapped in the consciousness of thinking you have to struggle.

The only way out of this, well, there are two ways out of it, in a sense, but there is, in a way, only one way out, and that is a shift in consciousness. The question is what is going to bring about this shift in consciousness, and it can be either the School of Hard Knocks or the School of Higher Awareness, where you become aware that you are a victim of what you are projecting out. You are in fact not a victim because you are projecting into the cosmic mirror, and the cosmic mirror can only reflect back to you what you are projecting out.

What was it that happened in the Soviet Union? It was that the Soviet Union defined itself in opposition to the West, to capitalism. What is the excuse that Putin is using for his war, to justify his war to the Russian people? Ah, it is a war to stop the West trying to destroy Russia. It is a defensive war, for there is an opponent, the West. This was what dominated Soviet times, the opponent of the West that justified the repression of the citizens in the Soviet Union. Ukraine as part of the Soviet Union was also affected by this view, and it is in the collective consciousness of seeing Ukraine, seeing yourself as a victim of external forces. Now, here you have had for some time an opportunity to not be directly threatened by external forces, and suddenly Russia invades Ukraine, and now it is very easy to reinvigorate that consciousness that we are the victim of an external force.

Attacked, but not a victim

Now you are going to say, perhaps: “Master MORE, are you denying that we are the victims of an external force?” Yes, I am. You are being attacked by an external force, but you are not the victim unless you see yourself as the victim. What I am pointing out here, there is an external reality. You are being attacked by Russia, but the victim consciousness is an internal state that you can take on or take off. If you want to keep it on, you will continue being a victim, and you will continue to be attacked by an external force, because that is what you are projecting into the cosmic mirror that you want. If you take it off, that will open the door for you becoming the karmic mirror of the aggressor, mirroring their aggression back, thereby causing them to self-destruct. What do you want? This has very subtle ramifications. When you tune in to the Flame of God Reality, you can see that: “We will not overcome this war as long as we are in the victim consciousness. What does this mean? We need to change the way we look at ourselves, so we stop seeing ourselves as the victim.” As we have talked about at the last conference for Ukraine, you cannot see yourself as beggars who are coming to Europe, begging to be let into the EU. You need to shift and see yourself that you have something to offer, that you are a worthy member of the European community. But you, of course, also need to live up to that by espousing the democratic ideals.

Shattering the old mental bubble

Going back to what I started to say, the characteristic of the Soviet Union was you lived inside this self-created perception filter, inside this bubble. And Ukraine has done this after the Soviet Union fell, still not freeing itself from the bubble, the tendency to look at everything from our perspective and think other people look at us the way we look at ourselves. Other people look at our situation the way we look at ourselves.

What Ukraine needs to do, and it has already started and significant progress has been made, but you have not really broken through. What Ukraine needs to do is to realize that this war is an opportunity to shatter the old bubble, tune in to the Flame of God Reality and say: “What is it going to take for Ukraine to survive? Well, we can either be absorbed by Russia or we can become part of the international community. If we want to be absorbed by Russia, we do not have to shatter our mental bubble because Russia is still in the same bubble it was in during Soviet times. That is easy. We can just let ourselves be absorbed. If we want to survive as an independent nation, this can only happen by us becoming part of the international community, meaning the democratic part of the world, because no dictatorship is going to defend us against the dictatorship of Putin. Only the democratic world will defend us or help us defend ourselves against the dictator. They will only do this if we are striving to live up to the democratic ideals that are causing them to be willing to help us. That means we have to look at the world in a different way.”

And you have the opportunity to do this because you have had the interactions between the Ukrainian government, first of all President Zelenskyy, but others as well, and international leaders. You have had refugees from Ukraine that fled to democratic nations, have seen what life is like there, and they can come back and give that perspective. And of course, as I said, the process has already begun and much progress has been made. I am simply pointing out that, as Surya said, those who will come out ahead in this conflict are those who can lock in to the Flame of God Reality.

Negotiations with the Trump administration

Let me give you an example. You have the situation where Zelenskyy is invited to the White House, and where the White House stages this, what shall we call it, circus in the Oval Office with Trump, Vance and others. And if you look at this situation, I am in no way trying to excuse what Trump and Vance did. But if you look at it realistically, what was it that happened? From a purely realistic viewpoint, Trump and Vance did their dance. They acted out their state of consciousness. I am not defending their state of consciousness. I am pointing out that if you look at this neutrally, you see that Zelenskyy had not made the shift that needed to be made, and therefore, he was pulled into the circus that they had planned, because they wanted to humiliate him, to get him to bend, because they realized they could not get Putin to bend.

Now it is perfectly understandable that Zelenskyy was used to getting the empathy and the sympathy and the support from Western leaders, including President Biden and those who represented him. It is perfectly understandable that he was hoping that the same thing would happen with a Trump administration. It is perfectly understandable. But nevertheless, it is not realistic, because Trump and his administration are not like what Zelenskyy was used to from democratic governments, because they are not a democratically-minded government. They, in fact, have much the same mindset as Putin. But what I am saying here is that Ukraine needs to recognize this, that this is the new reality. You cannot long back for what was there before January 20th. You can only look at the new reality, and you can make a determination: “Do we want to continue to have American military support and military intelligence sharing? Can we survive? Can we fight the war without it?” If you determine yes, then you can let things unfold. But if you determine we would like to continue to keep this, then you need to make the shift and look at the reality, the practical reality. The Flame of God Reality is also a matter of looking at the practical reality as that situation is right now.

My point for this is to show you that if you want to have an opportunity to keep having American support from the Trump administration, you need to shift your approach to diplomacy, to the peace negotiations. You need to realize here that Trump realistically has no ideals. He has no democratic ideals. He does not care about freedom and democracy in Ukraine. Why? Because he does not care about freedom and democracy in the United States. Why would he care about it in Ukraine? He has no commitment to democratic principles. Therefore, he looks at it from a purely practical, pragmatic viewpoint, which is all centered around him: “What will make me look good? What will make me not look good?” And he promised to end the war in Ukraine.

You need, as Ukrainians, if you want to have any chance of having continued support, you need to play the game. You need to do the dance. All of this about stopping the war is not because Trump has principles. He does not even care about people being killed, even though he continuously says this. He only cares about what makes him look good in his own eyes.

And you need to recognize this, and the consequence of this is, you need to seem as if you are willing to negotiate a peace. And what does that mean? It means you cannot have any red lines. If you look from a distance at the Ukrainian war, what could it be said to be? It could be the war of the red lines. How many times have you heard this expression, red lines? “Oh, we cannot give Ukraine long-distance rockets because it is one of Putin’s red lines.” And then you get the rockets, and Russia does nothing beyond what they have always done, and so the red lines move and move and move. Arguably, if the Biden administration had realized at an earlier stage that Putin had no red lines, they could have given more military support earlier. But again, let us not lament about the past. My point is the war of red lines, but what does that mean for Ukraine? It means that if you come to negotiations with the Trump administration and you have red lines and say: “We cannot give up territory,” then you might as well not go to those negotiations.

What you need to do is to pretend like you have no red lines so that you put the entire focus on Putin and thereby expose the reality that you already know and which Trump is not willing to recognize. Namely, that Putin does not want peace. You cannot be the one that has a red line that will prevent Trump from getting his public relations coup of seeming to stop the war. You need to direct the attention at Putin and show that he is the one who has red lines. He is the one who does not want peace. He is the one who is not willing to give anything in return for peace.

Now, you may decide: “Well, it isn’t realistic that we can get anywhere with the Trump administration.” But this actually is not realistic. You can manipulate the situation. You can play the game so that in the end it will be Putin who breaks off peace negotiations, or at least lets them fade out, so that Trump has no other way to save face than continue giving support and intelligence to Ukraine.

Be practical realists!

What I am pointing out here is this: Overcoming that last element of the victim consciousness is shattering your old bubble and realizing what kind of world you are in, what kind of countries are there and how you need to deal with them. You need to recognize here that you can count on most of the European nations to live up to their democratic ideals. But you can only count on this if you are willing to live up to the democratic ideals. You can no longer count on the United States to live up to its supposedly democratic ideals because the Trump administration has no democratic ideals, no allegiance to them. This is what has not yet become clear to a critical mass of the people who voted for and support Trump and therefore, you need to buy time. You need to buy time by playing the game. You can always say: “Well, we shouldn’t have to play the game.” But that is the victim consciousness. It is perfectly true that you should not have to play the game, but saying this will not change who is sitting in the Oval Office in the White House. Therefore, you need to tune in to that Flame of God reality and say: “What is the situation we’re dealing with and how can we make the best use of it?” You understand what I am saying from a larger perspective? Doing this will help you step outside of, shatter the bubble of, the Soviet era that is still there in the collective consciousness of Ukraine and that is one of the main factors right now that is preventing Ukraine from making the transition fully into the democratic mindset.

Many people in Ukraine before the war were in the victim consciousness, in the sense that they were holding on to what they had, even though what they had was not very much. But they thought things could never get better. That has been shattered, but many people have not changed their consciousness. But many people have, and what is it that will drive Ukraine’s survival and prosperity? It is that many of these people who have left behind the victim consciousness start their own businesses, come up with new ideas, take initiative.

Realistically speaking, what is the opportunity that Ukraine has? Well, the Ukraine War has demonstrated that the old approach to warfare is completely obsolete, partly because of drones but also for other reasons. Russia did not realize that at the start of the war. They have begun to realize it. Ukraine did not realize it at the start of the war. They have made more progress than the Russians, but still more progress could be made, as we have said. But the West has not fully realized it because they have not been up against the Russian army in its present form with the addition of drones. There is a tremendous opportunity now that Europe has decided to make itself more independent of the United States and arm, for Ukrainian businesses to provide insight, ideas, but also the practical tools needed. You might say that one of the things that helps Ukraine survive after the breakup of the Soviet Union was the selling of arms to the world, to anyone, to the highest bidder. Well, now it will be the selling of technology. Arms technology, drone technology, communications technology. I am not saying this is ideal. I am saying it is practical realism.

There is an opportunity here. If you step back and look at this from an overall perspective—karma, what is ultimately going to create peace on the planet—of course it is not ideal, but we have to be practical realists, especially we who are the Chohans. And this is the practical realism. There is in every situation an opportunity, but the principle is simple. What precipitated any situation? The consciousness of the people involved. You can look at any conflict from the victim consciousness and you will not be able to see the opportunity. Or you can transcend the victim consciousness and then you will clearly see the opportunity. There is a tremendous opportunity for Ukraine here, but in order to see it, people have to transcend that sense of being victims.

An equal part of the international community

There is also a tremendous opportunity for Ukraine to establish itself as part of the international community. Let us again step back and look at this realistically. Where was Ukraine’s standing in the world before the war? Many people could not have pointed out Ukraine on a world map. Why? Because Ukraine still lived in the bubble of Soviet times. Now you have the opportunity to step outside of that bubble and find your place as an equal among democratic nations. But you have to overcome the victim mindset and its opponent, its dualistic polarity, the superiority mindset. There is the master mindset and the victim mindset. They form a dualistic polarity, you see it in the Russian people, who have the sense that Russia should be special, the Russian people should be special, they should have a special position in the world. Yet, everybody is opposing them and they are the victim of the world. You cannot be a master of the world and a victim of the world at the same time. But you cannot be just a master or just a victim either, because you cannot embrace the one and completely escape the other—they are a dualistic polarity. What can you do? Transcend both, which is what democracy is all about. And the countries that are most affluent, most successful in giving their people a better standard of living, are the ones who have transcended both. They do not see themselves as victims, but they are not seeking to be superior to others either. Therefore, they can cooperate as equals.

Ukraine has a tremendous opportunity to overcome that dualistic polarity of the victim and the master and become an equal member of the European community. It is a tremendous opportunity, and if it is taken, as Shakespeare said: “There is a tide in the affairs of men which, taken at the flood, leads unto fortune.” Well, the tide working for Ukraine is at the flood. And if you take it, you will not believe the change in five to ten years in Ukraine’s standard of living and prosperity. If it is not taken, then Ukraine will survive, but not much more than that.

The School of Hard Knocks in Russia

With this, I have given you some food for thought. You may say: “Well, who is going to read this or hear this among those who can make decisions?” But as we always say, by your participation I have radiated this into the collective consciousness. And this means there are now people who will pick up on this who otherwise would not have had these thoughts, these realizations. Now, you understand, I hope, that I am not blaming Ukraine. I am not blaming Zelenskyy for this circus at the White House. I am simply pointing out that there is always an opportunity, always a lesson to be learned. And I am pointing it out because I, as so many other ascended masters, are committed to doing whatever we can to secure the future and the growth of Ukraine as an independent democratic nation. We are, of course, equally committed to the future of Russia.

Yet, the question is, can people in Russia make the necessary changes to secure a prosperous, democratic future for Russia? Right now, it is far more likely that the people in Ukraine can make that transition. What happens in Russia remains to be seen. I have, clearly, a special love for Russia, for the Russian people. I would like to see them move towards a prosperous future where they have freedom and democracy, where they have rights. But, unfortunately, it seems right now that the shift that the Russian people will have to make in order to move into that future can only be brought about by some very hard knocks. Right now, too many people in Russia have gone into the state of mind that they went into during Soviet times of not wanting to know reality. They do not want to tune in to the Flame of God Reality. They want to live in their fantasy world where it seems like they do not have to make any decisions, let alone the decision: “Do we want more than what we have right now?” If you are not willing to say: “We want more than we have right now because what we have right now is not enough for us, it is not acceptable to us.” Well then, what will bring you to that decision when even that which you have is taken away from you?” That is the principle of the multiplication of the talents and, right now, with this mentality, the Russian people, a majority of them, are not multiplying the talents. They are burying their heads in the ground and burying the talents with them. What is the principle that Jesus described 2,000 years ago? Even that which he has shall be taken away. And then, perhaps, when you have nothing left to lose, you will be willing to decide: “We want more.”

Could you make that decision right now, I would render all the assistance I could, as would many other ascended masters. But you see, what have we said so many times? Free will reigns supreme. We cannot force people to make the choice. The fallen beings can force people to make certain choices, or rather, not make certain choices. But we of the ascended masters cannot, will not, violate free will. It is only a matter of how hard do the knocks have to become before people decide: “We have had enough.” The answer, my friend, is blowing in the wind. The answer is blowing in the wind. I sincerely hope that the Ukrainian people will grab the opportunity, so that the answer is a clear: “We want more.”

With this, I seal you in the flame of MORE that I AM, and I commend you for being part of this release and for radiating this into the cosmic, into the collective consciousness. And of course, the cosmic consciousness as well, even though it does not need it. You have also helped us radiate impulses into the collective consciousness of the United States of America, which right now is really not united whatsoever. It is in a state, but not a united state. But that, of course, can also change by people saying: “We have had enough of the insecurity, of the vacillating back and forth. We have had enough of the chaos, the contradictions, the grandiose declarations that are then changed the next day. We have had enough. We want America back.”

With this, I seal you in a flame of MORE that I AM. May you tune in to that flame and be MORE every day.

Back to Unlocking Ukraine’s Potential

Unify and see through the divide-and-conquer strategy of Russia!

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, April 19, 2025. This dictation was given at 2025 Easter Webinar for Ukraine.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. I have been pondering what I could add to what has been released at this conference that might be helpful to at least some people, both Ukrainians and Russians and others.

Why Russians submit to a strong leader

What I want to begin with is to take a look back at the history of Russia. Russia has had a series of, from a certain perspective, powerful leaders. From another perspective, very abusive leaders that misused the power they had over the Russian people, often very cruel, often very insensitive, from Ivan the Terrible to Stalin and the tsars. If you look at the history of Russia, you can see the pattern repeating itself, that the people, at least the majority of them, submit to these strong, powerful leaders. It is, as in tsarist times, the serfs that submitted to the tsar and the noble class. In Soviet times, the people, the workers, submitted to Stalin and the party bosses and the secret police. You, of course, see the same pattern in all of those who are of the Russian descent, both in Ukraine, Belarus and Russia.

What is essentially behind this pattern? Well, there is a certain psychology. The psychology is what we have talked about before, that the Russian people in the distant past made some severe mistakes and therefore, have come to doubt their own ability to know what is true, what is real, to make decisions, and therefore they want to submit to a leader. Since they also have a desire to be special and feel superior, they want to submit to a powerful leader because the more powerful the leader is, the more they think they gain status by submitting to this leader. Now, you will clearly see that Ukraine has broken free of this pattern more than the people in Belarus or Russia. Yet, I still want to address this because there are people who can benefit from contemplating this and making calls on it.

The power elite, the people, and the scapegoat

What is this belief? What is behind this belief? Well, it is actually a belief that was not created by the fallen beings but certainly magnified and given a certain direction by the fallen beings after they came to earth. The idea is that there are two distinctly different kinds of people, or rather we might say three different kinds of people. There is the power elite, the tsar, the noble class, Stalin, the party elite, who are special. They are in some kind of special category, superior to the people. Then there are the people who are clearly below the power elite and therefore have no way to object to them, to stand up to them, to make demands on them. They need to submit. And then the third category of people are those who are even lower than the people. This could be people from other parts of the Russian Empire, such as those east of the Urals. It could be the Russians centered around Moscow, even the Ukrainians. Or it can be people from other Warsaw Pact countries, other Soviet states, or people from other parts of the world, even people in the West.

You see that when you have this pattern, that you have a power elite that has set itself up as being superior, you have to have people who support them because without people supporting them, the power elite can do nothing. But in order to make the people who are supporting the power elite submit to the power elite and at the same time feel special for submitting, there has to be a scapegoat, a third group of people that are lower than the people who are submitting. This is a pattern you see in Russia even today. You see many, many people in Russia who are trapped in it. But you also see people in Ukraine who are trapped in it and that is why you have a certain awareness, consciousness in Ukraine that there are certain people that have special abilities. It can be political people, but mostly it is the oligarchs, those who are in charge of the economy, who are better at running businesses than other people.

I am not saying you do not see it in other parts of the world, including the United States, where you have this belief about the financial elite and the business people but that is not the point here. The point is that this is a tendency that you see in the Russian people, you see it reinforced by the Soviet Union. What is the effect of it? Well, the effect of it is that the majority of people submit to the elite because they believe the elite has special abilities and therefore, the people accept what they are told by the elite without questioning it, which essentially means that the people who submit stop thinking. You could say they stop thinking critically, but in reality they really stop thinking about certain topics relating to the state and the affairs of the state. They focus on their ordinary daily lives and they think that they cannot have an opinion about the affairs of the state because they cannot really know what is real and unreal.

No need for en elite to run the country

When you look at the contrast between such societies and democracies, the change that needs to occur for a country to move into a democratic form of government is twofold. Well, it is manifold, but I am focusing on the two aspects here.

First of all, the people have to begin to see that the elite are not infallible, that they do not actually know better. And then the people have to be willing to question, to think, and to realize that they can actually think because their ability to think is no worse than the ability of the elite and they of course most easily see that when the elite makes major mistakes. The problem here is that the Russians in Russia have not actually been willing to go through this transition. When I say the Russians, I mean a majority of them. There are, of course, many, many Russians who have been willing to do this, but they have either left or they have chosen to remain silent because they do not want to go to prison. In Ukraine, many more people have started doing this. Unfortunately, this can become a double-edged sword and has to some degree already become this in Ukraine but let us first focus on the elite.

What can help the Ukrainians see that you do not need a political or business elite in order to run the country? Many people believe, for example, that the oligarchs have special abilities to run a business and therefore, they should be allowed to have these virtual state-sponsored monopolies, even though it exploits the people and allows them to become insanely rich while not filtering the money down to the general population. But they believe that these have special abilities. So this elite has special abilities. Well, this was a difficult belief or a more difficult belief to question before the war. But now, after the war, it has become much easier to question this. Here is why. What is it that has secured the survival of Ukraine as an independent nation so far? It is that there have been people out there in the muddy trenches who have put their life on the line in order to repel the Russian aggression. Who are those people? Is it the oligarchs, the political elite or their sons who are out there in the trenches? Nay, it is the people, or at least part of them. So if you do not need the elite to fight the war that secures your survival, why would you need the elite to run the country? This then can help a critical mass of Ukrainians shatter the last remnants of this belief in the superiority of the elite and the belief that the people need the elite to run the country.

What is needed to run a democratic country is that the people start thinking, start realizing that actually their ability to think is just as good if not better, than that of the elite. What is it that, once the war is over, as it eventually will be even though it does not seem like it at times, what is it that will make Ukraine survive economically and make the transition into being an affluent, modern nation? It is not the elite. Why can I say this? Because the elite has had pretty much free rein since the fall of communism, since the fall of the Soviet Union. So why have they not in that time span, turned Ukraine into a prosperous nation? Well, because they have no interest in turning Ukraine into a prosperous nation. They want to maintain their privileges.

Taking initiative

You see here, what is it that will turn Ukraine into a prosperous nation? It is entrepreneurship. That many, many people take initiatives, start businesses, and start doing something that raises the economy to another level. But what does it take for people to do this? They have to overcome this illusion that they do not have the ability to do this because they do not belong to the elite.

You have to recognize here that all people, well, not all people but most people, have the potential to take an initiative that will help Ukraine progress. This is what has happened in all nations that have made this transition from these poor, dictatorial nations to affluent, democratic ones. Why is it that no dictatorial nation has ever given real affluence to the broad population? Well, because the elite can never get enough. It is never enough for the elite. But in a democratic nation, there is ideally, at least, a lid upon how much individuals can hoard and there is an attempt to spread the wealth among the general population. It does not mean everybody has to start a business, but many people do. Otherwise, the transition cannot be made. It does not come from the top down. It comes from the bottom up. That is how democracy emerges, and that is why democracy survives and why it will survive in the long run over the dictatorial nations, because there is room for initiative. There is freedom to do more, freedom to transcend yourself, freedom to think about new ideas and new ways of doing things.

This is one of the big differences between democracies, free nations and autocracies that are always restricted, because there is an elite that wants to maintain their privilege. I am, of course, fully aware that there is an elite in many democratic countries, especially the United States and that right now what you are essentially seeing in the United States is a fight between the old established elite and the new technocratic elite. But nevertheless, my point is still that there has been room, even in the United States, for entrepreneurs to start businesses, to come up with something new that nobody had thought about before. That is why there has been the emergence of the technocratic elite, the tech billionaires that are challenging the old established elite in the Northeast. What can the Ukrainians learn from this? They can learn that if Ukraine is to survive economically after the war it must give freedom so that as many people as possible can start businesses. If Ukraine seeks to maintain some kind of monopoly for the oligarchs, Ukraine will not make it economically. It is that simple.

The inhumanity and relentlessness of Russia

Now, another aspect that I want to comment on here is division. There is a very old strategy of the fallen beings called divide and conquer. Putin has for a long time been employing this strategy against Ukraine and the Ukrainian people. Even before that, it was employed by the Soviet Union. By creating this division between the party elite who had privileges and power because they were loyal to the party, and therefore loyal to Russia, and those who did not. But Putin has attempted to subvert Ukraine pretty much from the day he took power and certainly up until the Maidan revolution where he thought he could insert a candidate that was loyal to him and when that failed, well, you saw the results. But still today, there is an enormous effort by the Russian propaganda machine to undermine the unity of the Ukrainian people and they do it in all kinds of ways.

One of them is, of course, to use any means possible to sow doubt in the people in their own government. Doubt about the president, doubt about the government. You even saw some of the questions submitted at this conference promote conspiracy theories that are simply created to cast doubt, to put a wedge between the people and the government. But another way this is done is, in a sense, through what we can call the Russian mentality that has not really been seen by very many people, neither inside nor outside of Russia. There is an old television series in the United States called Star Trek and there is an alien civilization that has this motto: “Resistance is futile, you will be assimilated.” And in a sense, this is what the Russians have projected at Ukraine, even before the war, but especially after the war started: “We are so mighty, we have such power, we have such brutality, we are willing to do anything it takes. You simply cannot resist us and therefore, you should just give up and stop fighting, because it will be much better for you if you stop fighting than if you resist.”

We have said before that this is, of course, a lie. If Ukraine had been conquered by Russia, many more Ukrainians would have been killed and deported and suppressed and tortured and so forth. But nevertheless, there is this projection and this comes from a certain aspect of the Russian mentality. To illustrate it, we can see that there has often been talk about the Russian bear. Well, what is a bear in the animal kingdom? It is not a particularly fast animal. It is not the most powerful animal. It is not the smartest animal but it is adaptable and can live in many different environments. But what we can say about the bear is that it is one of the most stubborn animals and once it gets angry, it will keep struggling and struggling and struggling and this is what you see in the Russian mentality. You see that they will keep pursuing a certain goal, and even if they fail, they will just pursue it in different ways. You also see that there is no means that are too low, too dirty, too primitive for them to use. They will lie. They will cheat. They will kill. They will torture. There is really no humanity in what Putin has demonstrated in Ukraine.

This is not to say that all of the Russian people support this. Most of the Russian people do not understand what is happening and would be shocked if they knew. But on the other hand, they have not really made much of an effort to get to know, have they? What I am pointing out here is that in a sense you can say that the Russians, the Russian mentality I am talking about is: “We are willing to do anything to achieve our goal, no matter how primitive, no matter how low, no matter how inhumane because if we are more inhumane, more cruel, more stubborn, more relentless than our opponents then we will eventually beat them into submission.” This was essentially Stalin’s tactic with Red Terror, kill so many people that nobody dares to object and then even when people stop objecting, kill some more people just so nobody can feel secure. And this is the relentlessness that you see.

Now there are, of course, limits to this, because it uses up enormous amounts of resources and an enormous number of Russian soldiers are killed but my point is that there is this projection at the Ukrainian people that it is futile to resist. And people need to resist this, because as we have said, it is only a matter of time before something breaks and either the army or the economy forces Putin to stop the war. It is only a matter of time and you might say that in picking Ukraine to attack first, Putin put himself up against a group of people who have that same stubbornness and relentlessness. But as we have said from the beginning, the challenge for the Ukrainians is to resist the Russian aggression without becoming as low as the Russians, because then you cannot form that karmic mirror and by and large, Ukraine has done well in this respect and has not sunk to the same level as the Russians.

The call for unity

But my point here is, those of you who are concerned about the situation can make the calls for this, that the Ukrainian nation will be unified, because right now there are people who are doubting that it is even worthwhile, that there is even a point in continuing the war. Is it worth fighting on? And of course, it is only worth fighting on if you want Ukraine to survive as an independent democratic nation. But if you did not want that, you might as well have submitted three years ago so my point here is, and I am directing this into the collective consciousness as always, that the Ukrainians need to resist the divide and conquer tactic, strategy. You need to resist, and you can only resist by being unified. It does not matter whether your current government and the current president has this weakness or that weakness, has made this mistake or that mistake. It is only by being united behind the government you have right now that you can survive. You can always later have elections, but now you need to be united behind the government you have.

President Zelensky is a very important figure for the future of Ukraine. I am not trying to say that Ukraine cannot survive without him, but it really is uncertain if it could have survived this far without him. I am directing into the collective consciousness this impulse of unity. Unify! Unify behind the leaders you have. You can always evaluate later. But right now, if you allow the Russians to divide you, you will make it much more difficult for you to survive and if you become divided enough, you will not survive. Unity is essential at this point, more so than it has actually been earlier in the war, because you are at this critical point where there is a twilight zone, where it is difficult to see what will be the outcome. But as we have attempted to explain, there is such upheaval beyond the physical level, even in the emotional, mental and identity bodies of Russia and the Russian people, and even at the physical level, the upheaval in the economy, and the upheaval in the Russian armed forces and in the production of armaments and materials, that it is just a matter of time before something breaks.

How long of a time? Difficult to predict exactly, but there is a very high likelihood that the entire equation around the war will shift during this year, in Ukraine’s favor, I might add. And this will not happen through any peace initiative from Donald Trump, which was never sincere, but only really a PR stunt of trying to score some cheap political points, coming from a completely naive view of the entire situation. It will happen in other ways but it requires that the Ukrainians are persistent and unified.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. You may say, we have been somewhat sobering, somewhat practical, down to earth, in our releases for this conference. Yes, but we have given many teachings previously about Ukraine and its future, and those teachings are still valid, you can still study them, you can still apply them in the years to come. But right now, we are talking about the nation needs to survive as a nation, as a unified nation in order for there to be any point in talking about the future. There is no point in looking back, regretting, worrying about what could have happened, what we might have done or not have done. You are where you are, and you need to move forward from here. And that is what we are attempting to do, not only by our words, but by the release of light through your decrees and invocations and through this dispensation from Surya, which is very significant.

We hope that you will take some encouragement from what we have said, even though for some of you it was not what you expected that we would say. And therefore, you have my gratitude for being willing to be part of this, to give the decrees and invocations that have already made a difference and I seal you, therefore, in the Flame of Freedom that I AM. Saint Germain I AM and I am committed to the future of Ukraine as a democratic, affluent nation.

Back to Unlocking Ukraine’s Potential

Surya’s gift: Anchoring the Flame of God Reality on earth

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Surya through Kim Michaels, April 19, 2025. This dictation was given at 2025 Easter Webinar for Ukraine.

I AM the Ascended Master Surya. I am what we have sometimes called a Cosmic Being. Very few people on earth are able to even begin to fathom the difference between an ascended master, such as the Chohans, and an ascended master who has achieved the status of a cosmic being. My consciousness is, in a certain way, very far from earth, the consciousness of earth. Yet, as a Cosmic Being, I am of course able to focus my consciousness anywhere and everywhere in the cosmos, at least in the sphere that I am a part of, the sixth sphere, and of course the seventh, which is an expression of it.

The Flame of God Reality

I have come on this occasion not just because of the situation in Ukraine, but because of the release of light that the ascended masters, working more closely with earth, decided to release at New Year’s. I have come to add a specific God flame to that release of light, and it is a God flame that we might call the Flame of God Realism or God Reality. This is a flame that will be with earth for the next twelve years, possibly beyond.

I am anchoring it not in any particular place on earth, because there is no nation where the people would be able to hold the balance for this flame. If I were to anchor it in a specific nation, the people would be so disturbed that many would literally go insane because of the immense difference between the consciousness that is common on earth and the consciousness of God reality. I anchor it in no specific physical place, for a God flame, of course, needs no specific physical location such as a temple. This flame is anchored only in a very small manifestation, calibrated carefully to accelerate the light released by the Masters at New Year’s, but not accelerated so much that it becomes too much for the people of earth to handle. As people are willing to make use of this Flame of God Reality, it may be increased in intensity, depending on what people are willing to see, whether they are willing to face the concept, the idea, the thought that there is a reality that is completely beyond, completely independent of any illusion created on earth.

The illusory view of the world

This Flame of God Reality can consume any illusion on earth. Were I to increase it, it could instantly consume all illusions on earth. But this would not be in accordance with the Law of Free Will and the fact that the earth is an unnatural planet. What is the characteristic of an unnatural planet? It is that the inhabitants of a planet can use the duality consciousness, the illusion of separation, to create a worldview that is completely out of touch with any form of reality. They are allowed to do this for the Law of Free Will to work itself out. There is no blame here. It is just a statement of fact. Of course, once you go into separation and duality and create an illusory ideological view of the world, you will suffer. There is no way around it. You will suffer because you have used one dualistic extreme to elevate your worldview to some ultimate status. There are other people who have used another dualistic extreme to elevate a different worldview to an ultimate status. And therefore, there will always be conflict, tension, suffering. There will always be doubt, who is it that is right? Well, of course, none of them are right. But that is what you cannot see unless you tune in to the Christ consciousness, to the ascended consciousness. And in order to help people on earth tune into this, I am anchoring this Flame of God Reality.

Illusions behind the war in Ukraine

Now you may say, well, when we are talking about the war in Ukraine, what is God reality? Many things, of course. But let me point out one simple thing. When Putin decided to start the war against Ukraine, he was completely trapped in the ideological dualistic mindset. Therefore, his entire reasoning for starting the war was based on an illusion. Yet, the mindset of the Ukrainian people and Ukrainian leaders was also deeply steeped in illusion. The mindset of the European leaders, especially those who had hoped that Russia would become a civilized nation if they treated it like a civilized nation, was also steeped in illusion. The mindset of the American leaders and the American people was also based on illusion.

Now what happens, as we have explained so many times, on an unnatural planet is that people can learn, grow and transcend themselves by tuning into the Christ mind. Or if they are not willing to do this, they can learn from the School of Hard Knocks. How does the School of Hard Knocks work on a planet like earth? The ideological mindset sets groups of people in conflict with each other. And the physical consequences of this, whether it is a war or something else, will challenge the illusions that people have. War is arguably the most extreme way for this to be out-pictured. For in most wars, there is a winner and a loser. You can say that it was Putin’s illusions that led him to make the decision to invade Ukraine. But when he made that decision, he also decided to challenge his own illusions in the most extreme way. For the physical undeniable outcome of the war would determine whether his illusions were right or out of touch with reality.

He of course did not realize this, but this is what happened. By starting the war, of course, the illusions of the Ukrainian people and leaders, the European people and leaders, the American leaders and people were also challenged. Their illusions about the world, about the advancement of democracy and freedom, the illusions about Russia, illusions about themselves, everything is being challenged by a war. We might look at any war, but let us focus on the war in Ukraine.

Tuning in to the Flame of God Reality

As is the case in many cases, there may not be a decisive outcome, a decisive victory, but still whatever the physical outcome, one of the parties is likely to come out better than the other. Will it be Russia or Ukraine that comes out better than the other? Well, that is determined by who is the most willing to tune in to the Flame of God Reality. You see, Putin started the war because he had an ideological view of Russia, Russia’s place in the world and Russia’s future. Everybody among the Russian people had the same view, but before the war started, the Ukrainian people and leaders also had an ideological, illusory, unrealistic view of Ukraine and its place in the world.

Who is going to come out ahead? Those who are willing to look at their previous world view, question it and compare it to reality. Who is most willing to look at the beam in their own eye, to look at their own illusions, to tune in to the Christ mind, to the ascended masters, to the Flame of God Reality and adjust their world view based on reality? The part that can tune in to reality will come out ahead, no matter what the physical outcome is going to be. The Chohans, of course, and other masters that are working with earth would like to see Ukraine make maximum use of the opportunity to adjust its world view, its self-view based on reality. They would of course like Russia to do the same, but they see that it is more likely that Ukraine will be able to do so. The Ukrainian people will be able and willing to do so. And if the Ukrainian people and leaders are willing to do this, they will come out ahead.

What that will mean is that regardless of the physical outcome, regardless of the exact time frame, Ukraine will survive as an independent democratic nation, Ukraine will become a more dynamic nation and will be able to very quickly move towards becoming an affluent nation where all of the poverty, all of the hopelessness, all of the despair, all the sense of being stuck can be shattered in a matter of a few years and the entire nation can move ahead and move closer to becoming a modern, affluent, democratic nation. This is a real potential, but there has to be a willingness to tune in to the Christ mind, to the Flame of Reality. There has to be a willingness to question, to look beyond, even to shatter the veil of illusion.

With God reality, all things are possible

Looking at earth from my perspective, the entire planet is enveloped in, covered in this veil of illusion created by the fallen beings, reinforced by human beings, even created by the original inhabitants before the fallen beings came to earth. It is a veil of illusion. It is like a thick cloud of energy, yet by anchoring this Flame of God Reality, this flame goes all the way from the God Star Sirius to the surface of the earth, under the earth to the center of the earth. That means there is no level of earth where you cannot tune in to this flame if you are willing and this is a decisive change in the history of earth and in the progression towards Saint Germain’s Golden Age. It is, so to speak, my gift to Saint Germain and to the inhabitants of the earth.

You who are avatars, who are spiritual people, who are ascended master students, you can make use of this Flame of God Reality. Tune in to it. It does not have to be an elaborate ritual, but you can, of course, give my decree, but you can also make it more simple and tune in to it, even by giving, memorizing the refrain of my decree and giving that a few times. You can tune in to this flame, compare your own view of your life, what your life has been so far, what you think is the potential for the rest of your life, what is your Divine plan, your potential to fulfill that Divine plan, your potential to go beyond it.

Many of you are still in that ideological mindset. Many of you have used the teachings of the ascended masters to reinforce your ideological mindset where you think somehow either the Masters are going to appear with some kind of magic and change the physical situation or change your personal life, or you have other illusions of what you can and cannot do. But the Flame of God Reality is simply this: With God reality, all things are possible.

You can use this flame, if you will, to come to see how you are limiting yourself, what your I AM Presence, what the ascended masters can do through you. You can let go of these illusions and therefore, go beyond what you could have gone beyond before this flame was anchored. If you will do this, you will make it easier for other people to tune in to this flame and this can spread like wings in the water where more and more people, both spiritual and not openly spiritual, will be able to tune in to reality, reality rather than illusion. There is reality and illusionality and now you have a way to choose or you have the frame of reference. This can be applied to your personal life, to your approach to the spiritual path. It can be applied to world conditions. You can call it forth into world conditions. Take the United States. Again, the current leadership are trapped in illusionality. Someone can call forth the flame of reality and shift the equation. There is always free will, but still by making the calls you can give people a freer choice for exercising their will.

The Flame of God Reality vs. the School of Hard Knocks

I am a cosmic being. I have no human opinions, judgments, feelings. I may sound stern, but I am not stern. I am simply direct. I am simply intense to burn through that veil of illusion. But I have no blame. I am not looking at anyone on earth to blame them, punish them, put them down. I am simply looking at do they have any attunement to reality or are they trapped in illusionality? And if the latter, I must respect free will and the Law of Free Will and let the School of Hard Knocks knock on their minds until they can no longer ignore it. For those who are open, I offer the Flame of God Reality so that you can use it to go beyond the School of Hard Knocks. Now you may say, but what is the difference? And in reality, you can say from a certain point that there is not that much difference. What will the hard knocks do? They will bring you to a point where you break down and your illusion is shattered and you recognize that it was an illusion.

It can be a rude awakening as they say, and the Flame of God Reality will do the same. But it will do it not to shatter but to enlighten and uplift. This means that the Flame of God Reality will give you what you can handle and only give you more if you are willing to take what was given and multiply it. It is possible that you can use the Flame of God Reality to truly have a shattering experience or a breakthrough experience where you see the illusion that you have been under and it may be a shock to begin with, but then when you accept it, it will be liberating.

Now there is of course another difference where what is it that happens in the School of Hard Knocks? It is that people go into a self-centered, dualistic, separate state of mind where they are creating their own illusion which leads them to have a certain judgment of everything including other people. When the School of Hard Knocks–when the knocks become so hard that they can no longer ignore them, their illusion that they have everything under control is shattered and now they judge themselves based on their level of consciousness, based on the dualistic judgments they have.

That is why it can be such a dramatic, overwhelming and unpleasant experience. But when you are dedicated to the spiritual path and you make the shift that all of the Chohans and other masters have so carefully prepared you to make, you can actually make use of the Flame of God Reality and even though you may have a dramatic experience of seeing the illusions, you are not judging yourself based on the dualistic consciousness. You are judging yourself based on the level of consciousness you have reached above the 48th level. And when you go above the 96th level, you will have no judgments. You will simply see the illusion, let go of it and embrace the greater freedom. It is not a shattering experience.

The dedication to reality

This then is my gift to earth, to Saint Germain, to the beings of earth. It will be seen as a gift only by the spiritual people, certainly not by the fallen beings who would see it as a threat and say: “Oh this is unfair, you should have left us in our illusion where we can control the people and feel we have control of the universe. You are violating our free will by anchoring this flame.” But I am not, for I can only anchor the flame because a critical mass of people on earth have some dedication to reality even though they may still have some unrealistic view of what reality is. There is still the dedication to seeing beyond superstition, judgment and opinions, beyond the subjective opinions and reaching for some higher reality. Many people have this dedication, not just spiritual people. Many scientifically minded people use science as a way to go beyond the superstition they see in religious people. Many people have acquired this desire to reach for something that has reality to it. And by anchoring this flame, I am simply using the Law of Free Will and I am giving these people a better opportunity to begin to see what really is real, what really is beyond man-made illusions by using the Flame of God Reality as their frame of reference.

With this, I thank you who are ascended master students for being willing to be the open doors whereby I could radiate this into the collective consciousness on earth. For through your willingness to walk the path outlined by the Masters that work with earth, you have opened the door. You have become the open doors for me radiating this impetus of God reality into the collective consciousness into the four levels of the material universe on earth so that all on earth have now felt this, a surge of God reality. Many deny it immediately, but all have felt it. And for this, you have my gratitude. And I seal you in my Flame of God reality.

Back to Unlocking Ukraine’s Potential

Consuming the dark forces and illusions behind the war

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Archangel Uriel through Kim Michaels, April 19, 2025. This dictation was given at 2025 Easter Webinar for Ukraine.

I AM the Ascended Master Archangel Uriel and I come because you have made the call and the call compels the answer.

Consuming the dark forces behind the war

I come with millions of angels who are marching now through Ukraine, through Russia and who are consuming the demons of war. Now you may say: “Have we not done this before? Have you not called for this before?” But you understand that free will is free will. And therefore, people can recreate whatever we consume. But every time we consume it, people are given a freedom and every time people are given that freedom, some awaken. And therefore, there is indeed value in you giving the calls over and over again until this has cycled through the four levels of the material universe and reaches the physical, so that those who are in physical embodiment no longer have the backing and the momentum from these dark forces in the emotional, mental and lower identity realm. And therefore, the steam goes out of their balloons, so to speak, and they cannot continue their warring efforts with the same intensity. And gradually, gradually, gradually they run down their ability to perform these aggressive actions.

And this is, quite frankly, one of the things that must happen for this war to end. There must come a point where Russia is no longer able to conduct aggressive, offensive actions in Ukraine, against Ukraine or any other nation. And this can only happen when these dark forces are consumed so that they cannot fuel the war machine. Because what is happening in Russia now is not that the people who are engaged in the military are fueling the war machine by themselves, by their own energy. It is indeed these dark forces that are fueling it and the people’s minds are simply taken over by this energy of the dark forces.

“Why are we doing this?”

They are, so to speak, hypnotized, overpowered by this energy. And therefore, they cannot think. They literally cannot think. And they especially cannot step back and ask the simple question: “Why are we doing this?” And I also send my angels to consume all of the dark forces in the emotional, mental and identity realm that are hanging over Russia like a black cloud, preventing the Russian people from asking that same question: “Why are we doing this?”

That is the question that I am now, with the millions of angels, projecting into the collective consciousness of Russia, thereby at inner levels giving people an opportunity to face that question or to not face that question, as is their choosing. But nevertheless, not facing the question brings forth the judgment of Christ upon those who are not willing to think. And therefore, the question reverberates through the collective consciousness of Russia: “Why are we doing this?” And the answer does not matter. Whatever answer people reach, it does not matter. What matters is that the question is asked. Because when the question is asked, some people will realize there is no rational, logical, sensible answer. This entire special military operational war is nonsensical. It makes no sense. And for every day that passes, for every day that Putin continues to invest the future of Russia into winning this war on the battlefield, for every day the war makes less and less sense. And only when a critical mass of people in Russia acknowledge this consciously will there be that shift so that Russia can voluntarily choose, so that Russians can voluntarily choose: “This is not the kind of nation we want to live in, this cannot continue.”

“We cannot win this war”

Now there are, of course, forces that can stop the war without the Russian people making this decision, such as the collapse of the Russian military and the collapse of the Russian economy, as we have mentioned. But we are still hoping that there can be that shift so that the Russian people can voluntarily admit that continuing this war makes absolutely no sense. We know very well from our perspective that there are many among the Russian people who are saying: “Well, we do not think this war was necessary, we do not think it should have started, but now that it is started, we have to win it.” This is what needs to shift. And I am sending my angels to consume the dark forces who are overpowering the minds of the Russian people with this sentiment that now that we have started the war, we have to win it. And therefore, there can be that shift where a critical mass of people admit: “We cannot win this war, we cannot win it militarily, we cannot win it economically, we cannot win it with the human resources we have.” And therefore, stopping the war is not a defeat for the future of Russia. It is actually a victory for the future of Russia. For if you do not stop the war, you will only damage the future of Russia. And for each day it goes on, you will only further damage the future of Russia.

The Angels of Peace

Now then, I am also sending millions of angels into Ukraine, along the front line to the Ukrainian soldiers to give them that inner sense of peace. That whatever the outcome may seem to be on the battlefield, they can have that sense of peace if they choose to tune into it. That whatever the outcome may seem to be at the battlefield at the moment or in the short term, you are winning. You have been winning from the beginning by the very fact that Ukraine was not overrun in the first weeks of the war.

And it is simply a matter of continuing to do what you are doing in order to cause the Russian war machine to self-destruct, cause the Russian economy to self-destruct, cause the Russian political establishment to self-destruct, if that is what it takes. Therefore, I am calling my angels to consume in the identity, mental, emotional realms, all dark forces, entities, demons, discarnates, and all sense of depression, all sense of pointlessness, all sense of hopelessness, so that all people in Ukraine who are involved in defending Ukraine and the future of Ukraine as a democratic nation can have that moment of peace and freedom. And can continue to have it permanently if they lock into it and if they do not decide to recreate their doubts, their fears, their sense of pointlessness, their sense of depression. I shatter this sense of depression in Ukraine. I shatter it, my angels of peace shatter it and give all people that opportunity to lock into that sense of peace, that Ukraine will survive as an independent democratic nation. Now, what state Ukraine will survive in depends on what people do, as explained by Portia and Mother Mary yesterday. There are no guarantees because everything is subject to free will. This is as it must be on a planet like earth.

Shattering the veil of illusions over the war

Now I also send millions of angels to shatter the cloud of illusion hanging over this war. I shatter it in Russia, in the Kremlin, in Moscow, in the Russian propaganda efforts, the media, the government, the government spokespeople. I shatter this veil of illusion again so that people have an opportunity to ask the question: “Why are we doing this?” And see that the war makes no sense. But I also send millions of angels to shatter Russian propaganda and all illusions about Ukraine worldwide, especially on the European continent, so that the European nations can be cut free from any doubt in their willingness and their abilities to support Ukraine’s survival and in the necessity of supporting Ukraine’s survival.

And I now send millions of angels to the United States to consume there in the emotional, mental and identity levels that illusion that is hanging over America. Focused in and through the Trump administration, spreading essentially Russian propaganda points through the American government and media about Ukraine, about who started the war, about why it started, about whether the United States should support Ukraine or not. I shatter this entire veil of illusion so that the American people, the American politicians, the senators and congressmen, especially the Republican senators and congressmen, can have an opportunity, even the officials in the Trump administration can have an opportunity to ask the question: “Why are we doing this? Why are we sowing doubt about America’s willingness to support an independent democratic nation as America has been doing for 80 years? Why are we allowing anyone to cast doubt upon this? Why are we allowing the circles of messages back and forth, humiliating the president of Ukraine when he comes to the White House, humiliating and casting doubt upon America’s commitment to NATO? Why are we doing this? What can we, America, get out of casting doubt upon America’s commitment to the world, to freedom and democracy? How can that ever be in America’s interest?” And if it is not in America’s interest, then someone must ask the question: “Why are we doing this?”

Again, free will must be allowed to outplay itself, but at least now the people have an opportunity to choose freely. For as long as their minds are clouded by this veil of illusion that hangs over America with all of the conspiracy theories and the nonsense, they do not have free will, they cannot make free choices. Therefore, I say, for all of these veils of illusion hanging over the people concerning this Ukraine war: shatter it, shatter it, shatter it, shatter it in the four levels of the material world.

The agents of chaos

Therefore, I thank you with all of my being for giving these calls. What is an archangel? What are the angels in the bands that I command? We are the servants of earth. We are the servants of the people on earth. We are the servants of Saint Germain and his Golden Age. But we cannot act unless we are authorized to do so. When nobody makes the call, we are like the firemen sitting in the fire station, waiting for the alarm to go off. And we can do nothing until there is the call authorizing us to step in. Now, as I said, in the physical octave things must be allowed to outplay themselves, but at least we can consume the dark forces in the three higher realms so that people have the greatest possible freedom to choose what they will do, instead of having their minds overpowered by these dark forces who are always seeking to manipulate people.

What is it you see when world events unfold like the invasion of Ukraine? Those who made the decision to start this invasion, you may say they have free will. But their will was not free because their vision was not free. Do you think that Putin stood there, sat there in his office, knowing all the facts, understanding the consequences, and made a free decision: “Yes, I am going to start a war against Ukraine, even though it will destroy Russia.” Nay, he was completely clouded by illusion. Do you think that Donald Trump is sitting there with a clear mind, making decisions: “Oh, today I will say one thing about Ukraine, and tomorrow I will say the opposite. That will confuse them so much they will give me the deal I want.” Of course he does not. His mind is completely overpowered by these forces, especially in the mental realm, who are simply seeking to confuse.

And, more than that, if you look at what has come out of the Russian government since the war started, and of course long before, what has come out of the American government since Donald Trump took office, do you not see the pattern? “We say one thing one day, the opposite the next day. Whatever we are accused of, we just refute it, that is fake news, it did not happen.” What is the conclusion? You look at what the American government is putting out, you look at what the Russian government is putting out, and if you have a rational, clear mind, you must say: “We cannot believe any of them. We cannot believe any of them, because there is no consistency, there is no willingness to take responsibility, to take accountability for what they are saying and what they are doing.”

When you see this pattern as you have seen it before in many world events, including Hitler during and before the second world war, how you could not believe anything he said. When you see this pattern you know that there are people here in high office whose minds are taken over by a special class of fallen beings. And these fallen beings are not the ones who have an epic agenda. They are the ones who simply want to destroy and create chaos. You may look at Putin’s actions in Ukraine, you may think he has some rationale of recreating a Russian empire. But when you look at the consequences in terms of the losses of soldiers, in terms of the losses of material, in terms of the consequences for the economy, it does not hold any logical, rational sense that this is for recreating or strengthening the Russian empire. Because it is only weakening the Russian empire.

Therefore, you must ask yourself: Is there any rational thinking behind it? And the reality is that there is not, because Putin and those around him, their minds are taken over by these fallen beings who just want to create disruption and chaos. When you look at Donald Trump and the Trump administration, how they go back and forth on Ukraine, back and forth on tariffs, back and forth on this and that and the next, can you really say that there is a rational cause of making America great again? Nay. What you see is back and forth chaos. What is emerging is there is no grand plan. Because their minds are so taken over by those beings who only want to create disruption and chaos. And therefore, the consequence for the rest of the world is we have to stop believing what the Russians and the Americans are saying. We have to look at the situation, we have to come together, and we have to create the stability that is an anchor point for the world against the chaos, the agents of chaos that have taken over these two large nations.

Steady growth vs. chaos

I do not have the authority by your calls to consume these dark forces that are spreading chaos. It is something you can start making calls on. But certainly by exposing it, projecting it into the collective consciousness, more and more people will begin to see that there is no plan here, there is no rational thinking. And therefore, those who are able to think rationally must come together and create the stability, the continuity that the world needs now more than in any time period since the second world war.

With this I have given you the impetus I wanted to give. I wanted to project this into the collective consciousness. I thank you for making the calls and for allowing me to use your chakras and auras to project this so that this impetus can now spread as rings in the water around the globe and more and more people can wake up and realize: “We need stable growth, steady growth, continued growth, not the back and forth, not the chaos, and therefore, we need to do what we need to do—band together and cooperate.” Because once you have these agents of chaos that go back and forth and lie about everything, how can there be cooperation? And as we have said before, only those who cooperate are the fittest to survive.

With this I thank you for your attention, for your calls, for your willingness to be among the few people who are open to the ascended masters and who are willing to assist us so that we can do our job, the job that we are here to do on earth.

In the Flame of Peace that I hold for earth, I seal you. Archangel Uriel, I AM.

Back to Unlocking Ukraine’s Potential

The necessary shift into a democratic mindset

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Portia through Kim Michaels, April 18, 2025. This dictation was given at 2025 Easter Webinar for Ukraine.

I AM the Ascended Master Portia. I wish to continue Mother Mary’s release and talk about this interface, we might say, between the individual and the whole.

The flock mentality

Now, if you look at animals, you will see that many animals and birds often move in flocks, in herds and there is therefore, a flock mentality or a herd mentality. What actually happens, in many of these, is that there is no individuality in single animals. You can look at a single animal and you cannot really see any individuality as you see in humans. This is, of course, because as we have explained, animals do not have an individual soul unless they have been in close contact with humans, so they have a group soul. Yet, when we look at humanity, we can see that those who are at the lowest levels of consciousness, those who have the least humanity, they also have more of a flock mentality. They do have individual souls, but they are not very strong, they are not very developed. In other words, they have not multiplied the talents they were given by the individual lifestream that they have.

They have stayed at a certain level and have attempted to adapt to their environment, so they are basically moving along with the collective consciousness. They are moving along with the herd, with the flock and in general, the lower the level of humanity, the more of a herd mentality you see. This, of course, explains why populations who have a large number of these people, a large percentage of these people, they are more susceptible to be taken over by a dictator because the people do not have a strong enough individuality to resist a person with a very strong will and an aggressive intent.

The cosmic mirror

Why do they not have it? Well, because they have not developed it on an individual basis. They have not raised themselves above the flock mentality. What does it take for a person to raise him or herself above the flock mentality? Well, you have to accept individual responsibility. What does that mean? It means you accept that there is a connection between what you send out and what comes back. We have, many times, talked about this concept that the universe is the cosmic mirror, but you do not have to accept this idea. But you do have to accept what is found in most religions around the world, namely the Golden Rule. Do to others what you want others to do to you. Do not do to others what you do not want others to do to you.

What is the basis for this rule, as we have explained? It is that the universe is a mirror and the way you treat others sends an impulse into the cosmic mirror and it can only be reflected back to you so that others will treat you the way you are treating other people. When you have not accepted this, you are in a state of mind of feeling powerless, essentially powerless because when you accept that what you send out will determine what comes back, you can say: “Oh, I am not getting back from the cosmic mirror what I would like to get back. How can I change this? Oh yes, I change what I am projecting out and then I will get something else back.”

The desire to be special

If you do not accept this and you experience that you are not getting back from life what you want, you have no idea how to change it. Or at least, you cannot accept that you can change it by changing yourself, by changing your state of mind or by changing what you are projecting out. Now what happens? Well, you feel powerless personally. You cannot change your situation by changing your state of mind. What happens? Well, here comes a strong man who says: “I can make sure you get what you want. You just have to support me and then we will force those other people to give us what we want because it is these other people, it is the evil west, that are keeping us from having what we want.”

People with a herd mentality, they follow the leader. Now, there is another aspect of this, which is that when you have this herd mentality, you do not have a strong enough individuality to really have self-esteem and you feel powerless. You feel like you are nobody because in the herd you are nobody. You are not standing out from the crowd in any way. But what if the herd was special? What if by belonging to the herd and following the leader, that would make you special? Now you may say: “Well, why should these people who are following the herd have a desire to be special?” Well, because all self-aware beings are created to be co-creators. They are created for the potential to raise their consciousness, the potential to be more.

Now, when you do not use this to strive for the Christ consciousness, when you go into duality and separation, you still have the desire to be more, but now it becomes perverted into being more than others. Instead of being more than you were before by becoming more connected to your I AM Presence, you now want to be more than others. You want to be more in this world. You want to be superior to others. This is when you see this dualistic polarity that emerges where you have both the inferiority and the superiority complexes. You cannot have one without the other, even though some people have managed to suppress their inferiority and feel very superior, like for example, the dictatorial leaders.

They feel superior because they have suppressed their inferiority, but the price they pay is that they have to continue to suppress it. They have to continue to do something on the outer to demonstrate their superiority. Here you have a large group of people who have not raised their individuality. They attract to themselves a dictatorial leader who has suppressed his inferiority, and he now tells those people: “By following me, you can be special. You can be superior to those other people and those other people we, of course, have to suppress so we can dominate them.”

This is the entire dynamic of the Soviet Union, where the core Russians felt superior to all of the other people east of the Urals, in the other republics, but even those in the Soviet Union felt superior to those who were not in the Soviet Union. And today, those who are members of the Russian Federation feel superior to those who are not. As we have said, Ukraine has not sufficiently transcended this Soviet-era mindset, where the same dynamic was there in the Ukrainian population. But Ukraine has gone beyond where Russia is, even before the war. But the war has actually been an opportunity to transcend this even more because, as Mother Mary said, this forces you, in a sense, to rethink everything.

Inherent human rights

What will it take to make this transition, where Mother Mary was talking about finding a balance between the individual and the state, or the whole? Well, the difference between a dictatorial state and a democratic state is the concept of individual human rights. In a dictatorial state, the individual has no inherent rights. Now, what do I mean by inherent rights? It has no rights that are independent of the state. In other words, a dictatorial nation may define that its citizens have certain rights, but it is the state that defines those rights. The entire idea of a democratic nation is that each individual has rights that are not defined by the state and cannot be violated by the state. This is the entire difference, the essential difference, between a dictatorship and a democracy.

A democracy does not define the rights, they are inherent. By the very fact that you exist as an individual, you have these rights. They were not defined by the state, they cannot be violated by the state, and that is why in a democracy, the individual is sacred. It is primary, and the state is there to serve the individuals and of course, also make sure that the individuals do not destroy each other, but that they find a way to cooperate so that they are stronger by cooperating than when they are fighting each other.

You can say that in a democracy, there is ideally, I am not saying this is attained by very many nations, but ideally, there is a symbiotic relationship between the individual and the state, because the state is supposed to guarantee the individual’s rights, but also guarantee that each individual exercises its rights in a way that does not violate the rights of other individuals. In a dictatorship, the dictator can define the rights of the people, and in most cases defines them in such a way that the state is primary and that the individual simply has to follow the herd and do what the state tells them to do.

This is clearly what you saw in the Soviet Union, it is clearly what you see in today’s Russia, you see it in China, you see it in Iran, you see it in North Korea, you see it in other dictatorial states. You see that Ukraine had started to move away from this before the 2014 invasion, and it has made continuous progress along these lines, but there is more that can be done, more that needs to be done.

Individual responsibility

What needs to happen here is a gradual shift in the collective consciousness because what does it mean that the individual has rights? We have often talked about the two sides, the Alpha and the Omega, the Divine Father and the Divine Mother. The alpha aspect is that you have rights, the omega aspect is that you have responsibility. You cannot have individual rights without individual responsibility. Why not? Because all individuals in a democracy have the same rights. That means you have certain rights, but you do not have the right to take away the rights of other individuals.

In a dictatorship, not all people have the same rights because the dictator has specific rights, but those who are part of the state, like for example, the Communist Party elite in the Soviet Union, they have special rights as well, and they could violate the rights of other people and get away with it, because they had power without personal accountability. They could always hide behind the party. In order to make the transition from the Soviet-era mentality, Ukraine needs to focus on this—individual rights, individual responsibility.

The vicious circle of corruption

One aspect of individual responsibility is you are not violating the whole. This can be done in many ways but let us focus on one of the major problems in Ukrainian society—corruption. You may have attained some position in the government and you may have been brought up to think that if you have such a position, you have a right to take advantage of it and accept certain bribes. This is the Soviet-era mentality. In a democratic nation, a government official does not think it has the right to take bribes. It has a responsibility to fight corruption, because corruption damages the whole and it damages other individuals. You are saying, perhaps: “Well, but these officials in Ukraine are not making much money. They could not survive without taking bribes. Yes, that may be so. But why are they not making enough money? Well, because the state cannot afford to pay them more. But why cannot the state afford to pay them more? Oh, it is not taking in enough taxes. But why is it not taking in enough taxes? Because there is not enough economic activity to generate the taxes. And why is there not enough economic activity? Oh, because of corruption that limits individual initiative.”

You see, it becomes a vicious circle, the serpent swallowing its tail. But in democracies, they have broken this vicious circle, and it is because they have accepted that you cannot have individual rights and freedoms without individual responsibility and accountability. And that means you cannot have a government that exercises power over the people and where those who exercise that power cannot be held accountable for misusing the power.

Many people in Ukraine are fully aware of this. They have already started making this transition. I am simply pointing out that it has not reached critical mass and it needs to. How is it going to do so? Well, the development has already started, but you who are the spiritual people can certainly accelerate it by making the calls for this and by of course, making the transition yourselves.

Special privileges without accountability

A democracy cannot function if there is not personal accountability, personal responsibility. What do you see in the United States right now? You see a person who has set himself up as, let us call it, a mini-dictator, an autocrat, who is telling the people who believe in him: “I can solve all of your problems. Just give me the power.” Why do people submit to this? Because they have not accepted personal accountability. Therefore, they think that the reason they are not having the lives they want is because somebody is taking it away from them and the strong man will deal with these people and make everything great again.

But the reality is that these people are not getting the life they want because they have not taken responsibility for what they are projecting out. And because they have not taken responsibility, they have not seen that there is a power elite that has taken over the democracy that was meant to guarantee all people equal rights, so you see the dynamic. If you have not taken responsibility for yourself, you actually do not want everybody to have equal rights, meaning equal opportunity. You want to belong to a special group of people who have special privileges so that you do not have to look at yourself. Just by the fact that you belong to this special group of people, you have privileges, like the party elite in the Soviet Union, like those people Trump is in the process of installing in the government, who have special privileges without accountability. This is the same in Ukraine. There are still people who want special privileges without accountability, without transparency. They want to have a special privileged lifestyle.

Multiplying the talents

Do you grasp the difference I am pointing out here? Perhaps not yet, so let me attempt to step back. What is it that a democracy demands of you as an individual living in a democracy? It is simply that you follow the law that Jesus described in a parable about the talents. All people in a democracy supposedly have equal opportunity to improve. This does not mean they have the same position or the same status or the same standard of living, but they have equal opportunities to improve themselves by multiplying whatever talents they have been given according to their past karma and so forth.

A democracy demands that you are willing to multiply the talents by taking responsibility for your own situation and by consciously deliberately changing what you are projecting into the cosmic mirror. If you are not willing to do this, what kind of a society do you want? You want a society where you can sell your soul to the party and the party then puts you, because of your loyalty to the party, in a privileged position where you can exercise power without accountability because you cannot lose that position unless you do something really, really stupid.

But you see, why did the Soviet Union collapse? Why will the society that Trump is attempting to create in America collapse? Because when people are put in a position of power without accountability, they will not multiply the talents. In a democracy with a free economy, those who multiply the talents, who are willing to change themselves, they will get ahead. In a closed system like the Soviet Union, those who are loyal to the party will get a privileged position and once they have it, they are interested in maintaining it, not transcending it. They want to maintain status quo where they have privileges rather than expand the economy, grow the economy.

But when you are willing to multiply the talents, you want a society that is open-ended, that is constantly transcending itself where the economy is constantly growing because you realize you will do better and everybody else will do better. But you see, when you go into the closed mindset of not wanting to multiply the talents, you do not want everybody else to do better. You want to stay in your privileged position, which means you want to hold everybody else back, which means you want to hold the economic growth of society back and therefore, everything stagnates.

The necessary shift in Ukraine

What is it that Ukraine needs to go through in order to become a modern democratic nation that is ready to be part of the EU? It has to overcome this desire in the collective consciousness to attain a privileged position and maintain it. It has to shift into being willing to grow. A society that is constantly growing, constantly adapting, not only to changes in the world but to changes in itself. This is what a functioning society is. It is constantly growing, there is constant growth. Why? Because there is opportunity and there is enough people who are taking advantage of the opportunity to improve their own lives and when enough people are seeking to improve their lives, it improves the whole.

You cannot have growth in the economy without having people who are willing to multiply the talents. You cannot multiply the talents unless you take responsibility for your own state of mind, what you are projecting into the cosmic mirror. Right now, there are still many people in Ukraine who are either longing to get back to the privileged positions they had before the war or who are longing to get into a privileged position like they saw their parents had.

There are many people who are thinking, how can we take advantage of all the economic help that Ukraine is being given so that we can create a little privileged position for ourselves? They are thinking about themselves, not about the whole. They are thinking about themselves and how they can acquire something and then hold on to it rather than thinking, how can we continue to transcend ourselves and achieve more? There is the desire to grasp a limited portion of the pie and hold on to that. Or there is the desire to expand my portion of the pie. When you seek to grasp onto a portion of the pie and hold on to it, the pie is not growing. But when you seek to expand your portion of the pie, you are expanding the whole pie. And that is how a nation grows. That is how a nation can grow from the economic level that Ukraine had before the war to what you see in Western Europe.

As we have said before, Ukraine has the natural resources. Many people are willing to work. As you see of some of the refugees that left Ukraine at the start of the war, many of them have found work and are willing to work hard in their new countries. There is absolutely no reason, no physical reason, why Ukraine cannot have the same level of the economy as you see in, for example, Germany or Holland or other nations. The only difference is the difference in mentality, the unwillingness to multiply the talents by taking responsibility for oneself, changing one’s state of mind, transcending one’s state of mind. Multiplying the talents begins with multiplying your sense of self, your sense of what you can and cannot do, accepting that you can grow rather than seeking to remain in a fixed position for the rest of your life where you are comfortable in a privileged position.

Letting go of the sense of superiority

Back to the inferiority-superiority dynamic. You have a desire to transcend. When you go into duality, you are perverted. Now you want to have as much as you think you can have and then hold on to it. You can have this desire to attain something in this world where you are better than others. This is what creates a power elite. But it is also what creates a permanent underclass of people who have accepted that they cannot do anything to improve their personal situation because they are just workers or they are pensioners and this is going to be their living standard for the rest of their lives, but they feel superior by being part of the flock.

This is clear in Russia today where many of the people, in fact all of the people who support Putin and the status quo, feel superior because they are Russians. You also have people in Ukraine who feel superior because they are Ukrainians ultimately coming from the Kievan Rus. But you have also a sense of superiority that the Ukrainians are now fighting for the world, for Europe, to hold back Russian aggression. I am not denying that there is a certain validity to the claim that by fighting against Russia it limits Russia’s capacity to go further.

But you see, first of all, the Ukrainians are fighting to have an independent nation. You need to have a realistic view here because what you see, as we have pointed out now, both Mother Mary and I, in the Soviet mentality is this sense that people feel inferior because they know that the state does not value them as individuals. But they feel superior by being part of the state, but Ukraine needs to leave that mentality behind. Why? Well, again, it is do you want to be dominated by Russia or do you want to become an independent democratic nation? If you become an independent democratic nation, what must you do? You must overcome the sense of superiority because the idea of a democracy is that all people are created equal and are endowed by their Creator with inalienable rights. Therefore, ideally, no nation is superior to any other.

I know very well that there are nations in Europe and elsewhere who feel that they are superior still, even though many of them have started to overcome it, at least in Europe. But what I am pointing out here is that the current sense of superiority, even the sense that we Ukrainians are saving the world from Russia, this must be let go because it blocks you from making that shift into the democratic mindset. And if a critical mass of people in Ukraine cannot make that transition, then Ukraine as a nation cannot make that transition. And if you cannot make that transition to the democratic mindset, you will not survive Russia’s onslaught. You will not form the karmic mirror that Mother Mary talked about. You will instead be divided in yourself, and Russia will surely take advantage of this, multiply that division, and you will see internal strife, internal fighting in Ukraine that will weaken Ukraine’s resistance to Russia.

Magical thinking vs. the willingness to shift

The opportunity for the transition is there. Many people have already made it, but a critical mass has not yet been reached. And that is why you who are open to our teachings can have a major impact on making the calls on this and, of course, going through the transition yourselves. We have given so many teachings on democracy. Have you studied them? Have you truly internalized them, what it means? Because if you who are the spiritual student do not internalize it, how do you expect other people in Ukraine to do so?

I am simply pointing out here, Ukraine is on a threshold. It is standing on the one side. It has lifted the one foot. It has started to move that foot over the threshold, but it has not yet moved it so far that the weight shifts and now it crosses the threshold. But the opportunity is great and it can be done, but it is a matter of choosing. And that is why we are not putting the responsibility on you, the few ascended master students, but we are radiating this into the collective consciousness. There are even people in the government, including the President, who has not yet fully made that shift into the democratic mindset.

It is not to blame anybody. We are simply stating the fact that the shift has not happened. It is close. It is almost there. It is just a matter of shifting a little bit so that the weight shifts and pulls you over the threshold. But there is still the risk that you could fall back and stay on the same side of the threshold. This may be a somewhat somber message—or is it really an opportunity to shift?

You see, there is a certain, what shall we say, naivete, that is found in Ukrainian, Belarusian and Russian people, and of course many other people around the world, but let us focus where we are at. And it is a form of magical thinking where you think something is magically going to happen that is going to bring change and you are waiting for this magical thing to happen, this magical thing that suddenly will resolve the war and everything will be good. But the magic that will bring the change is you transcending yourself and many other people transcending themselves so that the whole shifts. That is the magic that brings change.

It is this magical thinking that makes people think that a strong man can solve all our problems. The Russians are still trapped in it. Ukraine has started moving beyond it, but there is still remnants of it. We are still waiting for some magical thing—if only we had those weapons, if only we had those weapons—but it is the shift in consciousness that is the magic. But that is brought about by people willing to look at themselves, not by thinking that change is going to come from the outside. This is what has happened in democratic nations. This is what happened in the Baltic countries. This is what happened in most of the Warsaw Pact countries. It can happen in Ukraine. It can happen in Ukraine faster than in most of these other countries because the war puts this pressure on you but it requires the willingness to shift and that shift is the opportunity.

Right now, the people living in Ukraine have the opportunity of a lifetime to shift. Will you grab it or will you stand there not knowing if you are willing to change, to give up the idea that something outside of you must change so you do not have to? This is the challenge. And I am hurling that challenge into the collective consciousness because I am the Goddess of Opportunity. And this is your opportunity.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. I may return to give you some more thoughts. We shall see how the days unfold. But I thank you for giving me the opportunity to address this, to use your chakras and minds to project it into the collective consciousness of Ukraine, Russia, all of the nations who were part of the Soviet era, where it can go far and wide and begin the shift that will lead people to see that life is an opportunity, not a burden put upon them, but an opportunity. And the opportune moment is now.

With this, I seal you in the Flame of Opportunity that I hold for earth.

Back to Unlocking Ukraine’s Potential

Transcending the Soviet mindset in Ukraine

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, April 18, 2025. This dictation was given at 2025 Easter Webinar for Ukraine.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and I take upon myself this task of opening this conference. I have spoken before about the war in Ukraine. I have spoken before about the potential that it would have stopped long ago, which was a realistic potential at the time. But it has turned out that this potential did not come to pass. Why not, you might ask? Well, partly because the Ukrainian people have not transcended their state of consciousness, but mainly because the Russian people have not transcended their state of consciousness.

There was a realistic potential that at some point, both some of the leaders of Russia and many among the people of Russia would see the futility of the war and that they would demand change, demand an end to the war, and that this could potentially even have affected Putin and so to speak, forced him to draw back on the aggression and the warfare. But this did not come to pass, mainly because the Russian people, not all of them but a majority of them, were not willing to look at themselves and take responsibility for deciding what kind of country they want to live in. The Russian people have not decided that they do not want to live in Russia as it is right now. They have not decided that they do not want to live with a dictatorial form of government that is suppressing their freedoms. They have not decided that they do not want to live in a country where prices are going up and where living conditions are becoming increasingly more difficult. They have not decided that enough is enough.

The necessary shift

Now, we have said before when we turn to Ukraine that the Ukrainian people also have important decisions to make and this is especially whether they will let go of the old mindset that became, so to speak, ingrained in the Ukrainian people during the Soviet era. From a certain level you can look at the Ukrainian collective consciousness and see that there has certainly been an increase in the unity and coherence in terms of resisting Russian domination of Ukraine. We have said before that the war partly started because there was a division in the collective consciousness of Ukraine, where too many people still felt so close to Russia and were not willing to let go of their ties to Russia and turn Ukraine into the direction of becoming a modern democratic nation oriented towards the West. This has shifted in the sense that there are many more people now who are willing to turn Ukraine into a democratic nation oriented towards the West and therefore, separated from Russian influence.

However, what has not yet happened is that a majority of the people have really taken a deep look at the mentality, the beliefs, the world view that was instilled in the collective consciousness and in many of them individually during Soviet times. With that I mean a number of subtle things. Now, you have seen some other Eastern European nations who have gone through this shift. You have seen the Baltic nations who have gone through this shift. But still, as we have even said in a previous conference some years ago in Estonia, none of the Eastern European nations have fully left behind the communist or Soviet era mindset. This has many aspects, but certainly one that I want to draw your attention to here is the balance between the state and the individual.

This is a very subtle topic because on the one hand you can say that: “What is it that makes a nation function? What gives a nation a national identity?” Well, that nation must have certain characteristics that are shared by at least a majority of the people in that nation, otherwise the nation will be too scattered and divided and will not have a clear national identity. There must be some coherence, some unity, even some commonality in thinking, in people’s world view. On the one hand, this is necessary in order to build a national identity. Yet, on the other hand, the question is: “What is it that brings the nation forward? What is it that opens the nation up to progress, to innovation, to change?” Well, it is individual creativity. If you look at world history, if you look at nations, empires, societies, you can see how there has always been this tension between the two.

Uniformity and the Soviet mindset

You can see if you take our teachings that go back to when the earth was in a downward spiral that what put the earth in a downward spiral was the uniformity of societies, where people had been brought up to follow the standards, the norms in society because the leaders of society had become afraid that if the people were not brought up with this uniformity, society would deteriorate. In reality, as we have explained, it was the lack of creativity, a lack of willingness to change that threatened the survival of society but the leaders failed to see this. You can see the same thing today. What was it in the Soviet Union that caused the leaders to feel that they had to, number one, program the people, brainwash the people from an early age with propaganda, and number two, suppress all dissenting voices? Well, it was this fear that differences would be a threat to the survival of the system.

This was, so to speak, built into the communist system. But still, it was also built into Russian mentality. During the Soviet times, obviously this was programmed into the minds of all of the people who were part of the Soviet Union and the Warsaw Pact. But there were big differences in how people submitted to this. Did people actually believe in the propaganda, or did they have enough individual awareness that they knew it was just propaganda? And here you see that Ukraine was number three, if you look at the Soviet Union and areas that believed in the propaganda. The number one was, of course, what you would call Russia proper, the Moscow, St. Petersburg, west of the Urals area. Number two, Belarus and number three, Ukraine.

Even though you had such shocks as the Holodomor in Ukraine, there were still many people who believed in the propaganda. I am not thereby saying that they believed in communism and Marxism and Leninism, but they believed in certain propaganda about what it meant to be of a Russian origin, a Russian descent, the Russian people’s specialness. Therefore, they believed that when you were an individual in Ukraine, you had to submit your individuality to the common collective consciousness, to the common worldview, to the common view of what it meant to be an individual in this state. There were countries, especially the Baltics, where the majority of people did not submit to the propaganda, did not believe in the propaganda, did not believe in the worldview. They felt suppressed, they longed for freedom, and as soon as they saw an opportunity, they took it.

Transitioning into a democratic mindset

Ukraine, too many people believed in this and while I am not just talking about the closeness to Russia, the submission to Russia, but the idea that the individual should submit to the state. The reason why this is such an important topic is precisely because, as we said, the question faced by the Ukrainian people is: “Will Ukraine become a democratic, independent nation oriented towards the West or will it remain in the Russian sphere of influence?” And if Ukraine wants to remain in the Russian sphere of influence, then resisting the Russian invasion has been completely futile. Now I say this to provoke, because I know that the majority of people in Ukraine do not want to submit to the Russian takeover of Ukraine and therefore, they have resisted and they have supported the resistance, supported the war. But as I said, not enough people had made the switch of realizing that the Soviet era mindset is the antithesis of the democratic mindset.

The Soviet era mindset is: “The state first; the individual is insignificant.” The democratic mindset is: “The individual is supreme; the state is there to serve the individual.” But of course, the individual has to find its place in the whole, because democratic ideals does not mean free reign for egotism, selfishness, and narcissism. It is clear that in a democratic nation, there has to be a certain coherence, so that individuals do not act out in such extreme manners that it hurts the whole. But this happens voluntarily, not by the state suppressing individuality and that is a transition that, historically speaking, it is difficult for people to make.

I am not trying to say in any way that this is more difficult for the Ukrainians than many other people. It is a difficult transition to make. There is not a clear-cut procedure for doing this. It is something that will take time. It has been accelerated by the war. I am simply pointing out and I am projecting into the collective consciousness that the process needs to be taken further if Ukraine is to manifest its highest potential, which is to become a democratic nation based on democratic ideals. I will not necessarily say Western ideals, because they are democratic, universal democratic ideals. It just happens that more countries in the West have grasped the significance of this.

The tension between democracy and dictatorship

What you see is, if you look at it in a bigger context, we have for some years now talked about the tension between democracy and non-democratic forms of government. We have said that democracy is under attack by non-democratic nations who are not willing to make the transition into democracy. We have said that they are making a last-ditch effort to limit or even overthrow democracy.

What is actually happening here is that you might know that there are certain examples of how two rivers come from different directions and suddenly flow together. You might know there are examples of one river being very brown because it carries a lot of mud, and the other river being more clear. When they meet, there is a tension between the two waters, and there will be a zone in the middle where they begin to mix. The clear becomes more muddied, the brown becomes clearer, but it takes some time before they are mixed enough that one becomes dominant compared to the other. We might say that, if you look at the world, there are certain of these meeting surfaces, meeting points, where the forces of anti-democracy meet up against democracy. Ukraine, obviously, is right there in the center of this.

Ukraine’s challenge as a meeting point

Right now, you can look at other places around the world where the same thing is happening, but right now, certainly, Ukraine is in between the anti-democratic Russia and the democratic Europe. This, in a sense, makes it easier for Ukraine to make the transition but, in another sense, makes it challenging. Because of the war, Ukraine has to make the transition faster than certain other countries where there was more time. This makes it more important that the Ukrainian people begin to contemplate this. You may say: “But Mother Mary, we are in the middle of a war, what time do we have to sit down and philosophize?” That is true for many of you, who are engaged in fighting the war. But there are people who are not particularly engaged in fighting the war. In fact, there are people who are living almost normal lives, similar lives to what they lived before the war started. There are people who have some awareness, some free time to contemplate this. There needs to be people who have time to contemplate the long-term perspective on Ukraine’s future because if all you do is focus on the war, then how can you have a clear goal to move towards?

I am not here blaming people who are focused on the war and securing the survival of Ukraine as an independent nation. I am just saying there needs to be both. There needs to be people who can begin to contemplate and that is why I am projecting this into the collective consciousness: “What kind of a nation will Ukraine be once the war ends?” This is a matter of contemplating: “How do we, in Ukraine, look at this interaction between the individual and the state?”

Changes in the Ukrainian military

You will see that there are some clear areas where there is work to be done. Just as an example, let me mention the armed forces, where many of the people who are leaders in the Ukrainian military were trained either during Soviet times or in Russia by Russia and they still think the way Russian military doctrine programmed them to think, which is that the individual is insignificant. The individual soldier is insignificant.

That is why you see Russia sending these meat-wave attacks without any regard for how many soldiers are killed, as long as they achieve the objective. Now, you can see from just a common sense perspective here, that given that Russia has a larger population than Ukraine, Ukraine cannot win with this strategy. You do not have enough people. Therefore, there needs to be a different approach, which of course, many among the Ukrainian military have already shifted or started to shift but it needs to be more. There needs to be more freedom for individual initiative in the military. There needs to be a different command structure, where there is a better information flow from the frontline to the leaders at the highest level of the military, so that they really know what is actually happening, instead of what they want to be happening.

This is one of the big weaknesses in Russian military, that those who are at lower levels are afraid to report the facts on the ground to the leaders. The leaders live in an information bubble, where they do not know what is actually happening on the frontline. Even Putin, ultimately, does not know the casualties, the cost of the war, because he does not want to know, and nobody can force him to know. This needs to shift. I am not saying it has not begun to shift, but it certainly has not shifted as it could. You can see here how, even though this may seem like a philosophical goal, it is actually also a very practical thing because the Ukrainian military will not win if they do not make this shift.

The top-down management

Another aspect of this shift, and we can again illustrate this with the military but it goes beyond the military, is that in the Soviet Union, what did you see? You saw that you had a party elite. They also lived in an information bubble because they had what we have called the ideological mindset. They were defining a five-year plan, for example, and then they expected that all those at lower levels would carry out that five-year plan. Now, part of this five-year plan was, for example, agricultural production, which is highly dependent on the weather and therefore, often, a five-year plan could not be fulfilled. But was there a backwards information flow that could inform the people at the top? Or was there an attempt to hide what was actually going on from the higher-ups, so as to avoid being blamed for not meeting the unrealistic goals?

You see, this is a mindset, where everybody at lower levels are seeking to hide from those at higher levels. The higher levels do not really want to go out, get their hands dirty, and see what is actually happening because they are afraid of those at an even higher level and therefore, there is not that willingness to look at what actually works. Instead, people look at how do we want things to work. This is something that has already shifted in most of the European democracies, not all, but most of them. That is why they have had economic success and have raised the standard of living of the population because what is it that allows you to raise the standard of living? Well, it is you are willing to look at the practical, physical reality, what works and what does not work. For example, you have a factory that produces, say, cars. You are willing to go in and look at the individual worker’s situation and say: “If we improve the worker’s situation so that he can do his job more easily, he will actually become more productive, and therefore, by treating our workers better, we can increase productivity and production.”

When this is repeated at all levels of society, you raise the standard of living. It also requires you to look at can we allow a small elite, whether you call them oligarchs or something else, to become so much richer than anyone else in the population? Can we allow them to dominate the economy because they are going to want to defend their privileged positions, instead of, as I said, looking at the practical realities, what works best, not only for the individual, but also for society.

Does it actually work best for a society that you have a small elite that are very, very rich and the majority of the people are poor? Well, if that was the best model, why did the Tsarist empire in Russia collapse? Why did the feudal societies of Europe collapse? Why have many others of these elitist societies collapsed? Because, again, there is not the information flow, and that means that the people at the top do not know what is actually happening in practical reality, and therefore, they cannot make good leadership decisions. They cannot change their society as conditions change.

Adaptability and the figure-eight information flow

What is it you see in history, as we have talked about many times? It is not survival of the fittest, if you by fittest mean the strongest or the most aggressive. It is survival of the most adaptable, those who can adapt to changes, because everything is constantly changing.

This is what the Buddha called the interdependent originations 2,500 years ago. It has been proven over and over again by science, by just an observation of history. Everything is changing. Those who can adapt to change will succeed, will survive, will thrive. Those who will not adapt to change will go the way of the dinosaurs. My point for pointing out this Soviet era mentality is that it works against change. It seeks to create uniformity and stability and sameness rather than the ability to adapt. What is it that drives the ability to adapt? It is the individual who is out there plowing the fields, working in the factories, doing the work in all areas of society. They are experiencing directly what works and does not work. If there is no feedback loop whereby communication can flow upwards, how can the leaders make informed decisions? They are therefore, making uninformed decisions which are stupid, self-destructive decisions. Do you see that instead of talking about democracy and dictatorship, you could arrange societies based on how flexible are they, how adaptable are they that depends on the information flow upwards, not downwards.

Therefore, you can see that those countries who have that information flow, it is not just a one way from below to up, there needs to be one from down as well so there is transparency, so that the leaders can explain to the people why they are making decisions, we can say it is a “figure-eight flow” of information. This is one type of society that have the figure eight flow of information and the other type of society is where this flow has been stopped. There is no flow because the leaders do not want to hear the practical experiences of the people below and they do not want to tell people what is going on at the higher levels. They do not want to explain why they are making the decisions they are making.

Avoiding accountability

Why not? Why do not the leaders want to tell the people why they are making the decisions? Well, because they do not want to be held accountable. There is a very deep desire to avoid accountability.

You see this so clearly in Russia right now, where Putin and his propaganda machine are doing everything they can to avoid accountability for Putin himself. Who made the decision to invade Ukraine? Putin. Who is the only one who could really stop what is happening? Well, Putin. Who is the one who has not made that decision? Putin. Who is responsible for the increasing negative consequences for Russia and the Russian people? Well, Putin is. From a purely neutral objective viewpoint, Putin is the one who is accountable but at the same time, in Russia, Putin has zero accountability. He is not being held accountable. There is an old saying: “All power corrupts, but absolute power corrupts absolutely.” Why is that? Because when you have absolute power, there is no information flow coming back, and there is no explanation going down for why things are being done. This means that the leader who has absolute power has no accountability but that also means that that leader becomes inflexible. Once the leader has started going in a certain direction, the only way he can see is to keep going in that direction and apply more and more force until he runs out of force, the school of hard knocks.

Resisting the transition

We have said before that for Ukraine to survive the war, to move forward, Ukraine needs to distance itself from Russia, but first of all, the Russian mentality that I have now described. Ukraine needs to become much more flexible, needs to become much more transparent and open in terms of information flow. Ukraine needs to establish this figure eight information flow and there are many people in Ukraine who resist this and who will resist it. There is the armed forces. There is many of the large business people, call them oligarchs or something else. There are people in the government who are used to having a privileged position where they can take bribes and they can avoid accountability. There are elected politicians.

Certainly not all of these people will resist the transition, but many of them are resisting the transition. Even though there are some of them that can see that the war means that Ukraine cannot remain the same. There are still people in Ukraine who believe that oh, one day the war will stop and life will go back to normal. But there are more and more people in these past over three years who have begun to realize that nothing will go back to the way it was before the war, that the war has forced Ukraine to make an absolute shift. But even many of those people who can see that things will not go back, they still resist making this change I am talking about because they think: “Yes, I see that Ukraine has to change, but I can keep my position, surely I can find a way so I can stay comfortable.” That is what is right now holding back Ukraine and it is actually holding back an end to the war, because it is preventing Ukraine from taking certain steps that could bring it above that critical line where the collective consciousness has shifted, so that Ukraine becomes more of a karmic mirror for Russia.

The karmic mirror for Russia

I know this is a new concept, but think back at the situation where Jesus is arrested, put on trial. He does not resist his arrest. He does not defend himself. He does not argue with those who are accusing him. He lets them do what they want to do to him. Now, I am not there by saying that Ukraine should stop fighting and let the Russians take over. What I am pointing out here is that when you reach a certain level of consciousness that is higher than those who are attacking you, your consciousness becomes a karmic mirror that reflects back the aggression directed at you. Ukraine has not reached that level of consciousness yet, which is why the war has moved into this largely a stalemate situation. This is why, even though Ukraine has received military assistance, it has not broken through. Now, this is not to say that this is only because of Ukraine. Nevertheless, if that critical mass of people would shift, you would see the situation begin to change.

The breakdown of the Russian economy

The other aspect of why the situation is a stalemate is of course, that there has not been a shift in Russia. This is largely because the economy in Russia has not yet broken down, but it has come closer and closer to the breaking point. Now, we may say there could theoretically be two factors that would cause Russia to have to stop the war. One would be that they lost decisively on the battlefield, but the other is a breakdown in the economy. As it looks right now, the breakdown in the economy is the more likely factor that will break the stalemate. Russia has moved closer and closer to the point of no return. You could argue that it has already passed the point of no return, but it has not yet fully broken through, so that the collapse is obvious.

There are those who will say Russia is already in a state of collapse, at least certain areas of the economy in Russia, but there has not been a widespread recognition of this from the Russian leaders or the Russian people, or for that matter, internationally. This is largely because of this lack of information flow. What is very likely to happen is that during this year, the breakdown will become more and more obvious. It really is only a matter of time before Putin and those close to him will have to make a choice. Will they stop the war and try to salvage the economy or will they continue the war until the economy breaks and forces them to stop the war?

Keep persisting and be flexible!

Why am I bringing this up? What does it have to do with Ukraine? Well, naturally, there are things that you can do as Ukrainians. But you also, in the current situation, simply have to continue resisting and wait for the equation to change. You need to persist until something breaks in Russia. This, we all know as ascended masters, is a very difficult situation for you. We all know what you have endured in these three years. We have, as we have said before, not a human compassion, but certainly a divine compassion for what you are going through. We have an equal compassion for what the Russian people are going through. But they are, for the most part, unreachable to us. Of course, most Ukrainians are also unreachable to us directly. But the collective consciousness in Ukraine is more open to change than the collective consciousness in Russia. What you need to prepare yourself for is to hold on and persist until something breaks. You need to be flexible and work with whatever the situation is, including in the United States, in the Trump administration, where it obviously changes very quickly. You simply need to see that right now the situation is in such flux and while this might feel insecure, it is actually an opportunity because the unpredictability of the situation, while unpleasant, also carries opportunities.

Things can break down in Russia, things can break down in the United States, so that there will be a breakthrough that will be to Ukraine’s advantage. You simply need to be flexible, keep all opportunities open, and be patient. Allow the situation to unfold, because what have we said? We have said at New Year’s that with the descent of the light for this next 12-year cycle, those who are unbalanced must become more and more unbalanced. Clearly, the Trump administration is unbalanced in its view of Europe, NATO, and Ukraine. For a time it may seem like the imbalance becomes worse and worse, but this is because a breakdown is coming closer. The situation will change, so you need to be positive towards the future. What did we say at New Year’s? All people need to be positive, especially the spiritual people.

The impact of the ascend master students

My last intent with this release is to point out that the spiritual people, especially the ascended master students in Ukraine, in Russia, in Kazakhstan, and other former Soviet or East Warsaw Pact countries, your calls have made a huge difference since the war started. Your willingness to come together, give these decrees and invocations, and I know it is difficult for some of you in Russia to do this, but your willingness to do this has had a major impact. We know very well that many times it can seem like you give these decrees and invocations, but what changes in the outer situation? You have, first of all, held a spiritual balance, but also prevented worse things from happening. You have also paved the way for positive things to happen.

As we have said before, naturally, Ukraine is the victim of Russian aggression, but we are not looking to punish the Russian people, but to take both Ukraine and Russia and other nations forward as much as we can. Your calls have helped open the way for progress for both Russia and Ukraine and other nations who are part of this entire equation. For this, you have my gratitude, and I hope you will be inspired to continue your calls and vigils until we direct you to focus on other topics. With this, I want to thank all of you who have made calls for this situation in Ukraine over these more than three years. All of you who are participating in this conference, you have my gratitude as the representative of the Mother of God for earth. Your calls give us the authority to do many things in the emotional, mental, and identity realms. Many things that you cannot see, but that certainly have a major positive effect.

As we have said before, we have, because of the Law of Free Will, limited power to intercede in the physical octave. But your calls give us the power to intercede in the emotional, mental, and identity realms and remove those beings for which you are calling the judgment. That means that the people in physical embodiment, their minds will not be as taken over by these beings, and this can also lead to progress in the physical realm. For this, you have my gratitude and, I hope, my encouragement. Therefore, I seal you in the Flame of the Mother of God that I hold for earth, for all people on earth.

Back to Unlocking Ukraine’s Potential

Experiencing reality through the Presence of the Buddha

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, March 23, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. It is my privilege, once again, to seal another conference. As so many of you have been willing to participate in person and online, and therefore, you have created a great momentum. Not just by your decrees and invocations, but by your willingness to look at your psychology, to talk about it amongst each other, to transcend yourselves. Truly, even though we have talked about some fairly serious topics, we are joyful to have been able to interact with you during these days and see how you have been willing to raise your consciousness, truly coming closer to locking in to your Divine plans. You have, as has happened many times before, exceeded even the highest potential for this conference and for that you have my gratitude. You have my joy. You have my peace.

Communing with the Buddha

There is sometimes a tendency that those of you who are the most eager to make progress find it difficult to stop and acknowledge the progress you have already made, for you are so intent on looking for the next initiation that you do not have time to just stop. I am asking you, step back—mentally speaking, so you do not trip over each other. Step back. It has been an intense three days. As usual, we have poured so many teachings out that your cups are running over. We have poured you out a blessing that there shall not be room enough to receive it so allow your minds to fall still. Do not think. Do not evaluate. Do not compare. Do not think ahead, do not think back. There is only one thing that matters right now, and that is this NOW—this situation where you are sitting here, communing with the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. I am not just speaking through this messenger. I am communing with each and every one of you.

If you will, then envision there is a Buddha figure that is descending right now over you, hovering over your head. Whatever size you may envision, small or great, does not matter. I leave that to you. But you envision this Buddha figure, let us make it a golden Buddha figure—hovering over your head. You now have a choice. Will you let that Buddha descend and envelop you, or will you still want to keep it at a distance? The choice is yours but as I continue speaking, you can at any moment allow the Buddhic Presence to descend over you so that you may experience it in a more direct way than you might have experienced my presence before.

Now you may ask: “Who is this Buddha figure? Are there many Buddha figures? Is there different Buddhas?” No—it is all I, Gautama. Do you really not think I can magnify and multiply myself into a figure for each one of you? I am not dividing my Presence. I am simply adapting my Presence to what you can envision and what you hopefully can feel and experience.

Whenever you are willing, just allow this Buddha figure to descend and envelop you and merge into it. It seeks nothing from you. It just wants you to experience, I want you to experience, my Presence. The words that I am speaking is just a vehicle that allows you to tune in to this Presence. The words do not matter. Although if you need it, you can focus on the words with your outer mind and let the monkey mind rest on the words, instead of jumping around inside of you. If you need to, focus on the words and let your mind be empty, so that the Presence can descend.

The conceptual mind

So many people have come in contact with the outer religion of Buddhism, one of its many forms. Was it necessary that this movement that was started by me 2,500 years ago, would split into so many different directions? It was not necessary. Perhaps unavoidable, given the state of the collective consciousness, the presence of fallen beings who seek to pervert anything and everything, but it was not necessary. But how could it have been avoided? Well, only if people who followed Buddhism had understood this one thing: that the purpose of the outer teaching was only to help you connect with the Presence of the Living Buddha, the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. They would not have been able to call me an ascended master 2,500 years ago, but they certainly could see me as the Living Buddha. And they could have the goal to connect to my Presence, to experience my Presence, rather than understanding a teaching with a linear, conceptual mind, the mind that thinks that knowing something from a distance is better than experiencing it from within. A mind that thinks that it can define the problem and define the solution.

What brought you to earth? The conceptual mind. As we have said, the conceptual mind is what you use to co-create. But you can also use it to create concepts—not of what you want to create, but how you think the world should work. Do you see the difference? The highest use of the conceptual mind is to experiment with your co-creative abilities. And as you observe the outcome of your experience, you expand your awareness of how the world actually works, what principles your Creator used to create the world. But when you use the conceptual mind to do more than just experiment, but to form a concept of how the world should work, according to your thinking, that is when you get yourself into a situation where your mind can begin to think it has the ability to define ultimate truth. That is, of course, just an experience you are allowed to have. Those who decide they want to have it, well, they end up going into duality because that is where you can have the experience that you have defined an ultimate truth, rather than discovered it.

What brought you to earth? You used your conceptual mind to formulate an image of how you thought free will should work, and how it should work itself out, and how you needed to help make sure that free will worked itself out the way you thought it should work itself out instead of just experimenting and observing how it was working itself out. What is it you have to overcome to ascend from earth? You have to overcome the concept formulated in your mind, your I AM Presence and the Conscious You, that you are here to correct anything. That you can know how free will should work itself out. You have to come to the point where you see that these concepts are just concepts. They have no relation to truth or reality. They only allow you to have a certain experience. Do you grasp the difference? You can use your conceptual mind—your co-creative abilities—to create something physical, and then you experience that physical creation. But you can also use your conceptual mind to create something at the emotional, mental, and identity levels. And then you are experiencing in your own mind what exists only in your own mind.

Giving up the desire to experience reality through concepts

But you see, when you create something physical, it is harder to deny what you have created. When you create something in the mind only—an experience that is only in the mind—what do you have to compare it to outside the mind? You create something physical, and the physical universe gives you feedback. When you create something in the mind only, what gives you feedback? Well, your own mind, unless, of course, you connect to the Christ mind. But when you do not connect to the Christ mind, because you think the conceptual mind can define reality, what frame of reference do you have? Why would you need the Christ mind when you think your conceptual mind can define how the universe works? And that is how your mind becomes a closed system, a self-validating system and the conceptual mind cannot conceptualize itself out of its own conceptualizations. And therefore, we can say that what qualifies you for the ascension is that you fully consciously give up this concept that the conceptual mind can define truth.

You give up the desire to use the conceptual mind to define an experience, and instead you choose: “I want to have an actual experience of interacting with the ascended realm, rather than interacting with the unascended realm and my own mind. I want to interact with a real world, rather than the sandbox of the material world and the ideas that exist only in my mind.” The fallen beings still believe that one day the universe will conform to their concepts of how the universe works. That is why they are not ready to ascend. If you are willing to ascend, you must give up the desire to conceptualize how the universe should work and say: “I want to experience how it actually works. I do not think I can do better than my Creator. I want to experience what my Creator created, and I can only experience that through the Christ mind. And therefore, I give up—fully consciously give up—the separate mind. I give up all sense that my mind has some superior capacity, give up the sense that there must be some way to explain why what I did when I descended to earth was really good, was really sophisticated, and really shows that I had it figured out.”

You must instead come to realize that you descended not because you had it figured out, but you wanted to have the experience of having it figured out. But that experience existed only in your own mind and now you realize you have had enough of that internal experience, and you do not care about figuring anything out from a distance. You want to experience directly through the Christ mind, not through this filter of concepts created in the mind.

Experiencing the Presence of the Masters

Did my dissertation take your attention away from the Buddhic figure? Is it still hovering above your head, or have you allowed it to descend? Some of you have allowed it to descend. Some of you not yet. I am just checking through the eyes of the messenger, even though I do not need physical eyes. But I just need you to know I am looking at you. I have, of course, no judgment. I am only offering you that you can have an experience that is beyond the words. You can have that at any dictation, I am simply trying to make it more clear to you because what would be the highest outcome of having participated in this event? Is it understanding? Is it resolution of psychology? Is it being together with other people? Is it having three nice vegetarian dinners? I might suggest that the highest outcome of any conference is to experience the Presence of an ascended master as clearly as you can and all of you can experience it to some degree.

What is the highest gift we can give you? Is it teachings? Is it light? It is simply our Presence. What else do we really have to give? And it is, of course, the ultimate frame of reference showing you the difference between the unascended state of mind and the ascended state of being. And that then, gives you the choice. When you make that shift and realize that my purpose for offering you to experience my Presence is not to make you think I am superior to you or you are inferior to me, but to help you experience that what one has done, all can do.

The idolatry of the Buddha

Many of you, whether you have been in contact with Buddhism or not, have an idealized view of the Buddha as you have an idealized view of Jesus. Jesus has done more to break down your idol of him, partly because his teachings have been so distorted. I have not done as much, partly because many of you have not been in a Buddhist religion in this lifetime and, therefore are not as affected by the idolatry. But I can assure you that in my first years, when I lived in this protected palace, I did not have a particularly high level of consciousness. I very much indulged in the pleasures of the flesh, food, physical activities, bathing, later sex. You would have said, if you had seen me: “Oh, this cannot be the Buddha. He is just a party animal. How could he have the potential to become the Buddha?”

Now, most Buddhists will, of course, deny this if they heard this and say this cannot be the Buddha saying this about himself. For we know with our conceptual minds that the Buddha was perfect, but the reality was different. You might have looked at me when I left the palace, just walked away from my wife and child and my parents, went into the forest, sat down under a tree, let my beard and hair grow. You might have thought: “Oh, now he is showing how spiritual he is. Look how he is unmoved by what happens to his body.” But that was not a particularly high level of consciousness. This was an extreme and unbalanced level of consciousness.

Making the switch

When I had that epiphany of seeing the Middle Way, this was not because I was superior to you. I went through a process that all of you can go through. Some people have come up with this idea that we of the ascended masters are staying with earth because we want people to look up to us and worship us as kind of god-like figures. They do not understand what the ascension is. First of all, you have no desire or need to be worshipped. You are complete in yourself. You need nothing from the human realm. The human ego will never accept this because it wants to say: “I am important even to an ascended master. You cannot just leave me behind. Look how important I am in this world. I must also be important to God and the ascended masters.” This is, of course, nonsense.

But now consider it this way. If we saw ourselves as superior to you and saw yourselves as so inferior to us, how would it boost our sense of superiority to be worshipped by beings who are so inferior to us? Where is the logic? Could we not find planets with more sophisticated beings and try to get them to worship us? Why stay with this lowly planet and try to get people on earth to worship us? What would we get out of it? Even if we had egos, what would our egos get out of being worshipped by such lowly beings that you think you are? But we do not think you are, we see your potential, your origin and we see, I see, that many of you are as close to the breakthrough I had, as I was not so long before it happened. I see that many of you have the potential to go through that same awakening experience and you are closer than you might think with the outer mind.

What does it take? Just a slight turn of the dial of the mind, a slight switch. Can I reach into your mind and turn that switch? No. That would violate your free will. Can you reach into your mind and turn that switch? No. What can you then do? Stop trying to change your mind. Let your mind fall still and experience my Presence. How did I make the switch? Out of the powers of my own mind? Nay. My mind fell still, and I experienced the Presence of an ascended master. That is the only way to make the switch, by experiencing the Christ mind expressed through an individual ascended being. When will that experience happen? In the now. If you are not experiencing it now, then there will be another now. When will that be? I do not know. You cannot know with the outer mind either, but you can allow it to happen by once in a while focusing on my Presence, or the Presence of whichever master is close to you and just allowing the mind to fall still. Do not seek to understand or grasp or think with the linear mind. Do not seek to find answers or solve problems.

Experiencing the Presence of the Buddha

Experiencing the Presence of an ascended master is not a problem to be solved by the mind. It happens naturally when you stop trying to solve problems with the mind. You see, the mind is so geared towards solving problems that when you hear about a spiritual path and the potential to attain Christhood or experience the Buddha’s Presence, the mind thinks: “Ah, this is a problem to solve! And if I do not experience the Buddha right now, it is because there is a problem in my mind that the mind has to solve.” But the problem in the mind is the mind, and the mind cannot solve the mind. You can stop trying to solve the problem of the mind and just let it fall still. Yes, some of you cannot do this at my command, but if you will spend a little time just letting the mind fall still, there will come a point where it happens, and you will experience my Presence.

Allow your minds to fall still. There is stillness that is the absence of sound. There is stillness that is the Presence of the Buddha. I offer you the latter. Any time you care to attune your mind to my Presence, you can listen to this dictation, you can set up a simple meditative practice, whatever appeals to you at your present level, you can envision that golden Buddha figure above your head and allow it to descend and allow yourself to be absorbed in it without thinking about what it means, without analyzing, without conceptualizing, just feeling absorbed in the Presence of the Buddha that I AM.

I seal you in that Presence, and I invite you to sit here, not for long, but just for a little time in silence, and thereby I seal this conference, and I seal you in the Presence of all of us in the ascended realm who have been present with you.

After a five-minute silence, the Messenger spoke these words:

Om Buddha, Om Buddha, Om Buddha, Om Buddha, Om Buddha, Om Buddha, Om Buddha, Om Buddha, Om Buddha, Om Buddha.

Hear O Masters, I am grateful.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Resolving the enigma of free will that brought you to earth

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Sanat Kumara through Kim Michaels, March 23, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan.

I AM the Ascended Master Sanat Kumara. My task, my joy, my privilege is to give you some teachings that are specifically for avatars coming to earth, but that are still applicable for the original earth inhabitants. The teachings are, for that matter, applicable to the fallen beings who have come to earth, although they are the least likely to listen to them.

The 144,000 from Venus

If any of you, as some of you are, are familiar with previous ascended master dispensations, you will know that there has been the story, for a long time actually, that there was a point where a group of 144,000 souls from Venus decided to come to earth to embody here, to hold a spiritual balance for the earth. And I, Sanat Kumara, with Lady Master Venus, we were the leaders. Although we did not come and take physical embodiment, we descended to the temple at Shambhala that had been built by the 144,000. As with everything we have given you, this is part of progressive revelation. And we start with a more simplified version and gradually give you more nuanced, more in-depth teachings.

As with the I AM Presence, what was said in previous dispensations cannot be taken completely literally when it comes to the 144,000 from Venus. The number in itself is just a number. The idea of these lifestreams coming from another planet, embodying on earth, is a symbol for all avatars. There were lifestreams from Venus, yes, but at the same time, there were also lifestreams from natural planets outside the solar system. And over the very long time span, since the fallen beings were allowed to embody here, many more than 144,000 avatars have come to earth, in fact, millions. How many? What good would it do you to know the number, other than satisfy some human curiosity? And we are not catering to those who want human curiosity satisfied, because we know it can never be satisfied. It will always ask more questions indefinitely. We are not looking for those who want linear, literal answers, but for those who want the kind of answers that help you raise your consciousness.

Resolving the enigma of free will

Based on previous dispensations, you might think that these lifestreams that came to earth were very highly developed, more highly developed than most of the beings embodying on earth at the time. This is not incorrect from a certain viewpoint, but you see, one could also take another viewpoint and ask oneself a simple question: “Why had not these beings ascended from the planets that they came from?” In your case, as an avatar, you have been told that you took embodiment on a natural planet, lived there for a long time, grew in your co-creative abilities until you reached a very high level of development on your natural planet. But if you had reached the highest possible level of development on a natural planet, why did not you ascend? This is a question to ask. And the answer is, of course, that your I AM Presence was not ready to ascend. And then the question becomes, why not? Because there was something that the I AM Presence had not fully resolved, and that something was what we have called the enigma of free will. We have said that when you ascend from this unascended sphere to the next level up, the lowest level of the spiritual realm, you can only do so when you, in full awareness of your choice, choose to let go of the option to use your free will to go into duality and separation.

This means you must have come to fully see what it entails to go into separation and duality. Why is this allowed? Why some people need to go into it? Why some people need to get lost in it? And you see, it was not that you had not investigated duality on your natural planet. Because even on a natural planet, as you grow towards higher levels, there comes a point where you, in cooperation with your spiritual teachers, begin to experiment with the duality consciousness, getting an experience, getting a feel for what it is. This happens also on a natural planet.

Falling vs. descending to earth

Yet there were some beings that on a natural planet did not resolve fully the enigma of free will. Now there were some beings on natural planets who went so deeply into duality and separation that they could not continue to embody on a natural planet where beings cannot be in embodiment and be trapped in duality at the same time. Especially not when the natural planet has been raised above its original state and is coming close to where the majority of the beings on the planet can ascend.

There were some that, so to speak, fell from a natural planet to an unnatural planet. But this is, of course, not what we mean with an avatar. Because as an avatar, you did not fall to earth. You decided to descend to earth. The distinction may seem somewhat theoretical, but not really. You see, when you were an avatar and you had investigated the potential for exercising free will from the state of duality and separation, there are kind of two dividing lines in this process. The first is that you come to a point where you decide: “I have no desire to go into duality for myself. I have no desire to do the things that can only be done in duality. I have no desire to get lost in duality in order to experience what I can do as a separate being.” This is resolving the enigma of free will for yourself. But the other aspect is allowing other people to go into duality without having any view, attachment, opinion about this. In other words, you are choosing with your personal free will not to go into duality. But the question is, can you also choose with your own free will to allow other beings to go into duality, without having any attachment, any opinion about that?

If you had resolved both on a natural planet, you could ascend from that natural planet. If you did not resolve the first one, you would fall. If you did not resolve the second one, you might decide to voluntarily embody on an unnatural planet. But do you see the difference in the dynamic? When you get lost in duality, you fall because you are identified with duality. You identify yourself as a separate being, therefore, you cannot hold on to a natural planet. You fall without realizing what is happening. You are not consciously deciding that you would rather embody on earth because there you can violate other people’s free will as is so common on earth and you want that experience. You are simply falling unconsciously.

When you have not resolved the second aspect of free will, you are deciding to descend. But why are you deciding to descend to earth? Because you have a general worldview, a general view that other people should not be able to be lost in duality. They should not be suffering. They should not be treating each other the way dualistic beings treat each other. There can be individual flavors, so to speak. But you are thinking: “Something has gone wrong on an unnatural planet and this problem of suffering and free will needs to be solved and I can help do this.”

The Conscious You’s view of life on earth

What happens is, if you fall from a natural planet—it is the Conscious You that your I AM Presence had created to take embodiment on a natural planet that falls. If you do not resolve the enigma of free will, the situation is different. Because if you do not resolve the enigma of free will at the level of your I AM Presence and you do not resolve it at the level of the Conscious You, then it is the same Conscious You that descends to earth. But if you resolve the enigma at the level of the Conscious You, but not at the level of the I AM Presence, then the I AM Presence must create another Conscious You to send into embodiment on earth. I know this sounds abstract and complicated, but we want to give you a deeper understanding of this. You can say: “What does it matter?” The Conscious You that you are is the one who needs to resolve the enigma so you can ascend, but still, so you understand the dynamic.

For most avatars, not the vast majority, but a majority, a new Conscious You was created specifically to take embodiment on earth. And this means that Conscious You was created out of the I AM Presence’s view of earth and suffering on earth. This means that the Conscious You descends with a certain view of earth. Now we have talked about how you have many views of life on earth that are anchored in these subconscious selves, but as Mother Mary so carefully explained, there is something beyond the subconscious self that is the overall view that the Conscious You can have. Most avatars came to earth with a certain view of earth. Where was that view? In your causal body. You now have a situation where the I AM Presence has not fully resolved the enigma of free will. The Conscious You has not fully resolved it. Does that mean that there is no objective purpose for you coming to earth, that you are not doing any good, that you are not helping the ascended masters raise the earth or helping hold the balance for the fallen beings?

No, it does not. You still have a high level of awareness that you have attained on the natural planet. You are able to hold a balance for the earth. You are able to help raise the earth because your consciousness when you descend is higher than that of most earth inhabitants. You are here, you are doing something good by being here. But what you are doing is not what you envisioned you would be doing before you came here. Because both your I AM Presence and the Conscious You had a view of what you were going to do here on earth. And that view involved removing suffering, removing whatever manifestations you looked at, at the time, helping people overcome suffering by changing their minds, helping them see what you saw. You see, by the very fact that you came to earth with this overall view that something had got wrong and needed to be changed, your journey here is colored, slightly colored by this view. Again, what does this mean? Well, it means that when you come here you have a certain view of what you want to accomplish on earth.

The epic mindset

But that view is based on the fact that you have not resolved the enigma of free will. What does that mean? It means you are vulnerable to the deception and manipulation of the fallen beings. They, of course, have not resolved the enigma of free will. They are in a state of consciousness where they believe it is their right to violate the free will of anyone who is below them. And they consider anyone on earth to be below them, at least the top ranking fallen beings. They are deliberately seeking to violate people’s free will in order to control them. But when the cleverest of them, not the ones in embodiment but those in the identity realm, realized that there were also avatars coming to earth, they came up with this scheme that we have described as the epic mindset, the epic dramas. They knew that the avatars were a threat, but they realized if they could get the avatars to go into duality, they would be less of a threat.

Here is a fallen being, considering with all of its advancement in the serpentine mind: “How can I ensnare these avatars to go into duality?” It looks at the psychology of the avatars: “Ah, they see suffering as a problem. They want to do something decisive to end suffering. What if I came up with this clever epic drama that made it seem like we could permanently end suffering, we could permanently destroy evil by winning this final battle against a certain group of people. Let us define that a certain group of people are evil, they represent evil, their minds are taken over by the devil, ourselves essentially, but we do not have to tell the avatars that. We can forget to mention that little detail. And there is another group of people that are the good people, their minds are also taken over by us, but again we can leave that out. And if the good people win by destroying and killing the bad people, we would have permanently removed evil from the earth.” Can you see how the psychology of the avatars set themselves up for being pulled into this scheme? I will not even say it is a clever scheme, but a scheme it is.

What happens then? Here is an avatar, you are here because you want to do something good and you would like to do something decisively good. You are pulled into this, thinking: “If we win this battle, then we have removed suffering from earth and we have solved the problem not only of suffering, but solved the problem of free will.” Because what is it you see if you see that suffering is a problem? Because you know that suffering is a result of people’s choices. If you have not resolved the enigma, that means you think free will is a problem. But if we can remove evil so people will not choose it anymore, perhaps we can solve the problem of free will. You can see how avatars can be pulled into using their attainment and their light to fight this epic battle. And then when the fog of war clears, you stand there and you realize you have not won a decisive victory, no matter who won on the battlefield. You have been pulled into doing the opposite of what you wanted to do. You have increased suffering on earth. You have done what the fallen beings are willing to do, but which you thought before you came you would never do. You thought you would never do evil, but now you were fooled into thinking that it is necessary to do evil so that good may come.

The moment of truth

And you have that moment of realization, I am not saying this applies to all avatars, but the majority of you, the majority of all avatars that have ever descended. You have that moment of realization, and it is unbearable to consider that you could have done the opposite of what you thought you came here to do. And this can be such a shock, such a trauma, such a pain, that you create a subconscious self to keep the trauma subconscious. You never want to be reminded of it again. But when you create that self to suppress, what do you do? You get lost in duality. If you had been willing to admit that you made a mistake and asked for help from the Ascended Masters, you could have overcome it. But since you wanted to hide it from yourself, you also wanted to hide it from us, and therefore, you could not ask for help. You get lost in duality. And as long as you are not willing to look at this original trauma, you cannot fully escape duality. You can make progress on the path, you can rise above the 48th level, you can even rise above the 96th level, but you cannot fully manifest Christhood and qualify for your ascension until you are willing to look at this.

Resolving the trauma

And therefore, for those of you who have the potential to ascend in this lifetime, or even those who have the potential to come close to ascending, it is the highest aspect of your Divine plan to resolve this enigma, to resolve this trauma, and to shift your view of suffering, your view of free will. Free will is individual. You are exercising your free will as an individual. If you fully accept that your will is free, you accept that your free will does not depend on other people’s exercise of their will. And if your choices do not depend on their choices, why would you be concerned about what other people choose? Why would you think you would have to change their choices, even force them to change their choices? When you fully accept what free will is, you realize that in an unascended sphere, an unascended sphere, what you actually do at the physical level does not matter. Because the entire purpose of the unascended sphere is to give you any experience you need to have before you can stand there in front of the gate to the ascended realm, look back at the unascended sphere, and know you have done everything you want to do here. You have explored any experience you wanted to have, and therefore, you can leave this unascended sphere behind permanently. This must, as we have said, be a fully conscious choice.

“There is nothing I want to change here”

The entire purpose for being in the unascended sphere is that you come to the point where you can make that conscious choice. Whatever you may do here, whatever you may accomplish, even building grand civilizations or whatever you can imagine, it has no importance in itself. Its only significance is getting you to the point where you have had enough of the experiences you can have in an unascended sphere, whether it is on a natural planet or an unnatural planet, whether it is in duality or as a connected being beyond duality.

Everything is an experience. Why did you descend to earth? Why did your I AM Presence decide to send you, the Conscious You, into embodiment on earth? You thought at a certain level, conscious level, that it was because you wanted the experience of helping remove suffering from the earth, setting the people who were suffering free from their suffering. You thought it was to do this good deed, but it was not. It was to have the experience that you are superior to the people on earth, that you know they should not be suffering, and that you can help them escape suffering. That was the experience you wanted. How will you be ready to ascend from earth? When you decide consciously that you no longer want that experience, that there is nothing you want to do here, nothing you want to change.

How to help manifest the golden age?

Yes, I realize the confusion some of you have. I hear your questions: “How does that correspond with us being here to help manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age? How can it be that part of my goals in my Divine plan is to help bring forth something that will help manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age? And yet now you are telling me that the highest part of my Divine plan is that I overcome the desire to do anything here, so I just want to get out of here?” But there is really no difference. In order to manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age, certain things will have to be done, certain ideas will have to be brought forth.

There are some of you, it is not in your Divine plan to ascend after this lifetime, therefore, you can focus on bringing forth ideas and helping Saint Germain manifest the golden age. But there are some of you who have the potential to ascend. It does not mean that you could not bring forth something in the physical as part of your Divine plan, but it does mean that the highest aspect of your Divine plan is to qualify for your ascension. But now step back, consider what I have been saying. I said that at the conscious level you thought you came here to create physical changes. In reality, at the deeper level, you came here to have the experience of being the prince on the white horse. As long as you are seeking to help Saint Germain manifest his golden age with the very attitude that brought you here, you are not actually making the greatest contribution you could make to manifesting the golden age. Why? Because you are coming not from the Christ mind, but from a lower mind. Not necessarily the ego you created in reaction to earth, but we might call the ego you had left on a natural planet.

Only when you transcend that view that brought you to earth, that entire matrix, and attain Christhood, will you be fully effective of helping manifest the golden age. Why? Because then you will realize: “I can on my own self do nothing.” When you came to earth, you thought: “I can on my own self do something. I am so much more advanced than the beings on earth. Therefore, I can do something. I can know that their suffering is wrong.” And as long as this is your motivation, you may be able to do something, but it is not the full potential, for that can only be realized when you step up to Christhood, you overcome the focus on me, and focus on the All. You see, there is the me that you created in reaction to coming to earth, receiving this trauma of being pulled into the epic battles. But there was the me that you had before you came, where you felt qualified to judge how other beings exercise their free will, thinking you were qualified to correct their use of free will.

Demonstrating an alternative choice

Now again, does that mean it was futile of you to come to earth? Nay. But in order to manifest the highest potential, you have to get out of the idea that you have to do something to change other people’s minds. And as we have explained, get into the mindset you are just here to demonstrate the path out of duality, to demonstrate Christhood. You may still have an impact in helping people change their mind, but you are helping them, you are inspiring them to make more aware choices by showing them there is an alternative to the dualistic choices. You are not aggressively and actively pushing to change their choices. Why is that such an important difference? Because it is the difference between Christ and anti-christ, between a Christed being and a fallen being. It is the fallen consciousness that does not respect free will and seeks to force people to make certain choices. Even if it believes it is for their own good, it is not for their own good. They have been given free will, they have been given the right to have any experience they want to have in this unascended sphere. Judge not after appearances. They are simply having the experiences they need to have in order to have fully exhausted what they can envision doing in duality.

Yes, again, I sense the questions: “Why then would not we just leave these people alone? Why would the ascended masters not simply let earth disintegrate and self-destruct when it had gone into this downward spiral? Why would the ascended masters decide to allow the fallen beings to embody here and then get us avatars to embody here? Why not leave the earth alone to self-destruct so that the beings on earth could have that experience?” Because, as we have explained, people have a right to experiment with their free will. But their free will must remain free, meaning they see there is an alternative choice to what they are choosing right now. There is a way out of the state of mind they have chosen to get themselves in, and that is the role of the Christ. The Christ does not leave people alone. The Christ seeks to reach them at their level, inspiring them by showing them there is a level above. There is an alternative to their present choice. If they do not choose what is offered by the Christ, then they are allowed to go lower until they can go no lower on earth, and then they go to an even lower planet, even though there are not many of those left.

Breaking point

Why are we saying that free will will work itself out over time? Because in order to uphold staying in duality, it requires effort. And the more a sphere is raised towards the ascension point, the more effort it requires to resist the upward movement, the River of Life. And there will come a point where a being’s internal experience becomes so unbearable that they cannot stand it anymore. Yes, for the fallen beings it can take a long time, but eventually it will come to that point. And again you may say: “But how then did the beings fall? Haven’t you taught that they chose to fall? Haven’t you taught us that there was planets in the fourth sphere where a fallen being has set itself up as the leader of an advanced civilization, and then that being was confronted by the ascended masters and given the choice, would it seek to overcome or not overcome? Why was this allowed? Why was not the fallen being just given time?”

Well, because the free will of one individual exists within the context of all of the self-aware beings in that sphere. When the rest of the sphere was ready to ascend, and a few, a very small percentage point, were not willing to ascend, then they had to be given the choice to ascend with their sphere or to descend into the next sphere. You can say again, they were given more time, just not by holding back all of the other beings who were ready to ascend. You see, over time free will will work itself out. Why? Because when the beings in the fourth sphere fell into the fifth, the fifth was denser than the fourth, meaning their suffering was intensified. Very few fell from the fourth to the fifth to the sixth. There were more that fell in the fifth to the sixth. Very few have fallen into the seventh. But still, as the spheres get denser, there comes that point where a being says: “I cannot do this anymore. I have had enough of this experience of thinking that I can define how the universe works.”

And that is when it can then be faced with this choice. Will it walk the path back up to being a connected being qualifying for its ascension, or will the Conscious You of that being choose the second death? Again, this is free will outplaying itself. The I AM Presence of a fallen being still learns, but the full learning experience is not there. Why? Because if a fallen being chooses to walk the upward path, then for each step it goes up, it learns a valuable lesson that becomes integrated in the causal body. And when the fallen being chooses the second death, then that learning experience is not there. There is still a learning experience from without, but not the learning experience from within that there could have been. But yet again, this is how free will works itself out.

Examine yourself

Yes, this is abstract. Yes, this is esoteric. Yes, this is difficult to grasp with a linear mind. Yes, the linear mind can come up with an almost unending string of questions about this or that detail. But you can also have the Conscious You say: “I do not need to understand this with a linear mind. I need to experience it with the intuitive mind, and I need to use it to examine my own experience. What brought me to earth? What was the view I had? What was the deeper reality? What was the experience I really wanted to have? Have I had enough of that experience? Have I had enough of feeling superior to the inhabitants of earth or feeling that I am in competition with the fallen beings? Am I willing to reach for the Christ mind where the high will be made low, give up my sense of superiority, give up my sense of being special, and realize that in the Christ mind all these comparisons are meaningless. There can be no comparisons in uniqueness.”

And therefore, you can come to that point where you have examined your reason for coming to earth, the experiences you have had here, you have been willing to even look at that birth trauma that you said you never wanted to experience again. You have been willing to experience it again. But since you have risen higher in consciousness, it was not such a dramatic, unpleasant experience as the first time. You can actually re-experience it and say: “So what? It was just an experience. It really was not any worse than when I fell off my bike when I was eight years old and scraped my knee. It was just an experience in the sandbox of earth. I can let it go. I do not need to feel it should not have happened. I do not need to compensate for it. I do not need to explain and justify it. I do not need to defend the self. I can let it go.”

And that, if your potential is the ascension in this lifetime, that is the highest aspect of your Divine plan. And truly, if that is your potential, nothing else matters. Everything else is secondary. Resolving the enigma of free will that brought you to earth, that is the highest potential of your Divine plan. Consider that the very fact that this teaching has now been given in the physical is a testament to the fact that so many of you have come to that point where you are willing to look at the deepest aspects of your psychology. For if no one was ready, what would be the point in giving the teaching? I am not saying this to make you feel superior, but to give you a realistic assessment of your potential to actually fulfill this teaching.

Many of you can do this, can resolve this, and this will make an invaluable contribution to manifesting Saint Germain’s Golden Age. But the golden age cannot be manifest based on the consciousness of anti-christ, only based on the consciousness of Christ. With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you, and I seal you in the love of Sanat Kumara, Lady Master Venus, and all beings on Venus.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Overcoming the me-self through relationships

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Portia through Kim Michaels, March 23, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Portia. Hilarion mentioned the scales falling from his eyes and compared it to the scales whereby you weigh and measure. And of course, the scales is also a symbol for the Goddess of Justice, the office that I hold for earth. But of course, the Goddess of Justice is also the Goddess of Opportunity, for justice is actually an opportunity, an opportunity to transcend. For, how will you ever find justice on earth? Look at today, look into the past, see how many conflicts there have been. How will you ever find justice if you are only looking at conditions in the world? You take the Old Testament credo, an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth. Is that justice? Well, some thought so back then, some still think so today, that if blood has been spilled by one part, then their blood must be spilled. And then, somehow the scales are evened out. But is it justice? Nay, for it just perpetuates the ongoing conflicts.

How can justice be found? Not on earth. You will never balance the scales by taking one thing in the material realm and putting it on one side of the scale, and another thing and putting it on the other side. How will you find justice? Only through the Christ mind. Only there is there justice. And what is the justice of the Christ mind? That is, that it washes everything clean. It washes away all the fear-based energies, all the desire for revenge, all the animosities, all the anger, all the non-forgiveness. Where is justice to be found? Only in unconditional forgiveness. Where is unconditional forgiveness to be found? Only in the Christ mind.

Relationships and your Divine plan

This is just to set the stage for what I want to talk about in this discourse, and that is relationships and your Divine plan. Now, many of you, many people who hear about the concept of a Divine plan are, of course, wondering what role your relationships play in your Divine plan. Have you defined in your Divine plan that you are supposed to meet certain people, have a certain spouse, have certain parents to begin with, have certain siblings, have certain children? Well, you have, and you have not, in the sense that, as we have explained, the main goal of your Divine plan really is the resolution of psychology.

You may say you are choosing to have certain parents because that will help you resolve certain aspects of your psychology, or at least force you to look at them. You may say the same about spouses and children. But the thing is, is it one specific person that can help you learn this lesson, or is there more than one person on the earth right now who can help you learn the lesson? And the reality is, of course, that there is never just one person. Obviously, you cannot change your parents, but still, some have lost a parent at a young age. Many today are divorced and lose contact with one parent. What I want to impress upon you is that nothing is ever lost. The opportunity for growth is never lost. Because surely there is another person who has a similar psychology and who can, therefore, help you reach the goal of resolving your psychology. The same goes for spouses. If one relationship breaks up, well, it is not the end of your opportunity, because there will be another person that can help you learn that same lesson.

What does it take to learn a certain lesson? Well, it is that you look at yourself. What is the one thing that prevents many people from learning the lesson from a relationship? They are always looking at the other person, thinking: “He or she needs to change so that I can feel better inside myself.” But of course, as we have said so many times, you will never get to feel better inside yourself by changing something or someone outside yourself, only by looking at the subconscious selves and changing them.

Relationships and levels of consciousness

Now, we are giving teachings for a broad audience here. Some are fairly advanced on the spiritual path. Others who will find these teachings are not as advanced. Let me talk about relationships for people who are below the 48th level of consciousness. There is not much you can say, because people are completely identified with their egos, their subconscious selves. They are in the School of Hard Knocks. That is why you see many of such relationships are very inharmonious. The people clash. They do not get along. And in many cases, they do not actually learn the lesson that they are meant to learn. They actually reinforce the psychology that they were meant to overcome.

When you go above the 48th level, things shift. Because now, you have at least some intuitive awareness that there is something outside your own mind that you are connected to. And that gives you a certain frame of reference. You realize, or at least you can begin to realize, that not everything that is going on inside your own mind is real. And not everything that is going on inside your own mind is you. And this means that you can now begin to look at: “Why did I want to have a relationship with this person? Most likely it was because I wanted to learn something about my own psychology. I wanted to see something as a result of me interacting with this person and the person bringing up my reactionary patterns that can show which selves I have that I need to resolve.” However, at the lower levels, this can still be difficult to do.

The me-self

I have a suggestion to make. If you have difficulty dealing with relationships, take a step back. We have talked about the focus on self, which you definitely have below the 96th level, of course more so at the 48th level than at the 96th level. But nevertheless, you have some focus on self. If you can recognize you have this focus on self, that you find it difficult to free yourself from it, then step back from relationships and make a simple shift in your mind. Simply realize: “I am not having a relationship with this other person. I am having a relationship with myself. I am having a relationship with the me in myself, the self-focused self.”

If you can make this switch, which is not so difficult when you have all the teachings we have, then you can realize that you can take your focus off the other person. You can stop projecting at the other person that it is that person’s fault that you are reacting the way you are reacting, that it is that person that needs to change. And if only he or she was not so annoying, you would get along much better. You can realize that it is not the other person you cannot get along with. It is yourself you cannot get along with. It is the me-self that you cannot get along with, because the me-self cannot get along with anybody. The me-self cannot actually be in a relationship with another being.

You see many relationships in the world where people are clashing, they have constant conflicts. And it is because each person is identified with the me-self, and none of the two me-selves can relate to anything but itself. It sees everything colored by itself from its own vantage point. It thinks that it is the center of the universe. It might think it is right and that: “The way I look at things is the only way to look at things.” The me-self is totally focused on its own internal experience. That other person is just a trigger for the inner experience. But you are not relating to the other person as a real living person, you are relating to the person through those subconscious selves that form your perception filter.

Stepping outside the me-self

If you can make this switch, you can say: “Let me forget about the other person. It is not my role to change the other person. It will not actually help me grow to change the other person. It will not help me get peace of mind. Let me look at myself, the me-self, and how it reacts to situations, and how it reacts the same way again and again and again. And yes, it might be that I am reacting to this other person I am in a relationship with. But I am the one reacting, or rather, the me-self is the one reacting.” You see, if you can make this switch, what are you actually doing? You are activating the Conscious You’s ability to be conscious, to be self-aware, to look at itself, to step outside your four lower bodies and look at your four lower bodies from the outside. You are, so to speak, stepping outside the me-self. Because as long as the Conscious You is inside the me-self, it can only see what the me-self can see, which is that the rest of the universe revolves around the me-self. It is the center of the universe and everything else is just on the periphery.

But when you start looking at the me-self, you are really putting that me-self in an existential dilemma, because the me-self wants to control you, the Conscious You. And as long as you are not looking, it is easy for the me-self to control you, because you think you are the me-self. But once you step outside and look at the me-self, the me-self has this problem: “How will I maintain control, and at the same time stay hidden? I was hidden before, the Conscious You was not looking at me. It was looking through me, so it could not see me. But now, that it is looking at me, it can see me. And if I try to gain back control, it will see me even more clearly. What do I do?”

A tool from Portia

You might then come to see that the me-self will attempt to enact some kind of drama, and it will be very quick to use other people as an excuse for this drama. “Oh, there goes that person again annoying me.” And all it is trying to do, the me-self, is to pull the Conscious You into itself, so now you are again looking through the me-self. And therefore, you react as the me-self has always done. And now, you are back in an argument with your spouse, or in projecting or blaming your spouse, or whatever it may be. But if you can hold fast to this idea: “I am not having a relationship with my spouse or my parents or my children or my siblings. The me-self is having a relationship with itself. I, the Conscious You, am having a relationship with my me-self. And what kind of relationship do I want with my me-self? Do I want to be controlled by it? Do I want to be colored by it? Do I want to validate it? Or can I see how its dramas are limiting me, eating up my energy and attention, and I have had enough of it? I want to overcome it.”

I am only giving you a tool here to help you overcome these patterns that are so common in relationships. You see relationships where a man and a woman have pretty much been arguing every day for 40 years or more. Nothing seems to change. They are locked in a pattern. One person says something with a slightly raised voice, and the other person reacts with an even more raised voice, and so it goes back and forth like a ping-pong match. What is the ultimate outcome of a ping-pong match? Nothing really. The ball just keeps going back and forth. The only possible outcome is you put down the bat and walk away from the table. And it is the same with these kinds of relationships.

Choosing more

You need to look at yourself if you want to be free of this. Look at these patterns and then decide: “Do I want this to eat up my time and energy and attention? Because this will take away from fulfilling my Divine plan.” Yes, it may be that this relationship is part of your Divine plan, but it is part of it only in terms of helping you resolve the aspects of your psychology that are preventing you from fulfilling the creative aspects of your Divine plan, from giving your gift to the world. Saint Germain talked about how you might be able to help manifest his Golden Age. What is more important to you? To make your contribution to Saint Germain’s Golden Age or to win that final argument with your spouse, so you finally put him or her in his place? And finally, your me-self can say: “See, I was right all along. I knew it.” It is just a matter of choosing. Again, no blame, no blame whatsoever, but it is never too late to choose. It is never too late to break a pattern and decide: “I want more.”

Basically, if you are willing to look at your life, you can see that many relationships are run by these reactionary patterns, these subconscious selves. And you can see that you are really not relating to the other person as a living, breathing being. You are relating to yourself. There may be two subconscious selves that are fighting and arguing. The other person is just sort of the outer excuse for letting these two selves go at each other. But when you resolve this, when you rise above it, and when you go beyond the 96th level of consciousness, you have the potential to start looking at relationships in another way, where you are not seeking to change another person in order to have a different feeling inside yourself. You are not needing to push another person to change. And that means that you can come to a point where you can actually relate to another person.

And that is where you can have relationships where two people, whatever the nature of their relationship, if they can both have some freedom from the subconscious selves, they can actually relate to each other in a deeper way. Where you are acknowledging each other, because the me-self does not stand in the way. You can acknowledge each other as the living beings that you are. You can have a point where two Conscious Yous can connect and relate to each other at that level of pure awareness, rather than through the outer personality. And that is a deeper connection than you could ever have through the outer personality.

Relationships and free will

Now, I want to also talk about relationships and free will. We have explained very carefully, very deliberately, very step-by-step, how free will works. Hilarion said that you have a right to challenge other people. But of course, it is quite possible that the me-self wants to challenge other people, because the me-self wants to manipulate and control other people, so it can have some kind of feeling in itself, for example, being right. But as the Christ, you have the right to challenge other people, but it does not mean that you actually have to challenge them. You can just be yourself and express yourself. And if that is challenging for them, so be it. But you are not doing it deliberately to challenge them.

But what is it about relationships that causes so much conflict? Well, we can say that here you have two individual self-aware beings. Each person has an individual free will. Somehow these two people now decide: “We are in a relationship with each other. We cannot get away from each other. We cannot just walk away. We are somehow obligated to maintain a relationship, instead of just walking away, never looking back.” This, when people have a lower level of consciousness, very easily sets up this clash where each of the two people feel that the other one is violating their free will. Each of them feels forced by the other.

The me-self and free will

And you can say, of course, that many people in the world think that you do not choose your parents. You just happen to have these parents. You did not choose your siblings. “Where was my free will in this?” There are also those who actually feel that: “Well, I may have chosen to date this person originally. But I had no idea how annoying he or she is. And if I had known that, I never would have become engaged or married to that person. I didn’t know at the time, so how was I having free will?” And this is, of course, the me-self in people. Because what is it about the me-self and free will? Well, the me-self does not have free will. Why? Because it does not have self-awareness. Can a me-self step outside of itself, become aware of itself? And say: “Oh, you know, I don’t actually like me. I am going to change me.” No, it cannot.

Therefore, it cannot have free will. It cannot choose to change itself. The me-self does not see the value of free will, does not understand what free will is. The me-self thinks that: “Oh, free will means I can do anything I want and there shouldn’t be any consequences. And I can treat another person however I want to treat them, and they should still love me.” But this is not free will. Free will is an opportunity. But if you think your will is forced, where is the opportunity? But more than that, the me-self wants to have freedom to do anything it wants without consequences. But it does not actually want to make choices. Because in order to make choices, free choices, you have to take responsibility: “I am the one making this choice. I am the one who is willing to look at the consequences and see the feedback I get from the cosmic mirror. And then, when I see my reaction to the feedback, I am willing to change myself so I can send something else into the cosmic mirror.” That is exercising free will. But the me-self is not capable or willing to do this.

The me-self dramas

The me-self actually wants freedom, but it does not want choice. It wants to put itself in a situation where it does not have freedom of choice, because it has to react to this annoying person. This is what we have called ego dramas. And for many people, a relationship is an ego drama. The me-self decides: “I am married to this person. I am a good Catholic so I can never get divorced. So, I have to live with this person for the rest of my life.” And what is that decision? It is an excuse for not making any more decisions after that. You are just reacting to whatever subconscious selves you have that are creating the dynamic of the relationship.

Now, you can say: “Can the me-self decide to be in a relationship?” Not really. The Conscious You needs to make a decision. But in many cases, people’s Conscious You makes the decision through the filter of the me-self and therefore, it is not a free choice they are making. But why is the Conscious You doing this? Because the Conscious You itself is not willing to take responsibility for making choices. It gets itself, say it is a young man who is insecure about himself. Is there ever a girl that is going to love him? And here is a girl that seems to love him. He does not really look at: “What kind of personality does she have? There is a girl that does not run away. I am going to grab the opportunity.” Perhaps the girl is equally insecure, does not feel like she can really find a guy. But here is a guy who is not running away. They start a relationship.

And instead of happily ever after, it is naggingly ever after. Because only when they have committed to the relationship and the honeymoon is over, does their unresolved psychology come up and create these reactionary patterns that keep them on this spiral. And both of them are feeling: “Oh, how annoying this is. Why did I get myself into this?” But this was actually exactly what they wanted, both of them. Because they did not want to take responsibility for their lives and make a conscious decision. They made an unconscious decision, a kind of avoidance decision. And now, they are locked in this pattern so they do not need to make the decision to break out of it. They do not even recognize that they could break out of it. They just keep reacting and reacting and reacting. You see here that for many people, relationships become an excuse for not making choices, but just reacting through subconscious selves, these patterns.

Overcoming reactionary patterns

What do you do when you walk the spiritual path? Well, as you approach the 96th level, you become more and more aware, you resolve more and more subconscious selves. And there comes a point where now you have the potential, the opportunity to step back and look at your relationships, all of your relationships, and decide: “Do I want to continue this relationship, to be locked in this pattern? And if not, how can I change it?” Well, first of all, you need to look at yourself. Why did you in your Divine plan want to be in a relationship that brings out this pattern in you? There was a subconscious self you wanted to overcome, so you could be free of it to fulfill the creative aspects of your Divine plan. Get on with it, look at the self, use the tools we have given, be free of the self.

Then, when you are free of the self, you may seek to help your spouse be free of his or her self. If your spouse is not willing to do this, you may come to a point where you say: “I do not want to continue this relationship.” The same for parents and children and siblings. But it is not a decision you make as an avoidance decision, because you cannot stand the other person, or rather, you cannot stand yourself the way you react to the other person. And you are not willing to look at the reactionary pattern in yourself, so your only option is to leave the other person behind so that your reactionary pattern is not stirred up. That is an avoidance decision. But if you have worked through your own patterns, it is not an avoidance decision, it is a decision you have a right to make. And this will many times mean that you leave a relationship behind, but you find a new partner that you can have a higher relationship with because you have overcome the psychology in yourself.

You can perhaps, if your partner is open to growth, you can grow together. You can help each other overcome these reactionary patterns. Two people who are open to the spiritual path can sit down and say: “Let’s look at our relationship. Do we see any patterns? How can we help each other overcome those patterns so we can come to the point where we are free to have a relationship that is not driven by reactionary patterns?” And in many cases, two spiritually open people can help each other resolve all the psychology you wanted to resolve in your Divine plan. This means your relationship will change completely. It may in some cases mean that you decide to go your separate ways, because you want to seek other relationships. It may also mean that your relationship goes into an entirely new phase where you can be creative together and support each other’s creativity rather than reacting to patterns.

Relationship: an excuse for not making decisions

A final thought on relationships and free will. All relationships that are based on these reactionary patterns, it is typical that the people feel that their partner is violating their free will. But that is not the case. Because again, when you go into this avoidance decision of not wanting to take responsibility, what are you actually deciding? You are deciding that you do not want to make decisions. You want external circumstances to force you, so you do not have to make a decision. And when two people in this state of mind attract each other, each of them is just fulfilling the role and giving the other person what he or she wants, an excuse for not making decisions. “Because I cannot get my partner to do this. You never want to go out and travel. You never want to do this. You never want to do that.” You have your excuse for not making decisions, creative decisions. How is that a violation of your free will?

Just like when the fallen beings are challenged by a Christed being. It is not a violation of their free will. It is actually what they want. You, when you approach the 96th level, what can you do? Well, you can look at relationships and you can say: “Am I using this or that person that I am in a relationship with as an excuse for not taking responsibility and making my own decisions?” And you can take back your power to choose. You may also say: “Is this other person using me as an excuse? And if I have transcended the psychology that I needed to work out, do I really want to continue to enable that person to stay in his or her reactionary pattern?” You can decide two things. You can decide, first of all, when you have resolved your psychology, you do not react to the person the way you used to and therefore, you do not reinforce the other person’s pattern. Or you may come to a point where you say: “I simply do not want that person in my life. I do not want to spend my time, my energy, my attention on a person who is not growing.” That is the decision you have a right to make.

Leaving people behind

What is Christhood? Christhood is that you leave things behind. As you rise in Christhood, there will be things you leave behind. As we have said, that in order to ascend, you must leave everything on earth behind. This will seem very insensitive and cruel to some people, especially if they are not willing to take responsibility for themselves. And they want you to continue playing the role, if they have possessive love. But you see, when you ascend and you leave perhaps many people behind, does that mean you will never encounter them again? Of course not. When you ascend and when they ascend, you can have a relationship in the ascended realm. But in order to ascend, you have to leave every other person behind. You will ascend as an individual. Regardless of what you may have read about twin flames, you ascend as an individual being. And that means you leave every person who is unascended behind. It cannot be any other way.

But you see, once you have raised yourself above your reactionary patterns, once you have freed yourself from those subconscious selves, is it a loss to leave other people behind? Nay. Of course, if they have unresolved psychology, they may feel it as a loss. They may say: “You are violating my free will. You are abandoning me.” But look at what kind of a planet you are on. Your body could die at any moment for any number of causes, as happens every day. Can another person blame you for dying? Can another person blame you for ascending? This is the kind of planet you are on. Nothing lasts forever, not even relationships. Happily ever after? A figment of the imagination. A failure to see what kind of a planet you are on.

Is walking the path selfish?

There is, however, happily ever after in your own mind when you attain Christhood. But that happiness does not depend on any other human being, or any other being for that matter, except, of course, your I AM Presence, which is not really another being. The shift that you can make as spiritual people is that you can, as Jesus said, lock in to your Divine plan and see it as your primary priority. That means everything else simply must fit into your Divine plan. Your Divine plan is your primary priority. You cannot allow anything to distract you from it. That also goes for relationships. If a relationship is draining your energy, draining your attention in a way that means you do not have anything left over to fulfill the goals in your Divine plan, then it must be selected out.

Free will is individual. You do not have the right to force the free will of another human being. But neither does anyone else, including your spouse or parent or children, have the right to force your free will. What do I mean with forcing free will? People will say: “If you leave me, you are violating my free will.” No. Forcing another person’s free will is attempting to manipulate their mind, their emotional, mental and identity bodies. You are attempting to manipulate a person’s mind in order to get them to make certain choices. That is violating their free will. But you have a right to make choices that have physical consequences for other people, such as choosing to leave them behind.

That is not violating their free will. It is claiming your own. Because even though you are physically leaving them, you are not interfering with their mind, trying to control how they should react to this. You are, in a sense, giving them a choice how they will react. And the choice you are giving them is, will they now look at themselves and overcome the reactionary pattern that they were not willing to look at while you were in the relationship with them, where you, in a sense, enabled them to not look at it? That is not a violation of their free will. And you have a right to say: “Now, that I have transcended the reactionary patterns that made it seem like I could not leave this person, now I have a right to move on. And I am taking that right.”

I know very well that many, many people in the world would, if they came across this teaching, say: “This sounds very, very selfish. You are being so selfish by leaving me.” But what are they trying to do when they say this? They are trying to get you to set aside your free will to accommodate them. That is selfish. You see, when you are talking about people in the world who are not living any kind of spiritual life, you could say that people can be selfish by leaving another person. But when you are talking about somebody who is walking the spiritual path and becoming more aware of their Divine plan, you are not selfish by pursuing the goals you defined in your Divine plan. And you are not selfish by choosing the ascension instead of staying in a dysfunctional relationship.

The ascension is not selfishness. It is the ultimate selfless act. Why? Because you have to completely give up any sense of me as it relates to earth. How can that be selfish? Selfishness is that you have the me, the separate self, that wants to have its way and wants to manipulate everybody into giving it its way. In order to ascend, you have to free yourself from all of this. There is no me, no earthly me left. That is the only way you can face that initiation of the demons of Mara and the prince of this world tempting you to react. There is no me that can react. How is that selfish? Oh yes, it is selfish to another person’s me. But does that make it selfish that a selfish person accuses you of being selfish? Does that make you selfish? Well, not from the perspective of the Christ mind.

Leaving duality behind forever

You could, of course, go one step further and say: “Is the Christ selfish?” And you could say: “Yes, the Christ is the ultimate selfish being.” Why? Because the Christed being sees the oneness of all life and it sees that leaving behind the separate self and ascending is the ultimate way to raise up the all. And therefore, you are in a sense being ultimately selfish by ascending, because you are doing what is best for yourself. You are to see that yourself encompasses everything and everyone. Again, the mind can play with words and ideas and images. The mind can take any teaching and twist and turn it and use it to validate whatever it wants to validate.

Christhood is when you see through all of these tricks of the mind and you decide: “Enough! I have had enough!” And you make yourself transparent to the demons of Mara, to the prince of this world. And then, you take that last look, let them parade whatever they want to parade before you, and you have no reaction. And you just walk away into the sunset or the sunrise of your I AM Presence. Call it selfishness, if you will, or call it the ultimate act of selflessness. Anyone who has ascended will realize that it required the death of any earthly self and therefore, it is an entry into complete selflessness as selfishness is defined on an unascended planet.

It does not mean the loss of self. For now, your sense of self is the one anchored in your I AM Presence, which was never selfish, the way it is defined on earth. Even though the I AM Presence was not ascended, it was not selfish, self-centered in an earthly sense. But by you, the Conscious You, traveling into an unascended sphere to an unnatural planet, experimenting with the consciousness of selfishness, your I AM Presence gained an invaluable perspective on the possibilities of free will. Which means that both you, the Conscious You, and the Presence can now make that fully conscious choice to leave duality, separateness, self-centeredness, selfishness behind forever. Because you feel you are done with it. And you know what you are done with, because you have experienced it. Therefore, you are consciously choosing it out, selecting it out, and you never need to revisit it again. That is the ascension. And that is the ultimate opportunity.

As the Goddess of Opportunity, I seal you in that flame of opportunity that I hold for earth. You can never lose your opportunity to transcend the self. I will never abandon you. I will always be there to extend that opportunity when you decide you want the opportunity to be more. I AM with you always. You need but reach for me and experience the opportunity to self-transcend.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Embrace this embodiment as your opportunity to express the Christ truth that is always more

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Hilarion through Kim Michaels, March 23, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Hilarion. As many of you know, I did have the embodiment as Saul of Tarsus, also called Saint Paul, and I was for a time persecuting the early Christians until on the road to Damascus I had that experience of suddenly encountering the Christ light, having the scales fall from my eyes and I saw Christ’s truth. I experienced Christ’s truth. I was absorbed in Christ’s truth and I was willing to absorb Christ’s truth and let myself, the me, go.

What is Christ’s truth?

Christ’s truth. This did not mean that I dissolved all of my separate selves, all of my ego, but it did mean that I had grasped the significance of Christ’s truth. What is truth, as Pontius Pilate asked Jesus? What is truth? Well, let us go a step further and ask what is Christ’s truth? Christ’s truth is that which helps you unite with your higher self, with the ascended masters, with your Creator. Christ’s truth is that which unites the Creator with its creation. Not, of course, that the Creator needs Christ’s truth, but that the self-aware beings who are part of the Creator’s world of form need Christ’s truth in order to move back towards that not complete oneness or dissolution into the Creator, but where they individually reach the Creator consciousness. This can be done in only one way, Christ’s truth, that takes you beyond your current level and continues to take you beyond until you reach that Creator consciousness.

On a planet like earth, an unnatural planet in an unascended sphere, what is Christ’s truth? It is that which pulls you beyond this realm and the collective consciousness. And what is the collective consciousness enveloped in? Duality, the dualistic polarities, the scales. It can be seen as fish scales as many have thought, but it could also be seen as the scale that weighs, that measures.

The ego’s dream of the ultimate truth

Everything in this world can be weighed and measured and compared to some seeming standard, but it is the standard of the fallen beings. And when you look, there is nothing there. The emperor has nothing on. What is it that the ego, the fallen beings, have been attempting to do? They have been attempting to define an ultimate truth in this world. What are they always projecting? There is some idea, there is some expression in words, there is some scripture, there is some dissertation, some philosophical treatise, some political manifesto, and this is the ultimate truth.

But can anything in this world be ultimate? Nay. How could anything in an unascended sphere be ultimate? For that matter, how can anyone, anything, in the ascended realm be ultimate? Only the Creator is ultimate, but even beyond the Creator is the Allness. Is anything ultimate in the Allness? Nay. How can there be something ultimate in infinity? This is a dream, a dream that can only exist in an unascended sphere, on an unnatural planet where people are allowed to go into duality. It is a dream born from duality. The ego knows, not consciously, but it knows it is not permanent. But it seeks to achieve permanence by defining something in this world as ultimate, ultimately itself. But as part of this quest to immortalize the ego, the ego seeks to define viewpoints, ideas, opinions, ideologies, philosophies, religions, what have you, and say: “This is the ultimate truth against which everything else should be measured.”

Christ truth vs. relative truths

And look back at history, how many people have been caught up in this, and how it has led to conflict after conflict after conflict: “Christianity is the only true religion. No, the Quran is the ultimate scripture. Let us, therefore, kill each other in order to prove who has the ultimate truth.” But if the ultimate truth is that all life is one, how is killing each other going to help you get closer to that truth? It will only keep you trapped in separation, where you think that you as a separate being can kill that other separate being, and it will not affect you because you are separate. What did I see on the road to Damascus? I saw that I had been judging with the outer mind that the Christians, that this Jesus figure could not be right, could not be a true prophet, because it contradicted what I thought was the ultimate truth in the Jewish religion, the Jewish scriptures, and so I judged based on appearances, and I saw it. The scales fell from my eyes, and I saw the vanity of this, of thinking that I with my own mind could define truth. I experienced the Christ mind, not Christ truth, in the sense that I saw that this expression is the ultimate expression. No, I saw beyond all expressions in this world and saw that this is truth. What did Jesus say to Pontius Pilate? “I am the way, the truth, and the life”, and I saw on that road, I saw in a vision how all of my life I have been thinking I was following a way to the ultimate state of consciousness, knowing ultimate truth, having ultimate religion, qualifying for salvation, and I saw that it was all vanity, and I saw that the true way is to go beyond anything that can be defined in this world, and that truth is beyond anything that can be defined in this world, and that life only comes from that one unified mind, the Christ mind. Only there is there life. Everything else is death, the death consciousness.

What is the highest potential that many of you have in your Divine plan? It is that you can have that experience of the scales falling from your eyes and experiencing the contrast between Christ truth and the many relative truths in this world, and you can then become exponents of that. You can express that, that there is always a truth beyond anything that can be defined in this world.

The Christ truth: The way beyond division

Look at history. Look at how many people in how many civilizations have attempted to define the ultimate truth, the Vedas, the Tibetan Book of the Dead, oh no, the Egyptian Book of the Dead, the Torah, the Quran, the Christian scriptures, the Communist Manifesto, the philosophies of this, that, or the next guy, capitalism versus communism. What is the ultimate economic system? There must be a truth somewhere, people think. No, the truth is nowhere to be found, for the truth is beyond here, there, or anywhere in this world. The truth cannot be expressed in a particular worded statement. You cannot reduce truth to something that can be defined as black and white, as this is right, this is wrong. You can debate issues, of course, you can debate all you want, but look at history. How many debates have been taking place about what is truth, what is the right way to deal with this or that situation, and where has it gotten people? Is the world not more polarized than it has ever been? Look at the public discourse in many countries. Look at what is happening on social media. Is the world not more polarized than it has been for a very long time? All of these people who are polarized, what do they believe? They believe there is an ultimate truth that can be defined in this world, and we have it, and the ultimate solution to all problems is that all other people come to accept our truth, and if they will not accept it, they should be forced, and if they cannot be forced to accept it, they should be killed, because if we get rid of them, then our truth will win out, and we will solve all the problems on earth.

Look how long people have been taking this approach. Has it worked? Has it ever worked? Nay, for if anybody on earth had found an ultimate truth, would you not think that their civilization had persisted to this day, and therefore, all the division and the polarization would have vanished, and all would have agreed that this is the wonderful truth, and when we live according to it, everything is just wonderful, and we have God’s kingdom on earth. How long will people continue to try to do the impossible before the scales fall from their eyes, and they realize it is impossible, and therefore, they say, is there a different approach? Is there a way, so that we can do something that all of these other people have not done? Is there a way we can avoid continuing what has been proven not to work time and time again? What is the way that leads to the truth that is life? It is the Christ mind, the One mind, the unifying mind, that does not seek to divide people against each other, but that seeks to unify people. That is the Christ mind. Paradoxically, for the duality consciousness is full of paradoxes, it will seem as if the Christ mind can be divisive, set brother against brother, but that is only as the Christ mind stirs up the polarization, magnifies the polarization in order to bring it out so it becomes more obvious, so that people can finally see the vanity of vanities. All is vanity.

That is what I saw on the road to Damascus, the futility of thinking that my religion was superior to any other religion. This did not mean that I now came to accept Christianity as the superior religion, for at the time there was no Christian religion. There were only these stories about this preacher who had been different, and I saw why Jesus was different, that he did not come to start a new religion that could compete with the other religions that he compared and stated that this was the ultimate religion. He did not come to give the ultimate religion. He came to give an alternative to all religions, philosophies, ideologies, viewpoints. He came to show the way that unites rather than divides, and that is truth.

The role of Christ

Any expression that divides people is not truth. It cannot be, for truth is that all people came from the same source, and the Creator is not a house divided against itself. It is not at war with itself, but of course you have free will, and as we have explained so carefully, as a result of free will you must be able to go into separation and duality where you think you can define your ultimate truth, and what have we explained? This is an experience. Surely, while people are completely immersed in that experience, they must believe that their truth is the ultimate truth. After all, that is the experience that here on earth, on this little speck of dust in the universe, we in our group, we have defined the ultimate truth of the universe. That is the experience you can have in duality, and free will mandates you must be allowed to have it for some time, but not eternally, for if you were allowed to have that experience indefinitely, then Christ would not have come into this world, for Christ only comes to pull you out of that experience to help you see that there is an alternative to that experience.

So when you have had enough of it, you have a way out, the way to the truth that gives you eternal life, and so what will the ego, the fallen being say to the Christ? It will say: “You have no right to challenge me, you have no right to come here and expose my untruth, you have no right to disturb me.” They might even say, “Well, if God will not leave us alone on this planet to maintain the idea that we have the ultimate truth, then we do not really have free will, for God is forcing us”, but you see, this is the lie that can only be thought up in duality, that can only seem reasonable from the viewpoint of duality.

You have free will, meaning your will is always free, but when you go into duality and lose all awareness that there is an alternative to duality, how is your will ultimately free? If you think you can only choose what you can see from duality, which is, after all, a complete illusion compared to the reality of oneness, so you have free will, you can have any experience you want, but if you go into duality and forget that there is an alternative, there is something outside of duality, then once you have forgotten that, your will is no longer free, because you do not know there is an alternative. What is the role of the Christ? To demonstrate that there is an alternative to duality, and that gives you back the freedom of will that you lost by going into duality. It is not a violation of free will, the law of free will, the principle of free will, which is, your will must always be free, so that any choice you make with your will can be transcended by making a more aware choice. And the Christ, therefore, comes into this world to make people aware there is a choice to choose to leave the death of duality and immerse yourself in the life of Christ.

Exposing the lie of the ultimate truth

As Jesus said, some of you, many of you, have the potential in your Divine plan to manifest some level of Christhood. This does not mean you need to go out and preach an ascended master teaching as some ultimate truth, or any political opinion or philosophy as some ultimate truth. Christhood does not mean that you take a particular viewpoint defined in this world and you preach that as the ultimate truth. You preach, you demonstrate, you live, that there is an alternative, that truth is beyond this world, that truth cannot be pulled into this world and put in a mental box. Or when you try to put Christ in a mental box, Christ will say: “Get thee behind me, Satan, for thou art an offense to me that savors not the things that be of God, but the things that be of men” — the dualistic definitions of men, the dualistic definition of truth, which is death— that is your higher potential. However, that applies to you, your situation, your background, your experience, where you have an opportunity to express this.

There are many ways it can be expressed. The basic thing is, there is always a higher understanding. There is always a higher vision. There is always more to grasp. This should be the principle of science. There is always more to discover than what we have discovered so far. That is how science came up as an alternative to religion, because the Catholic religion had become rigid in defining a truth, a doctrine. Science then was an alternative: “Let us look at how the heavenly bodies actually move. Does it support the doctrine that the earth is the center of the universe? Nay, it does not. Then we must revise the doctrine. We must revise our absolute truth.” But then what happened? People who also had the desire to define an absolute truth define a materialistic paradigm, saying the absolute truth is there is nothing beyond the material universe. But that is not science. That is just another religion, ideology, another attempt to define an absolute truth, another mental box that science has been in now for a very long time. And I can assure you that scientific progress would have been far beyond where it is today had it not been for the materialistic paradigm. But then look at religion.

Is religion in its core meant to be an attempt to define an ultimate religion, an ultimate truth? Nay, it is meant to be experiential. It is meant to take you beyond. True spirituality, mysticism is going beyond, always going beyond, because once you lock into the Christ mind, you experience there is always something beyond your present state of mind. Always. Why did Jesus say, “I am with you always”? Because the Christ mind is always there to remind you that there is always something beyond your current state of mind. There is always more. The moment you take some insight, which may be a valid insight you have received, take note here, I am not saying that you cannot express something that has a certain validity, and I am not saying that you cannot have insights that come to you from the Christ mind. But the moment you take any expression and want to define it as an absolute truth, you have lost the Christ mind. You have stepped back into duality and separation, and that is the consciousness of Satan. That spirit should conform to matter. That Christ should conform to something defined in this world. When the real role of Christ is to always point there is something beyond this world.

Challenging society and the status quo

Many of you will have experienced as you grew up that you have been programmed to fulfill a certain role, accept certain boundaries. You do not go beyond these boundaries. You do not challenge your family members. You do not challenge people you meet. You do not challenge your society, the norms and ideologies and religions of society. You stay within the box. And when you go beyond, what will they say? “You have no right to challenge me. Who are you? What authority do you have?” And many of you have doubted your right to challenge others, to challenge society, to challenge the status quo. And you can say, yes, you, if you are coming from the viewpoint of the ego, you have no right to challenge others. What is it that takes place in duality? Two people, both have an ego. Both egos have a desire for superiority, to be the ultimate authority. Both of them are trying to validate their egos by getting the other to accept their viewpoints.

This is nothing but a power struggle. This is what has created all of the conflicts in the world. This is the vanity of vanities, all this vanity. From that perspective, you have no right to challenge other people. As we have said, as long as you have self-conscious selves, you are thinking that the way to change your state of mind is to change other people. And therefore, you are seeking to force other people. Yes, according to the law of free will, you have no right to do this. Everybody is doing it, but you really, according to the law, have no right to do it.

But when you work on your psychology, when you reach a certain level of resolution, where you have contact with the Christ mind, then you do have a right to express what comes to you from the Christ mind. You absolutely have a right to challenge people, to challenge society, to challenge religion and ideologies. Absolutely. Take a good Catholic who experiences a priest abusing a child. Anyone who has any contact with the Christ mind will know this is not in alignment with the Christ mind.

Of course, that person has a right to challenge the priest. And if the bishop will not hear it, but moves the priest to another parish, then people have the right to challenge the bishop. And if the pope backs up the bishops, then they have a right to challenge the pope. For if the pope is not in alignment with Christ, then those who are, have a right to challenge any authority figure.

Using the Christ to validate your mental box

Just be aware of one simple thing. You may look at a certain issue on earth. You may reach for some impulse from the Christ mind. And there may be a polarized issue that is black and white. And you may get an impulse from the Christ mind. There is more validity to one side than the other. And this is because, as we have said before, the Christ mind is not seeking to express an ultimate truth in this world because the ultimate truth cannot be expressed in words. But there are many situations where the Christ mind sees that one aspect of the situation, one viewpoint, can help people come closer to oneness and another helps them go further away.

Therefore, you may get an impulse ‘this is the better solution’. If you think in terms of black and white, right and wrong, truth and error, you might think, “Oh, what I got from the Christ mind must be the ultimate truth. What else could come from the Christ mind?” And now you fix your outer mind, “Oh, this must then be the ultimate viewpoint on this particular issue”. That is when you have done what Peter did to Jesus. You have taken something that genuinely came from the Christ mind and forced it into a mental box created by the mind of Satan, the mind of antichrist, and now you have lost the connection to the Christ mind. We have seen this many, many times. Many people have had the ability to tune into the Christ mind throughout the ages. As Jesus has explained, the first challenge of Christ is to recognize that Christ is more than the normal human expression. Then you reach for something. You get that recognition as Peter did, but then you fail to realize that Christ is always more. Therefore, you need to continually reach for more instead of thinking, “Oh, now I got the ultimate.” That is when you step into the consciousness of Satan.

Always reaching for more

Few, of course, are more trapped than those who think they have reached personal Christhood and Christ discernment, and therefore, no one should challenge them. How can you see when people have stepped into this state of mind? They are now very, very attached to the outer viewpoint that they think is based on Christ discernment. And therefore, they do not want it to be challenged. They do not want to think about it. They do not want to look at the consequences. The more attached people are, the more they seek to defend, the more trapped they become in the consciousness of Satan. What does the person who is dedicated to walking the way of Christ do? Such a person never becomes attached to a particular viewpoint or a particular issue. It always reaches for more. It always reaches there is more to understand. And instead of seeking to be right and make other people wrong, it always seeks to raise up other people by showing them: “But you know, there could be more to understand about this issue than what we see right now.”

You are always striving for more in yourself instead of thinking you have reached some ultimate viewpoint, some ultimate truth, because you realize there is no ultimate expression of truth, but there is the ever-flowing stream of the Christ consciousness that is the way, the truth, and the life. You are concerned about following that way to a higher truth that leads you to eternal life rather than defining some ultimate truths down here.

“You have no authority to challenge me”

What do you do when you define an ultimate truth? You put scales over your eyes. You put blinders on. You close your mind. You get tunnel vision. You only see what you want to see, and therefore, you shut out the Christ that always wants you to see more, that always wants you to look beyond. You are saying: “I am so glad you gave me this one insight, so I now have this ultimate truth, but now I do not need you anymore. Do not disturb me. Leave me alone. Do not bother me. I want more of this experience that I have the ultimate truth here on earth, that I am so superior on this little speck of dust because I now have the ultimate truth. Leave me alone, Christ.”

Of course, what must the Christ do? Well, the Christ must leave you alone, but the Christ might work through someone else who then comes to challenge you and say: “You have fallen asleep, as the sleeping beauty. May I kiss you and wake you up?” “No, leave me alone. Do not touch me. I want to stay asleep. I ate the apple, the fruit of the knowledge of good and evil. And I am so happy that I have this ultimate truth. Do not wake me up.” Sure, you are allowed to have that experience, but you are also allowed to be challenged. What do people do when they challenge you if you have stepped into this state of mind? You may say: “They are disturbing me. They are violating my free will. You have no authority to challenge me.” But they are actually giving you exactly what you want because if you want the experience that ‘I have a superior truth’ here on earth, how can you have that experience? Well, everything on earth is relative. For you to feel that you have the superior truth, there must be someone else who has a lesser truth, perhaps the lie.

When people come to challenge you, they are giving you the opportunity to intensify your experience that you are right, or they are giving you the opportunity to say, “Oh, maybe I have had enough of it. Maybe I want something more.” You see, again, they are not violating your free will. They are giving you exactly what you say you want.

Look at your reactions

You, many of you, have known people who are in this state of mind. They might even be ascended master students or at least claim to be. They reach a certain state of mind where they think, “I have Christ’s discernment,” and you come based on your Christ’s discernment and challenge them. You give them a choice. They can choose to accept that what you are giving them is an opportunity from the Christ’s mind. Or they can choose to validate their egos and stay in that mental box. How is that a violation of their free will? You are just giving them the option, and it is up to them what they choose. What do you need to do? You need to be non-attached to their reaction. You see, that is another trap for people who have started to attain some Christ’s discernment, who get some impulse from the Christ’s mind. They share it with others, but then, if people do not react the way they want them to react—if they do not validate what you are giving them, if they do not take what you are giving them—then you go into a reaction to that.

That is where you have to look at yourself and say: “I see that these people are attached to their viewpoint. Do I have an attachment to changing these people’s minds, to helping them see what they do not see?” And if you honestly see that you have an attachment, then you go after that. Because by resolving your subconscious self behind the attachment, you free your mind to receive a purer impulse from the Christ’s mind the next time.

No ‘me’ in the Christ mind

You see what Jesus so carefully explained: “Christhood begins at the 97th level, but you are not at the ultimate level of Christhood at the 97th level. You still have a way to go.” Therefore, always be willing to look at your reaction. When you resolve something, you go to another level up, and another level up, and another level up. You can come to that point where there is no sense of ‘me’ that can be rejected.

There is no sense of ‘me’ that has an intention of helping other people, making them see. So, you express, you are free to express what comes to you from the Christ mind. You set other people free to react or not react according to their choices. And you set yourself free to not react to their reaction. You become as little children. Every situation is new. You do not allow yourself to build some reactionary pattern with another person. You do not go into the outer mind and say: “Oh, he rejected me once. I am never going to speak to him again.” No, you just go back into neutral. Perhaps there comes a situation down the road where you meet that person again. Instead of having this wounded self with the outer mind saying: “Oh, I am not going to talk to him. Look what he did there 15 years ago.” Instead, you are neutral, and if something comes to you from the Christ mind, you express it. Perhaps the person is now ready to listen. Perhaps not, but that is not the concern of the Christ mind. The Christ mind is content to express and is not attached to other people’s reactions.

The Christ mind—what did Jesus say?—is with you always. It does not matter if you have rejected the Christ mind 10,000 times. The Christ mind is always there to express the 10,001 time. It will continue to be there for as long as it takes because the Christ mind is not attached to the outcome of its expression. It is like the sun shining upon earth. Do you think there is some mind in the sun that looks down on earth and says: “Look at all these people putting on sunscreen. They do not like my rays. I am going to stop shining. I am going to give them three days of darkness and then we’ll see how they feel”? Of course not, and so it is with the Christ mind. The Christ mind cannot feel rejected, cannot feel challenged, cannot feel ignored. Yes, of course, the Christ mind has been ignored billions and billions of times. It is being ignored billions of times every day, but it does not affect the Christ mind. Why? Because in the Christ mind there is no ‘me’. That is what you can strive for if it is part of your Divine plan to attain these levels of Christhood. There is no ‘me’ that can feel rejected. Why? There is no ‘me’ that is the doer. There is no ‘me’ that has a need to accomplish something. I cannot on my own ‘me’ do nothing because there is no ‘my own me’.

What an opportunity!

I did not achieve that on the road to Damascus. I did not achieve it for the rest of that embodiment as Paul, but I did achieve it later in my last embodiment where I qualified for my ascension. I had to retreat to a cave to maintain some peace of mind. That was then and that was me. You have a potential in this age to express your Christhood and not have to retreat from the world but continue to express regardless of the reactions you get or do not get. That is why Jesus said, “Those who accept me shall do the works that I did.” Greater works shall you do because times have moved on. The Christ can express more today than it could two thousand years ago. The Christ will express more if you let it. And when you have ten thousand Christed beings and millions of more with some level of Christhood, naturally the Christ can do more than Jesus did, than the Christ did through Jesus two thousand years ago.

That is what we all look for. Of course, as an ascended master you cannot feel jealousy, but you can look back and say: “Wow, what an opportunity they have today compared to when I was in my last embodiment. The consciousness, the collective consciousness was so much denser. What an opportunity to be in embodiment today.” I hope, and we all hope, that you can also come to see that opportunity. You can come to that point where you are completely content, at peace, with being where you are right now in embodiment on earth at this time because you recognize this is the best possible opportunity you could have to express your Christhood, as the earth, the equation of earth, is right now. We all hope that you can come to see this and therefore embrace that opportunity that the rest of your life represents. With this, I hope I have actually helped you lock in to an aspect of the Christ mind, which is that the Christ is the great healer for overcoming the ‘me’, locking into the opportunity is the ultimate form of healing, the ultimate form of wholeness.

We all wish that you can be whole while you are still in the body on earth. For that is, in a sense, the ultimate demonstration of Christ truth. I seal you in my flame of Healing and Wholeness.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

From self-focus to Christ consciousness: Growing with your Divine plan

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus through Kim Michaels, March 23, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan.

I AM the Ascended Master Jesus, and I wish to talk to you about the topic of Christhood and your Divine plan. But first, I want to make a few remarks about the topic, the title for this conference, Locking in to Your Divine plan.

The essence of a Divine plan

What it is and how we make it

What does it actually mean to lock in, rather than to, for example, tune in? Well, what is it that is the essence of a Divine plan? Why do you make a Divine plan? The whole idea is, you are in between embodiments, you are free from the constraints of the physical body, the density of the physical body. You still have a certain level of consciousness among the 144 [levels], and this is sort of the starting point for your Divine plan, but you can see beyond it when you are not in the body. Once you reach a level above the 48th level, you are able to work consciously in between embodiments with your spiritual teachers, whichever ascended master may be close to you. Therefore, based on the guidance you receive from your teachers, you look to the highest potential that you are likely to be able to achieve in this coming lifetime.

Let us say this is ten levels of consciousness higher than what you have. Therefore, you can see more clearly what is the goal and how you might get there. You can also see more clearly what you, based on your previous lifetimes, desire to experience, what you desire to do. You can see more clearly what your I AM Presence desires to experience and do in the physical realm. Based on this, you make a plan. It is, as we have said, not locked down in every detail. It has an overall view of how you can get to that level of consciousness that is your goal. Now, this does not mean you cannot go higher if you really apply yourself. But when you make the plan, you set a realistic goal for what is your highest potential.

Why we make it

Now, why do you make this plan? Because we all know, all of us who have been in embodiment on earth, that once you are down in the density of the physical body, looking out at life through the subconscious selves you have in your emotional, mental, and identity minds, you are overwhelmed. We are all overwhelmed by the density. And therefore, we cannot see clearly. The Divine plan is meant to be a frame of reference that can guide you throughout your life.

And why does it need to guide you? Because once you are in the body, you have to go through childhood. You are exposed to whatever you are exposed to in childhood. You can so easily be overwhelmed. And what I mean by that is that as you grow up in a certain society, family, culture, you are exposed to all these influences from the outside, as we have talked about. You are brought up to take on a certain role, to look at yourself and life a certain way: “This is how we do things in our family, our society, our religion”, so forth and so on.

And this means that as you grow up, your life is put on a track. And if you did not have a Divine plan, what would most people do? They would just continue on the track that they were set on as they were growing up. For they had no frame of reference. How would they know there is anything else?

Life on a track without any growth

What you see is that for most people who are at a lower level of consciousness, their lives continue on the track they were brought up to be on, and they rarely deviate from it. You all have family members, people you have known for a long time, and you can see how there may have been some learning, some growth, some open-mindedness up until a certain age in early adulthood.

But then it was as if people accepted: “This is who I am, this is what my personality is, this is my potential, this is what I can do, and this is what I cannot do.” And now they live the rest of their lives with relatively little growth. It is as if their personalities, their psychology are set in stone, and they do not change. For some, it may be that some dramatic event, some crisis situation, forces them to change. But many people, especially in the more affluent nations, but even in poor nations, they live life at a certain level without growing. And that is because the density of the physical octave affects people’s minds so that they cannot see anything beyond the track they were brought up to be on. They are, so to speak, pulled by a gravitational force from the mass consciousness into following that track, living their lives the way they were brought up to live their lives.

You can clearly see that if people did not have any frame of reference, how would a society, a culture, even humanity as a whole, progress? Because what is it that causes you to be brought up to see a track you are supposed to follow? Well, it is present conditions. Present conditions in your society define the track you are supposed to follow. And if you cannot see anything beyond it, what will you do? You will live your life the way your parents did.

And if everybody lives the way that everybody has lived before, how is society going to become more? It just cannot happen. That is why you see in certain parts of the world there are people who are living largely the same way that their parents and their society have done for generations. This is essentially what you saw when I appeared 2,000 years ago in Palestine, a very stagnant society. In fact, had it not been for the Roman occupation, there would have been hardly any growth in society.

Locking in to your Divine plan

The Divine plan, then, is the only way that people who are at a higher level of consciousness can break free from the track their lives are put on as they are growing up. Because you have an intuitive sense there is more to life than the way you were brought up to live. There is more to understand. There is more to grasp. There is more to see. Look back at your own childhood and youth. You all had some sense that you were not being told everything, that there was more to know, more to understand, that there had to be some kind of purpose for life. You all had that sense or you would not be spiritual people today.

What does it mean, then, to lock in to your Divine plan? It means making that shift in the mind where you see the track you were brought up to be on. You look at your society and how you are constantly being inundated with these projections of how you are supposed to be as a human being in this society. But the switch you can make is to realize that regardless of all of this, you have a Divine plan that leads you towards a goal that is higher than what you were brought up to see, that is higher than your parents, your family, your society can see. There is a higher potential.

And when you make the switch of consciously realizing this, grasping this, and it is not a intellectual reasoning, it is an intuitive inner knowing, then you can lock your life so that you are willing to reach for your Divine plan. You are willing to reach beyond the way you were brought up to live and contemplate, intuit: “What is the next step in my Divine plan? How are all of these projections from the outside working against me taking that step? What do I need to look at in my psychology in order to free myself from these outer projections so that I can intuitively know what is the next step in my Divine plan?” It is locking in, it is making that conscious commitment that your Divine plan is more important to you than following the track you were brought up to be on.

Freeing yourself from your upbringing

Look at my life 2,000 years ago. Even though my parents had a higher level of awareness than the average, I was still brought up in a certain culture and I was very much brought up to live life a certain way. If I had followed that, there is no way I could have fulfilled my Divine plan. I would have been living a relatively normal life as it was considered at the time.

You may have known about the concept of a Divine plan for a long time. You may have contemplated it, and some of you have already locked into it, but you can actually all benefit from taking these teachings and considering: “How is my upbringing, how is the programming from my society blocking me from seeing the next step in my Divine plan? And especially, how is it blocking me from seeing the highest potential of my Divine Plan?” For many of you have a higher potential that is far beyond what you were brought up to see as possible.

You can look at the messenger and see how he was brought up in a working class family in Denmark. All of his family lived in the same town, worked in that town, lived there their whole lives; most of them are buried there. If he had followed that track, there is no way he could have done what he has done or rather that which he has allowed to be done through him. He was willing to move to another country to get away from that culture. I am not saying all of you need to do this, but I am saying you all need to consider, and you might use various ways to see this, but you could consider: “What chains were wrapped around me, my being, as I was growing up. And what do I need to do to remove those shackles so I can be free to actually consider my highest potential?”

The formula for growth

This is what it really means to lock in. I am not saying that by doing this you will see all of your Divine plan in one vision, because as we have explained, you see the next step when you take that, when you multiply the talents you have, you see the next step up and you continue this way. This messenger has never seen the end of his Divine Plan. He just sees the next step and he is willing to take it.

And that is all we are asking from you. You start where you are. You see, you can never actually go wrong with your Divine plan if you are willing to transcend, if you are willing to start with what you have. Over the decades we have given teachings about a Divine plan. We have seen ascended master students react in different ways. And one of the ways is that you think: “Oh, am I worthy to even start my Divine plan? Look at my situation. Look at my psychology. Am I worthy to start my Divine plan? Am I ready?”

But what have I just said? You start your Divine plan at the level of consciousness you had at the end of your last embodiment, and then your Divine plan takes you up from there. Even if you, at whatever age you are, hear about a Divine Plan, and even if you have not grown from the level of consciousness with which you came into embodiment, well, that is precisely the starting level of your Divine plan.

How could you not be ready? How could you not be worthy? You do not need to reach any higher level to start your Divine plan. You need to start right where you are and multiply the talents you have. And then you will be given more, and you take the next step, and the next, and the next. And if you keep doing it, you will one day look back and say: “I have really come up higher. I have made progress. I have really raised my consciousness.” Many of you have already had that experience, but I am also speaking for the broader group of people that might find this teaching later. You are always ready to begin your Divine plan. You are, for that matter, always ready to lock into your Divine plan by realizing there is something higher than the way you were brought up to see yourself, your limitations, your potential.

I understand very well the danger of giving you examples. Many people throughout the ages have looked at Jesus as this only Son of God who was so beyond them. This is, of course, as we have explained, a deliberate distortion created by the fallen beings to destroy me as an example.

But nevertheless, they still look at how I gave teachings, performed miracles, did this, did that, and they say, they think: “Oh, I could never do that.” And maybe you could not, but that is not the point. The point of your personal Divine plan is that you transcend the level of consciousness you start at and reach your highest potential. And if you do that before you are ready to go out of embodiment, you can even go beyond the highest potential, for there is no limitation to your self-transcendence built into your Divine plan. It is not so that there is a fixed goal, and when you reach that, poof, you are out of embodiment! If you reach that goal 20 years before your lifespan is up, you go beyond it and you can go even higher.

But it is not at all our goal to say that all of you should reach a certain level in this lifetime. It is the saying: “Well done, thou good and faithful servant. You have been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things.” That is the whole principle of multiplying the talents.

If you spend the rest of your life sincerely striving to fulfill your Divine plan and grow, you cannot do anything wrong. Whatever level you reach, it is much better than where you started. And this will help raise the collective consciousness, and as Saint Germain said, anything you do, any form of transcendence, will help manifest his golden age.

Manifesting Christhood

Now, how does the concept of Christhood, personal Christhood, relate to your Divine plan? Well, not all who will ever hear or read this teaching will have it as part of their Divine plan to manifest Christhood, because Christhood requires you to be at a certain level of consciousness before you have that potential. But many spiritual people, as I have said since 2002—10,000 people—have the potential to manifest full Christhood in this lifetime. Millions more can manifest a high degree of it. For many people, it is a quite realistic goal to manifest Christhood. Of course there are levels of Christhood, but nevertheless, if we are to define the beginning point of Christhood, it would be when you pass the initiation at the 96th level of consciousness and go beyond.

The initiation at the 96th level and focus on self

We have of course talked about this initiation before from various perspectives. It is not that there is only one way to look at this, but what I want to talk to you about here in this context is, as I said, you were brought up to see yourself a certain way, to see your potential a certain way, but you were also brought up to be very focused on yourself.

This relates, of course, to your past lifetime, what level of consciousness you were at when you left your last embodiment. But as we have explained, the result of the birth trauma is that you become focused on yourself. Well, Christhood is not focused on self. Christhood can only be attained when you overcome the focus on self and this can only happen through the resolution of psychology, the subconscious selves. But, it is not so that Christhood is the automatic result of overcoming subconscious selves. Why? Well, because as we have explained at this conference, the Conscious You can develop and does develop, over time, a certain overall view of life and itself.

Even if you resolve the subconscious selves that are wounded, that are pulling on you to identify with them, therefore be focused on yourself, even if you overcome those selves, you still need to make the conscious switch, the conscious decision to stop focusing on yourself. This is a delicate decision. You cannot do it with the outer mind, you cannot analyze and reason your way to it, but you can contemplate it and come to that inner resolution. You can come to realize that you have been focused on self.

You can have a similar experience to what the messenger has described. He was on the path for many years, he followed an ascended master teaching, he did everything right from the outer perspective, but one day he saw that he had done this from a self-centered, self-focused motivation. He saw the vanity of it and spontaneously from within there was this release that he did not want to walk the path anymore with this self-focus.

Becoming wise to the serpent and harmless as doves

You all have that potential. Some of you will have to resolve some subconscious selves before you are there, but many of you have the potential to reach that point in this lifetime. But what does it require to make that shift? Well, it requires that you become wise as serpents, harmless as doves.

Let us take the “harmless as doves” first. It requires that you give up the intention to do anything on earth, to change other people, to force a change, even to force people to stop suffering. You must give up any self-centered desire to achieve something, even the desire to have it be worthwhile that you came to earth. But the most subtle aspect for most people is to be wise as a serpent. Or rather, wise to the serpent, which in your personal mind is the ego.

Now, we have explained the ego from different perspectives going back to my original ego discourses, but later [we have] given the teachings about the subconscious selves that make up the ego. There is still an overall self that we can call the overall ego. It is based on duality and it is very much focused not on you but on itself.

Missing the initiation—again

This, let us call it the core of the ego, this ego is focused on itself as a separate self and it can be very subtle, it is not easy to see it. But the problem is that if you do not see it you can actually stand there at the 96th level or close to it and you can allow the ego to make you believe that you have now become the Living Christ, you have attained Christ discernment, or rather, the ego has become the Living Christ.

That is what has happened to many people not only in this time but in previous times as well. There are people who have spent lifetimes climbing to the 96th level, not passed the initiation, gone down again until they turned around, climbed back up and again missed the initiation. It was what I illustrated in the situation with Peter where he tells me what shall or shall not happen to me and I say “Get thee behind me, Satan.” This is the consciousness of Satan in your own mind, the ego, the self-focused self.

“You have no right to challenge me!”

Now, some people who will find this teaching can safely ignore it because they are not at that level but I want to give this teaching because we still see that there are students who have eagerly followed the path for years or even decades but have not grasped this initiation.

They are still focused on themselves and one aspect of this is that there are students who come to a point where they think: “I have attained Christ’s discernment and therefore the way I look at the world, look at myself and look at certain situations, this is now an ultimate truth.” Therefore, they do not want to be challenged and they might even say to other people: “You have no right to challenge me!”

This is not an uncommon scenario, that people who have not passed the initiation I am talking about will be very upset if other people challenge them and will even say: “You have no right to challenge me. What authority do you have to challenge me?” Because they think they are the Living Christ and they think the Living Christ is the ultimate authority figure.

But, you see, the Christ never reacts that way. The Christ does not mind being challenged by other people because the Christ does not see it as a challenge. Even when you have passed the initiation at the 96th level and gone beyond it, you do not mind other people telling you something. If the guru be an ant, heed him. You are always looking for something that can help you take the next step up.

Seeing through the vanity of the ego

What is it that dreams about reaching an ultimate level where you do not need to be challenged? It is the ego. What else can it be? The ego’s ultimate dream is what? How many times have we explained it? To become immortal, to become a permanent being, to enter the spiritual realm, to gain some absolute authority in this realm, to become a god-like figure in this realm. This is the goal that the fallen beings have been pursuing for a very, very long time.

You need to come to see this at the 96th level. You need to come to see the vanity of it. It is not a matter of blaming yourself. Take note of how many times we have been telling you not to blame yourself, not to come down on yourself. What I am describing here is just an inevitable initiation on the path towards the 144th level. You cannot go above the 96th level until you see the subtlety, the vanity of the ego.

The levels of Christhood

You see the value of talking about the 144 levels. If you go back to previous dispensations, many students saw Christhood as some ultimate level of consciousness, some ultimate achievement. But Christhood begins at the 97th level, and then there are levels of Christhood up to the 144th level. We have even said, of course, that when you ascend you go to an even higher level and you can keep going to the Creator consciousness.

The level of Christhood you reach at the 97th level is not the ultimate—an ultimate state of consciousness. It does not make you an ultimate authority. It does not mean you are always right. This is the ego’s dream that you cannot be challenged, you cannot be gainsaid, nobody has the right to tell you that there is something you have not seen in your own psychology. But of course they do.

If you are in physical embodiment, then anybody else who is in physical embodiment has the right to tell you what they observe. It may be colored by their own state of mind, but they still have a right to tell you. They have a right to express themselves, as you have a right to express yourself. Look back throughout the ages. What have the fallen beings always been trying to do? Set themselves up as some authority figure—a king, an emperor, a pope. It is always so that nobody below them can challenge them and, of course, everybody is below them.

The servant of all

But, you see, what is Christhood? You are always looking to grow. You are not thinking you have reached an ultimate level, you are looking to take the next step up so you qualify for your ascension. You are willing to listen to anything that might help you see what you are not seeing at your current level. What is Christ’s discernment? Well, it is not specific viewpoints here on earth. It is not that you are always right in a discussion with other people.

There are people, ascended master students, who believe—truly actually believe—that their view of Donald Trump is based on them having attained Christ’s discernment, and anyone who disagrees with them about Trump is because they do not have Christ’s discernment. But, you see, Christ is beyond all of these outer opinions.

What is the Christ mind? Unity between the Creator and His creation. The vertical unity. And unity among all people, the horizontal. What is it the ego wants? It wants to be greatest among you. And what did I say to my disciples when they were fighting about who was the greatest among them? “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” That is the Christ consciousness.

How can you being right in a disagreement with other people be an expression of Christhood? You transcend the desire to be right, so that instead of trying to get other people to agree with you, you are looking at them, saying, thinking, intuiting: “Could I help that person grow?” You realize that it is not a matter of these outer beliefs: “Could I help that person grow?” And if so, you speak out, and if you do not get a sense that you could, maybe because the person is closed-minded, then you move on.

Loosing your life for Christ’s sake

In a sense you could say I do not care what you think about a particular issue on earth. What I care about is your willingness to transcend any issue on earth, any opinion on earth. Because, what have we said so many times? When you are ready to ascend, you will sit under that Bo tree and the demons of Mara will parade before you. If you are attached to a particular opinion, a particular position on earth, they will have something in you, the prince of this world will have something in you, and you cannot ascend.

There are people, unfortunately—and that is why I speak sternly—who think they are good ascended master students. They think: “Look at how long I have studied the teachings, how many decrees I have given.” But they have not grasped that everything on earth must be let go of in order to ascend. There are literally ascended master students who are doing the same thing that the fallen beings are doing.

Even though these students, some of them are not fallen beings, but they are still seeking to raise up the ego to an ultimate status, thinking this will get them into the ascended state. They have not grasped the essential initiation of Christhood. It is to let go of anything and everything that pulls you towards earth. “He who is willing to lose his life for my sake…” If there is something you are not willing to lose, well, you cannot go higher in Christhood.

I need to speak this into the collective consciousness so that there is a record of it, that I have done what can be done to put this before the people. They may never read it, they may never hear it, but it is still there so that they can pick it up if they are willing.

There is nothing you could do to perfect the separate self that would qualify it to enter the ascended state. It is not so that there is an ascended master who is the judge of whether you are ready to enter the ascended state or not. It is not that I, or another master, is standing there when you approach the pearly gate and saying: “You are not worthy, go back and try again.” We are not holding you out of the ascended realm. What is it that is holding you out of the ascended realm? That ego, that self-centered self that you have not been willing to see.

The essential initiation under the Bo tree

Do you not grasp the essential initiation? You are the one sitting there in front of the Bo tree. You are the one who has to look at the demons of Mara, the prince of this world. And if they have anything in you that they can use to pull on you, you cannot ascend. It is not the ascended masters that determine whether you ascend or not, it is you.

It is not even the demons of Mara, they are just doing the only thing they can do. It is you. Do they have something in you that they can pull on? Then you will be pulled back, or rather, you will pull yourself back because you will look at some temptation that the demons of Mara are presenting to you and say: “Oh, I’ve got to do this, I’ve got to finish that, I’ve got to correct that mistake, I’ve got to prove that I was right.” That is what pulls you away from ascending. It is only what you have not seen in yourself.

Christhood: Raising all life

That, of course, leads to a higher teaching about Christhood. What is Christhood? It is not that you are right. It is that you are non-attached to any opinion, any viewpoint, any condition on earth. But it is more than that. “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” Well, first of all, this was said in a specific situation where my disciples were fighting about who would be the greatest among them after I departed. And this, of course, shows their level of consciousness.

They had not passed the initiation at the 96th level because in order to go beyond the 96th level you have to let go of the desire to be the greatest, to be greater than other people. In Christhood, there is no such thing. Christhood is, in a sense, the equalizer. Not that it makes everybody the same, but that you transcend the desire to compare based on a dualistic scale with a value judgment. Greater or lesser, what does it matter in Christhood?

And when you overcome that desire to use the spiritual path to raise yourself above others, then you can be the servant of all. The servant of the all, where it is not a matter of doing something for which you take credit. It is just a matter of being the open door for raising all life.

I know this will sound abstract to many people. What does it mean to raise all life? Well, in a very practical, down-to-earth sense, it means raising the collective consciousness. How do you do that? Raising your own consciousness, pulling up on everybody. But it can, of course, be more specific things as well. There are, as I said, many people with a potential to manifest full Christhood or a high degree of Christhood in this lifetime. And it is necessary to contemplate: “What would that mean? How would you express Christhood, given the situation you grew up in, given the world as it is? What does it mean to express Christhood?” And this is, of course, individual, but the general common denominator for Christhood [is that] you are always seeking to raise up, not put down anything. You may be exposing the unreality, the lies of the mind of antichrist, but you are not seeking to put down people. You are seeking to raise up people. You are seeking to raise up the all.

And as you grow in Christhood, you become more and more focused on raising the all, raising everyone up, helping everyone start where they are at and take the next step. You do not give the same to everyone. Some are at such a low level of consciousness that what they need is a cup of cold water in Christ’s name. You do not seek to give them the highest truth you see. You seek to tune in to where they are at and what can help them take that next step. And you have no judgment about what they should or should not do. You give them something. You offer them something. You can bring a man to water, but you cannot make him drink, or at least you offer the water. But really, Christhood means you are not coming from a self-centered motivation. It is not about you. It is not about you. “It is not about me,” might be the motto you need at a certain time.

Going beyond both the ego and spiritual “ME”

And how does this relate to your Divine plan? Well, what did I say in the beginning? You come down into embodiment, you get overwhelmed by all the projections, all the programming. What is this programming? It is all causing you to be focused on you: “This is who I am. This is how I am supposed to live my life in this culture. This is how I am supposed to be, and this is what I am not supposed to be.” Me, me, me, me, me. But your Divine plan is meant to help you go beyond this. And therefore, as you reach the levels of Christhood, you become aware that there is the ‘me’, and there is the all, and you become more and more focused on the all. You become less and less pulled into the ‘me’, and you become better and better at discerning when the ‘me’ raises its head and says: “Focus on me, focus on me, focus on me! Do not worry about other people! Do not worry about the ascended masters! Focus on me, me, me, me, me!” You become able to see it, to sense it intuitively. You just sense the contrast in vibration, and then you build this momentum of looking at the ‘me’, not condemning yourself, not analyzing, but just letting it go, letting it be. And you are being the greater ‘me’, the all.

And as you develop this habit of dismissing the ‘me’ without engaging with it, you spontaneously begin to tune in to the real ‘me’, the I AM Presence. And we have given various teachings about the Presence at various levels, but when you begin to go into Christhood, you really begin to overcome the sense that there is you and there is the Presence. You begin to overcome the sense of being connected to this faraway Presence up there. You are blending the Conscious You with the I AM Presence to the point where you might not be able to tell the difference. And you do not need to tell the difference, because at the higher levels of Christhood, there is no difference. You are the Presence, and the Presence is you. There is no you and the Presence.

And I know very well that this is difficult to grasp with the outer mind. It is difficult to put words on it, but still, it is valuable for you to have some concept to ponder. Basically, we can say, as we have said before, below the 48th level of consciousness, you are completely identified with the ‘me’, the separate ‘me’, the ego. At the 48th level, you have this intuitive experience. There is something beyond the ego, something beyond the mind. You do not see clearly what it is. In order to climb from the 48th to the 96th level, you build a spiritual ‘me’ that is different from the egoic ‘me’, but it is still a ‘me’. And when you come to the 96th level, you have to make that switch where you realize the spiritual ‘me’ was just a phase to get you to that level. And now, instead of seeking to glorify it and make it the Christ, you need to be willing to let it die bit by bit, just as you have to let the egoic ‘me’ die. And you might think: “Well, this means that, what? I build a new sense of self as the Christic me?” And in the beginning, you may need to have that concept. But as you go higher in Christhood, even that fades away to the point where there is really no ‘me’ anymore, at least not the kind of ‘me’ that can be defined in this world.

The Christ is beyond right and wrong

That is why I said that the Christ consciousness, Christ discernment, is beyond all of these outer opinions in the world. You cannot take an issue and say, those who have this view of the issue are coming from ego, those who have this view of the issue are coming from the Christ. Because the higher you go in Christhood, the more you see beyond both positions. The more you see that they are polarized positions, often tied to a dualistic value judgment, and it only keeps people trapped in duality. I know very well how many students will say: “Well, in the previous dispensation of the Summit Lighthouse, you gave a very black and white view of abortion. Are you saying that was wrong?” I am saying it was black and white. And the Christ is neither black nor white nor gray. The Christ is beyond. The Christ looks at what keeps people trapped in duality, what helps them transcend duality.

We have seen many ascended master students who took a particular political view in the world, became very attached to it, and they thought it was a result of their Christ discernment that they took this view, but it just kept them trapped in duality. That is not Christ discernment. That is not Christ discernment! Christ discernment is when you experience there is something beyond duality, and you say: “I want that experience rather than the dualistic experience of being right and making other people wrong. I want to go beyond right and wrong. Instead of being right among men, I want to be right with Christ. I want to be in Christ. I want Christ to be in me.” And that is the level of Christhood that many of you have the potential to reach in this lifetime.

Ascended masters are validating you—not your ego!

And we have given many teachings that can help you with this. We will, of course, continue to give you teachings, but for many of you, it will be enough to simply consider the switch where you suddenly see how you have been focused on the ‘me’, and you can consciously realize, accept, that the next step in your Divine plan is to overcome that focus on self, so you are focused on the all. That is what it means to be the open door. As long as you are focused on self, you are not the open door. You may still receive some intuitive insights, but you are not the fully open door. Because, as Peter wanted me to conform to his expectations and vision, you are wanting the Christ light, your I AM Presence and the ascended masters to conform, to validate the superiority of the egoic ‘me’. We will never do this. False masters in lower realms will gladly do it, and have done so with many students. There are students who have followed a valid ascended master teaching for decades, and are now switching into false masters in the mental realm, who are making them feel special, because they know this, and they have done this, and they are right and others are wrong. But we of the ascended masters will not validate your ego.

And this is, again, one of these enigmas that you face from your viewpoint, that we face from ours. We are seeking to raise you up. We must start at the level of consciousness where you are at. Many of you have been severely wounded by the fallen beings, been wounded by your upbringing. Naturally, we give you comfort, a sense that you are worthy, a sense that it is important that you grow. In order to meet you at a certain level of consciousness, we need to validate you in a certain sense. And it is inevitable that people at a lower level will feel, without realizing it consciously, but they will feel that we are validating their egos. But we are not validating your ego. We are validating you. You are more than the ego, but when we validate you, and you are identified with the ego, the ego will think we are validating it.

Make the switch, don’t judge yourself!

And this is again one of these conscious switches you need to make at the 96th level, and to realize: “Oh, the masters never validated my ego, they validated me, and I am more than the ego.” Therefore, you can look at your ego without condemning yourself, because you can accept our love for you, the real you, the Conscious You. You see, if you go back to previous dispensations, many students had this very judgmental attitude. They were judgmental of each other, and it was because, as I said, they thought that Christhood meant, that Christ discernment meant, you were always right in a black and white way: “This is the right view, that is the wrong view.” And, therefore, when they came to see an aspect of their ego, if they came to see it, they would condemn themselves and feel bad. Because, as we have said before, you will judge yourself with the same level of consciousness you have judged others. If you are harshly judging others based on a black and white viewpoint, you will judge yourself the same way.

We have seen many students over the years who somehow came to see an aspect of their ego, whether it was something we said in a dictation, something we gave them personally, or whether it was other people. And then they have been very condemning of themselves, which is, of course, never what we desire to see. We have also seen many students who, when they were confronted, when someone challenged them on an aspect of their ego, they became very angry, very defensive, rejected these people, and retreated into this ivory tower where their egos felt: “But I am the Christ, and these other people just do not see what I see. They do not have Christ discernment.”

And this is, of course, what people are allowed to do. But all I can say is, this is not Christhood. And when a student goes into this state of mind, we must withdraw from them, because anything we give them will validate the ego’s sense of superiority and make them more and more trapped. And that is why we withdraw from such students. But then the false hierarchy impostors in the mental realm will step right in and validate: “Oh, yes, you are right. Absolutely you have Christ discernment. No, those other people do not have it.” People can stay in that ivory tower for the rest of their lives.

Tune in to Jesus and his joy

There is always more that we desire to give you. But I will just give you one thing. I hold a spiritual office as the Cosmic Christ for Earth. I do not judge after appearances. My only concern is to help people grow. I do not put down anyone. I do not reject anyone. I may withdraw if it is better for a particular person, but I am always willing to engage with that person again when the person becomes open and again has ears to hear and eyes to see, because when you go into this egoic state of thinking the ego is the Christ, you do not have ears to hear or eyes to see the Christ. There is no judgment in me. I am only looking at how can I help you within the constraints of your free will, your willingness to listen, your willingness to see, your willingness to multiply what you have. There is no choice you could make that would make me turn away from you. There are many choices you can make that will make you turn away from me, perhaps even accept a false Christ instead. But those choices are choices. They can be undone by making more aware choices. And I simply want you to realize I am always there for you. I am with you always. It is my joy to help you grow. It is never a burden for me. It is my joy. I radiate to you this joy of the Ascended Master Jesus Christ. And that joy will be with you for the rest of your time in embodiment and even future embodiments. If you will only once in a while seek to tune in, I am always with you.

Be sealed in the joy of Christ.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Your contribution to Saint Germain’s Golden Age

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, March 22, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. What does my Golden Age have to do with your Divine plan? Well, the answer to that is, of course, somewhat individual. But nevertheless, I can say that anyone who will ever hear or read this dictation, my Golden Age is part of your Divine plan, one way or another.

How to help advance the Saint Germain’s Golden Age

Resolving your psychology

We can look at various scenarios. First, we can have people who may feel: “I am inadequate. How could I possibly help Saint Germain manifest his Golden Age?” Well, you could help me by looking at why you feel inadequate. And you can realize that this comes from some subconscious selves, probably more than one, and these selves make you vulnerable to these projections from lower forces, the fallen beings or other people who are projecting inadequacy into your mind. Why is it a lie that you are inadequate? Because you are like everyone else in embodiment. You have the same potential to transcend yourself as everyone else. And if you are willing to transcend yourself to resolve something in your psychology, you are helping the progression of my Golden Age. It is that simple. A vital element of my Golden Age is precisely raising the collective consciousness. When you raise your individual consciousness, you are helping to raise the collective. Already there, you are helping advance my Golden Age.

Making the calls

There is of course more you can do, because you can realize a very simple fact. As we have explained, you, the outer being that you are, you are not the doer. Even Jesus recognized and stated 2,000 years ago: “I can of my own self do nothing.” What does that mean? It means that you can do nothing if you do not receive energy from your higher self and the ascended realm. Because then you have no energy to do anything with. Everything you do is done with energy. Even physical actions require energy. Feelings, thoughts, require energy. You may feel inadequate, you may feel: “What can I, one person, do”, but you can open yourself up to a greater flow of energy from your I AM Presence. And that flow will also help advance the Golden Age. You may say: “Why do I not have the flow now?” Because you have something in your psychology that blocks it, subconscious selves. We have given you the tools and teachings to resolve them, so there is something you can do.

Now there may be others of you who say: “Yes, but it seems to me that your Golden Age requires changes in society. But look at me, look at my life, I don’t have any particular education or skills or experience with any aspect of society. I don’t feel I have the qualifications to go out and do something in society.” Well, that may be the case for you. It may also be a perception where you are limiting yourself. But nevertheless, even if you accept that this is the case for you, then can you not give the invocations and decrees so that you do not have to go out physically and do something out there? You can invoke the spiritual light from me and other masters, direct it into specific conditions that you are concerned about, and therefore, you can do something to help advance my Golden Age.

Becoming more knowledgeable

Then you can say: “I don’t really have great knowledge in any particular field.” And that may be the case for you. You may not have that knowledge right now. But could you not look at life on this planet with its many varieties of facets and aspects? Could you not find some aspect of life that has a particular interest, a particular resonance with you? And then say: “I don’t need to go to school and get a formal education in that field. But I can study on my own. I can read books. I can watch whatever programs or videos I can find. I may be able to talk to some people. But even if I don’t know anyone, I can certainly study the topic and become more knowledgeable about the topic.”

And why should you do this, you might say, if you do not feel like you are meant to go out there? Well, the more you know about a topic, the more precise calls you can make with your invocations and decrees. Grant you there are many different invocations that cover many different topics. But we do not have invocations that cover every topic on earth. And why do we not have them? Partly because the messenger cannot know everything. Therefore, you can educate yourself in a particular area. You can give the invocations that are there, directing the light towards that area. Or when you know enough, you can create your own invocation. You can take some of the invocations that are there, such as the invocation to Astrea that has already been adapted to various purposes. Or you can create your own invocation. You can see the matrix. You start in the beginning by invoking the masters. You have four sections of the master’s decree given the nine verses. And then for each of the verses, you have this short statement of what you are calling the light into. It is not beyond the capability of most of you to do this. And you could even share them with each other.

Receiving and sharing ideas from Saint Germain

Now then, we can go to another level. For some of you, it will be in your Divine plan to do something active in society. You may have an education. You may have particular experience. It can be on the job. It can be in other ways that you have experience with a particular field. And therefore, you may be able to tune in to me or to other masters and get certain ideas in that field. Again, some of you will feel inadequate. “Yes, I have some experience. Yes, I have some education. But am I really able to come up with these groundbreaking ideas?” Well, I am able to come up with these ideas, but I cannot implement them in the physical. I cannot speak them out. I need someone who is the open door, who is the mouthpiece. Let me propose this to you. You do not need to have a particular ability. If you will just empty your mind of subconscious selves and tune into me, then I will give you the ideas. It does not require skill to receive an idea. It requires an open mind and heart so you do not limit yourself and limit me.

Now, of course, there are others who will be able to get beyond this sense that you are not really creative and who therefore, can be creative in bringing forth new ideas in a certain field. And again, you may be able to come up with ideas on your own, or you may be able to tune into me and receive the ideas from me. There are, of course, many of you who will find or feel that it is too intimidating to speak out publicly, but there are certainly some of you who either have the ability and the willingness to speak out or who can acquire it by working on some of the subconscious selves that are blocking you. As the messenger has explained, many people today are looking for something genuine, something that is not so slick and professional. They are looking for other people to share of themselves. Many of you can do this. Again, I am not telling you what to do, but I am telling you what not to do so that you do not limit yourself. If you could just stop limiting yourself and, aforehand, decide: “Oh, I could not possibly do anything to help Saint Germain.” Then you would be surprised at what you would be able to receive from me.

Now, there will of course be a few of you that might be able to receive some bigger ideas, some really groundbreaking ideas. But it is important for you to realize that where some people are too imbalanced in the sense of putting themselves down, other people are too imbalanced in the sense of being overly confident. There is always a balance to be found. We have seen in previous ascended master dispensations how some students became literally obsessed with coming up with something so new and groundbreaking that they would be recognized in the history books as having been these important geniuses. And I am not saying this cannot happen to some of you, but it cannot happen if you are doing it from the motivation of the ego of being famous, being validated and this and that. Always remember what Jesus said: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” Be careful to watch yourself, see if you have such an ambition of being recognized, of doing something special, and then work on those subconscious selves that this is coming from. Most of you have subconscious selves that limit yourself, but some of you have subconscious selves that cause you to be not balanced, being overly enthusiastic, and dreaming of these grandiose things that very easily become delusions of grandeur.

This does not mean you do not have the potential, but who is it that has the potential? Is it the outer self or your I AM Presence and the Conscious You? Get the outer self out of the way. Do not run on the motivation of wanting to be famous or unique, wanting to be recognized. Go within, tune in to your I AM Presence, tune in to me, and remember you are not the doer. You can of your own self, the outer self, do nothing. The Conscious You can of its own self do nothing, but it can be the open door for the I AM Presence and for me. Whether you are too far to the inferiority side or too far to the superiority side, you are not the doer.

Helping others resolve their psychology

Now there are some of you that have a potential that is more towards addressing specific areas of society, bringing forth inventions or new thinking, for example in the business world, in education, in many other fields. But there are also some of you that have it in your divine plan to bring forth something in the spiritual field or in the field of psychology, personal growth, self-transformation. And as we have already said at New Year’s, this release of light for this next 12-year cycle will give tremendous opportunities for those of you who have it in your Divine plan to work in this field where you help others resolve psychology. It can be done in many different ways. It does not have to at all even mention ascended masters. As the messenger has said, as we have said many times, there are universal ideas that we give you. You are free to use them, apply them to any field, and if it is not appropriate, you do not need to mention where they came from. You have great freedom to use these teachings, apply them into a specific field, and you do not need to give credit. The messenger does not need credit. I do not need credit. You are free to use the ideas.

You are of course also free to work on your psychology so you can tune in to me or other masters directly and therefore receive something that has not come through the messenger. Many of you have the potential to do this. You understand, I hope, that the messenger does not in any way want to be a hindrance for your self-expression. The messenger is happy to see you come to a point where you can contact the masters directly without going through him.

This is the potential that many of you have, something new in the field of psychology, helping people. Yes, of course, it may help if you have a certain education in the field. If you are to get credibility in the field, you may need a certain education in order to be recognized, and then once you have your foot in the door, so to speak, you can bring in new ideas. But not all of you need to do this, because in the next 12 years there will be tremendous opportunities for people who are wanting to work on their psychology, but they are not going to go to a traditional psychologist and pay hundreds of dollars or whatever it is per hour to have somebody who sits there and listens to them and does not really do much actively to help them. There are many people that simply will not spend the time that way. They want somebody who can help them directly, give them some practical tools, give them some practical steps: “Where do I start? What do I do?” And this, of course, is something those of you who can do who have worked on your own psychology. What better qualification for helping other people with their psychology is that you have overcome things in your own psychology. This is, incidentally, what is often missing from traditional psychology. You have psychologists who have an intellectual understanding of psychology but have not overcome a lot of things in their own subconscious minds.

Manifesting Christhood

Then beyond that, there are some of you that can help advance my Golden Age by being more focused on the spiritual aspect than the psychological. This may be that you can bring forth teachings and ideas, you can even take the teachings we have given through this or other messengers, summarize them, put them into courses, classes that can help other people. But for some of you, you do not necessarily need to be outgoing because for some of you, what is in your Divine plan is to manifest Christhood, to reach a higher level of Christhood. Some of you belong to the 10,000 people that Jesus has talked about since 2002 that have the potential to manifest full Christhood in this lifetime. Other people, you can manifest a very high degree of it in this lifetime. Even by manifesting that Christhood, you are helping advance my Golden Age. But of course, part of Christhood is, as we have said, if you are not expressing it in helping others, it really is not the fullness of Christhood. Once you attain those higher levels of awareness beyond the 96th level, you might indeed see clearly how to express it in helping others. And here, there is a wide field that is open to you.

There is no standard way to express your Christhood. It can take many different forms, from the personal level of working with people you meet personally, family members, people you associate with in other ways, to a broader perspective where you speak out. There is always the potential for speaking out in various areas of society when you come from that level of Christ discernment. You can say, of course, that even at that level you are not the doer. But nevertheless, when you attain a degree of Christhood, it is not that you need to tune into a master to receive ideas. They will simply flow through you whenever you open your mouth. And therefore, it is not quite the same dynamic as it is at lower levels where you do need to tune in to a particular master. There can be, when you reach this level of Christhood, where it is your I AM Presence flowing through you, or it is not a specific master, but more that the universal Christ consciousness finds expression through you. It is, of course, still facilitated by the ascended masters at higher levels, but it is not so that you are necessarily even aware of a particular master.

Just based on this relatively quick summary, I hope that all of you can see that you can find some way whereby your Divine plan, your personal Divine plan, relates to manifesting my Golden Age, and how you can make a contribution, be aware that you are making a contribution and feel the fulfillment of knowing you are making a contribution.

Naturally, there is more that can be said, but really, is it necessary to say it? Because what have we told you? At your current level of consciousness, you can see some aspect of your Divine plan. As you raise your consciousness, you will see more. But you will never really have it so that you see the fullness of your Divine plan in one vision, because it is something you discover as you raise your consciousness. Therefore, there is little value in telling you specifically. In other words, if I took each one of you individually and told you: “This is your Divine plan, and how it relates to my Golden Age. You do this, this, this, this, this, and this.” That would not be valuable, because it is not a matter of the outer results that are the primary goal. It is the raising of consciousness, including the raising of your consciousness.

Making your ascension

Then of course, ultimately, there are some of you that have it as part of your Divine plan to ascend. And there are some people who will think: “Well, how do I advance Saint Germain’s Golden Age by getting out of here?” But you see, when one person ascends from earth, it creates a tremendous upward pull on the collective consciousness and on the individual consciousness of many different people. We have before said that each of you has like a pyramid below you of people that you are tied to or that are tied to you. And therefore, when you raise yourself and ascend, you are pulling up of all of those who have this connection to you. And this, of course, helps raise the collective consciousness, and this very much advances my Golden Age.

Multiplying the talents you have right now

You can see here, whatever level of consciousness you are at, there is something you can do. And what is it you need to do? You need to start where you are at, and you need to be willing to do only one thing, multiply the talents you have right now.

When you multiply the talents you have, more will be given. If you sit there and think: “Oh, I couldn’t possibly do something. Saint Germain is such a high master, he has such an advanced plan for the Golden Age. What could little old me do? I can do nothing. Let me dig a hole for myself.” Then you are burying yourself and your talents in the ground, and there is nothing to multiply. But anything you do, I can multiply. And when you feel that return current, you can do more, and then there will be more to multiply. And therefore, the rest of your life can become an upward spiral instead of being a downward spiral, or just status quo, equilibrium.

What are the limits for how far you can go with such an upward spiral? Well, there may be certain outer limits, depending on where you live, where you have grown up, what your society and culture is. You may have still some karma from past lives. You have some psychology that needs to be resolved. But really, what are the limits? Well, they are largely the limits you have in your own mind. As my teacher, the Divine Director, explained to you in such depth, and with such a profound teaching that has never been given on earth before, it really is up to you what kind of an experience you want to have relating to my Golden Age. And I would hope for all of you that you will want to have the experience that you are part of manifesting my Golden Age. Whatever that means for you individually, again, I am not putting any pressure on you that you should fulfill this grandiose potential. I am only hoping you will feel that you are part of manifesting my Golden Age. And you will feel the return current for me multiplying whatever you multiply, so that you can feel my gratitude and my joy for everything you do. That instead of being a burden, as we have seen in previous dispensations where some people became obsessive-compulsive about bringing forth my Golden Age, I would hope that this would not be the case for you, because you will be able to look at yourself realistically and do what you can from your current level, and feel the fulfillment of that, even if it might seem insignificant. Anything you do is better than doing nothing. Nothing will not get you anywhere, and nothing will not get me anywhere. Anything you do is better than doing nothing.

Bringing about the golden age through people’s choices

Now, I will shift gears a little bit here, because I also have some remarks to make about free will. I am, of course, the Chohan of the Seventh Ray, normally seen as the ray of freedom. And naturally, when you hear the word freedom, you might think about free will. How does free will look from a Seventh Ray perspective? And how does free will relate to the golden age? Well, first of all, we need to recognize I am the ascended master who has been appointed to oversee the next 2,000 years of the Age of Aquarius. I have created a vision for how this period can become a golden age for earth. I have a vision, of course, of certain changes that can happen that will make life much richer, more fulfilling, more pleasant for humankind. And you may say, from a certain perspective, my vision would make life much more enjoyable for all people on earth. Would it not be better for everyone if my vision was manifest?

But you see, I have absolutely no desire or intention of forcing my Golden Age upon humanity. It does not matter that it would alleviate suffering, in fact, remove suffering from earth. I have no intention of forcing people to no longer suffer. Therefore, my vision of the Golden Age is something that can only be brought about through people’s choices. Take note, I did not say through people’s free choices because the vast majority of people on earth are not currently able to make free choices. That is why the primary element of my Golden Age is to help people raise their consciousness so they can make more and more free choices. And how can this happen? You cannot force people to raise their consciousness. You cannot force people to become more free. You cannot force them to become free. They must choose voluntarily to be free.

Reaching a breaking point

The enigma is, once people have fallen, descended to a state of consciousness where they are so enveloped in the dualistic value judgments and illusions that they cannot make free choices, how do you raise them to the point where they can make freer choices? And how do you help them keep going in this upward spiral of making their choices more and more free? Well, it cannot be forced upon them, so how can it happen? In two ways. First of all, that once you go into duality, you create a downward spiral. Your mind becomes more and more tense. It becomes a more and more unpleasant place to live. Eventually, all beings will reach a breaking point. Even the fallen beings, even though it seems like it takes forever with some of them. But all will eventually reach this breaking point. The problem is, of course, that they only reach this by suffering, by coming to the point where they cannot stand to be in their own minds anymore. Take note here, I am not talking about suffering that is imposed upon them from without. That is just a consequence of their state of consciousness. I am talking about the internal suffering of the enormous stress and tension in people’s minds. They must come to a certain breaking point. But of course, if I was to only wait for a critical mass of people to reach that breaking point, then my Golden Age might not be manifest for another 10,000 years. Therefore, the other element, the second element, is that they see people who are in embodiment like them, and who may also have been very stressed in their minds, but who have now risen above it.

Showing people an alternative

You give them a frame of reference. You see the two elements. First of all, duality becomes more and more intense until people can’t stand it. And then the other element is that they see: “Oh, there is an alternative to duality, to my state of mind. There is a path. And there are other people who seem like me, who have followed that path.” And this is of course where all of you are playing your role, not only in this lifetime, but for most of you in previous lifetimes as well. Naturally, we are not starting at ground zero. The transformation I am talking about of people having enough of duality and seeing the alternative started a long time ago. It was certainly accelerated with the embodiment of the Buddha, and it accelerated again with the embodiment of Jesus, both of them demonstrating an alternative to the dualistic state of consciousness. We have, of course, made progress before we start the Golden Age. And that is why my Golden Age is not a delusion of grandeur. It is a realistic, doable, achievable goal. But as I said, it must be chosen.

And how can people choose what they cannot see? This is the essential enigma of free will. And that is why, as I said, you can come to see the limitations of your own state of consciousness. You can come to see that there is an alternative. And therefore, you can make the choice: “First, I want to get away from the stress and the tension in my own mind.” And then: “I want what I see these other people having. I want to be more free than I have been so far.” That is a voluntary choice that people can make. And then they can start that upward spiral, and as they overcome the blocks in their psychology, their choices can be more and more free. But what is the shift that must happen to people? It is they must realize: “What is it that makes me suffer? What is it that makes my mind an unpleasant place to be? It is not the outer conditions. It’s something in my mind. Because if my state of mind is to change, I have to change my state of mind. I have to change my state of mind, instead of projecting out that those other people have to change their state of mind so I can feel better.

Or that somebody is going to come in, riding on a white horse, changing my mind for me.” It is that central recognition. And you can all play a part in helping people make that switch. Many are ready for it. Many more than you think.

Free will can only exist in a context

Now, let me shift again and talk more about free will. Many people have misunderstood the word “free.” They think freedom means no restrictions: “I can do anything I want. If I have free will, I can make any choice I want.” But if you could make any choice you wanted, what would that require? If there was nothing that limited your choices, where would you have to be? You would have to be in the void. Where there was no form, no structure. And then, what could you do there with this freedom that you have? If you could be absolutely anything, and there was nothing that restricted you, well, what could you do? Nothing. Free will can only exist in some kind of context, in some kind of environment. If you had nothing to relate to, you could not exercise will.

You think about this. There are those who will say: “I’m suffering. I don’t like to be suffering. But I’m only suffering because God created me. God forced me into existence. I didn’t ask to be created. I didn’t have any say in the matter. God forced my existence upon me.” Yeah, absolutely perfectly correct. Why? Because before you existed, what was there that could make the choice: “Do I want to be created and exist, or don’t I?” There was no you to choose to come into existence. Perfectly correct. But does that mean God forced you? No. God gave you the choice of what you want to do with your existence. God gave you the seed of free will. Why is that something forced upon you? There was nothing that could be forced before you existed. Now that you exist, you have a choice. What will you do with your existence? But you only have the choice because you were created in some kind of environment where you as a new being can relate to something. If you were in a vacuum and if you were in a void, well, you might have existence, but you would have no choice. What would there be to choose?

Now you are created. There is some kind of environment that you can relate to. And therefore, you can start creating your sense of self: “Who am I in relation to my environment?” And that is all you can do as a new being. You are not created with the fullness of the Creator consciousness. For what would be the point in creating you at that level of consciousness when your Creator worked its way up to that level of consciousness, therefore, knows all of the levels that it took to get there. Your Creator started out like you, a point-like sense of self in a predefined environment. That is the only way you can grow. The only way. You started out in an environment. It was nothing like what you currently experience on earth. It was a natural planet. Nobody was created and put on a planet like earth from the beginning. You all started on natural planets where there was nothing that forced your will.

The exploratory and the co-creative phase

What does it mean to have a choice? Well, there has to be at least two options. I can go right or I can go left. If there is no right or left, well, you have no choice. What is the basic choice you have as a new being? I can expand my sense of self, or I cannot expand my sense of self. To be or not to be. Nobody forces you not to be. Nobody forces you to be. But when you are in a natural environment, there is no burden associated with being. Hallelujah! No new being ever sat there and said: “Oh, darn it, I was created. The Creator forced this upon me. Poor me. I wish I’d never been created.” All new beings start out looking at their environment with wonder and saying: “Oh, this is interesting. Let me explore that.” And then, they start an exploratory phase. You explore your environment. As we have said, you experience your environment. Then, after some time of exploring, you start wondering: “Could I change this? Could I bring forth something new that isn’t there now?”

Then, you go into the co-creative phase. And then, as you co-create and experience the results of your co-creation, you expand yourself even more. And then, after a very long time on a natural planet, you get to a point where you feel like: “I have explored this environment. I have experimented with my co-creative abilities. I am getting the hang of this,” as they say. But then, not all co-creators, but some co-creators start thinking: “But what can I actually do with my will? What can I do with my imagination? Are there limitations? What are the options I have?” And as we have said, in this phase, which is the more mature phase, you have to wrestle with the potential to use your freedom of choice to go into the state of seeing yourself as a separate being. You have to wrestle with this possibility because it is part of your growth in self-awareness and your ability to exercise your will.

Separation and free will

Now, there are fallen beings who will say: “We did not have free will when we were existing in some predefined environment, but all the rules were defined for us. It was only when we rebelled against God’s creation that we gained truly free will.” That statement is not a truth. It is not a reality. What is it? It is an experience. How can you have that experience? Because you have free will. If your will was not free, surely you would not have the option to go into separation. If God was restricting your will, wanting you to submit to His will, how could you have the option to rebel against what you call God’s will? Therefore, the statement is self-contradictory. It is a lie. But you are allowed to have that experience that by going into separation, you have now claimed the ultimate free will.

Why is this a lie? What is the problem of going into separation? What is the difference between separation and the sense of being connected? In connection, you can see that you can expand your sense of self indefinitely. That is true freedom of will. You can become more and you can continue to become more indefinitely. Is that not freedom of will? Well, when you go into separation, you may think you are defining your own will, but you are defining it within your own mind. You are not relating to something. You see what I started out saying? If you are in a void, you do not really have choices. Now, when you reach the Creator consciousness, you can start with a void and create a world to form from that void because you have the experience to do so. But the fallen beings and those who have rebelled against the process of growth, they are thinking that—even though they are not even ascended, and therefore, very far from the Creator consciousness—they can still define their own reality.

Why are they allowed to do this? Because they are allowed to have the experience. You have an experience by experiencing an environment you have not defined. That is how you start. But when you become more mature, you have to wrestle with this enigma. Could you not define your own environment, and therefore, define your own experience? And you are allowed to go into experimenting with this, but the consequence, of course, is you lose your connection to the whole, to your source, to your Creator, to your higher self, and therefore, your mind becomes a closed system. You become unreachable for your higher self and your Creator. The Conscious You becomes unreachable for your I AM Presence.

Well, the Conscious You is allowed to have that experience of being separate. But this is where we need to recognize that free will always exists in a context. The Conscious You has free will, but not independently of the I AM Presence. For the Conscious You is an extension of the Presence, which is an extension of the Creator. And if the Conscious You could go into separation, deny the existence of its I AM Presence, and could do this indefinitely, this would suspend the free will of the I AM Presence. And that you do not have the right to do, because you are not the only being with free will. Your free will is exercised in the context, your I AM Presence has free will, other self-aware beings have free will. But you are allowed to go into separation where you can believe that you can define your own reality.

How to get out of the maze

And you are given a quite wide time span where you can have this experience. And the purpose of this is that as your mind becomes more and more agitated, you can eventually come to that point where you say: “I’ve had enough of this, is there a way out?” And that, at that moment, where you become open to finding a way out of the prison that your mind has become, at that moment, there will be a teacher who appears and says: “May I make a suggestion?” And if you listen to the suggestion, follow it, you will be given more, and you can, therefore, climb out of it.

Now you may say: “Well, why can’t you just turn around and say, I’ve had enough of this, I want to instantly get out of duality.” What would be the purpose? How do you reach the Creator consciousness? You start in a creation created by another Creator, and you explore whatever can be done in that creation until you understand how it works, why it was designed the way it was. And part of what you can do in this world of form that your Creator has allowed you to do, is go into separation, and this is like going into a maze. You take some turns, for each turn you make a decision, you create a subconscious self, and you go deeper and deeper into the maze. And you may say: “What are you learning while you’re going into the maze?”

What works and what doesn’t work

Well, you are not consciously learning very much, other than perhaps learning what does not work, how to create more suffering and pain for yourself and others. But the moment you turn around and start climbing out of the maze, at that moment the Conscious You begins to learn valuable life lessons. If you were instantly catapulted out of the maze, you would not learn the lessons you learn from walking each of the steps up. And therefore, you, the I AM Presence, would not have the fullness of the learning experience.

You might say: “Well, here we have earth, this unnatural planet, fallen beings in embodiment, people in the fallen consciousness, many people in the duality consciousness completely focused on themselves.” But you see, when a being turns around, no matter how low it has gone, even if it is at the lowest level of consciousness allowed on earth, when a being turns around and starts walking the path back up, that being is also contributing to the manifestation of my Golden Age. Because the Golden Age is about realizing what works in contrast to what does not work, realizing that duality leads to conflict between people and groups of people, that leads to warfare and all of these things. And as more and more people learn the lesson of why this does not work and why they do not want to do it anymore, that will, then, lead to the manifestation of the Golden Age.

A realistic perspective on the golden age

And it is not so, because it is not a realistic goal, that at the end of the 2,000 years of the Age of Aquarius, the earth will have fully returned to the natural state. But it is realistic that warfare and conflict and suffering and poverty can be overcome. But it will still be so that there will be a contrast between the present state of suffering and the better state of the Golden Age. And only in the next cycle is there potential that the earth can fully return to the natural state where the beings in embodiment have no conscious awareness of the dark past, because they have transcended it, they have internalized the lessons, and therefore they do not need to hold on to the past. The next 2,000 years will be a period characterized by contrast, and therefore, people’s free will will be exercised within those parameters: There is something that is undesirable, something that is more desirable. Only when you transcend that stage will people be able to make the free choices where there is no contrast, there is no lower. It is only a choice of becoming more and more and more. And this is the fully natural state. But you cannot rise to that state without having at least some experience with the duality consciousness. You must know it, you must experience it to some degree in order to consciously choose to leave it behind. Again, if you had no experience with it, you could not choose it away.

Wrestling with duality

And therefore, to really attain free will, you must wrestle with duality and consciously choose it away. It does not mean you have to become a fallen being, it does not mean you have to go to the lowest level of consciousness possible on earth, but it means you have to have some experience with duality—see the dynamic, realize why duality does not give you free will, why it limits your will and binds you to a treadmill of ongoing suffering. You must see this consciously so you can choose to leave it behind. And then you rise to that level where you can exercise a much more free will of becoming more and more and more. But as I said, even an ascended master does not have free will in the sense that it can do anything it wants.

Free will in the ascended realm

There are those fallen beings who will say: “But the free will of an ascended master is limited because you cannot choose to go into duality from the ascended realm.” Is your free will limited because there is a choice you cannot make when the reality is that you no longer want to make that choice because you have chosen it, and then, chosen it away. You have consciously chosen to leave that option behind in order to get something that is more. How is that a restriction of your free will?

Therefore, you have a more free will in the ascended state, but even so you are choosing within the context of, for example, the sixth sphere. But then, your will becomes even more free when you rise to a level of the fifth and the fourth and so on. And only when you attain the full Creator consciousness is your will truly free, because now you have the experience so that you can be in a vacuum, but you have options for what you want to create in that vacuum. You are not starting with a point-like sense of self. You have the Creator sense of self, and therefore, you can create something out of the vacuum and that is when you have fully free will as to what to create in the vacuum. But you could, of course, say that you are still going to choose based on your experiences in the world of form where you reach the Creator consciousness. Therefore, we could say there is always a limitation to free will because you can only choose what you can imagine. And is there any limit to the growth in imagination? The answer to that question is blowing in the wind. And even though I have an answer, I will tease you by letting that answer blow in the wind. When you have ascended, you can fathom it. At your current level, I can give you an intellectual understanding but it will not do you much good.

With this, I have stretched your imagination beyond limits. I have stretched your bodies beyond what they can handle at this time of day. But then again, if I did not stretch, how could I give you the freedom to choose more? With this I seal you in a great joy and a great love I have for you and the many, many people on earth who are making a contribution to manifesting my Golden Age. May my joy always be with you.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

It is your inner experience that limits you— and you have the power to change it!

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Divine Director through Kim Michaels, March 22, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan.

I AM the Ascended Master the Divine Director, and I wish to give you some teachings that can help you ponder this enigma of free will. For as you are beginning to understand, this is indeed the central challenge, both for the original earth inhabitants, but especially for avatars. And it is not that the free will of an avatar is different from the free will of an earth inhabitant, but as we have said, when you have the perspective, even a subconscious memory of an intuitive sense that there is a natural planet that is not as dense as earth, you have a different perspective on free will.

As an earth inhabitant, your will is still free, but your will is always limited by what you see. If you have not experienced an alternative to earth, you tend to think that you can only make decisions within the framework defined here on earth. Whereas as an avatar, you know that there is a different kind of planet where your will is more free because matter is not as dense.

Denser matter—new opportunities

Let us begin by considering the teachings we have given now many years ago, that there have been different spheres, a succession of spheres, starting with the first one, created by the Creator, which then ascended, then the second was created, it ascended, and so on and so forth.

What we have said is that the spheres have become gradually more dense. Matter in the spheres have become more dense. And this, of course, changes the equation of free will. We might say that from a certain perspective, when matter becomes more dense, it does, you can say limit, you can also say it just sets different parameters for how you exercise your free will. It depends on whether you look at it from the ascended perspective or from inside the sphere, because when you are looking at it from inside, you will feel that the density of matter limits your free will because you cannot as easily change the consequences of your choices.

Yet truly, from an ascended perspective, it is just different conditions for exercising free will. What we have not really taught you before is that as the spheres become more dense, it is not just a restriction, it is also that it gives you certain opportunities that were not there in the lighter spheres.

The appearance of permanence vs. constant self-transcendence

Let us, for example, look at earth. As conventional wisdom goes, 5,000 years ago, some king in Egypt decided to build a pyramid. This is not the actual time frame but let us just put that aside. My point is that at some point in the distant past, someone built a monument out of stone that is still there today. This could not have happened in a previous sphere, because the less dense matter is, the shorter of a time something can be sustained in the matter realm.

Now I am setting aside here that matter in the first sphere was very different from what it is in your sphere, to avoid confusing too much. But nevertheless, my point is, as the spheres become denser, as matter becomes more dense, it is possible to create something in matter that can be sustained over a longer period of time. And what that does is, it gives the potential that you can think, that you can create something in matter that has permanence, longevity, perhaps even eternality.

And this was something that could not be believed in the higher spheres, because when matter is less dense, as it even is on a natural planet in your sphere, there is a constant self-transcendence of the beings who live on a given planet, and therefore, matter cannot be sustained in a specific form over time, because even matter will transcend.

You have the concept on earth, the second law of thermodynamics, that breaks down that which stands still. But on a natural planet and in the higher spheres, there is a law of self-transcendence, so that things are being raised to a higher vibration instead of breaking down. You see, when the spheres become denser, when matter becomes more dense, it is possible to create structures out of matter that can be sustained for a long time.

Obviously, this does not apply to everything, but yet even in the biological sphere, even though the softer tissue breaks down, you know there is the fossil record where dinosaurs that lived 60 million years ago, their bones have been preserved, have been fossilized. You see that besides the pyramids, there are many other monuments built by humans in the past that are still there today. Even though they may have eroded somewhat, they are still there in a recognizable form.

A monument to the ego

You could say, as the spheres become denser, there arises this potential that you can create something seemingly permanent in matter. And this gives a different equation for exercising free will. You could say that it makes it more difficult to exercise your free will, but this only applies if you use your free will a certain way. We have made the distinction, you can see yourself as a connected being, you can see yourself as a separate being, going into duality. If you choose to go into duality, not just experiment with duality, but go into it so you become trapped in it because you lose your sense of connection, this is still a free will choice you are making. But on a dense planet like earth, it becomes more difficult to break out of this again. And part of what makes it more difficult is that it seems like matter has longevity. You can create something in matter that can be preserved over time.

And therefore, it becomes in a sense more seductive to believe that you can create a monument to the separate self that can last forever in the matter realm. And you will see that some of these monuments built in the past were based on this desire, not only of one person, but even of a civilization, to build something permanent, something that would exist as they saw it forever, because they did not quite have the concept of time that you have today.

And therefore, it was easier for them to believe that something could last forever because they had a shorter view of time. In other words, when they said forever, it would only be a few thousand years as you see time today. Whereas when you think forever, you are thinking about something so far into the future that you can hardly conceive of it.

You see that when matter becomes more dense, you can create this sense that something can be sustained. And this can have the effect of your ego thinking it can create this monument to itself that future generations will admire and look up to, and therefore, they will remember you and think about you. And this seems important to the ego.

But of course, the opposite side of the coin, so to speak, is that it also makes it possible to believe that you can make choices that have consequences that will endure for a very long time. You can have the concept of eternal damnation. You are forever punished in hell because you made the wrong choice. You see here that the more people become ensnared by this illusion, the more it limits their free will because it makes it easier for them to believe that a choice can have a consequence that has permanence in the matter realm, meaning they cannot free themselves from it. This is the primary limitation of free will in the matter realm on earth, the primary illusion about free will that you need to overcome in order to free yourself to ascend from the matter realm.

Nothing is permanent in the mind

What is the reality of free will? Well, as Kuan Yin explained to you, everything is an experience. The idea that because matter is more dense in this sphere than in the previous sphere is just an idea in consciousness, an experience in consciousness. The idea that you can create a monument out of stone that can last long into the future, what is that? You may say; “Well, the pyramids were built, however many thousands of years ago. And last I was in Egypt, they were still standing. Is there not an objective reality outside my mind?”

Yes, there is an objective reality. But let us say that there was a pharaoh called Cheops who built the great pyramid. Where is that pharaoh today? Not in physical embodiment. Is he aware who he was in that past life, and that he built the pyramid? Nay. What was it for him in that lifetime, just for the sake of illustration, I am not saying there was such a person. But what was it in that lifetime about the pyramid? It was for him an experience of building this monument that could endure.

Yes, there is an objective world, because the more dense matter becomes, there is the possibility of making an actual physical object that will last over time. Yes, but still, as you are making the object, it is just an experience. And the idea that this will last over time, and that future generations will look at your monument the way you look at the monument, that is just an experience in your mind.

The pharaoh had a certain experience. He thought; “5,000 years from now in 2025, when the people on earth look at the pyramid that I built, they will have the same experience of it that I had when I built it.” But that is, of course, not the case. You see, there can be permanence in the material frequency spectrum. But there is no permanence in the mind. The pyramid is still there. The pharaoh is not. His mind has moved on, does not remember who he was, has a different consciousness today.

In his mind, is anything permanent? Nay. In your mind, is anything permanent? Nay. It does not mean that you cannot form separate selves, beliefs, a certain view of life that you take with you from lifetime to lifetime. But our whole point of giving you all these teachings is there is nothing you could create in the mind that you cannot transcend, that you cannot free yourself from. It does not matter how many lifetimes on earth you have spent building and reinforcing the primal self that you created as a result of your original birth trauma. It does not matter. It has not attained permanence, an objective reality outside your mind.

It may have created layers that are hiding the original self. There may be energies that have accumulated, but nothing is permanent. Do you see, and I realize as I am saying this, tuning in to your reaction to what I am saying, I realize this is very difficult to see. As a being, as an ascended master who has not been in embodiment on earth, I see it from my perspective. But as I tune in to your minds, I see that from your perspective, this is difficult to grasp.

Direct manifestation vs. indirect manifestation

But you see, you have some spiritual teachers, even going back to Vedic times and beyond, who have come up with this idea that the world is just a dream. There is no world. Everything you see is just created in your mind. But that is a limited view. It is limited because it does not incorporate the density of matter.

We have taught you; you are co-creators. You can formulate a conceptual image in the mind. You can project it upon the Ma-ter light, and the Ma-ter light takes on that form. Because of the density of matter, you can formulate a conceptual image that you build a pyramid. But take note that there is a difference between formulating a mental image in the mind, projecting it upon the Ma-ter light, and having the Ma-ter light take on that form, and then formulating an image in the mind, and then using a physical material process to manifest the image.

There is direct manifestation by the mind. There is indirect manifestation where you use physical bodies, physical technology to build something in the physical. And this is possible because the ascended masters, the Elohim, are making it possible for you to create something in the physical that has sustainability and can survive the person who supposedly conceptualized it. Take a person on a natural planet manifests with the powers of the mind a house. When that person ascends from a natural planet, that house will dematerialize.

On earth it is more difficult to materialize a house with the powers of the mind. But if someone had the ability to do it, the moment that person leaves embodiment, the house would dematerialize. Unless another person was able to take over the matrix and hold the vision for it to be sustained. But on earth you have another possibility for materializing something. And that is, you can use a physical process, the physical body.

You can find a material that is so dense that it can be sustained over time, such as rock. You can physically carve the rock into blocks, stack them on top of each other. Well, you cannot do it personally, but with many people it is possible to do this. This is a physical process. And therefore, even though the pharaoh who came up with the idea is no longer in embodiment, even though the people who built the pyramid, they may still be in embodiment, but they do not remember who they were⎯ nevertheless the pyramid still stands.

Working with the images in the mind

The enigma is that you are living in a dense physical realm on a dense planet. There are certain things in the physical that have longevity. I am not saying permanence, but they can be sustained way beyond the people who created them. Even simple tools from the Stone Age⎯axes, arrowheads, so forth, have been sustained over time, even though the people who created them had very primitive technology. This is possible. There is a world out there. There is a physical world that you are experiencing. But what is obvious from my perspective and more difficult to grasp from yours is that you can only experience the world through your mind.

Yes, there is a wall behind the messenger. And it may seem as if he is touching it with his physical body. And it may seem independent on what he believes and does not believe. And you may say: “Well, all of you can come up here and touch the wall and you will still feel it is there and it is solid”. Yes, there is a wall. Somebody built this building through a physical process. But you are not experiencing the wall. You are experiencing an image in your mind.

And that means that what is limiting your free will is not the objective material world, but only the images in your mind. Technically, if you could free yourself from the image that this is a solid wall and your body is a solid body, you could walk through the wall. I am not recommending that you try it, nor am I recommending that you strive to develop that ability. For what is the use of walking through the wall when you could just as easily walk through the door?

I am just saying there are certain objective realities in the physical world. And you can have various yogis over the years who have developed this idea that you should be able to have this mastery of mind over matter. But quite frankly, what does it matter? Just accept the physical world as it is⎯but instead work on the images in your mind that make you think that the world can limit your free will, your self-transcendence, your experience of life.

What limits your free will

There are certain parameters in the density of earth. Correct. But do they really limit your free will? Does it make sense to say that the solidity of the wall limits my free will and I should rebel against this and try to find some way to walk through the wall? Is it a constructive use of the rest of your lifetime and potentially 15 future lifetimes before you develop this siddhi. Nay, the point is, the parameters on the physical world, even as dense as it is, this is not what is limiting your free will.

What is limiting your free will is the way you look at the physical world, the way you look at the choices you have made in the physical world and the consequences of those choices. And especially whether you think your past choices have set limits for how you exercise your free will in the now. You may have been in embodiment 5,000 years ago on this planet. You made a choice back then that had a severe physical consequence that caused your physical body to die and you left embodiment. But is your physical body still there? Nay, it has been dissolved.

What is there now? Only if you have a subconscious self, a structure in your mind that you have carried with you for 5,000 years. And only if you have come to think that that structure in the mind is not just a subconscious self that you took on and created in a specific situation. But instead, you have come to think: ” Oh, this is who I am. This is a permanent part of my identity, my individuality, my personality. And I could not possibly live without it. I would not be me without it.” That is what you carry with you.

And you could have people who had built the pyramid and become so attached to it that they had to embody in Egypt for 5,000 years and they would every day go and look at the pyramid and practically worship the pyramid. But even though the pyramid is still there, it is not the pyramid that physically keeps them tied to itself. It is only the subconscious self in their minds that keep them tied to the pyramid. And it is the same with all of you. What limits your free will is not the physical octave even with the quite heavy limitations you have on earth. It is not the drudgery of earning a living or taking care of your physical body that limits your free will. It is only the structures in your mind.

An experiencer

Why? Because what are you? You are co-creators, yes. But there are two aspects of being a co-creator. You can bring forth something. You can co-create something that was not there before. But how do you know that you have co-created something? Because you experience it. You are also an experiencer. And that means that what you encounter, everything you encounter in the world of form is an experience. You may stand there in front of this pile of rocks, but you are not experiencing the pyramid. You are having an inner experience.

We could even say: “That you are standing there in front of a pile of rocks, but you name it, you label it as a pyramid”. And you attach some kind of meaning to it. And that is your experience. And it is that experience that limits you because this experience fills your attention. What have we said about the Conscious You? In reality, the Conscious You is who it is, pure awareness. In the here and now, it is who it thinks it is. It is who it experiences itself as being and how it experiences the world.

This is all that the Conscious You is. You are sitting here, each one of you. You are sitting here experiencing this release. But you are not your experience. You are more than the experience. The experience you are having right now is created in your mind. Surely, there is a person here who is speaking words that are coming from a real ascended master. I do really exist in the spiritual realm. But you are not experiencing me as I AM. You are experiencing what the flow from my being triggers in your consciousness. And that is what limits you.

But the Conscious You of each one of you has the potential to step outside of the experience you are having through the physical body, through the four levels of the mind. And you could experience my being as I AM this very moment. I am not saying you need to do this, or that you need to feel bad if you cannot do this. I am simply pointing out that there is nothing that inherently limits your Conscious You except the contents that exist in the four levels of the mind and your identification with these contents.

The messenger could step outside of his own mind and experience me as I AM. But then he could not continue this dictation because he would be so absorbed in the experience of my total being that he could not even formulate words. But my point for all of this esoteric abstract talk is⎯there is an objective reality that exists independently of your mind. You are interacting with this objective reality. But the interaction is a process whereby the objective reality triggers an experience in your mind based on the contents in the four levels of your mind. Even though there is an objective reality that you cannot change, you can always change your experience.

You may stand there in front of the pyramid and realize: “It is very big, I could not lift those stones. I could take a hammer and a chisel and start chipping away, but I would not really make much headway until they arrested me and put me in jail for desecrating the national monument.” Or still you can feel powerless to do anything about many conditions in the material world.

But you are never powerless to do something about the contents of your own mind. There is a saying: “When the way you look at things change, the things you look at change”. But it is actually not correct because the pyramid is still going to be there no matter how you change the way you look at it. But what is going to change is your experience of life.

Switching from experiencing to co-creating

And what are you—an experiencer. And what is the challenge as the spheres have become more dense⎯is that in a dense sphere, especially on a planet like earth, but even in your seventh sphere, which is much denser than the first one, you start out not seeing yourself as a co-creator, you start out as an experiencer. You are experiencing an environment, even when you as avatars came to your first natural planet, even if you are an original earth inhabitant when you first came to earth, you experienced an environment that was created by higher minds than yours. You did not see yourself as a co-creator: “Oh, I have co-created this”.

You experienced. And the challenge is always–and it was that way in the first sphere, and it is that way now–the challenge is always to move from seeing yourself as an experiencer to seeing yourself as a co-creator, to unlocking your co-creative abilities. And of course, the more dense the sphere is, the more difficult it is to make that transition.

We are not, you understand, trying to put any blame on you, trying to say that: “Oh, you are inadequate if you cannot do this.” There is nothing, no evaluation like that from our side. But if we are to give you something from our perspective, we need to give you an understanding of the dynamic you are finding yourself in. And this we would not be allowed to do for new lifestreams, for they need to have a period where they are just experiencing their environment without understanding this dynamic. But as lifestreams move higher and higher in self-awareness, there comes that point where the student is ready and the teacher is allowed to appear and give a higher teaching for those who have the potential to shift their experience based on the teaching, instead of shifting their experience based on their observations.

You see, in a sense you could say, the more dense the environment is, the more difficult it is for people to switch from experiencing to co-creating based on the experience of their environment. Because the more dense matter is, the harder it is to see that this was created by mind, and therefore, it can be uncreated by mind and something new can be created by mind.

I have said there is an objective reality that your minds did not create, but even the objective reality on earth is still created by minds, by the Elohim and by many, many generations of human beings in embodiment who have lowered the earth from its original state. Everything is a creation of mind. Right now, you do not have the capacity of mind to change the density of this wall, but it could happen in the future that the earth was gradually raised to a natural state where it would be much easier to change the walls in a building or many other conditions on earth.

Feeling stuck

There is always a dilemma in giving a teaching. And for me, as an ascended master who has not been in embodiment on earth, as for example the Chohans, the difficulty is that it seems so obvious from my perspective, but of course it is not that obvious from yours. And that is why I am impressing upon you as much as I can that I am offering you a teaching that is an advanced teaching that has not been given on this earth in recorded history. But I do not want you in any way to feel inadequate if you cannot grasp the teaching, if you cannot implement it.

I am offering you a teaching that over time can help you transform your experience of life. I have no desire whatsoever to make it harder for you to transform your experience of life. And what can make it harder for you? It is this mechanism that you think your past choices are limiting your present choices. You think: “Here is this ascended master giving me this teaching. He is saying that my experience of his teaching depends on the contents of my mind. If I cannot grasp or implement the teaching, it means that I have contents in my mind that are blocking me. And I have created, he says, these contents myself in past lifetimes, and he is saying that I could just change my mind and be free of them. But what if I cannot? What if I cannot just change my mind? What if I cannot be free of this? What if my past choices really are limiting my present choices?”

You can feel even more stuck by receiving a teaching if you feel you cannot implement the teaching. And that is not my desire. But what is it that can make you feel that you are stuck, that you cannot implement the teaching? Is there an objective reality that prevents you from grasping the teaching? No, that is the teaching. There is no objective reality that can prevent you from changing your mind. Except those subconscious selves that you have not looked at and seen as subconscious selves and not something permanent. You can have a primal self that you have carried with you for a very long time since you first took embodiment. You have had it for so long that it has in your mind become part of your identity. You cannot imagine who you are without it. You cannot imagine how you could relate to earth without it. It seems as if this is some objective self that has permanence, but the whole teaching is nothing in your mind has permanence.

The Conscious You has permanence in the sense that it survives many, many lifetimes. But it does not have permanence until you ascend. And certainly the selves have no permanence, even if they have survived many lifetimes. They can still be changed. And when can they be changed? In the now. You can only change your mind in the present moment. Now you may say, “I cannot change my mind in this moment.” No, but there may be a future now where you can. There may be that you need to work on yourself, implement, grasp, internalize this teaching, and then at some future time, hopefully before you leave embodiment, you switch and say: “Ah, now I can let go of this self. Now I can let this self die.”

Changing your life experience

If you take nothing else with you from this dictation, remember this one thing: “Everything is an experience. And an experience takes place inside my mind. And the actual experience, the form of the experience is created in my mind. There is an objective reality that triggers the experience, but the actual experience is created in my mind. And therefore, it can be changed in my mind”.

Here you are on earth, a dense planet. What limits your free will? There is an objective reality that sets parameters. But you still have enormous freedom within that reality for what you will do with your life. You can say: “Yes, I cannot build a house on the water.” Well, if you live in Holland, perhaps you can. But generally speaking, but then look at the landmass, so many places you could build a house on land. Are you really limited because you cannot build a house on water or in the air?

With many other things, in other words, there are people who get obsessed with their free will, so to speak, thinking they mean they should be able to do anything they can imagine. But there is always an external environment and it does not make sense, it is not constructive to rebel against it. It is more constructive to accept this is the way it is right now on this planet. It does not mean you think it is permanent or the earth could not be changed. Well, what is the point in rebelling against the force of gravity, for example? But my point is that it is not the outer conditions that limit you. It is your inner experience that limits you. And that you have the power to change.

Your free will is, yes, limited by outer conditions, yes, limited by other people. But when it comes to your inner experience, the only thing that limits your free will is the contents of your mind that you have not looked at, you have not questioned. There is nothing in your mind that you cannot change. This is the truth that the fallen beings do not want you to realize and accept. Many other people would not want you to realize and accept it because that would mean you could choose to walk away from them. It is also a truth that your own ego and your subconscious selves do not want you to accept because that would mean you can let them die instead of continuing to feed them your energy.

Choosing your focus

Nevertheless, it is the highest truth that can be given on earth and in any unascended sphere regardless of how dense it is. And what makes it difficult to accept this truth on earth is this illusion that things can have permanence. And hopefully I have helped you question that illusion. Even though it may seem like the pyramid has some longevity in the physical realm, nothing in your emotional, mental and identity body has permanence. It can be changed by simply switching the mind because it was all created by choices you made and therefore, it can be uncreated by choices you make.

Why am I an ascended master? I did not embody on earth but I ascended like you have the potential to ascend. How did I ascend? By making choices. Why am I the Divine Director? Because I chose to unify with that God flame. It was a choice. I could have chosen other God qualities but there is so much to focus on in this incredible world of form that our Creator has created that you cannot focus on everything.

Well, you can when you reach the Creator consciousness. But even though I am an ascended master at a higher level than the Chohans, for example, I am still far from the Creator consciousness. I grow by choosing to focus on a certain God quality and then when I have fully internalized that, I will focus on another quality and then there may come a point where I ascend to the next sphere up and eventually I can reach the Creator consciousness.

You are essentially no different. You are not ascended but you are still choosing where to focus your attention. And the essential choice for you in an unascended sphere is: “Will I focus my attention on outer conditions thinking they are limiting my choices or will I focus my attention on inner conditions realizing that nothing in my own mind can really limit my choices?” And that is the essential choice on a dense planet like earth where there are so many outer conditions that pull on your attention and pull you into believing: “Oh, I cannot change my mind because of this and that and the next thing.”

Projections

But you can if you accept that you can. And if you see that all of those projections that you cannot are just projections. Where does a projection come from? They come from the minds of other people. They come from the minds of the fallen beings or some dark forces that do not even have self-awareness. What is that, a projection directed at you into your mind from another mind?

Well, why is another mind concerned about how you exercise your free will? Whether it is a human being or a fallen being, why is another mind concerned? Because that mind has not made the choice to focus within. It is thinking that other people can limit it, even the fallen beings, even though some of the think they have all this power. They are still feeling that you personally, you little you can limit them. That is why they need to project something into your mind so you limit yourself.

But why are they feeling this? Because this is their experience. What is the essential experience? It is the choice between are you projecting that external conditions can limit you or are you accepting that because everything is an experience and because the experience takes place in your mind, nothing can limit your experience.

You realize they are having a limited experience. They are projecting at you because they want you to accept their experience as your own. But you have no obligation to do this. You have a right because you are an individual being with free will to let your experience of life on earth be independent of the experience of any other being with free will. You have a right to have your own experience even if eight billion other people on the planet want you to accept theirs. You have a right to have your own experience.

You can decide: “I will not let other people’s limiting experience limit my experience. I will take command over my mind, throw out the structures that limit my experience and I will forge my own individual experience of life. I am claiming that right, right now.”

Could I only have you experience a glimpse of how from my perspective all of the limitations you feel are completely unreal? But the problem is that if you saw it from my perspective, it will be too overwhelming because you cannot instantly shift. You cannot instantly let go of all these structures in the mind because it takes time. That is why we have so carefully given you a path, a gradual path where you shift your sense of identity, you shift your experience so that you do not lose your continuity.

The sense of continuity

Why do you need continuity? Because you are on a planet where matter is so dense. If you change too quickly but you experience that matter is the same and other people are the same, it would be disorienting for you. Therefore, you need to gradually shift your experience so you have a sense of continuity. In reality, it is not a continuous process. You let a self die. You are reborn into a new sense of self. But because it happens in increments, you still have that sense of continuity which you need in this dense realm. For that matter, we even have a sense of continuity in the ascended realm, although different from yours.

As you can recognize, I am not bound by time and space. I enjoy sharing my Presence with you and could go on almost indefinitely, or at least until the Messenger passed out, which would be some ways away, I can tell you. But nevertheless, I will recognize time and space and I will simply express my joy of having interacted with you this way for this time. And I will seal you in that God-flame of Divine Direction that I hold for earth. Any time you will give my decree, read this dictation, listen to this dictation, I will be there with you and I will give you whatever direction you can grasp that can help you rise to the next level up.

With this, my deep gratitude for your choosing to put your attention on me for this time.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Suffering is an inner experience based on a choice

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Kuan Yin through Kim Michaels, March 22, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan.

I AM the Ascended Master Kuan Yin. I have been called the Goddess of Mercy. I am in the East often seen as embodying the Bodhisattva ideal. What is a Bodhisattva? Well, it is said to be one who hears the cries of the world, and therefore, chooses to remain with earth to help alleviate suffering. As you have seen in this Invocation for Locking into your Divine plan, suffering is indeed one of the enigmas that must be solved before you can ascend from an unnatural planet, whether it be earth or one of the others.

The enigma of suffering

What is the enigma of suffering? Well, when you experience suffering yourself or when you experience other people who are suffering, what is it that happens? Well, if you experience other people who are suffering, you might feel compassion, empathy. If you experience it yourself, you usually do not feel empathy or compassion for yourself. You just become so colored by the suffering that you are focused on yourself. This, of course, is not the Bodhisattva ideal. A Bodhisattva is not a being who is focused on itself. You must have transcended the focus on self. But in order to transcend the focus of self, you must, of course, transcend your suffering. But what causes your personal suffering is, of course, the subconscious selves that we have given so many teachings about.

I am simply mentioning this so that those who might find this teaching and still feel they are suffering, can realize that we have given you the tools and the teachings that will allow you to gradually, over some time, raise yourself above suffering by resolving these subconscious selves. And when you resolve these selves, when you go through this process of resolving selves, you will experience something that many people have not actually realized—what the experience is, what it means. Think about yourself, how in this lifetime you may have experienced various forms of suffering. You may have taken these teachings, you may have used other forms of therapy, psychology, whatever has been available to you, but you have raised yourself above the kind of suffering you felt in the past.

Psychological condition is an inner experience

What is the conclusion you can reach when you raise yourself above this suffering? It is: Suffering is an experience. So many people in the world have not realized this. They look at people who are suffering, whether they are suffering from a physical illness, a mental illness, or poverty, slavery, imprisonment, other forms of physical conditions. They tend to focus on the physical conditions and say: “This is the cause of suffering and therefore, in order to help people overcome suffering, we must change these physical conditions.” There is the assumption that physical conditions are the cause of people’s psychological conditions, and that if you change the physical conditions, then automatically the psychological conditions will change. This can indeed happen in some cases, but as has also been proven by the more developed nations, it may not happen in all cases. For you have nations where people have grown up with physical conditions that really should have prevented them from suffering, but these people are still suffering now because of psychological conditions.

But what is a psychological condition? Anything that happens in your psychology, anything that happens in the psyche, what is it? An experience. It cannot be anything else. Of course, science in its current materialistic focus cannot really admit this, for they cannot explain what is an experience. They have been researching the brain for decades now with ever more sophisticated instruments—physical instruments mind you—and they have been trying to find a correlation between a specific measurable state in the brain and common experiences, such as the color red. And despite all this research, all this measuring of the brain, they have not found that correlation between a brain state and an experience. And that is why they are reluctant to admit that psychological conditions are experiences, because they will not make the leap, the quantum leap, to realize that there might be states of the mind that are independent of any physical condition.

You see what scientists have been doing. They have been looking at people’s psychological state. They have been saying: “This must be caused by a physical condition in the brain and if we can only discover the correlation between what happens in the brain and what happens in people’s psyche, then we can change what happens in the brain, and therefore we can change what happens in the psyche. If we can find the suffering center in the brain and learn to manipulate it, we can remove the cause of suffering.” But the reality is that this will never happen. It does not matter how much you investigate the brain. You will never find a correlation between a brain state and a particular experience, because the experience takes place in what we have called the emotional, mental and identity levels of the mind and it is there you need to find the cause of suffering.

The gap: the inner image vs. the outer reality

If we look beyond the brain, if we look beyond the physical world, then what is suffering? It is an experience. It is an experience in the mind. Certainly, it can be triggered by physical conditions. I am in no way trying to explain away that if people experience physical pain or poverty they will not be suffering. But I am saying it is actually possible to experience such physical conditions and still transcend suffering. This is not what most people can do, but many yogis and advanced spiritual people have certainly proven this.

What is suffering? It is an experience. But what kind of experience? What is the essence of suffering? In its essence, suffering is the experience that there is something that is happening to you that should not be happening. Or there is something that should be happening, but that is not happening. You see, it is the inner experience that you have a mental image of what should or should not be happening in the world but the world is not living up to your mental image. There is no correspondence between your mental image and the world outside of your mind, or even the world inside your mind, so there is a gap. There is a discrepancy between what you think should be happening or should not be happening and what is actually happening. This is the simple psychological mechanism that causes all suffering, regardless of the outer form of the suffering, or rather the inner form, how the suffering takes place in an individual person’s mind.

It still all comes down to this. There is something that should be happening, something that should not be happening. But where is that taking place, that evaluation, that judgment after appearances, we might say? There are certain appearances that are good or right. There are certain appearances that are bad or wrong and when there is a gap between your judgment, your standard for what is good or bad, and what you are actually experiencing, then that is the cradle of suffering. What determines how intense the suffering becomes? How attached you are to your mental image, or what the world should be like, compared to what the world seems to be like. In other words, the greater the gap between the two, the more intense the suffering.

But what is causing that suffering? It is your inner sense of what should or should not be happening. Your insistence on holding on to your mental image of what the world should be like. Your unwillingness to adjust your mental image based on what the world seems to be like. The more of a gap, the more of an unwillingness you have to adjust your inner image based on the outer reality, the more intense the suffering.

But what determines the mental image you have, or what the world should or should not be like? It is something you have partly created in your own mind, but partly taken on from the outside. You may have grown up in a certain family, a certain culture, a certain nationality, religion, and so forth. You may have in your family: “There are certain things we do not do in our family, there are certain things that should not happen to us in our family. We have always been well-to-do in our family. Nobody should be poor. Nobody should criticize us because we are good people doing the right thing. In our nation, we are superior to those other nations that we might be in conflict with. They are the ones doing wrong to us and they should not be doing it. Our religion is the only true one. All other religions are false. Therefore, everybody should be converted to our religion.”

The standard

You have this mental image of what should or should not happen in the world, and the more the rest of the world refuses to conform to your image, the more you suffer. The more attached you are to the image, the more you suffer. There can be an image you have taken on from the world that causes suffering, but there is also, as we have explained before, the larger view that there is a standard against which everything on earth should be measured. As we have said, the fallen beings only had to do one thing to create a mess on earth—to project out that there is a standard. Mind you, nobody has ever been able to define the standard, but nevertheless, there is a standard and everything should be measured against the standard and the standard, of course, has a value judgment, right and wrong.

The fallen beings have never clearly defined a standard because they realize they do not have to, because people are so eager to create their own individual standard, such as Christianity is the only true religion. Then other people decide, based on the idea that there can only be one true religion, which is the standard, they decide no, Islam is the only true religion and so you have the Crusades and many other examples like that in history. The fallen beings did not have to define a universal standard. They just had to project the idea that there is a standard, and then people would define individual standards in different groups and therefore, the fallen beings knew they will always clash.

You see, if the fallen beings had defined a standard that everybody should live up to, then everybody might have been striving to live up to the standard. And it could, of course, it would have been a dualistic standard, so it would not have led people to the ascension but there would not have been as much conflict because everybody was trying to live up to the same standard. But by not defining a standard, the fallen beings knew that people would define different standards for different groups, and therefore, they would clash and you would see all the conflict that then causes all the suffering, and so forth.

The choice

But what is the standard? What is it based on? Well, you can say it is based on the duality consciousness. The whole idea of a standard is dualistic in nature. There is a standard. There is a definition of what is right, and automatically everything that is different from what is right is therefore wrong. Clearly a dualistic polarity between right and wrong. And you can say this is the essence of the duality consciousness where there will always be two polarities. Yes, you can say that. But nevertheless, what causes people to accept the idea that there is a standard, that there must be a standard?

What causes people to accept a particular standard? It is that they make a choice. Yes, of course, you can have been brought up in a certain culture and family where standard has been put upon you from without, but you have still chosen to accept it—maybe in childhood, maybe in past lifetimes, because you have been embodied in that culture for several lifetimes. Many people in the world have embodied in the culture they are in right now for several lifetimes. They have chosen to take on that standard. They have chosen not to question it. And you may say, “But did they choose this consciously? Did they know what it entailed?” And that is where we must say yes and no. They may not have been fully conscious of the choices. They may not have been fully conscious of the consequences. But still, they chose with a level of consciousness they had at the time.

The way out

As we have said, everyone starts at the 48th level, at least on earth, and you can choose to go below the 48th level. It is a choice. Are you fully aware what the choice means and the consequences? No, but it is still a choice. And the importance of realizing this is very simple, because you need to ask yourself a question: “Once people are in the state of mind where they suffer, are they condemned to remain there for all eternity? Are they, by their choice to go into duality, condemned to an eternity of suffering in the dualistic hell? Or is there a way out?”

Well, if their suffering was put upon them from external conditions and external causes, there is potentially no way out if they cannot change the external causes. But if their suffering was the result of a choice they made, there is the potential they can escape suffering by making another choice. And even if their choice to go into duality was not a fully aware choice, there is still the potential that by becoming more aware, they can choose to go out of it. That is why it is essential to realize: Number one—suffering is an experience. The cause of suffering is inside the mind of the person suffering. Number two, the beginning of all experience—and the ending of all experience—is a choice. Any experience starts with a choice, and it can only be changed by making a more aware choice.

Suffering is not wrong

What does this lead to? It leads to the realization that suffering on earth is not wrong. When I say this in the physical and it goes out into the collective consciousness, there is an instant reaction, an uproar. “This can’t be right. Look at all these conditions. Look at all these children that were born into poverty or with this or that handicap. How can this be a choice?” But you see, you have two options here. If suffering is caused by outer conditions, if people do not have the power to change those outer conditions, they cannot escape suffering. But if suffering is caused by a choice made by the individual, the individual can escape suffering by making a different choice.
There is also, when I say that suffering is a choice, suffering is an experience, there may also be a reaction in the minds of many spiritual people, especially avatars. Many avatars chose to come to earth because they had reached a certain level of development on their natural planets where they felt they had learned most of what there was to learn on a natural planet and they were looking for some other environment where they might continue learning or continue expressing their co-creative abilities.

Seeing suffering as a problem

Many of you who are avatars, myself among them, looked from a natural planet on an unnatural planet (in this case, earth) and looked at the suffering. But what did we decide? We decided: “Oh, suffering is a problem. People should not be suffering. It is unpleasant to suffer.” And mind you, when you come from a natural planet, you have not experienced suffering. You have experienced, mind you, that there is a gap between the mental image you hold in your mind and physical reality on a natural planet. This is the whole idea of the co-creative process. You are using the conceptual mind, as we have explained, to formulate a mental image that you project upon the Ma-ter light. And even on a natural planet, it takes a little time for the image to be manifest physically, so there is a gap for a time between your mental image and physical reality. But you have experienced on a natural planet that eventually you can manifest your mental image, or at least you can very easily adjust your mental image to something that can be manifest and you have never seen that as suffering. You have never seen the gap as causing you to suffer because you are in a positive state of mind where you are realizing: “It is just a matter of time or it is just a matter of adjusting my mental image, and then it will be manifest.”

You have never experienced what you see people on earth are experiencing, the kind of intense suffering and naturally, when you first see this, you are shocked. And you may say that from a natural planet you are hearing the cries of the world and you are saying: “What can be done? What could I do? How could I help change this situation?” This is all natural. It is understandable. It is not the highest view, mind you, but it is understandable that we have reacted that way. But you see, many others came to earth as avatars with this view: “Oh, suffering is wrong, or suffering should not be happening. People should not be suffering, and therefore, there must be a problem on earth that is not there on a natural planet and therefore, there must be a solution to this problem. And the reason why the inhabitants of the earth have not found that solution is that they are not able to see it, so somebody must go down there and see the solution and tell them how to get out of suffering, and then surely they will listen and the planet will be raised up to a natural state.”

Understandable to think this way from a natural planet. But is it the highest view? Now take what happens to us as avatars. We decide to take embodiment on earth. We come into the dense physical body, the density of this planet, which we could not grasp from a natural planet. We could see that it was denser, but we could not comprehend the immense difference between the density of matter, the lightness of matter on a natural planet, and the density of matter on earth. Even this was a shock. Even integrating with a physical body was a shock. But then we come here and we experience that the earth inhabitants, they are suffering. We are not suffering in our first embodiment. We are demonstrating that you can be even in the dense physical body and not suffer. But do they care? Do they even notice? Do they want to hear how to get out of suffering? No. They want to continue in their suffering.

It dawns on us—we thought from afar: “Oh, they do not want to suffer. They want to get out of suffering and if we just tell them how, they will immediately embrace that”—but now we experience they do not want to listen to us. Do they not want to get out of suffering? We cannot understand it. Then we are attacked, viciously put down, hammered down, as Nada put it, by the fallen beings. Now we receive the birth trauma and what do we do? How do we reason: “Oh, this should not have happened to me. I am only here to help make things better. Why do they attack me? I have the best of intentions. Why are they seeking to destroy me? This should not have happened to me.”

The problem solvers

And in that switch of the mind, what do we do? We buy into the standards of the fallen beings. There is something that should not have happened, something that should have happened, something that is right, something that is wrong. What does that mean? Well, we become trapped in the fallen beings and their mindset that there is a problem that must be solved. There are, of course, a myriad of problems that are defined on earth, a myriad of problems. But now we as avatars, we buy into this. We may still hold on to the central problem is suffering or we may be focused on different individual problems that we see as causing the suffering of a large group of people. So, religion is a problem. Politics is a problem. Poverty is a problem. Disease is a problem. All of these problems. And now what do we do? We go into this state of mind that we are the problem solvers. “We are here to solve specific problems and we are, in an overall sense, here, to solve the problem of suffering.” And this causes us to go into this mindset where we are looking, as I said about science, we are looking for a physical cause of the problem. We think that if we can discover the physical cause and solve it, we can alleviate suffering. But what did I say? What is suffering? It is an experience.

How do you change an experience through a physical cause? Yes, you can say there are nations that have become more affluent. They do not have poverty. They do not have enslavement. They do not have people being suppressed and not being able to speak their minds, and this has alleviated suffering. But has it changed the basic dynamic of people’s minds that they see a gap between what they think should be there and what is there? No. They just find another way to define a gap: “Something that should be there, but is not there. Something that should not be there, but is there.” And this can go on indefinitely and it will not change until people start changing the mind, which of course many people have started doing, especially in the more affluent nations where they have been willing to look at the psychology.

No physical solution to the physical problems

But why has that happened? It has happened because there are some avatars that started coming to this simple realization—there is no physical solution to the physical problems. Why? What is it that you carry with you from a natural planet that all of us forgot for a while after we came to earth? But what is it you carry with you? It is the simple realization that we have given before. Consciousness comes before the physical manifestation. Anything that is physically manifest is a projection from the identity, mental and emotional level. It is like the movie on the film screen being projected by the film strip in the projector, the three strips in the identity, mental and emotional. This is what we know on a natural planet. This is what people have forgotten on an unnatural planet and you can say that this forgetting is the cause of their suffering because that is why they cannot get out of suffering. They are looking for a physical solution where there is no physical solution.

The only solution is to change what is happening at the three levels of the mind, the higher levels of the mind. And many avatars have started awakening to this—re-remembering this realization. And that is why there has been this upward movement of people becoming more aware of their psychology. And yes, you can certainly say that in more affluent nations where people do not have to spend all of their energy making a living, feeding the physical body, they have more room to look at the psychology, which of course is Saint Germain’s motivation for releasing technology. But still there has to be that shift of the mind.

Considering the enigma of free will

What is it you can do as avatars? Well, you can do two things. Even those of you who are original earth inhabitants who are able to recognize these teachings, what can you do? You can realize that there is this tremendous movement that has started of people realizing that in order to really be happy and achieve peace of mind, you need to learn how to work with the mind. You can join this movement. You can become part of it. You can educate yourself. You can seek to help other people. But especially those of you who are avatars, but also earth inhabitants, it is important to consider many of the things we have said before, but what I am also explaining more directly in this discourse—the enigma of free will.

And what that means is two things. First of all, you can seek to help people, but you do not help people by forcing them in any way, even in subtle ways. Because many avatars, after the original birth trauma, we still had the desire to help other people. But now we got into a state of mind where we did not want to force people physically, but we wanted to push them psychologically because we had the mental image that people should not be suffering and even though they will not listen to us, they should listen to us, so we should find a way to push them into listening. But you see, this will not actually help, it will not actually add to the upward spiral.

You have to switch your mind so you are completely non-aggressive, non-forceful in how you approach other people, but that also means you have to make an evaluation, not a judgment based on a standard, a dualistic standard, but you have to evaluate, are people open to being helped by you or are they not open? If people’s minds are closed, you simply ignore those people and move on to people who are open and you do not feel that you are not good enough because you cannot help these people. The importance of realizing that suffering is an experience and that experience started with a choice and it is sustained by a continuous string of choices, is that you must leave some people to suffer because they want to suffer. Listen to what I am saying and then listen to your own reaction when I say this—there are people who want to suffer.

Seeing suffering as a problem is an experience

Many avatars will be thinking, but suffering is wrong, suffering is unpleasant, suffering is a problem. Yes, suffering is a problem for you because you decided that suffering is a problem. But when you acknowledge that suffering is an experience based on a choice and that people have been given completely free will as to what experiences they want to have, then how can you say that people’s choices are a problem? If they have free will, and if you respect that they have free will, how can their choices be a problem, regardless of the consequences?

You see, people who are suffering, they made the choice that is giving them their current experience. You can say that the difference between a natural planet and an unnatural planet is that on a natural planet nobody has chosen to suffer, but on an unnatural planet the majority of the inhabitants have chosen to suffer, but they did this by exercising their free will. Which part of free do you not understand? Suffering is just an experience. There is nothing wrong with choosing to have that experience for a time.

Is suffering, objectively speaking, a problem from the viewpoint of God or the ascended masters? Is suffering a problem? Nay, for we respect free will and when you respect free will the choices people make are not problems, the consequences of those choices are not problems. They are just consequences that people experience. Why do you see suffering as a problem? Where does the problem of suffering exist? Outside your mind in some objective reality, or is it perhaps that the problem of suffering only exists inside your mind? Why does it exist inside your mind? Because you made a choice to see suffering as a problem.

Am I saying you made the wrong choice? No, but what I am saying is that your seeing suffering as a problem is just an experience. The people on earth who are suffering, they are having an experience. You thinking that their experience is wrong because it causes suffering and that it should be solved, it is a problem that should be solved, that is also an experience in your mind. There is a problem and you are here to solve it. That is an experience. There is nothing wrong with it, but it was an experience you could not have on a natural planet.

A new choice

There is nothing wrong with you choosing to come to an unnatural planet to have the experience that other people’s suffering is a problem and you are here to help solve it. There is nothing wrong with it. I am only pointing out that it is not some objective reality that brought you to earth, it was your desire to have a certain experience, and why am I pointing this out? Because how can you ever be free of earth? How can you ever be free to ascend? Only when you realize that you chose a certain experience and now you have had enough of it, and therefore you can let it go. You can make a more aware choice.

You see, you have again two options. Either you keep focusing your attention on the suffering on earth and therefore you are saying, whether you are consciously aware of it or not, you are saying: “I cannot ascend from earth until all suffering is gone and earth is a natural planet.” Fine, then you are certainly not going to ascend at the end of this lifetime, even if you were born yesterday, or the other option is to realize that the only way you can ascend before suffering is removed from earth is by you deciding: “I no longer want to experience that I am here to solve the problem of suffering.”

Now, there may be many of you who will feel: “But I really do want to stay here with earth and help build Saint Germain’s Golden Age, manifest Saint Germain’s Golden Age.” There is absolutely nothing wrong with making that choice.

I am only pointing out that for those of you who have it in your Divine plan to ascend at the end of this lifetime, you must solve the enigma of suffering that brought you to earth, because until you resolve that enigma you cannot ascend. You are not free. You will be standing there looking that last long look at earth and you will focus on some group of people that are suffering and say: “Oh, I cannot leave as long as they are suffering.”

If you want to ascend at the end of this lifetime, you must be able to stand there, you are looking at this group of people that are suffering, that group of people that are suffering, and you must be able to have that release where you say: “This is not my problem to solve. I have had enough of the experience of seeking to solve that problem”, and therefore you can turn around and walk away.

Changing the consciousness, not the consequences

Now, it is clear that when I give you a very direct teaching like this, which you might not have expected from the Goddess of Mercy, but truly, an aspect of mercy is to clarify your choices. This is the highest aspect of mercy, is to clarify the choices you have. When I give a direct teaching like this, some of you will say: “But Kuan Yin, you are saying to me that my wanting to solve problems on earth is just an experience I am having and it is only in my mind, there is no objective reality to it, but what about Saint Germain wanting to manifest the golden age? Is that not an objective reality outside of my own mind? Do not the ascended masters who are still working with us, do you not want to raise up the earth? Do you not want to see progress? Do you not want to eventually alleviate all suffering and bring the earth back to a natural state?”

Well, yes, there is an objective process of raising the earth, alleviating suffering, bringing earth back to a natural state. There is that objective process. It is not that you came here just for subjective reasons, but you see, there are two aspects of this. You see, Saint Germain is an ascended master. He is an avatar. He came to earth as an avatar. He went through the exact same process you have gone through of receiving the birth trauma. If you have not realized it yet, there is a tendency, especially in previous dispensations of ascended master teachings, to see that we of the ascended masters are so high above you. That is the case for some of the masters who have not taken embodiment on earth, the Elohim, the Archangels, many of the higher masters, certainly, but those of us who are with earth, working with you more directly, we have taken embodiment on earth and we have gone through the exact same birth trauma that you have gone through. But we have raised ourselves above it and ascended, and therefore, we have transcended the view that suffering is a problem that must be solved. Let me try and explain this from a slightly different perspective.

You may look at people in a third world country who are born into abject poverty and you may say: “This is a problem, their poverty is a problem, we need to change the economy in that country so that people can become more affluent, that will alleviate their suffering.” And certainly, I am in no way saying that people on earth should not strive to improve physical conditions, but we of the ascended masters realize that changing the physical conditions will not necessarily change people’s state of mind.

Our goal is not to remove all poverty from earth from an outer perspective. There is often this magical thinking that: “Oh, God could just change everything on earth so there was no more poverty”, but from an ascended perspective we see that the only way to change things on earth is to change people’s state of mind so that they voluntarily change. They make more aware choices so that they see the correspondence between their state of mind and the physical conditions. That is what we are seeking to do from the ascended level. We are not simply seeking to change physical conditions at the physical level. For us, everything is consciousness. Shifting individual consciousness, shifting the collective consciousness, that is the solution, not the outer physical changes. We have transcended the view that suffering is a problem.

In a sense, you could say that as an ascended master, you look at earth and you do not see a problem. You simply see people at a certain level of consciousness. They are making choices based on that level of consciousness and those choices have certain physical consequences and psychological consequences. Instead of changing the consequences, instead of changing the effects, we are seeking to change the cause, raise the consciousness so people can make more aware choices, because for us, it is not, as Saint Germain has said several times, a matter of manifesting a golden age with elaborate cities and beautiful places and incredible technology.

For us, the goal is raising consciousness so people can make more aware choices. They are making the choice. They are not being forced to. We have no force, no desire to force. This gives you two options, both as avatars and as original inhabitants who are open to this teaching. You can seek to overcome the consciousness that there is a problem that must be solved, and therefore, when you do this you will be more able to tune into Saint Germain and receive his ideas and designs for the golden age.

If you want to stay in embodiment for several more lifetimes to help manifest the golden age, then by overcoming this consciousness of the problem, you are better able to tune in to Saint Germain and other masters and receive these ideas, and of course, by overcoming the consciousness of the problem you are free to ascend if that is what is in your Divine plan for this lifetime.

Clarifying your choice

You see the shift I am seeking to help you make. I am not seeking to in any way force this upon you, but let us just be honest, right? As long as you think suffering is a problem, you are suffering because as long as you see that other people are still suffering and the problem has not been solved, you are suffering, you are under stress, you cannot be at peace on earth, you cannot enjoy life on earth.

How do you help alleviate suffering? Well, if you are suffering, are you not adding to the suffering, the energetic burden of suffering? How are you alleviating suffering if you are suffering, and what is the only way to overcome your own suffering? It is to overcome the view that suffering is a problem and that you are here to solve it.

I completely respect your choice, but as an expression of mercy, I am clarifying your choice, leaving it completely up to you what you will do with this teaching. With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you, and I seal you in that pure, uncompromising, unconditional Flame of Mercy.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Accelerate yourself and express your unlimited higher creativity

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Elohim Astrea through Kim Michaels, March 21, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Elohim Astrea. I am grateful that you have been willing to give this decree to set a platform for my release, allowing it therefore to go further into the collective consciousness. I am here to do many things, not just give you words and teachings, but also to release light, the light of the purification and accelerating factor of the Fourth Ray. You might sense this light or you might not. Do not worry about it. It is not a matter of stress. It is a matter of tuning in and feeling what you can feel.

Common concerns about the Divine plan

What is, in a sense, the essence of your Divine plan? How precise is it? How much does it involve actual physical changes—physical results on earth? Do you need to meet certain people at a certain time? And if you do not, then you cannot fulfill your Divine plan? Many concerns that people can have when they hear about this concept of a Divine plan. I want to alleviate you of, hopefully, all of these concerns by helping you see that your Divine plan is not planned to the smallest detail. Now, there are different levels of people, different levels of consciousness that have different levels of Divine plans.

People below the 48th level

Let us talk about people who are not open to the spiritual path yet and who have karma from past lives because they are below the 48th level. For such people, it can be that they have a very strong karmic tie with a certain other person or several persons, therefore, in order to make the maximum progress they need to meet these people physically. They need to have some kind of relationship, whatever the karma dictates that they will have because it gives them the best possible opportunity to start resolving the karma by resolving their own psychology. These people with whom they have the karma will bring out their reactionary patterns, so they have an opportunity to see them. For many people, we can say that the more karma they have, the more precise is their Divine plan in terms of them having to meet certain people. This does not mean that if they do not meet these people they cannot make progress in that lifetime. Some of the people who have the most karma, they have many people with whom they have karma, so if they do not meet the first person on the list, well, they might meet the 10th or the 20th person on the list. They will still have the opportunity to look at their reactionary patterns.

The original earth inhabitants

Now we go to another consideration, which is, are you an original earth inhabitant or an avatar? Because if you are an original earth inhabitant, then your Divine plan tends to have more of a physical aspect than if you are an avatar. And with that, I mean that you are more likely to have as part of your Divine plan that you bring forth something physical on earth. It may be important for you, as a way to do this, to meet certain people and to meet them at a certain time. This could be, for example, to start some business venture, to go into some form of education where you meet people with whom you might start a business, or you might go into a research field, or you might go into a practical field of building houses, designing houses, bringing forth some new invention in any field of life.

For original earth inhabitants, it is more important that you meet certain people at a certain time because this can then lead to what you are meant to manifest physically together. Of course, for the original earth inhabitants, the resolution of psychology is also very important. Therefore, even if you do not meet these people at precisely the right time, you can meet other people where you can also resolve your psychology. In many cases, it is also so that other people can help you manifest whatever you are meant to manifest physically.

We can say, in general, that for earth inhabitants, it is more important to be at certain places at certain times. It can happen that if you are not at the right place at the right time, you may miss a certain aspect of your Divine plan but there is always a backup plan. Again, even if you miss a specific aspect, there will be other aspects that you can still fulfill. What I am trying to convey here is that even for the original inhabitants, there is no such thing as a wasted embodiment. In fact, even for the people who have a very karmic Divine plan, even if they rebel against their karma and refuse to fulfill the learning aspect of it, it still is not a wasted embodiment. Because if you rebel against your karma, you will, of course, go through life reacting to other people, and you might create more karma, but nevertheless, you are still intensifying your psychology which then can bring you to the point where you cannot stand it anymore, and that can also bring about learning. In other words, the more karma you have, the more you are obviously in the School of Hard Knocks. Even if you spend an entire lifetime just making the knocks harder and harder, in the long run, that can still lead to growth.

The avatars

Now we step up to avatars, and avatars have a different dynamic. You may say, as an avatar, that it could be part of your Divine plan to bring forth something in the physical, some improvement of some part of life, some invention, some new idea, whatever it may be, but this is secondary for an avatar. Because for an avatar, the primary element of your Divine plan is the resolution of psychology, so that you move to that point where you are either free to leave the earth or you are free to be on earth without having reactionary patterns, so you are the open door for your I AM Presence, for the ascended masters, and so that you can choose to take another embodiment, or several, in order to help bring about Saint Germain’s Golden Age.

What I am saying is that for an avatar, the primary goal is the resolution of psychology.Everything else is secondary. Again, even if you miss an opportunity to meet certain people, you will still fulfill your Divine plan by working on your psychology, and there may be other ways to bring forth whatever physical result you wanted to bring forth.

It is never too late to resolve your psychology

Again, you may look back at your life, whether you are an avatar, an original inhabitant, or whatever, and you may have certain regrets. You may wonder: “There was that person I was attracted to in high school or in college, and I sort of felt we should have a relationship or a friendship, but then something came in the way and it did not happen. Did that mean I missed an important aspect of my Divine plan?” My beloved, there is absolutely nothing constructive about thinking this way. You look back at your life, there were no missed opportunities. There were no missed opportunities— if you are willing to look at yourself, look at your psychology, look at your reactionary patterns. You may say: “Well, I had difficult situations when I was younger and I certainly did not take the opportunity back then to look at my psychology.” Nay, maybe not, but what is to stop you from looking at it now? If you can remember that you did not take the opportunity, you can remember the psychology so you can process it now. It is never too late. That is the point I want to make very clearly. It is never too late to resolve something in your psychology and your reactionary patterns. Therefore, you can still meet the primary goal of your Divine plan.

Demonstrating the path to the inhabitants of earth

Truly, for avatars, you could say the main goal is to come to a point where you can be yourself and share of yourself even on this very dense and difficult planet. This requires you, of course, to overcome the birth trauma and really look at how you reacted to earth. Not only what happened to you, but to the density of the planet, to the chaos on the planet, to the way people treat each other. How did you react to all of this? We have talked about the specific subconscious selves. We have talked about the overall way you look at life on earth and the way you look at yourself in relation to this planet. As you will see from the masters who have taken physical embodiment on earth and ascended, they all say: “We all made the same mistakes. We all had a birth trauma. We all reacted in certain ways. We were all overwhelmed by the fallen beings. We all felt rejected by the original earth inhabitants.” There is nothing to blame yourself for here. The thing is, what was your purpose for going through all of this? And it was in part, at least, that you are meant to demonstrate to the earth inhabitants that you can awaken from what is burdening them, that you can be as burdened as they are, but you can rise above it. You can process it. You can look at your reactions and you can free yourself from them. Yes, of course, there are certain differences between avatars who have experienced the natural planet and the original earth inhabitants who often do not remember the earth as a natural planet. But still, the whole purpose of you descending to the 48th level in order to take embodiment, the whole purpose of you being attacked by the fallen beings, going below the 48th level is that you have taken on exactly what the earth inhabitants have taken on. From that perspective, there really is not that much difference.

You have subconscious selves, earth inhabitants have subconscious selves. You have a Conscious You, they have a Conscious You. You have an I AM Presence, they have an I AM Presence. As you demonstrate the path of resolving the subconscious selves, setting the Conscious You free to be who it is, it can be an inspiration for the original earth inhabitants. Because they will see that you have had the same burdens and you have freed yourself from them. And precisely because you had the same burdens, they will not see that you are different in the sense that you came from a natural planet. You had some inner sense of what it is like on a natural planet, and therefore, it was easier for you to free yourself because you had a frame of reference that planets can be different than earth. Whereas the original earth inhabitants, they do not have a frame of reference that planets could be different but they will not see that difference in you. They will see that you were as burdened as they were, but you have risen above it and therefore, they will realize what one has done, all can do, which is still true. Even if it was easier for you, they still can follow your example and do what you have done. And that is why you can fulfill that aspect of your Divine plan, which is to demonstrate the path to the inhabitants of earth.

Overcoming the desire to change other people

Now, in order to do this, you need to work on your understanding of free will, as other masters have already talked about before. You see, you are not here to change the inhabitants of the earth. You are not here to force them, to persuade them, to push them in any way. This is important to contemplate because all avatars come to a point where they have the desire to push the original inhabitants. But why do you have it? Because you have been exposed to the birth trauma, you have created these subconscious selves, and when you are looking at life on earth through the subconscious selves, you see all the suffering, all the murder and mayhem, you feel bad about yourself, you feel shocked that you could be on a planet like this, you cannot understand how you came to be here, what you did wrong, why you cannot persuade people, why you cannot reach them, why they will not listen to you, and therefore, you develop this desire to push them in order to feel better inside yourself.

But that is why we have given you all of these tools where you do not have to change other people in order to come to feel better inside yourself because you just work on your psychology, your subconscious selves, and when you overcome that birth trauma, when you overcome most of these selves, you overcome the desire, the need, the obsessive-compulsive drive to change other people. That is when you are just focused on being yourself, expressing yourself, sharing yourself, and that is what demonstrates the path to them.

The dilemma of self-limitation

Now, there can come a point for many avatars, and for many of you, you have the potential to reach that point where you can say: “I have earlier in my life demonstrated the path, how I started with a certain psychology, freed myself from it. I have given the earth inhabitants an opportunity to see that this can be done but now that I have demonstrated that and freed myself from that psychology.” In other words, you have, as Master More has said, pushed through the forest and come out on the other side. Now you can ask the question: “Now that I do not have the psychology that limits me, should I now voluntarily limit myself so that I do not seem to be so far ahead of the earth’s inhabitants that they cannot relate to me anymore?” And that is an important question to start to contemplate. You do not need to think about this and in two minutes make a decision about it. It is something that can come in stages, but it is important to keep this in mind. When you reach a certain level of freedom from the subconscious selves, you can really consider: ”Is it necessary that I limit my expression, my self-expression, so that earth inhabitants do not feel like I am too far ahead of them?”

There can be avatars who decide to limit themselves if they feel they are in a certain situation where they are dealing with many earth inhabitants, helping them. You could have become a public figure, for example, gone into some aspects where you appear publicly—it could be in education, politics, business, whatever. And therefore, you may decide: “I can do more good by working incrementally with people, therefore, in a certain sense limiting my self-expression to what they can deal with, what they can handle.”

Demonstrating a higher way to be creative

But there are certainly many of you who might come to the point where you say: “Now that I no longer have the psychology that limits my self-expression, why should I let other people’s psychology limit my self-expression? Let the barriers fall, let me be all that I can be, as the old silly saying goes, not in the army or the armed forces, but as an avatar on earth—as a creative being, where you say: “I am willing to let my I AM Presence express whatever it wants to express through me, I am willing to let the ascended masters express whatever they want to express through me, and I will not limit that expression in order to accommodate other people or their expectations.” This can be family members, it can be humanity in general, where you simply say: “I will demonstrate that there is a higher level of creativity that is beyond what you see of so many people in the world who are considered creative people, great organizers, or great business people, or even political leaders, where you can talk about there is a certain type of genius that people look up to because people supposedly have the ability to start businesses and run businesses or be political figures or this or that.”

But what you see among all of these worldly geniuses is that they are very much colored by ego and driven by ego. As an avatar who has worked through your psychology, you can demonstrate there is a higher form of genius, there is a higher form of service, which lives up to Jesus’ call: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” As opposed to: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of his own ego”, as you see so many people in the world. They are driven to achieve something, but they are driven by their ego’s desire to feel special, to feel unique, to feel better than others. And this, of course, is not the highest potential. We very much want some people to demonstrate that there is a different way to be unique, to be creative, to bring something forth. And this is something that some of you will feel that inner prompting to contemplate what that means for you, what you might bring forth.

You might contemplate: “If there were no restraints, if I did not need to restrain my creativity, what might I bring forth? What might be brought forth through me?” You do not need to decide what it would be in your outer mind, but you might get some intuitive impulse that there is something you could bring forth, and then after you have brought that forth, you might see a higher level, and you might just come to a point where you feel that unrestricted flow of the River of Life or the creative expression, and therefore you can say: “All the limits are gone, I am willing to be the open door regardless of how people see this.”

What would you like to bring forth?

Now, there is, of course, and we have seen this through various organizations, both ascended masters and other spiritual organizations, there are people who think they are doing this because they are spiritual people, but they are still driven by ego because you can very well have a spiritualized ego that is seeking to use a spiritual teaching. But what I am talking about here is the resolution of psychology. It is not something, again, that you decide with the outer mind. It is not driven by an outer ambition, but it is something you can contemplate when you reach that resolution of psychology and then just let it come to you without making a decision with the outer mind. It just comes from within. There is something to express.

You might consider if there is something that you have always been dreaming about doing, but you have thought you could not possibly do it, or you have postponed it: “Ah, I cannot do it today, I cannot do it this week, maybe next month, maybe in ten years” and all of a sudden you are looking at your birthday, how many candles are on the birthday cake, and you are realizing that either you do not have room for more candles or you have to have a bigger cake, and that means that the end of the road is coming nearer, so if you are to express something, if not now, then when?

Allow yourself to connect because many of you will have had a certain sense at some point in your life, perhaps childhood, perhaps not, of something you really wanted to do, but you were told: “Ah, that is not realistic.” I am not talking about boys wanting to be firemen or astronauts and girls wanting to be nurses. I am talking about something creative that you wanted to bring forth, that you had a sense that you could bring forth, but then this well-meaning so-called realism of the adults comes in and says: “Oh, you cannot make a living as a writer”, or any such concern. Well-meaning, well-meaning, but nevertheless not well-intuited.

You might follow that. What was your sense? Is there something there that you can bring forth now? But do not limit yourself. It could be something you have not even dared to think of with the conscious mind, and therefore, it might take that contemplation where you go within, you are willing to tune in to your I AM Presence. What would your I AM Presence want to bring forth? Tune in to the masters. What would a master want to bring forth through you? Some area of society, whatever it may be. And then you say to yourself: “Well, what do I have to lose for the rest of this lifetime? If my life took an entirely different turn, what would I have to lose?”

Perhaps you have gotten a lot of the practical things out of your way. The kids are grown. You have made enough money. Perhaps it is time to do something different that you have not even considered before. Again, we are not telling you what to do. We are just opening up your minds to the possibilities, because if you cannot see something as a possibility, how can you manifest it? And the greatest weapon that the fallen beings have is to limit your imagination, so you do not dare to look for the possibilities. And then, of course, there is always the: “I am not a pessimist, I am a realist” attitude—“Oh, this cannot happen. This is not realistic.”

Look where you were born: “We have always been workers in our family.” All of these things that you might have been exposed to, it is time to just look at them, see that you were brought up to have a certain general view of life, and just dismiss it and say: “Pessimism is not realism. Optimism is realism.” That is why the earth has progressed, because some people saw that the positive creative vision was actually realistic. But if you cannot see it, and if you cannot accept that it is possible, then you cannot manifest it.

Accelerate, accelerate, accelerate, accelerate!

What can I, as the Elohim of the Fourth Ray, offer you that can help you lock into your Divine plan? Well, why have you not locked into your Divine plan if you feel you have not? Because there is something in your mind that blocks you from locking in. It can be the subconscious selves, but it can also be that certain general attitude that limits your imagination. So what do you need to do? You need to accelerate your view of life, accelerate your imagination—accelerate, accelerate, accelerate, accelerate in all four quadrants of matter. Accelerate your physical body, which you can do with various physical measures, but also with the decrees and invocations. Accelerate your emotions, so you overcome this pessimism disguised as realism. Accelerate your thinking, so instead of thinking about ways that it cannot be done, you think about the one way that it could be done. Accelerate your sense of identity, where you dare to see and accept you are not a human being with all the limitations that were put on that label in your culture and upbringing. You are a spiritual being, you are a co-Creator with God, you have a co-creative potential, and therefore, you can accelerate yourself to accept that, to open yourself up to it. “My Father worketh hitherto and I work”, as Jesus said, but you have to be willing to work.

You have to be willing to multiply and accelerate the talents you have been given, instead of waiting for some miracle to happen. There are people who have sat around for years looking at their treasure map, waiting for the things to drop into their turban, the orange to drop in their turban, but they have not been willing to accelerate themselves and take the measures both at the physical, the emotional, mental, and identity level that will make their vision manifest.

Astrea’s gift

That is what I aim to offer you as my final gift for this release, that flame of acceleration. I have been holding my hands like this quite a lot to radiate this energy, but what I offer you as a special gift for those of you who are here physically, is that after I seal this dictation, I will have the messenger stand with his hands like this, and those of you who are willing can come up, put your hands on his hands for a brief moment, and see if you can feel the accelerating energy that I am releasing through the messenger’s hands.

This is completely voluntary, not something you are forced to do. Do not have any expectations. If you do not feel it, do not come down on yourself. We do not want any kind of evaluation: “Oh, maybe I am not good enough. Maybe everybody else felt it, but I did not.” And then everybody goes around thinking, maybe everybody else felt it, but I did not. Put all of this aside. Come with no expectations. Be as neutral as you can possibly be. If you do not feel it immediately, you could feel it later if you just open yourself up to this energy. You may just touch the messenger’s hands for a minute. I am not going anywhere. I am not limited by time and space. You can at any time tune into me, give my decree, listen to this dictation, read this dictation, put your attention on me. And this, of course, goes for those of you who are on the webinar or who may read or hear this dictation later. If you are not physically here, I am just simply giving the opportunity for those who are physically here to do it physically, but you can also tune into me through the mind alone.

With this, I will seal this dictation and without any breaks, the messenger will stand. You will come up if you are willing. And then this will be the end. I ask you not to talk in here. You are welcome to go outside and talk, but do not talk in here. Simply remain quiet, remain quiet and focus within, focus on my Presence. Then leave the room quietly. You are welcome to talk outside. That is up to you. Or you can go to bed still focused within on this vibration of acceleration. With this, I seal this dictation and invite you to proceed.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Is ascension your will after this lifetime?

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master MORE through Kim Michaels, March 21, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master MORE and I come to talk to you about the concept of God’s Will in relation to your Divine plan because for a long time there have been people who have known about the concept of a Divine plan and who have thought that it was somewhat like a straitjacket, something that was put upon you. They have mixed this in with the concept of God’s Will as also a straitjacket that was put upon you. And neither of them, of course, is the highest understanding. Now, you need to understand here that there are many different levels of the spiritual path. At different levels you need different teachings because at the lower levels you cannot give a deep understanding of certain spiritual concepts. At lower levels people’s minds are still too influenced by lower forces, by lower energies, by many of the illusions that they have taken in, possibly over many lifetimes, and therefore it simply is not possible to give them a deeper understanding. There is a certain need at these lower levels of the path to give teachings that in a sense, you could say, shock people out of their inertia, out of their sense of equilibrium and make them realize that there is a higher understanding to strive for.

The will of God at the lower levels of the path

Now, when you look back at this yourselves, you—who have been very eager to study spiritual teachings—may think that all people who hear about the spiritual side to life are as eager to learn new things as you have been, but that is not the case for most people. The minds of many people who find a spiritual teaching of some kind are not really open to learning something new because they are very attached to the sense of security they have, and their sense of security is based on a certain sense of equilibrium. And they do not want to lose that equilibrium, they want a spiritual teaching to validate their sense of equilibrium so they can feel more secure in their ego’s false sense of security. Actually, at these lower levels it is necessary to give people teachings that somewhat shock them out of this security. Even though you would say from your perspective they are not particularly advanced, they do not have a particularly high understanding of the spiritual path, they feel they have a high understanding of life and the spiritual path, and this is precisely what makes it difficult for us to reach them with a higher teaching.

One of the tasks we have at these lower levels is to make people realize that there is something outside of their own state of mind. We have done this with the concept of God’s Will to make them realize there is a higher will for their lives than their current sense of will because their current sense of will was, of course, very much based on their egos and their ego’s sense of equilibrium. And how do you at these lower levels maintain a sense of equilibrium? Well, your sense of equilibrium is based on ignorance. You do not know very much, but you think that what you know is accurate or enough, and so you do not want your ignorance to be challenged and disturbed. People are clinging to their ignorance. In previous dispensations many people had this idea that their will, the outer will of the ego, was good enough or perhaps even superior. Therefore, it was necessary to give them this concept, a very firm concept, of the will of God that is a higher will than their outer will, the ego-based will.

And this was helpful for some people to go through this phase of realizing: “Maybe my ego’s will, my outer will, is not the highest will for my life, maybe there is a higher will for my life, maybe God has some kind of will for my life.” This, of course, as you can see from your perspective, was not a very high understanding because it is based on this old view of God that many people were brought up with going back to the Christian traditions and even to the Judeo tradition of the Old Testament—that there is this Almighty God, All-Knowing God up there in heaven, who has a superior will for all people and is looking down upon earth and has a personal will for each person. And this, of course, is based on the ancient view that goes back to when people had a very localized awareness.

They did not even realize the planet is round or that the world is big. They just were aware of their localized area and they thought that they and their area were the center of the universe. They thought they were so important that the God who created the entire universe, the highest God, was personally concerned with this little tribe running around the Middle East, killing their neighbors and stealing their land. Therefore, the Almighty God of the universe justified the actions of this little tribe running around in the desert.

And you can see how localized that view was and how this was transferred to this idea that God, the Almighty God, has some will for you personally. Do you see the effect of this? First, you have people who are totally trapped in their ego-based will, but now they get the idea that there was God’s Will, a higher will than their personal will. They needed to feel that this was the ultimate God who had this important will for their lives so their egos could still maintain some sense that they were special, that they were important to God.

The will of God at the higher levels of the path

You see how, even in this relatively short period of time since the 1930s and the I AM movement, we have had to adapt our teachings to people’s level of consciousness. This was, of course, something we did not talk about in previous dispensations, but we are able to talk about it in this one because so many of you have been willing to wrestle with these difficult concepts. So many of you have been willing to work on your psychology so that your lives are not run by your egos wanting to maintain its state of illusion. And that is why I can even give you this discourse, because I can assure you that if I had given this in previous dispensations, many people would have called it a false teaching and said this cannot be the real El Morya. He would never change his name. He would never become more than the Morya we had put in a little box where we thought we had him under control.

What I want to bring out here is this—God’s Will. What is God’s Will? In the understanding we have given you here, is there an external God who has a will for you personally, what you should do in this embodiment? Of course not. First of all, who is the external God of the Old Testament? Well, an entirely man-made god. It is not the Almighty God. Look at what you know today. Go outside on a clear night, look up into the Milky Way, look at what science has discovered. New telescopes being put out, they see that the universe is even bigger, even more vast than they had expected before. Do you think that the being who created all of this is intimately concerned with people living on this little planet in the middle of this vast universe?

As we have explained, first of all, the Creator did not personally create your unascended sphere. It was the ascended masters in the level above you. The Creator does not look at what happens in an unascended sphere in the sense that it does not look at it directly. It looks at it through its representatives going through the hierarchy of ascended masters to us who are right above you. Could we then say that we the ascended masters represent the will of God and we have a will for you personally, what should happen and what you should do for the rest of this lifetime? Well, you can say that you might need that at a certain level of the path, but the higher understanding that I wish to give you is we do not have an external will for you. It is not so that when you prepare for coming into this lifetime that we sit there as these authority figures telling you: “This is what you need to overcome in your psychology, this is what you need to learn, this is what you need to bring out.” We are not dictating anything to you. We are helping you see, and then you choose.

The will of God for this embodiment for you is your will. It is just a clearer will than what you have after you come into this dense physical body. But it does not mean that the will, the vision you had when you made your Divine plan for this lifetime, was some ultimate vision. It does not mean that we sat there and told you: “Here is every problem you have in your psychology that you need to work on.” We worked with you at the level of consciousness you were at when you left your last lifetime. We attempted to help you see what you could potentially overcome in your next lifetime, what you could potentially bring out, but only within the parameters of what you were able and willing to see. It was not that we forced you in any way, shape or form. And that is what I want to impress upon you here. There is no external will that seeks to force you. Well, there is, but not in the ascended realm. There are the dark forces, the fallen beings, the lower forces and other people, but in the ascended realm there is no external will that seeks to force you to see something or to do something.

How your Divine plan works

We are simply there. We are helping you see as much as you can see in between embodiments. But perhaps you have not quite understood. It is not so that you can see everything in between embodiments. It is not so that you see your entire potential for what you could bring forth in this lifetime. It is not so that you saw this before you came into embodiment. You saw what you could see based on the level of consciousness you had, and you could see a few steps ahead, but not many steps ahead. That is why your Divine plan was based on your level of consciousness that determined what you could see from that level. And then you decided what elements to put in your Divine plan in terms of outer conditions you wanted to be born in, other people you wanted to meet, what you wanted to study, what kind of job or field you wanted to go into. It was these kinds of things you decided on. And why is it that you were not given a complete vision of it? Because what does it mean to resolve psychology? If you knew ahead of time, if I took one of you up here, sat you down on a chair, and said: “Here is what you need to overcome in your psychology, bam, bam, bam, bam,” and outlined it for you, how would that help you?

It would not, because you are not transcending your psychology by being told from without. It is not intellectual understanding. It is experiential, where you experience it from inside your outer mind. How do you overcome a subconscious self? You must experience it from the inside, then experience there is more, there is a higher vision. But if you are told from the outside, it is not going to be that shifting experience where you resolve the self and you are free of it because you saw it. Intellectual understanding will not help you shift. We have said this before, many of you have grasped it, but there are always new people coming in that do not quite grasp it. That is why I say it again.

Back to your Divine plan. You are not seeing everything ahead of time. You are seeing a general outline. You are, so to speak, setting your life on a certain course, a certain track, but you do not know exactly what is ahead. We may say you are standing in front of a forest with lots of trees, and based on what you see from the clearing which is the space in between embodiments, you are choosing. There is a path that goes into the forest. “I will choose that path.” But you cannot see very far ahead.

Following and transcending the path

And then when you start, when you come into embodiment, you grow up during childhood and adolescence, you set your life on that track. You follow that track, but only when you go deeper into the forest do you see the challenges ahead. And the reason is, as I said, that you need to experience a self, a condition, from the inside for you to truly resolve it so that it becomes integrated into your being. If you look at worldly psychologists, you will see many who have a deep and valuable intellectual understanding of psychology, but they still behave as teenagers in certain aspects of life because they have not applied it to themselves. They can understand it. They can tell other people about it. Some of them are lecturers in universities that educate other psychologists. They can tell them this from an intellectual perspective, but they have not shifted because they have not applied it to themselves. And that is not what we are seeking to do with your Divine plan.

We are seeking to help you choose a certain track, and then you follow that track, and if you integrate the lessons you learn, then you move deeper into the forest. Now, it may be possible for some of you at least, if you are open, if you are willing, if you really apply yourself, to go through the forest of your psychology and come out on the other side. And then you may be able to see that: “Now my life is not actually on a track. I have an open plain in front of me and I can go in any direction I want to go in because I have accomplished what I wanted to accomplish in this lifetime with resolving psychology.” And of course, you could say we have the will for you all to come to that point where you have worked through it and now the field is open for you. But again, this is not something we are seeking to force upon you. We are seeking to do everything we can to help you walk that path, to come to that resolution because, I can assure you, until you resolve things, you are not moving through the forest.

Transcending a self-focused will

And for some people there can actually come a point where you have this intellectual understanding of psychology, perhaps even an intellectual understanding of the spiritual path, but you are still in the forest and you have not moved through it. And that is when the path can become turned into a downward spiral. As we have said, some people have approached the 96th level of consciousness, not passed the test you can pass at the 96th level, and then started going down, becoming more and more self-focused. If you have not left the forest, you are focused on self. You might even come to a point where you actually think that some of these selves are not selves you need to resolve, because now you think that this self actually is a higher self that shows you have resolved something and therefore you need to continue to look at life the way you do now for the rest of your life. This has happened even to people who followed an ascended-master teaching where they never overcame the focus on self.

What do I mean by saying you go through the forest? You overcome the focus on self, as we have talked about over the last couple of years. And when you overcome the focus on self, that is when the field is open for you because now you can begin to say: “Well, what is my will for the rest of this embodiment?” So far, your will has been to make progress on the spiritual path, to resolve psychology, to achieve certain outer goals, but this was based on the vision you had when you made your Divine plan. But if you go through that forest, now you are open. You can go in any direction you want because you are not focused on self anymore. That means you can now step back and say: “Do I actually have an outer will anymore? Do I have a self-focused will? Do I have self-focused desires? Or am I at a point where I can say: Is there a higher will than the outer will? Where then would that higher will be?”

Well, it could be the Conscious You who now does not have to let its will be directed by the subconscious selves, but the Conscious You may have certain desires for certain things it wants to experience in life, whatever it may be. The Conscious You may have certain things it wants to express, based on what Mother Mary called your “general view of life,” your general view of yourself in relation to this planet. You may have something stored in your causal body from past lifetimes that you did not get to express, and now you have the option to express it. Another higher will might be your I AM Presence, who also may have certain experiences it wants to have or certain things it wants to express.

Another option would be to say: “Is there something I can do for the ascended masters?” If you come to a point where you realize you do not have any personal desires that you need to fulfill, you could consider: “Is there something I could do for the ascended masters that would help their teachings, that would help other people?” And this might not be some grandiose design of bringing forth some technological invention that changes the world. It could be at the very personal level where you could help other people who are not as far advanced in resolving psychology as you yourself are.

Qualifying for your ascension

There are many, many options when you get to that point. And in order to help you get to that point, we have given you all of these teachings, the resolution of selves, all of these methods for doing this, but also the teachings we are giving you at this conference. As Mother Mary started to say, you can tune in to what is in your causal body, what is in your I AM Presence, what your I AM Presence might not have resolved, what you might not have resolved. And that is also a higher will to get that last resolution where you are free to ascend, if it is a possibility for you to ascend after this lifetime.

Let us talk about this. When you—I am talking about you at the level that you are at now recognizing these teachings—met with us before this lifetime, did you define your ascension in your Divine plan? Well, some of you did and some of you did not because it depended on, as I said, the level of consciousness you had and your openness to see beyond that. And there were some of you who did not come across the concept of ascending in previous lifetimes because you were not able to grasp it. You could just see that: “There is a track into the forest that I want to follow.” And that was fine. That was the vision that you came down into this embodiment with. But this does not mean you cannot ascend after this lifetime, but it is something you will have to decide on when you have worked your way through the forest of the subconscious selves, and now you have the option.

Now, for some of you, it may indeed be that you will choose to have another lifetime because you want to help Saint Germain manifest the golden age. Or perhaps you decide that there are still things you want to experience or express on earth. That is perfectly fine. But it is good to be at the point where you have the option to ascend if that is what you want. We could say, if you did not put the ascension in your Divine plan, but you have still found these teachings that talk about the ascension, then it is because you have made so much progress that you can actually qualify for your ascension in the rest of this lifetime, if you are willing to apply yourself.

Now, there are of course others of you who may have heard about the concept of the ascension in a past lifetime. Some of you even heard about it in The Summit Lighthouse, the I AM Movement or previous dispensations. Or you may have been willing to hear about it in between embodiments because it is a new concept that has not been taught on the outer for so long, but you were still willing to hear about it. Therefore, you grasp the significance of ascending and you locked into the desire to ascend, to be free of earth, to transcend earth, and rise up higher. And that of course means that you will find it probably a little easier to accept the possibility of ascending after this lifetime, and therefore, it will not require as much of an adjustment as if you had not considered it before. But nevertheless, all who are willing can make that shift and decide.

But then again, even if you had heard about the ascension, you may have put in your Divine plan: “I want to qualify and then when I have qualified, I want to look at myself, I want to look at the state of the earth, and then I will decide: Will I ascend, will I stay with earth to help Saint Germain manifest the golden age?” I am not trying to say you should decide this right now. I am just outlining the scenarios for you who have said: “I am not going to decide ahead of this embodiment. I am going to wait and see, and then decide before I leave embodiment.”

But there were also some of you who grasped the potential for the ascension, who saw it, and were able to look back at some of your past lifetimes and formulated this deep inner decision: “I want to ascend after this lifetime.” And if that is the case for you, then it is important for you, well it is important for all of you, to at least ask the question and consider: “Where do you stand regarding ascension?” And if you get this very strong inner sense that you decided: “I want to qualify for my ascension after this lifetime,” then your priorities need to come into alignment with that decision, if they have not already.

Shifting priorities

And you need to be very clear that if the goal is your ascension after this lifetime, then everything else is secondary to that goal. There cannot be anything that is more important than that goal. Now be careful about what I am saying here. When you are in embodiment you have a right to decide: “There is something I am not finished with.” You may have decided before this lifetime: “My goal is my ascension.” Then, you come down here, you experience the earth, and you feel: “There is something I am not finished with.” You have a right to decide that. But it does mean you will postpone your ascension. You cannot have it both ways. You cannot serve two masters. There is nothing wrong with it. I am just saying, if you are clear you want to qualify for your ascension after this lifetime, then everything else must become secondary. This does not mean that you need to now neglect family and friends and obligations and responsibilities. I am not telling you to quit your job and sell your possessions and go meditate in a cave in the Himalayas.

I am just talking about shifting priorities, so that whatever activities you participate in are helping you move towards the end goal, which is your permanent leaving of this planet. We have said it before, but we have not emphasized it as much in this dispensation. But I want to bring this out as clearly as I can. When you are ready to ascend, you will face the dispensation illustrated in the story of the Buddha sitting under the Bo tree, and the demons of Mara parading in front of him. You will face that initiation where the demons of Mara, the prince of this world and the forces of this world will be allowed to do anything they can to tempt you into reacting, into thinking there is something you have to fix, something you have to do, something you cannot leave behind. They will be allowed to tempt you in any way, shape or form, and you will have to experience it. And then you will need to stand there, look down at earth and know if you turn around and walk through the door behind you, you are leaving this planet behind permanently forever.

You will not come into embodiment again. It is a permanent step, more permanent than the death of the physical body. And I am not trying to make it sound ominous, I am just trying to clarify that if it is your goal to ascend, then you will need to set your priorities for the rest of your lifetime, so that you are working towards that goal where you can look at anything on earth and the prince of this world has nothing in you whereby he can pull you in any direction. Therefore, you can stand there, have no reaction, no reaction whatsoever and therefore, you can come to that point where you feel you are looking, you are feeling and it is not a decision, it is not an act of willpower. Even though I am the Chohan of the First Ray of Willpower, it is not an act of willpower, it is one last surrender. It is one last letting go where you feel from the very core of your being there is this letting go: “Ah.” And without any thought, any analysis, any decision that you can call will, you just turn around and you look into the ascended realm and you walk towards that flame that you see and that is it.

The act of final surrender

Now as an ascended master you can choose to continue to work with earth as all of us that you know have done. But certainly, many have ascended from earth and left the earth behind. But again, that is the choice you cannot make now, you make it once you have ascended. But in order to ascend, you have to come to that point. And how do you come to that point where there is nothing that pulls on you? Well, you have to be willing to look at anything and everything that pulls on you. As I said, in previous dispensations we had to adapt to the level of consciousness. We gave a simplified version of the ascension process: You study ascended-master teachings, you give violet flame, you sit down in the atomic accelerator chair, you go to Serapis Bey’s ascension retreat at Luxor and you go through some magical process. There is some machinery that is whirring and buzzing and suddenly, phew, you ascended. That was a simplified version, but think about it. How could it work in a universe where everything revolves around free will?

It has to be, as I said, not really an act of will but more of an act of surrender. And if you want, you could say that surrender is the ultimate act of will. But there has to be that completely free choice to turn around and walk away. And in order to come to that point, is it enough to give three hours of violet flame a day for 30 years? Is it enough to go into some retreat and go through some initiation process? Nay, the initiation process is right here on earth in embodiment. That is the initiation where you constantly look at your reactions, you look for those subconscious selves because what have we said? You came to earth, you reacted to conditions on earth. No blame, we all did it, but you created the subconscious selves here on earth. Well, what did Jesus say 2000 years ago? Only the being who descended from heaven can ascend back to heaven. Only the Conscious You in a state of pure awareness descended, and only in a state of pure awareness can you ascend. Everything you took on here on earth must be left behind, but you can only leave it behind when you consciously see it and let it go.

What is the essence of resolving a subconscious self? It is to stand there, look at it and instead of deciding with the outer will: “Oh, I am letting you go, I am letting you die, I do not want you anymore,” you have that inner letting go and you just walk away from it. You feel it is not you, it is not part of you, it is not real. For every time you work on these subconscious selves and resolve them, you are preparing for your ascension because you are integrating the process of letting go until you have come to a point where you are at the 144th level. You are not really letting go of a self as such, even though there is a sense of self at the 144th level, but there really is not a structure in that self. It is more a focus—a focusing of your attention at a certain point in the material frequency spectrum—identity, mental, emotional, physical. It is a focusing of yourself at that point where now that point is the center of your universe as you experience it because you are experiencing the material world from that point, that vantage point.

As the messenger is sitting here looking out, you are all sitting, facing the opposite direction, looking towards him. You all have an individual physical vantage point, but you have in your identity body that individual focus point from which you are experiencing the entire material universe. And at the 144th level, that is what you give up. You are no longer having a fixed vantage point in the material world. You are letting it go and then walking into the ascended realm. You are not, of course, walking. I am giving you an illustration as if you are standing there with a physical body and then letting go, turning around, walking through the door. Of course, that is not how it is. You let go and then you are instantly in the ascended realm. And in order to have that final release, there cannot be anything unfinished. You have to, in a sense, come to that resolution: It is finished. It is done. There is nothing more. There is nothing more in this realm. There is only something more in the ascended realm.

Returning to your natural state

And then your focus shifts. The sense of self, as focused in this world, in a sense dies, and you are reborn as a focus in the ascended realm. Now in previous dispensations, we also gave the view that this was some glorious process and there would be angels with trumpets and this advanced ceremony. And it is not that there are not ascended masters there to greet you, and there is a certain ceremony. There is pomp and circumstance. Nevertheless, in your mind, it is not that this is a grandiose shift. It is a return to what feels like the most natural state. And some students in previous dispensations thought that this would be like the ultimate peak experience. But you see, a high experience must be contrasted with a low experience. And that is what you experience in the unascended state. In the ascended state, where is the contrast? Therefore, it feels like the most natural experience. It is like: “Ah, this is who I am. This is who I am.” And you can look back and see how, in a sense, manifesting yourself as that focal point in the material realm was an unnatural experience.

It was not that you forced yourself to do it, but still it was not the natural state. It was something you took on and it is a relief to let it go and return to the natural state. And that is why, when you have ascended, it is not like you run around screaming and yelling and high-fiving Saint Germain and high-fiving Jesus. You actually take some time and you just adjust—adjust to your new sense of self, your new focus, your new reality. And then you realize that your I AM Presence is who you are. But of course, from the unascended state, you could not explore the fullness of your I AM Presence, but now you can. You take some time to adjust to that, gradually exploring another realm in your I AM Presence and experiencing: “I AM this and I AM this and I AM this.” And then when you have explored the fullness of your I AM Presence, then you can look into the ascended realm, see what opportunities are there that you might be attracted to, or perhaps even look back to earth and say: “Do I want to stay with earth as an ascended master?”

Serving as an example

But I am, of course, getting slightly ahead of myself here. I just wanted to give you a more realistic impression of what it feels like to ascend, because you are ready for it. The planet is ready for it. The collective consciousness is ready for this to be put into the physical. Again, it is not that the old descriptions were wrong. We are not trying to in any way put them down or replace them. But for those of you who are walking the path that we have outlined in this dispensation, it is what we might call the conscious path to the ascension, whereas what we could give previously was a veiled path. The goal was correct, the ascension, but it was veiled. What it really meant, what it would take to get there, was veiled. And now you have a much more realistic view so that you can walk this path consciously. I am not saying, you understand, that there were not people who used the previous teachings to qualify for the ascension. This did happen. Not nearly as many as some people would like to believe, but it did happen.

But they were not as conscious of what they were doing. And therefore, it was not as easy for other people to follow them. But by you becoming more conscious and walking the process consciously, you can leave a trail that is easier for others to follow. And that is one reason we have encouraged you to share your experiences and your process with others, because it has value. And of course, we want to come to a point where it becomes easier for people to discover the spiritual path, to discover the potential for the ascension, and to walk that path. What have I said? There was a time when we could not even talk about ascension, even though it was briefly mentioned in the story of Jesus. But the Christian churches, the Catholic church, of course, completely distorted it to make it seem like Jesus was the only one. But what is our motto? What one has done, all can do. But you see, the people who call themselves Christians today, do they see Jesus as an example of anything or as an exception to everything?

He was the only son of God. You dare to think you are a son or daughter of God? Blasphemy! You will be cursed and go to hell for all eternity. So, Jesus cannot serve as an example. Well, who then will?

If not you, then who? If not now, then when? With this, I will say, this is the now for me to withdraw, and I thank you for your attention. And I hope that you have found a new appreciation for the will of God that is not some ominous thing, and that the First Ray is as full of joy as any ray you could imagine. I AM as full of joy as any master you can imagine. It has been my privilege and my joy to share myself with you. With that, be sealed in my joy.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Dare to be You: Integrating with the Presence and the Conscious You’s observations of life

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, March 21, 2025. This dictation was given at a conference in Holland: Locking in to Your Divine Plan

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and it is my privilege and my joy to open this conference. Naturally, we are gratified that so many of you have decided to join, both physically and via the internet, so you can all add your momentum together and form this Antahkarana of light, as we might call it, and which I wish you could see as I see it from the ascended level of how you are all connected in this grid around the planet. And this of course, means that as you give your invocations and decrees together, as you listen to the dictations, you are invoking the light from the ascended realm that then spreads throughout this Antahkarana of light, this web of light, this net of light, and therefore is released wherever you are in your local areas, and therefore, has a much greater impact because you are all connected.

We have of course, even here in Holland, previously given teachings about your Divine plan. They are of course still valid. They can of course still help you tune in to your Divine plan, but what we desire to give you at this conference is kind of the next step up. If you are very new to the concept of a Divine plan, we recommend you start with the first book and work through that book, and then you can take the teachings that will be released here and use them to uncover, sort of, the higher phases of your Divine plan.

Do all people on earth have a Divine plan?

Now what I wish to open up with here is to give you a certain view of how you have actually been brought up to ignore, push aside, or even sabotage your Divine plan. This of course was not done deliberately by your parents, your family, your society, your teachers in school, but it was done unwittingly because at the present level, of course, there is no society on earth that incorporates the knowledge that you have a Divine plan. Even the societies that believe in reincarnation do not have this concept that you have a plan before you came into embodiment.

Let me first say a few general things here. You might ask, as some people have asked, do all people on earth have a Divine plan? And the answer is yes and no. All people have a plan for what they could accomplish in their present lifetime. But for people below a certain level of consciousness, they have not participated in making that Divine plan because they are not able and willing to communicate with the ascended masters. Now there are some beings who in between embodiments can communicate with beings in the lower identity, in the mental, or the higher emotional realm. These people can form a Divine plan along with these beings.

We have taught you that there are beings on all four levels of the unascended sphere and many of these beings in the emotional, mental, and lower identity realms are benign. They are not deceptive, they are not seeking to manipulate people or steal their energy, so people can work with them if they are at a lower level of consciousness. There are, of course, people that are on such a low level of consciousness that they cannot even work with those beings. In between embodiments, they are in the lower emotional realm and therefore, they cannot consciously work with anybody. So the ascended masters will create a certain plan for that lifestream and it basically means: Would it be possible for a lifestream in its next embodiment to grow in consciousness where it could start consciously walking the spiritual path, find some kind of spiritual teaching that it might lock on to that could help it at least raise its consciousness somewhat so that when it goes out of that embodiment and in between, it can make a better life plan and therefore, it can get on a progressive path from embodiment to embodiment? We always make this, which we might call a contingency plan, for all lifestreams. Quite frankly, most of these lifestreams never lock into it, never really progress in one lifetime, but there are of course, those who do. You actually see that there are people in embodiment today who have come to a point in their lives where they became more conscious, more aware and they found some kind of way to look at their psychology to see whether they could change something.

This can be many different things for people. It can be martial arts, it can be mindfulness, some kind of spiritual teaching, yoga, it can even be working with the body. Basically, any activity in the world that seeks to improve yourself means that you can get on a positive track for the rest of a lifetime. You can therefore grow and even if you do not find something that is openly spiritual you can still make progress, which means that in between embodiments you can make a Divine plan for your next lifetime that does incorporate finding a spiritual teaching of some kind.

You can really look at people and I encourage you when you look at people you know, not to have this view that they should find a spiritual teaching or they should find an ascended master teaching because for many people this is not a realistic goal in their present lifetime. But you can at least seek to help them if it is possible or hold the vision that they will find something that helps them improve themselves. And in today’s age you see that there is more awareness of the possibility of working on your psychology, improving your psychology in some way, therefore improving how you experience life.

We can say that there are, at the lowest level, there are people who do not change their state of mind, do not change their approach to life for an entire lifetime. But then there are those who are improving and then of course, there is a third group who have the potential to find a spiritual teaching in this lifetime. And then there are various levels of what people will be able to discover where there is a relatively small number of people who are able to discover ascended master teachings. But that number might be bigger than most of you think it is.

Spiritual teachers with no self-interest

There are actually many people who in this age have the potential to discover an ascended master teaching, not only this one, but just even the concept that there are spiritual teachers that are beyond the physical realm and that are beyond any kind of self-interest.

They do not need anything from you. They are not seeking to deceive you, manipulate you, get your energy, get your attention, your adoration, your obedience, but they are only offering to give something to you. That is the central distinction we could say between ascended master teachings and any other teaching that is out there. We do not need energy from you. Even now where you could say that there are several hundred people around the earth who are tuning in as I am speaking, I am not receiving energy from you even though you are putting your attention on me. I am not receiving. There is no energy going from you to me. There is energy going from me to you and if you open yourself up to it, you will feel this flow. And you will also, if you are sensitive to energy, be able to feel that I am not taking anything from you. Why? Because I do not need it.

You can look at the sun and you can say if you take the most powerful light projector invented by man and you take it outside and you turn it on and you shine it at the sun, would the sun need that light? Of course not. No amount of light that could be projected from the earth to the sun would make any difference to the sun because the sun is self-sufficient and therefore, the same with ascended masters. When you are ascended and connected to the entire hierarchy of ascended masters that reaches up to the Creator, how could you possibly need anything from a lower level?

What are you capable and willing to receive?

It is our joy to give to you and we have only one condition—will you receive it or will you not receive it? And if you receive it, it is given because it is given before you even make the decision to receive it or not. It is the rain that falls upon the just and the unjust, the sun that shines upon the evil and the good. The only question is whether people receive it or not. For those of you who are aware of ascended masters, it is really only a matter of expanding your willingness to receive from us. We are not the ones who are choosing what to give you or not to give you. And even this is, of course, a statement with some modifications because it is not so that people can come with their conscious ambition and awareness and say: “I want to receive as much light as possible”, and then we automatically give it to them because we only give that which people are able to receive, that which they are able to handle because of course, too much light could burn out people’s chakras. And that is not what we will do from the ascended level.

There are beings in the lower identity and mental and emotional realm who might do this and that is why you can see there are people out there who have had various experiences, whether they call it Kundalini rising or not, but where it has been too much. They have shattered their sense of identity, they have burned out their chakras because they have, as Jesus said, attempted to take heaven by force. You can come to us and say I want to receive, but we will give you only that which you can handle depending on your level of consciousness, the purification of your auras and chakras so that we do not overburden you. And that is why there have been people who have come to ascended master teachings with this outer ambition that they want this peak experience or they want to have certain powers and they want us to give them the light that gives them these powers. But we see of course, that this could be detrimental to them and therefore we give them only the amount of light they can handle.

But there is no limitation on what we will give if you have the ability to handle it. And most of all, what I want to convey to you is there is no limitation from our side that judges you based on these standards in the world that are defined by the fallen beings. You see, the whole concept that you are sinners puts this limitation on you. What are you worthy to receive from above? But we do not look at it as what are you worthy to receive, just what are you capable of handling and what are you willing to receive? If the willingness is there, we will release to you what you are capable of handling and as you then use that light and multiply it to purify your auras and chakras, we will give you more. That is the parable of the multiplication of the talents.

“Nobody wants who I really am”

This leads to my main topic. And the main topic is, as I said, you have been brought up to sabotage your Divine plan and it has two aspects. First of all, there is this projection that you are just a human being like all the other human beings in the society you grew up in and therefore, you are either not worthy or you are not capable of tuning in to ascended masters in a higher realm and receiving light from us. Or there can be this projection upon you that you are just like all other people, therefore, you do not have anything special to give to this world. You have the alpha of what you can receive from above, the omega of what you can give to this world, and you have been brought up to deny both—to deny that you are able to receive, to deny that you have anything to give.

And if you think about yourself, you think about how you were brought up, you will see this very subtle projection. You may never have thought about it before, but it is a very subtle projection, and it can take a little to expose it because it is not that you have been brought up that you have nothing to give, but you have been brought up to think that what you have to give must fit into the framework of how things are done in your society. There is a certain image in your society, individual of course, depending on where you are from, but there is a certain view of what it means to be a normal person in your society. Yes, they want you to go to work and give your labor. Oh, that you are allowed to give. You may have family members who want you to give to them attention, help, love, many other things like that. You are supposed to fulfill a role and as long as you fulfill the role, then you are allowed to give within the parameters of the role, and people will want what you give within that.

But beyond that, beyond the role, you are being brought up to think you have nothing to give. And what is it especially that you do not have, where you have nothing to give? Your self, your higher being, your I AM Presence, your divine individuality. You have all been brought up, no matter where you grew up, you have all been brought up to think, I know you have not been brought up to think this consciously, but you have been brought up to think: “Nobody wants me here, nobody wants who I am.” That is the message we have all received when we were in embodiment on this planet, because that is the message you receive on an unnatural planet: “We want you to fill the role, beyond that, you have nothing to give, nothing anybody wants.” That is the unspoken subconscious message projected at you. It comes originally from the fallen beings, of course, but it has been built into every culture.

The subconscious message: Play the role

Many of you who have worked on your psychology, you are ready to start looking at this. And you can perhaps, when you look at your life, you can see that there have been certain people that have been important in your lives. It could be a parent, a sibling, a spouse, a child, people you have met in other contexts. But in most cases, it will be family members. And you can see how they have put this matrix upon you in the emotional body, the mental body, and the identity body. That this is who you are in relation to that person and that person wants you to fulfill that role and not go beyond it, not disturb them, not go outside the role of what it means to be a good person in your family or environment.

And the subconscious message there really is that even though this person has interacted with you, perhaps since childhood, knows you quite well supposedly, they still do not want you to express who you are and some of them will feel quite threatened if you do, if you go beyond what they want from you. What is the subconscious message you are getting? “Oh, we do not want you as you really are, suppress who you are, fit into the role, give us what we want, but nothing more. Do not disturb us, do not rock the boat, do not try to follow this ascended master teaching and do what might be in your Divine plan if it goes beyond what we have defined for you.” Many of you will recognize this. In fact, all of you can recognize it because all of you have been exposed to it. I was exposed to it in my last embodiment. In previous embodiments, most of us have been exposed to it. Well, even Jesus was exposed to it to some degree, even though not from me and Joseph, but he was exposed to it from other people.

Your primary gift to this planet

In order to walk the path of Christhood that Jesus demonstrated 2,000 years ago, you have to be willing to go beyond it as Jesus did, and as I for that matter did, because having a child at the age I had Jesus was certainly not what my society and my parents had defined for me. It takes that willingness to tune in to your Divine plan and see that regardless of what you were brought up to be and how you were brought up to live your life, you know there is something else that you need to do, to tune in to, to achieve in your life. And we have in our previous teachings about your Divine plan, we have talked about there are two phases of your Divine plan. First, there is the work phase, which is you acquire outer skills, you work on your psychology, so you come to the point where you have now achieved a certain freedom to bring forth the gift you want to give to this planet. And we have talked about how this may be some improvement of some area of society and this is, of course, completely valid.

Yet, from a higher view, what is the primary underlying gift that you can give to this planet? It is yourself, being who you are and expressing that. And I know very well, and I can of course, sense the return current from you that when I say this, the first question is: “Well, who am I?” And it is understandable because, again, you were not brought up to consider who you really are. You were brought up to fit the role, to play the role, to play the game that was defined for you and it does not matter who you really are, as long as you fulfill the role. That is what most people want from you. When we talk about this, of course, you have the question: “Well, who am I then?” But you see, who you are is a mixture of the individuality in your I AM Presence and how you, as the Conscious You, have come to look at yourself in the many embodiments you have had, both on natural planets and here on this unnatural planet.

Your attitude to life on earth

I know we have talked about having the outer selves, the subconscious selves in your identity, mental, emotional bodies that form your outer personality. And of course, it is part of your Divine plan to resolve these selves. But we have also explained that beyond just the selves, the Conscious You can create a certain general view of life on earth and a general view of yourself and as we have explained, these views are anchored in the subconscious self. But it is the subconscious self that is more broad than the more specific selves you have in reaction to specific situations. You can have selves that are created in reaction to, for example, a traumatic situation from your past. But you have selves that over a long period of time form, sort of in the background, based on your general view of life on earth, your general experience of life on earth. These selves are more subtle and therefore, can take a little more work for you to discover.

However, many of you have already started to discover such selves as you have used the teachings and tools we have given in Healing Your Spiritual Traumas and the other books in the series. You have started discovering some of these selves where you feel perhaps a certain attitude to life on earth. Perhaps you are tired of certain things. You have had enough of certain things. You feel that life is just too much of a struggle, too difficult. It can be individual things for you, but it relates to how you approach life on earth in general. These selves will prevent you from knowing who you actually are. They will prevent you from tuning in to the individuality in your I AM Presence, but also tuning in to how the Conscious You has come to look at life.

The Conscious You’s observations of life on earth

Now I know this is a subtle topic, so I need you to contemplate this teaching several times and see how it applies to you. So, I am talking about specific subconscious selves created in response to specific situations such as your birth trauma. I am talking about more general selves created in response to the experiences you have had on earth. But you see, beyond this, the Conscious You is capable of making observations without creating subconscious selves. This is not something we have talked about before because we have very carefully graded our release of teachings.

You might say we have taught that when the Conscious You steps outside the outer personality, it experiences itself as pure awareness. And then if you are pure awareness, where is this observation of what life on earth is like? Where does it reside? In other words, in the outer personality you have subconscious selves. Then you have the pure awareness of the Conscious You. Where is there room in the Conscious You, as we have explained it so far, for these observations of life? Well, there is not room in the Conscious You, but there is in what we have called your causal body, which is a part of your I AM Presence. As the Conscious You experiences life on earth from the inside, you are making observations.

These are not observations based on duality and separation, for example, they are not observations that are tied to a specific level of consciousness. They are just general observations of life on an unnatural planet. You also, of course, did the same on natural planets. But you are making these observations of life and they become stored in your causal body in a special compartment that is there for the use of the Conscious You. And what many of you have started doing is you have started reconnecting to that. You have the concept that you have your treasure laid up in heaven.

Well, part of that treasure is the Conscious You’s observations. And I am not talking about an observation that makes you feel like: “Oh, everything is so difficult on earth, I do not want to deal with life on earth.” This creates a subconscious self. But you can have an observation where you see that certain things do not work on an unnatural planet. For example, in contrast to a natural planet, life is so dense, matter is so dense. You can have an observation that selfishness does not actually work. It works better when I am not focused on what is supposedly good for me as a separate self, but I look at a broader perspective. There can be many of these observations and you can come to a point where you, for example, feel: “I have had enough of pursuing material goods for its own sake. I want to have a higher purpose in life, such as my spiritual growth.”

You can have many of these observations that are stored in your causal body and there are many people on earth who have made such observations over many lifetimes, but they do not have a conscious connection to it. Most of you, when you came into this lifetime, you did not have a conscious connection. But as a result of finding the spiritual path and following it, you have started connecting to this. That is why you can sometimes have these experiences where you look at a situation and you suddenly see something. You are just seeing the situation without the normal filter. You are not looking at it through the linear mind and analyzing and judging. You just observe. One aspect of this can be to read the vibration. You meet a certain person you have never met before. You sense there is something wrong with their energy. There is a lower energy coming from that person. This is because you are drawing on the experiences, the observations in your causal body, of how beyond the outer facade that people put on, you can learn to read their energy and therefore, get a feel for their intention.

The learning process

Many of you have started doing this. And my purpose for this release, of course, is to make you more aware of this. If you want to be philosophical or theoretical about it, you can say: “Is there room in the Conscious You for learning anything on earth? Is it the Conscious You that learns or the I AM Presence that learns?” And the reality is that it is both. But as we said, you have the outer personality, the subconscious selves, the Conscious You steps into a subconscious self, experiences a certain situation through that self until you resolve the self and you are free. But if the Conscious You is pure awareness, where is the room in the Conscious You to learn? And as I said, that room is in the causal body.

This brings us to the point that is also mentioned in this latest invocation that you can begin to question: “What can I as the Conscious You learn from my I AM Presence? And what can my I AM Presence learn from me, the Conscious You?” Because you have made these observations as the Conscious You and they are stored in your causal body and in many cases, the I AM Presence will take the observations of the Conscious You and learn from them, but not necessarily and not in all cases.

What you see in many people on earth is that there is a certain, what can we call it—barrier, disconnect—between the Conscious You and the I AM Presence, where the Conscious You has learned certain lessons, has made certain observations based on being inside the earth, being inside the energy system. But the I AM Presence may not have incorporated them fully into itself. Therefore, it is actually possible when you reach higher levels of awareness that you can start working with your I AM Presence and seeing if the Presence really has integrated the lesson you have learned by being down here in embodiment.

The disconnect

Has the I AM Presence really looked at life on earth through you? Or has it only looked at it from the bird’s eye view, so to speak? Because as we have said, your I AM Presence is always looking at life on earth, but it is not necessarily looking at it from the inside. And you can have truly, I know this will be difficult to believe for some of you, but you can have situations where a person has gone through such a difficult trauma, for example, the birth trauma on earth, where the Conscious You experienced great pain and suffering, created the subconscious self, the primal self. And the I AM Presence also experienced this as unpleasant, and therefore withdrew itself from it. And basically, you can have a situation where the I AM Presence has withdrawn itself from the Conscious You, basically saying: “Oh, I am not going to look through that Conscious You until the Conscious You has resolved some of these subconscious selves that causes it to experience constant suffering.” And therefore, the I AM Presence is only looking at life on earth from a bird’s eye view.

It is learning certain lessons, but it is not learning the same lessons as the Conscious You, and it is not integrating the lessons from the Conscious You into itself. And this is the case for most of the people on earth who are not spiritually aware. There is that disconnect between the Conscious You and the I AM Presence, where the Conscious You is making certain observations based on life on earth.

Integrating the conclusions of the Conscious You

Now, for many people who are at lower levels of consciousness, especially those below the 48th level, where all of their subconscious or most of their subconscious selves are based on duality, for such people, it is limited what the Conscious You is learning, because it is always reacting through the subconscious selves.

But still, they will be making certain observations that: “This is not working.” or “I have had enough of this experience.” And this is what basically we have talked about, you go below the 48th level, you can keep going down until you reach some kind of turning point where you do not want to do this anymore. And this is the Conscious You. It is not a subconscious self that reaches this turning point. It is the Conscious You that reaches the turning point and says: “I have had enough of experimenting with selfishness”, for example. It is not deciding this consciously, but it is just a recognition that the Conscious You comes to.

Let us say a certain lifestream has descended to the 18th level of consciousness, and it says: “I have had enough, I do not want to go any lower.” This is what I am talking about, an observation, a conclusion, an epiphany, a resolution of the Conscious You. This gets stored in that person’s causal body. But if the I AM Presence has withdrawn, the I AM Presence has not integrated that lesson, so now the Conscious You starts going up from the 18th to the 19th, and it can continue to go up to the 48th level. And maybe at the 48th level, the I AM Presence is now willing to again look at the experiences of the Conscious You, but it is still not willing to look at the most painful experiences.

That is why I am saying, when you get to these higher levels of the path, when you have worked through the other books we have given on healing the more severe trauma, such as the original birth trauma, you can start considering: “What could I help my I AM Presence see that my I AM Presence has not yet seen?” Up until a certain point on the path, you are feeling as if it is a one-way street. You are receiving light from your I AM Presence. Your I AM Presence is the more advanced part of your being.

Progressive revelation

In previous ascended master dispensations, especially with the I AM movement, it was seen that your I AM Presence was almost like a god-like figure. People from that dispensation would look at this teaching and say: “This must be a false teaching, because we are used to seeing the I AM Presence as some perfect being.” But this was the teaching that could be given at the time. The reality here is that as you raise your awareness, you become aware that things are more complex. That is the whole idea of progressive revelation.

If you think back in the 1930s, you lock into this I AM movement, ascended masters, ascended masters can give direct teachings, and you see that this is progressive revelation compared to the Bible, for example, which was written down so many hundreds of years ago. This is now a new higher teaching given directly from the ascended level. And you call it progressive revelation, you see it is important, but you somehow think that in the 1930s, the ascended masters could give you the highest, most advanced teaching that we have to give. This is simply unrealistic.

What could be given in the 1930s was based on people’s level of thinking at the time and it was a simplified teaching. Nothing wrong with it, but it was a simplified teaching that made it seem simpler than it was, made it seem easier than it was to qualify for your ascension. And as we go towards higher levels of progressive revelation, naturally, what would make it progressive is that it reveals more and more teachings and therefore it becomes less simple, less black and white, more nuanced, deeper layers of teaching. That is what progressive revelation really means. What I am saying is that when you step up, and certainly when you go beyond the 96th level, you can begin to see that your relationship to your I AM Presence is more complicated and you can begin to see that it is a two-sided process.

The two-sided process of learning

Why did the I AM Presence send the Conscious You into embodiment? In order to grow, of course. Your I AM Presence wants to grow. But as I said, the I AM Presence is looking at it from a bird’s eye view, and it can withdraw so it does not experience what the Conscious You is experiencing. Therefore, there can be this disconnect and this means that there can come a point where you, as the Conscious You, can begin to consider: “What do I have to teach my I AM Presence?”

And in order to really integrate that, you have to let go of this belief that your I AM Presence is an almost god-like figure that is perfect. You have to realize that the I AM Presence sent you into embodiment because it wanted to grow and it sent you into embodiment on an unnatural planet because it wanted to grow, because there were certain lessons that the I AM Presence had not learned on a natural planet. Naturally, you, as the Conscious You, can have something to teach to your I AM Presence. And it is possible that you might have made observations down here that the I AM Presence has not yet integrated.

Sharing your observation of life

How does it relate to my topic here? What is it that is the highest gift you can give as part of your Divine plan? Well, it is, at the immediate level, these observations and lessons and conclusions that you have come to as the Conscious You that are stored in your causal body, and that you can connect to and release. And many of you have already done this. Many of you can see that when you talk to other people, whether it is about spiritual topics or something else, you will see that you are sharing something. You are sharing something with other people. You are sharing from the heart, as you often say. Well, that is your observation of life. From your causal body, you are sharing, and there is probably nothing more valuable you can give to other people who are open to it.

Now, as I said, some of your family members may not be open to it because they want you to continue to play that role they have defined for you. But then you can go and find other people and just be aware of how the dynamic is. There are some people where you can have these conversations, free-flowing, they do not feel threatened by you, you do not have to watch every word you are saying. You are just sharing of yourself and that can change other people more than the actual contents of what you are saying—because you are sharing yourself. It is not a matter of coming up with intellectual arguments. You are just sharing of yourself and suddenly that person senses there is something genuine in you and it can help that person connect to what they have learned in their causal bodies. But they need you to show them in many cases.

Integrating with the Presence

This is, for many of you, a step you can at least begin to contemplate. And then you can of course, see that beyond sharing what the Conscious You has stored in the causal body, there is of course, also the I AM Presence. Because we can look at it this way. You cannot be in a physical body looking through that physical body and at the same time having the bird’s eye view looking down from above. Your I AM Presence has also made observations of life on earth from the bird’s eye perspective and you of course, at the Conscious You level, can tune into that.

You can learn to tune in to both what you have stored in the causal body and what your I AM Presence has stored in the causal body and therefore, you can have that bigger perspective. Many of you again have already done this as part of your spiritual path. I am simply making you aware of it so that you can become more conscious and develop it more. You can see that many times when you look back at your life, you have had these visions you might say, where you have stepped back from a situation, looked at it almost from the outside, or where you look at things happening in the world and you just have a different perspective, almost like you are seeing a bigger perspective than most people are seeing.

Many of you will see how you are not as pulled into these strong political debates and opinions that you see. You are sort of standing back a little bit and realize that it is not for you to be pulled into this. And why are you on the spiritual path? Because you have integrated over many lifetimes that you are not primarily in embodiment to partake in physical pleasures or physical experiences or to store material goods. You are here for something broader, a wider perspective. You are here to learn, to grow, and as you become more aware of this, you can begin to integrate. You can begin to integrate more with your I AM Presence.

And this is a delicate topic, a delicate balance, because we have given teachings, and again you can go back to the 1930s when we first started talking about an I AM Presence, and you can even look at these charts of the Presence from the I AM Movement and the Summit Lighthouse where there is the lower figure and high above it is the I AM Presence and it reinforces the sense of distance.

We have given teachings in this dispensation that you need to overcome that sense of distance. But you see, how do you overcome it? By integrating with your Presence. And how do you integrate? Well, by beginning to think about this, contemplate, there are things that the Conscious You has learned that the I AM Presence has not yet fully integrated. Then there are things that the I AM Presence has seen from above that you have not fully integrated here below and therefore, it can be this symbiotic process, the figure eight flow. And you realize, of course, that when you are considering the process of the ascension, it is a two-way process but it is the Conscious You that comes up, that ascends to the level of the Presence, because the Presence is in the spiritual realm. The Conscious You is the one that must approach the Presence. But of course, this also means that the Presence must open itself to reintegrating the Conscious You into itself, and in order for the Presence to do this, the Presence must integrate the lessons and observations made by the Conscious You.

That is why the process is a symbiotic two-way process. And what you can do from the level of the Conscious You is to do what I have described here. Begin to contemplate. What can you teach your I AM Presence? Has the I AM Presence really seen what you see from here from below? Have you seen what the Presence sees from above and can you integrate the two in your being from the vantage point of the Conscious You?

Experiencing your divine individuality

I know, because I can feel your minds, how your intellectual linear minds are trying to sort this out but it is not an intellectual process. It is a process of shifting your consciousness. I am not asking you to try and understand this intellectually, to label it, to categorize it. I am giving you the teaching so you can begin to work on it intuitively and shift the way you view your I AM Presence and begin to contemplate how you integrate with the Presence. It is, we might say, if you look at the figure eight, a vertical figure eight, you can say the Presence is the upper figure of the figure eight, your outer personality is the lower figure, and the Conscious You is in the nexus.

All I am talking about here is the Conscious You dissolving the subconscious selves that pull your attention into the lower figure so that you are more free to put your attention on the upper figure and extend the Conscious You, like you have extended the Conscious You into the lower figure of the figure eight. Now you are pulling it away from the lower figure and you are extending it into the upper figure, becoming much more conscious of the Presence, what it is, the divine individuality that is anchored in the Presence.

But you understand that as long as you are unascended, it does not do you any good to say: “Yeah, here I am in the nexus and now I am looking up there on my I AM Presence and I am seeking to conceptualize and understand my divine individuality.” That is not what I am asking you to do. I am asking you to integrate so that you can express, you can become the open door and let your divine individuality be expressed through you so that, pay attention now, it is not that you are looking up at your I AM Presence, seeing your divine individuality and then letting it express through you. Nay, you integrate, you become the open door and as your I AM Presence expresses itself through you, then you experience your divine individuality. You do not look at it from a distance as a concept in the mind. You experience it as it is being expressed. And that, of course, is another thing you can give to people, and that is also extremely valuable when you can give that to people.

Dare to share yourself!

And this is the highest gift in your Divine plan. Give of yourself. Dare to give of yourself. And how do you do it? Well, it can be done in many ways, but it can be done in just talking to people who are open and becoming more aware of allowing this flow and really daring to be yourself, share yourself. We do not want to always use the messenger as an example, but you look at his YouTube videos and all he is really seeking to accomplish there is to share of himself. And of course, there are people who have a negative reaction to this because people will always feel threatened. But you just ignore the few people who are negative towards you when you express yourself.

I am not saying you have to do it on YouTube. I am just saying when you dare to express yourself, you will have a negative reaction from some people, especially often family members. But then you find other people where you can be yourself. But it is really a matter of daring to be yourself because, as I said, you have all been brought up that the one thing you do not do is be yourself and express yourself. In order to break that, break the chains that are holding you from expressing yourself, you will have to make a conscious decision. You will have to try and in order to make that decision, you have to break through the resistance and dare to express. It is like you are standing there, like you might have seen in a Shakespearean play, Hamlet standing there with a skull—to be or not to be. That is the question you are facing, to dare to express yourself or to stay in your little shell where you feel that if you live up to the expectations and the role, then at least you will not get a negative reaction, or at least you will not get a negative reaction all the time.

You have to dare to break through. And I understand, of course, that many of you have been hurt in previous lifetimes. You have built subconscious selves. But that is part of my purpose for this dictation, to make you aware that you need to look at this self. You need to draw this self or this conglomerate of selves that are telling you why you cannot express yourself. And if you will, when you reread, when you read this dictation, when you re-listen to it, if you will pay attention, you will see that these selves probably cannot quite contain themselves as I am saying this. They are screaming at you: “Oh no, this is dangerous, do not listen to this. You know what will happen, you know people will get angry with you. You know they will say this and they will say that and they will put you down and they will ridicule you and you are not going to like it and you are going to be hurt like you have been hurt before and therefore, you should be careful and be safe and not do what Mother Mary says. She does not really mean it. I think she does not mean it. I hope she does not mean it. Maybe she does not really mean it. She does not know you the way I know you”, and all of these things that will come up. And you need to be willing to look at this and work with the tools we have given you to resolve these selves. But for some of you, there are not even any selves to resolve.

What have I said here? Listen carefully. The Conscious You can have these general observations of life. Some of them are positive observations that are stored in your causal body. But some of them are just a decision you have made and yes, there is a subconscious self, but it may not have as strong of a pull on you as you think. It may be just a matter of making a different decision, becoming aware that you made this decision and then consciously switching that decision—I am willing to share myself. Some of you have selves you need to resolve, but for others it is just a matter of making that decision. I am willing to share. And then when you start sharing, you look at the reactions you get from other people, you see if there is a reaction in you and if there is, well okay, there is a subconscious self to deal with, and then you deal with that and then you feel more free and then you are more able to express yourself and you can keep going until you come to a point where you have set yourself free to express whatever comes to you.

Setting yourself and other people free

And the reason why you have set yourself free is that you have set other people free to react to what you are sharing any way they want. You are allowing them to be who they are at their present level of consciousness. They have a right to be stupid or angry or jealous and react based on those subconscious selves. But you have a right to express yourself completely independently of their subconscious selves. You have no obligation to adapt to other people’s subconscious selves. It is only your own subconscious selves that want you to think that you should pay attention to other people’s subconscious selves because when you are paying attention to other people’s selves, you cannot see your own at the same time so they can continue to hide from you.

Just see this whole circus of human interactions and say: “I will no longer play that game. I will dare to be who I am to express my observations and to be the open door for my Presence to express itself through me.” That is the highest gift that is part of your Divine plan.

When a student is ready, the teacher appears

How can you know if this teaching applies to you? Well, you are listening to it, are you not? Do you think you could have been here if you were not ready to at least consider this teaching? Do you think you would have found it in a written form if you had not been ready for it? When a student is ready, the teacher appears. Not a universal statement, but it applies to you in the sense that you are ready to at least contemplate the contrast between the way you were brought up to suppress yourself and who you really are. You are ready to contemplate that there may be people who are projecting at you that they do not want you as you are. They do not want you here. They do not want you to be different. But there are other people who do want who you are, who do want you to be different, who do want you to share of yourself because it can inspire them to do the same.

Listen to what I am saying. When you have a planet that is an unnatural planet, what happens? What happens is that everybody on the planet gets limited. They are put in a certain prison. How is the planet going to improve? Well, some people have to dare to break free of the prison and demonstrate that it can be done. Otherwise, nothing ever changes. There is no way to break the downward spiral on an unnatural planet unless some people dare to do something different, dare to not follow the crowd. You are those people who are in embodiment, in this embodiment, and have found a spiritual path and ascended master teachings because in past lifetimes you had dared to be different.

I am not trying to push you into doing something you do not want to do because if you can hear this, you put it in your Divine plan that you wanted to break free of this barrier. Now you may have outer selves that are screaming at you that we do not want to be free. We want to stay in the prison. We want to bury our heads in the sand. But who are you then? Are you the outer selves or are you more? I am only seeking to reconnect you to the more that you are because I ascended by reconnecting to the more that I AM and everyone who has ascended reconnected to the more that they are.

With this, I have given you what I wanted to give you. Accept my joy for interacting with you, for it is my joy to express who I am on a planet like earth. Otherwise, I would have moved on. There are so many other things you can do as an ascended master than remaining with an unnatural planet. But still, those of us who have chosen to remain is because we do find joy in helping people on earth.

I thank you for giving me the opportunity to share who I AM. Mother Mary I AM, and I represent the Divine Mother for all people on earth. And what does a mother want for her children? For them to be more, to be all they can be, to be free to share themselves.

Back to the Locking in to Your Divine Plan page

Unleash your creativity through stillness

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, January 5, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha.

The thoughtform for 2025

Let me begin by giving you the thoughtform for 2025. You visualize that there is a tree with a thick strong trunk. At the foot of the tree is sitting a Buddha figure. If you feel comfortable, visualize that it is you who is sitting with legs folded in a Buddha posture at the foot of the tree. If you have difficulty with this, visualize that it is I, Gautama, sitting at the foot of the tree. In front of the tree is a large body of water, the ocean. You know all oceans of the world are connected and they go all around the globe. The water is turbulent. There are waves, some choppy, some frothing. It is chaotic, it is turbulent. The roots of the tree extend into the water and form this very fine net where they become thinner and thinner reaching into the water. The top of the tree are the branches that reach very high into the atmosphere. They do not reach into the heavens, into the spiritual realm, because no trees grow into heaven. But they reach up high and the branches become thinner and thinner forming this very thin net, this filigree of branches.

Now, you visualize that in the spiritual and higher identity realm are the archangels. You can visualize them as human figures that are holding out their hands with a palm downward and radiating light from their hands. Or you can visualize them as spheres of light where perhaps you only see the eyes. This is again up to you. But they are radiating this white Christ light that then goes into this fine filigree net of the branches of the trees, gradually concentrating in the trunk. Going downward, going into the roots and going out through that fine filigree of the roots spreading into the water, where they illumine the water. And as the light spreads, the waves subside. And gradually, the water becomes like a mirror. And what does it reflect? The archangels up there. You see out-pictured in that mirror-like ocean: “As above, so below.” And this is the thought form for this coming year.

The double shock

Now, what can we add on to the many things that have already been given at this conference? Let me reach back to Serapis Bey’s magnificent discourse at the beginning. There was a time before you came to earth where most of you were avatars. You had, as we have said, grown tremendously on natural planets. How had you grown? By being creative. You came to that point where you decided that you would volunteer to descend to this unnatural planet of earth. You did have some idea that things would be different on an unnatural planet compared to a natural planet. But you had not really paid that much attention to it because, as we have said before, you had only experienced on a natural planet that by being creative you could solve whatever problem. You could manifest whatever you wanted to manifest. And you really saw no reason why things should be different on an unnatural planet. It might just require a more creative effort to bring forth something on an unnatural planet, because you knew matter was more dense. But you did not see why it should be fundamentally different.

Here you are, you descend into embodiment and now you experience—which you really could not grasp before, which none of us could grasp before—the density of a physical body, the density of matter on earth. And even that experience was shocking for us, because it was so different from a natural planet. And you felt confined, restrained, oppressed by the density of matter itself. But still, you maintained an optimistic view that you could have a positive impact on this planet through your creativity. Through doing what we have described here. Locking in to your built-in desire to be more. Locking in to the Christ consciousness. Being willing to look at current conditions and conceptualize something more.

In the beginning, you were, of course, shocked by how different current conditions on earth were, compared to a natural planet. But still, you thought: “Well, whatever current conditions are, it is always possible for them to be accelerated and to be more. I just need to visualize, based on current conditions, how to gradually raise them to a higher level.” But then, you were exposed to a double shock. First of all, you had expected that when you showed people on earth who are suffering, who are oppressed, that there is a way out of their suffering, they would grasp it, willingly and thankfully.

And then, even though you had some idea what fallen beings are, you did not realize the extent to which they are willing to go in order to stop you from disturbing status quo. You did not quite realize why they saw you as a threat, because you could clearly see that the fallen beings were suffering, even more than the original inhabitants. And you thought that they also wanted a way out of their suffering. “The more intense the suffering, the more eager beings should be to escape it,” you thought. We all thought. And all this is understandable, and all this is logical. I am not trying to find fault. I am not trying to criticize you. I had the same approach when I came.

Limiting our creativity

I am simply stating the fact that you were exposed to this double trauma that the original inhabitants either ignored you or aggressively wanted to silence you, and the fallen beings aggressively attacked you, attempted to silence you, even destroy you. What was the result of this? Well, we have talked about the birth trauma, the creation of separate selves. But really, what was the result in terms of your creativity? Well, you, we, all of us, went through this shock that caused us to either completely shut down or severely limit our creativity. And the reason for this was that we came to doubt that creativity is the solution, that creativity can bring forth a better situation on earth, that creativity can change the status quo.

And why did we come to doubt this? Well, because we faced what we might call an existential problem that we had never faced on natural planets. And it is a problem that really only emerges after beings go into duality and separation. And the problem can be said to be the tension between the individual and humanity as a whole, between the free will of one being and the free will of the broad population. You came to realize that you thought that your creativity could solve the problems on earth, as they could do on a natural planet. But on a natural planet, you had people who were willing to grow. And who, therefore, embraced your creative drive and your creative solutions. But on earth, you realized that if even the original inhabitants did not want to embrace your creative solutions, how could you use your creativity on earth? There were individual reactions. It was not that all avatars reacted exactly the same way. But all of us made certain decisions, created certain subconscious selves that justified that we either shut down or at least greatly reduced our creativity, our creative drive.

Holding spiritual balance

Now, this does not mean that we became passive. Because we still reasoned that: “If I cannot express my creativity outwardly, I can at least express it inwardly by raising my consciousness. And so, if I cannot bring forth new solutions on earth, I can at least hold the balance.” You see that there are stories in the East, such as described in Yogananda’s book, that there are beings with a high level of consciousness who live in remote locations in the Himalayas. Some have maintained a physical body for hundreds of years. But they are just living there unknown to the people. They are not taking active part in society. They are holding a spiritual balance. And this was the mindset that many avatars went into: “If I cannot do anything outwardly, then I must be satisfied with holding the spiritual balance.”

But what does this mean? Well, it means you are holding a balance so that the fallen beings cannot destroy earth. But if the people are not willing to grow, if they are not even willing to grow when they see the fallen beings out-picture their warfare and conflict and, therefore, intensify the suffering, then you are really only maintaining status quo. And this may allow the earth to continue. It may even allow a slow progression, because the earth is being pulled up by the rest of the universe. But it is not manifesting Saint Germain’s Golden Age. What you need to do here, if you want to ride the wave of this coming 12-year cycle—and I know we have given you a lot. I know that some of you have not really finished working on your birth trauma—but really, what I am saying here is part of your birth trauma. Because what you need to do in order to ride the wave of these next 12 years, is take a look at the subconscious selves you created when you decided to reduce your creativity.

Seeing through the excuse for limiting creativity

What were the reasons for it? There were individual reasons, but they can be grouped into two categories. One was you did not want to be attacked and destroyed by the fallen beings. You decided not to threaten them. Another was you saw that the people just ignored you, felt disturbed by you, did not want to shift into seeing themselves as co-creative beings. You decided that you either would not disturb the people or that instead of being so creative, you would dial down your creativity so you could blend in with the people, thinking that if the people could accept you as part of them, their group, maybe they would listen to you. Maybe you could have some impact. Maybe you could still bring forth creative solutions on a small scale.

And this has had a positive effect. There are many avatars who dialed down their creative vision, their creative drive as a result of facing the harsh realities of the planet, but they have still expressed some kind of creativity that has gradually brought society and humanity forward. That is one of the reasons why you do see a progression towards freer societies, more affluent societies, democratic societies, so that we are at a point where we can even talk about manifesting Saint Germain’s Golden Age, which we could not have done if there were not so many avatars who had been somewhat creative.

If you want to make the most use of this 12-year cycle, you will want to take a look at these subconscious selves you created and the reason you decided on to justify shutting down or reducing your creativity. And you need to look at these selves and see that the reason was just a reason. It was just a reason you decided on. It was not that this was some absolute objective reality. It was just something you decided on in reaction to this traumatic event of coming to earth. As we have said before, the initial birth trauma was a shock because of the contrast. But now, you have been on earth for so long, you have experienced so much here, that you can never again be so shocked. Even if you today unleashed your full creativity, and even if it was again rejected or ignored, you would not be as shocked as you were the first time.

Unleashing full creativity

And when you acknowledge this, you can take a neutral look at the reason you decided on for shutting down your creativity. You can see that it was just a reason. There was no cosmic necessity. There was not even a material necessity. It was an illusion. And therefore, you can dismiss it and let the self die. And you can decide that you are willing to be creative. Some of you will still limit your creativity in order to avoid standing out too much. Others are at a point where you can see this is your last embodiment on this planet—why not unleash the full creativity in the time you have left? What do you have to lose, as they say? If this is your last embodiment, why be afraid to question status quo, to challenge status quo? And if this is your last embodiment, why would you want to look back with regret, wishing you could have been more creative?

Why not let those barriers dissolve, disintegrate, tumble? And just be the open door for your I AM Presence and the ascended masters. Why not dissolve those subconscious selves that make you think you have to limit yourself, you have to adapt to people, to society, to what they can accept or not accept?

You look back at my time as the Buddha and you will say: “But Gautama, this was your last embodiment. Did you unleash your full creativity?” And the answer is: “No, I did not.” I adapted to current conditions, to the collective consciousness. And this was partly because it was my task to bring forth a new philosophy, a new approach. And obviously, it had to start where people were at in consciousness and take them somewhat higher. We have talked many times about progressive revelation. There was a limit to what could be brought forth 2,500 years ago because of the collective consciousness. I decided to fill a certain role. Could I have been more creative? Yes. Does that mean I look back with regret? No. Because when you ascend, you give up all sense of regret. Otherwise, the demons of Mara would have had something in me that would have caused a reaction. And I would have had to take another round on earth to bring forth that creativity.

Stop adapting—just be creative!

Today, you are facing a different situation. The collective consciousness is higher. Things can be brought forth that could not have been brought forth back then. Just look at what has been brought forth through this messenger. It is far beyond anything brought forth in recorded history, in some ways beyond anything ever brought forth. The collective consciousness is higher. And I am only saying this because I encourage you to consider what it would mean for you to just let it all flow and be as creative as you can be. Perhaps you can look at your upbringing, your path in life, and see how you have adapted to other people, to situations. And then say: “Maybe it is time to stop adapting and just be creative. What is my wildest dream? What would I really like to do in this final lifetime?” And then, deal with the selves that come up challenging your ability to do this. Dismiss the selves.

I am not asking you here to decide with the outer mind: “Oh, I am going to quit my job and sell my house and become a painter who paints impressionistic paintings.” I am not asking you to decide with the outer mind to do this or that. I am asking you to stop deciding with the outer mind to not do anything creative, to dismiss those selves. And therefore, become an open door. What does your I AM Presence want to express while it still has a platform here in the physical realm?

You may look at the messenger and say: “Well, he has decided to be a messenger. He is the open door for bringing forth these teachings. Surely the teachings are creative, but is he personally creative?”

Well, the book, My Lives, was certainly a book that, although inspired by ascended masters as well, was really what his I AM Presence decided to bring out, desired to bring out. There are other things that his I AM Presence desires to bring out. The same for all of you. I am simply asking you, do not worry about what other people should do or should not do. Look at yourself. Clear out the obstacles to your creativity. Let them fall by the wayside one by one and then go into this neutral, pure awareness, where you are willing to let the I AM Presence express something through you.

Your I AM Presence is a creative being. And the highest form of creativity for the Conscious You is to blend with the I AM Presence, so that the creativity of the I AM Presence is expressed through the Conscious You and your four lower bodies here on earth. What would creativity look like for you that you may never have really dreamt about, that you may never have really dared to envision or conceptualize? What might it look like? It does not have to be something wild and crazy. You do not have to become one of these bohemian artists. But what would it look like that you dare not really envision today? I am just asking you to ponder this and use these tools to deal with the subconscious selves that are limiting your creativity.

[sustained silence]

What is silence? When I am not speaking, what happens in your minds? Is there not a process that wonders: “Why did he stop speaking? Is the dictation over? But it did not last that long.” Is there not an aspect of your mind that has trouble dealing with silence?

The monkey mind

You see, what happens to most people on earth is that over many lifetimes, and certainly in this lifetime as well, there has formed these structures in the mind that look at what should or should not happen. It is the standard of the fallen beings that has crept in. And you have, especially at the mental level, this constant thought process that is evaluating everything. Is this okay? Is it not okay? Is it the way it should be? Will I be punished for this? Will I be rewarded for this?

There is this constant evaluation process. Some of it comes from subconscious selves that you can deal with by using our tools to resolve them. But some of it is just the mind at the mental level. Buddhists have called it the monkey mind, because a monkey has trouble sitting still in the tree. It is always jumping around. And likewise, what has happened on earth, especially since the advent of science and what has been called the age of reason, is that the mental mind has become so active for most people that their attention is always pulled into all of these thoughts.

Going into silence

I have before talked about ways to still the mind. But still, I want to talk somewhat about this. Because what has actually happened, and what happens on all unnatural planets—there is that in the collective consciousness forms these beasts, these entities, that are afraid of silence. And that project this fear of silence into people’s emotional bodies, their mental bodies, even their identity bodies. And why is this? Well, it is because the key to being creative is to tune in to the creative drive, to look at current conditions. To realize that the creative drive shows you that they could be more. Then, you use the conceptual mind to conceptualize what could be created that is more. But then, before you project it out, it is preferable, it is optimal, if you do not rush into projecting. But instead, you go into a state of silence.

And silence really means that you withdraw your attention from the world. In other words, normally your attention is going out. Even when you are observing current conditions, your attention is going out. When you are conceptualizing what could be done better, your attention is going out. But when you withdraw your attention away from the world, you can go into that point of stillness, as Saint Germain has called it, which is another way of describing what we have called pure awareness. The Conscious You steps outside the four lower bodies and now directs your attention upwards to the I AM Presence. And the Conscious You can then receive an impulse from the I AM Presence that gives you a frame of reference for evaluating the concept that you have formulated. You might say that you are reaching for the “As above, so below.” You bring your creative drive into alignment with the I AM Presence. But for this to happen, you need to withdraw your attention from the world, not direct it out. And go into the silence, so there is room to receive.

The silent mind: a chalice for creativity

This is the holy grail, the chalice raised up where something can be poured into from above. And that chalice, contrary to what students of previous dispensations have reasoned, is not a sophisticated mind. It is the quiet mind, the silent mind. Certainly, it helps to have knowledge of the world. If you are seeking to bring forth a creative solution in the field of education or medicine, you need to have knowledge of what is already there in the scientific field. But as many scientists have proven, having all this outer knowledge is not the source of creativity. It is something that the creativity can be expressed through. But to really receive a creative impulse from your I AM Presence, you need to go into that silence, so there is room for it to enter your mind. For as long as the mind is busy monkeying around, there is no room for the impulse from the Presence or the ascended masters to enter.

Then, of course, you project out an impulse upon the Ma-ter light, upon society, and you receive a return current. In the ideal scenario, when you receive the return current of your creative drive, you again go into silence. The Conscious You goes into neutral and you reach up to the I AM Presence: How do you look at this? What most people do is—they are observing current conditions through their subconscious selves. They are reacting to current conditions. They often have a compulsion to change things. Or they are seeking to escape some kind of suffering. They are so focused on current conditions, they cannot really be creative in a qualitative way. They may be able to try and change things at a quantitative level, but they cannot be creative.

Why? Because the subconscious selves cannot be creative. They are created in response to current conditions. They cannot conceive of transcending current conditions. They can only continue to react to them in the same way. You can, of course, dissolve the selves. But in order to really be creative, you need to reach that moment of silence. Now, many times the selves are what prevents people from going into silence, so you need to resolve a critical mass of them. But many of you have done this, so you can still benefit from taking this teaching I am giving you. And once in a while taking the time to at least attempt to go into silence, so that you can receive a creative impulse from the Presence.

And then, when you are facing situations in your life where you get a reaction from the world, from other people, from society, you can make an effort to not react through the subconscious selves, this constant evaluation of what should or should not be. But instead strive to go into silence and ask the Presence: “How do you look at this?” And when you get the frame of reference of how the Presence looks at your creative efforts, you can use that to evaluate the reaction from the subconscious selves you have left, or from other people. And you can, therefore, avoid reacting to it through those outer selves. You can react like the Presence would react which means, in many cases, that you are not moved, and so you dare to be creative again.

Challenging status quo: the silent mind vs. the separate mind

There is, when you look at artists, creative people—there is a tendency for them to become very eccentric, very bohemian, very rebellious, rebelling against society and rebelling against status quo. And it could be legitimate to ask the question: “Does being creative on planet earth necessitate you becoming a narcissist or a sociopath where you have no sensitivity to other people and you just do whatever you want?” But it does not. The alternative is that you resolve the psychology. What are some of these artists doing? They do not know how to resolve their psychology, so they go into a state of mind where they think that it is epically important that they rebel against society, that they challenge status quo. And they create such a strong subconscious self that it suppresses the other subconscious selves that are afraid of being creative or that are sensitive to other people’s reaction.

In other words, they become insensitive. And that is why you see them many times bringing forth something in art, for example, that is completely disharmonious, that does not have any beauty in it, that really is not creative. It is just disruptive. But they think that this somehow serves a purpose, and in some cases it does, by challenging status quo. I am not saying that there are not some of these so-called bohemian artists who have not had an effect on challenging status quo. But it has not been done from the Christ mind. It has been done from the separate mind. What you can achieve, as spiritual people, is to resolve enough psychology that you are able to go into this silence and tune in to the Presence. And bring forth something from the Christ mind that is truly creative, because it frees people from the prison.

You see some of these artists that have been famous artists, have been known for their rebelliousness. How they have been so agitated, so disturbed in their minds, because their minds were always so active. It was an obsessive compulsion for them to paint or sculpt or do whatever they did. Some of them have been so disturbed in their minds that they have expressed something that really has no value, is not really art. It is just chaos. Some of them have gone into drugs or alcohol to have some relief from the intensity of their minds.

I am not asking you to become like these artists. I am actually asking you to consider an entirely new view of what it means to be an artist or a creative person, in general. And it is that your creativity does not spring from a disturbed mind, an overactive mind, but from a mind that is so resolved that it is able to go into silence. And instead of bringing forth something from inside the mind itself, you are bringing forth something from a higher realm, the I AM Presence, the ascended masters. Therefore, instead of being here below and doing whatever you want here below, you become “As above, so below.” And this is true creativity, because this is the only way to bring forth something truly new on a planet like earth, something that will help people, society, transcend the current conditions that are so limiting.

Riding the wave through stillness

I know that few people will look at the Buddha and connect the Buddha with creativity, but the stillness of the mind is truly the source of higher creativity. It is also a key to riding the wave of these next 12 years. For if you cannot go into the stillness, how can you avoid being pulled into the turbulence, reacting to the turbulence? We have used the image of surfing a wave. But when a surfer is up on the board, is inside this barrel roll of the wave, there is actually stillness, there is balance. It is the only way to stay upright. And many surfers feel that the greatest value of their activity is that they go into that stillness. For it is the only way to maintain the balance.

And it is the same for these next 12 years. The only way to maintain balance in the turbulence is through stillness. For in stillness, there is not room for the evaluations, right and wrong, good or bad, this or that. There is just stillness. And I am, of course, the ascended master who represents stillness for earth, so I simply offer you my Presence, my Being, as a help for these next 12 years. You can give my decree, you can give invocations, but I encourage you to learn gradually to just tune in to my Presence in the stillness.

The Buddha’s assistance in stillness

We can say that tuning in to the Buddha is not an activity of the mind. It is through ceasing activity in the mind that you tune in to the Buddha. And that, when you experience this stillness is how time loses its hold on the mind. As you see how this dictation has lasted almost a full hour, even though the messenger, at one point, wondered if it would fill up the time. And suddenly his mind was so focused on the stillness of my Presence that he did not realize that time had passed and time is up.

With this, I wish to express the gratitude of all of us who have been part of this release. As always, many more Masters have been involved than have spoken. And we are all grateful that so many of you have participated and been part of the flow “As above, so below.” With this, I seal you. I seal this conference, which has been a tremendous breakthrough from our perspective. And I seal you in the stillness of the Buddha. Gautama, I AM.

Reimagining reality: The shift from passiveness to creativity

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Master MORE through Kim Michaels, January 5, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master MORE and naturally it is my task to inaugurate this 12-year cycle on these lines of the Psychological Clock as it is beginning with the First Ray.

The drive to be more

The purpose of this clock is, of course, to help people resolve psychology individually and collectively. Therefore, we need to take a look at the First Ray from a more psychological perspective. We need to recognize here that when the Creator decided to create a world of form, create self-aware extensions of itself starting with a point-like sense of self and giving them imagination and free will, the Creator knew that it is possible that beings can experiment with their free will and get stuck. That is why the Creator created, defined, the Christ consciousness as the source of all form and built into the Christ consciousness the drive to be more. Ultimately this drive to be more, of course, leads you to reach the Creator consciousness in which you can fully appreciate and experience your Creator. But at the more immediate level when a new lifestream starts out with that point-like sense of self, it is experienced as a drive to be more because a new lifestream cannot conceive of the Creator or even attaining the Creator consciousness.

We know well that when we talk about attaining the Creator consciousness, many people on earth cannot conceive of this either, but at least some of the more spiritual people can lock into what this means. But for the vast majority of humankind, they are not ready to even contemplate that they could grow to that consciousness. And then of course we have the fallen beings who believe that they have already attained a god-like state of consciousness where they know better than the Creator. Yet for most people, as I said, for most lifestreams, they experience this built-in drive to be more.

How we co-create

Now you may say that you are designed to be co-creators, so you have a drive to co-create. But what does it mean to create something? Well, it means to create something that is not there now, meaning true creativity is to create something that is more than was there before. Now how do you create something that is more than was there before?

Shifting from passive observer to active co-creator

Now take the situation as we have explained. As a new lifestream, you have a point-like sense of self. Therefore, you have limited abilities to co-create because co-creation requires you to envision something with what we have described as the conceptual mind and then project that upon the matter-light. If you were in a completely empty environment, you would not know where to begin this process. That is why a co-creator is placed in an environment that is already created by beings with a higher level of consciousness than the new co-creator, namely, in your case, the Elohim who created this unascended sphere, including planet earth in its original form. A new co-creator is placed in an environment.

Now a new co-creator is able to observe its environment and it usually takes some time for a new co-creator to get used to its environment. In other words, a co-creator does not get a running start and immediately on day one starts to co-create. Most co-creators have to orient themselves, experience their environment and try to gain some insight into how their environment works, what is possible in that environment. Of course, you are not placed alone in that environment, so there are other people you can interact with and therefore, discuss and learn from each other. But you also, in the original pure state, you have access to spiritual teachers, the ascended masters, who can teach you about your environment as you become curious and willing to ask questions, for you are not forced to learn from us.

We now have a co-creator who has taken some time, become accustomed to its environment. And a co-creator clearly experiences that it did not create the environment it is in. It was created by some larger minds and the co-creator was placed there. In the beginning, the co-creator sees itself as an observer, as an experiencer, and it can take some time for a new co-creator to consider itself as a co-creator who has the ability to create something.

What does it take to make this shift? Well, it takes that you tune into the Christ mind in yourself and the drive to be more. In a sense, there is a possibility that a new co-creator could come to a point where it has gotten used to its environment, it is enjoying being in its environment, and it simply sees itself as an observer, as an experiencer of that environment. And it could not even conceive that it could bring forth something that it cannot observe. In other words, creativity means that you go beyond just observing your environment and what is already created, to envisioning that you could create something more and in order to make that shift from passively observing, experiencing your environment, to actively co-creating it, you need the Christ mind.

The co-creators on earth

Now, of course, a new co-creator on a natural planet has access to the Christ mind but it still requires a choice from the co-creator. When we look at earth, we have explained to you that there were originally three waves of lifestreams, new co-creators, that took embodiment on earth in succession, of course. Most of those first three waves lifestreams participated in a co-creative process, made the switch to be co-creators, and most of them eventually ascended. We have also explained that the first wave descended to the identity realm, the second to the mental realm, the third to the emotional realm and then the fourth wave of lifestreams descended to the physical realm and took physical bodies.

Now, because the physical realm is the densest, there are still today some of these original inhabitants of the earth from the fourth wave who have not made the switch to see themselves as co-creators. Certainly, it was more difficult for the fourth wave than the previous three because of the density of the physical realm. But earth was a natural planet. It was not an unnatural planet, as you see today. The difference is so big that you can barely imagine it and that most people could not at all accept it. Because the kind of nature, the kind of life forms you see on the physical planet today were not there when the earth was in its natural state. There were bodies, but they were in a much more pure form. Even though it was more difficult for the fourth wave than the first three, it was not nearly as difficult for them as it is today. But there were still many of them that did not make that switch of actually accepting themselves as co-creators.

Denying the drive to be more

Now, when that happens, and it has of course happened on other planets throughout the history of this unascended sphere, when that happens, what happens is that, as we have said, your lifestream is actually created out of the Christ consciousness. Built into your lifestream, your I AM Presence, is the drive to be more. This means that, as I said, in order to make the switch and accept yourself as a co-creator, as opposed to a passive observer, you have to make a decision. Well, in order to not make that switch, you also have to make a decision. You have to find a way to deny, to ignore, to explain away the inbuilt drive to be more. You have to come to create, with a conceptual mind, a self-image that you are not a co-creator. Now this is possible on a natural planet. It has happened on a number of natural planets. But what always happens is that some people, some lifestreams, decide to make the switch and accept themselves as co-creators, and others do not. This means you now have a mixture of those who are creative and those who are not, those who are denying or at least postponing their creativity.

Development on earth

What happens is that those who are choosing to deny their creativity cannot avoid observing that other people in their environment are being creative. Again, they have to come up with this explanation in their minds for why they are not being creative, they are not transcending themselves. The question now becomes how far this goes on a planet. There are different scenarios on different planets, but let us focus on earth. There was this fourth wave of lifestreams, all started out with the same potential but a majority of these lifestreams chose to remain passive and a minority chose to be creative. These co-creators did bring forth many new things on earth, and this meant that even at the physical level on earth, there was a clear progression. Life became more organized, societies began to form. This was before recorded history, mind you, but if you look at it, at what you have seen in recorded history, you can go back to the Stone Age, where you had these very small groups of people. And then gradually, over time, into the Bronze Age, the Iron Age, and so forth, larger groups of people formed, they became more organized. You eventually saw the formation of certain, what we can call civilizations, that were quite sophisticated. This is similar to what happened on the original natural earth, only of course at a higher level.

Formation of the creative elite

What you saw was that there was this formation of what we could call an elite, a creative elite, that raised civilization, raised societies, to a much higher level of organization, sophistication, culture, and so forth. What they did not have, when the earth was a natural planet, was armies, or even a police force, because it was not necessary. But the point I am making here is that you saw a clear division between the creative elite and the majority of the population who became followers of the creative elite. Then after more time had passed, there started to appear even a division in the creative elite, where there were those who saw themselves not just as co-creators who were here to co-create on earth, but locked into the potential to raise their consciousness and even ascend from earth. And there were also those among the creative elite who came to see themselves as leaders of the people. You saw in a sense a division in the creative elite between those who started focusing on the spiritual aspect of life and those who started focusing on the more physical, worldly aspect of life. Again, this is by no means the same that you see on earth today, but you can compare it to having a division between a religious organization with a hierarchy of religious people and a worldly organization with worldly leaders such as kings and emperors. This is what you saw starting to happen in these societies as they became more sophisticated.

Ascension of the spiritual elite

Now what then started to happen after some time was that those who became what we might call the spiritual elite, as opposed to the worldly or secular elite, they became more and more connected to the Christ mind. They integrated, united with the Christ mind, and therefore, they did not see themselves as an elite. This is just a term I am using to illustrate. They began to lock into their potential to ascend and then there came a point where a very large part, a majority of these, the spiritual elite, actually ascended from earth within a relatively short period of time. Who was left to run society? Well, the worldly elite. But when the spiritual elite ascended, what started happening was that what scientists call the second law of thermodynamics, became activated at a higher level than it had been before. We can say that when the original inhabitants, many of them, decided to deny their creativity, then the second law of thermodynamics was activated. But because there were so many people that were still being creative on earth and striving to grow spiritually, the second law of thermodynamics did not lead to a breakdown in society.

The breakdown of society

When the creative elite, the spiritual elite, ascended, there was not the creative spiritual people to counteract the second law, which then meant that society started breaking down. Now the solution to this would of course have been that some of the worldly elite would transform themselves into becoming spiritually focused and some among the people would transform themselves into seeing themselves as co-creators. Then the breakdown of society could have been counteracted, so society was still transcending itself. But this did not happen in sufficient numbers, and therefore, these quite sophisticated civilizations started breaking down. And of course, the leaders could not understand why, and the people even less could understand why.

Now, what did the worldly elite do? Well, as I said, they had the potential to transcend themselves. We can go into all kinds of talks about why they did not, but the bottom line here is, they chose not to do so. And again, they had to explain to themselves why they did not. Then they had to explain to the people why the people did not have to transcend themselves. And therefore, they had to find a way to explain why society was breaking down, why society was deteriorating from its fairly high level to a lower level. What they did, what they chose to do, was that they came up with the explanation that there were natural processes on the earth that were so big that human beings could not counteract them. This means that they now shifted into a state of mind where even the worldly elite were not focused on being creative and transcending current conditions.

Seeking to maintain status quo

You understand here, I am assuming, that the second law is not a negative force. It is not a destructive force. It is only activated when there is not self-transcendence. The purpose of it is actually to awaken people to the need for self-transcendence, which is built into the Christ consciousness that they are created out of. It is not a destructive force; it is an opportunity for growth. But because so many among the worldly leaders and the people on earth were not willing to transcend themselves, they had to explain the second law so that they did not acknowledge that it was an opportunity for them and they explained it as an external force, this is simply the way the world is. What they actually shifted into was a state of mind where they saw creativity not as the key to growth, but as a threat to the status quo. Because as they started seeing civilization deteriorate, they became obsessed with maintaining what was there instead of transcending.

You see what the second law does. It seeks to maintain transcendence. When even a high civilization transcends itself, it is better for everyone. But when the second law is activated, it breaks down society that will not transcend itself so as to point out the need to get back to self-transcendence and creativity. But if people are not willing to do that, they shift into wanting to maintain status quo and prevent further breakdown. This is then, as we have explained before, what caused the emergence of these civilizations on earth that were fixated on maintaining status quo by preventing people from being creative, from being different. They wanted people to follow the norm, the standard for how you were supposed to be.

Leaders and their followers

There emerged this worldly elite who thought they had the power in their minds to define how the world actually works and there emerged this majority of the population who were not willing to activate their creative drive and therefore, they blindly followed the worldly leaders. It was not that they did not have warnings. There were still some spiritual people in embodiment, but they gradually became ostracized from society because they were seen as a threat. Again, this was different from what you have seen in recorded history, but it is parallel to Jesus appearing in Palestine and the people rejected him and wanted a murderer rather than the Living Christ to be released.

Fallen beings and avatars

This is then what led to the point where a self-destructive spiral had been created where the second law would have broken down not only civilization, but it could even have gone to the point where the planet had disintegrated. That was when the ascended masters then decided to allow two groups of lifestreams to embody here, the fallen beings as one, avatars as another. We have given many teachings on this, so I will not go into it more here. If it is a new concept to you, you need to study our previous teachings.

The earth today

The point for this long explanation is to show you that when you look at the earth today, you see that there is still a majority of the population who are the original inhabitants of the earth and who never activated their creative drive and made the switch to accept themselves as co-creators. This is a condition that is not created by the fallen beings. It is created by the choices, or lack of choices, of the original inhabitants in the physical realm. But it has of course been greatly reinforced by the fallen beings. Because the fallen beings have, by and large, replaced the worldly elite that was there when the fallen beings came to earth. They have set themselves up as the leaders because they are absolutely convinced that they can define how the world works. Now, as we have said, you never allow just one fallen being to descend on a planet. You allow a number of them, so you can be sure they form dualistic polarities and therefore end up fighting each other. And this is what breaks up the monotony, or the sameness, that you saw on earth.

The initiations in 2025

What is the point for telling you all of this? Well, it is to show you that the initiations that humankind will be facing, in this year of 2025, is precisely the initiation of will people make this shift and see themselves as creative beings or will they continue to deny their built-in creativity and seek to maintain status quo? And you can see that this is a development that has been going on for some time on earth, obviously, but the descent of the light from the archangels and Elohim will greatly accelerate this development.

The will to experiment

The only way that humankind can pass the initiations of this coming year is through creativity. But how are you creative? Well, you need to first accept yourself as a creative being who has a creative potential. You have to develop the will to experiment. Experimentation is the source of creativity.

What does that mean? Well, if you are not willing to experiment, you are looking at current conditions and you are saying: “Oh this is just the way it is, nothing can be changed, nothing can be done about it—certainly not by me.” And then you become afraid that you can lose what you have and you seek to hold on to it. Even if it is very little, even if it is causing you the suffering, the tension, the sense that you are oppressed, that things could be better, you still seek to hold on to what little you have, because you are afraid that you could lose it, and things could get worse. In other words, you are looking at current conditions and thinking this is the only way things can be, this is the way things have to be, this is the way God created it, this is the way the natural laws created it, or whatever it may be that is your ideological explanation for this.

And the fallen beings, of course, want to keep people in that state because this allows the fallen beings to control them and get people to follow them blindly. They are reinforcing this view that the majority of the people are not creative beings, they are powerless, and they need the fallen beings to lead them and tell them how to live, what is possible, what is not possible. In order to be creative, you have to accept that you have a potential, and then you have to look at current conditions, and as other masters have explained, ask yourself, is this the only way things could be? Is this the natural way? Is this unavoidable? Could there be something else? You need to be willing to imagine, to conceptualize, a state that is not manifest now. This is the essence of creativity. You are looking at conditions in your environment, you are feeling the drive that they could be more, and you use the conceptual mind, your imagination, to envision something that is more. You cannot do this if you are attached to the status quo, to current conditions, if you believe that is all that is possible. You cannot do this if you are in the fallen consciousness because, as a fallen being, you cannot be creative.

More of vs. more than

This may sound contradictory, because you may point to world leaders in history who have been fallen beings but who have achieved supposedly great things, such as expanding the Roman Empire or creating an advanced civilization with huge buildings and this and that. But this is not creativity, because it is not looking at current conditions and envisioning that they could be more than they are. You see, we have explained before, there is more of and there is more than. And fallen beings are perfectly capable of envisioning that they could have more riches, power, sex, luxury, control. They are perfectly able to visualize this, but this is not creativity. This is just more volume, more quantity, not an improvement of quality.

Rethinking creativity

What you will see in this coming year is that people will be challenged to rethink creativity, to rethink status quo, to ask these questions. Is this all our lives can be? If we are born in Russia, have grown up in Russia, have been exposed to Russian society, have been oppressed, are afraid to speak out and even afraid to have an opinion about the future of our society, is this all our lives can be? Do we have a choice to either submit to current conditions in Russia, or leave the country, as many have done, the creative people have done? If we have grown up in a poor part of the United States, is that all life can be? Can we do something ourselves to improve our lives, or do we need to look for the strong leader, whether he is called Donald or something else, who will do it for us?

Who can we help?

This is the challenge in 2025. Many people will, of course, not even notice this challenge. But I am giving you this long explanation because I want you to grasp, as the spiritual people, as ascended master students, that there is a large part of the population on earth that you cannot help. There is no point in making calls or invocations for them. But there is a part of the population that you can help. First of all, there are avatars who have been so burdened by their birth trauma that they do not see themselves as creative beings anymore, that they have in many cases almost given up on life on earth. You can make the calls, hold the vision to awaken them. But there are also those among the original inhabitants who have grown and who, therefore, have the potential to make the switch I am talking about ask the questions, consider what could be done better.

I am not saying that all of them will be ready to look at what could be better in civilization overall or in a particular society, but many of them are least willing to consider that there are some aspects of their personal life or some aspect of their work life that they could improve, where they could be creative, bring forth something new that is qualitatively better than what is there now. It does not really matter what it is. It can be, as the popular saying goes, to invent a better mousetrap or a more comfortable form of toilet paper. It does not matter, as long as it activates the creative drive where people make the shift and realize: Oh, there is something I can do. There is something creative I can bring forth.” And this is what you can make calls for, hold the vision for.

Questioning the status quo

Creativity is locking in to the drive to be more that is built into the Christ consciousness. Locking in to the fact that you, in yourself, in your own being, have a drive to be more. And then activating that drive by looking at current conditions, being willing to use your imagination to conceptualize something that is better than what is there now.

Now, it may not be that all people need to bring forth something new and creative. There are many people who can accept the creativity of others, support the creativity of others, and accept that certain things are possible. As we have said before, how could democracy come into being? Democracy cannot be forced upon people who are not ready for it, which the American experiment in Iraq has proven. There must be a critical mass of people that come to the point where they accept that a better form of government than tyranny is possible, and that it could actually function. Well, the same way, in order for new forms of energy to be brought forth, there must be a critical mass of people who can accept that it is possible, and who will not buy into the fallen beings’ propaganda that this ‘free energy’ is a completely ridiculous idea, that is in contradiction to the laws of nature, of the preservation of energy.

There is no law of the preservation of energy on a cosmic scale, because everything in the material realm is created from energy from a higher realm that has been reduced in vibration. There is, on a very local scale, as the First Law of Thermodynamics talks about, a certain preservation of energy. But at the larger scale, there is no preservation of energy. There is an inexhaustible supply of energy in higher realms that is just waiting to be reduced and expressed in the material, physical realm.

What we look forward to seeing, in this coming year, is that more and more people will open their minds to new ways of looking at current conditions, looking beyond current conditions, looking beyond status quo, challenging, questioning status quo. And you, of course, can do this yourselves by studying whatever topic appeals to you. Study what is there. Use your intuition to tune in to us so we can give you new ideas of something that is possible that is not there right now.

But at least you can hold the vision and make the calls that those who have expertise in a certain area will be willing to think beyond. For example, thinking beyond the materialistic paradigm, thinking beyond what is politically possible, even that people in the Muslim world can think beyond the Sharia law and can dare to think that Islam could actually progress. If this happens to a critical degree, then the earth will make it successfully through 2025 without any major negative events. If this does not happen to a critical degree, then there will be various events that will shake up people’s view that the status quo can be maintained.

Freeing people from limiting conditions

You understand that this is not some form of punishment. It is not out of a desire for destruction. It is actually out of a desire to free people from the state of mind that keeps them imprisoned in current conditions. Why are they imprisoned in current conditions? You take this prison that was discovered in Syria, where there were people who had been kept there for years, in the same cell, that had no windows, they were living in darkness. Would you say that breaking down the doors to that prison and letting people out was an act of destruction or was a threat to these people? Well, for some of them, it was a shock to go out into the bright daylight. For some of them, it is still a shock psychologically, to adjust to life where suddenly they have to make choices. But was it really detrimental to free them rather than to allow them to stay there for the rest of their lives? But you can see that there are people on earth today, many populations, who are living in oppressive situations, limited situations, but they do not even acknowledge that they are imprisoned. They think life could not be any different. And they will see it as a threat, as a negative, that current conditions are challenged or break down. But is it, from a larger perspective, a negative?

The force of Shiva vs. spoilers

You have in the traditional Hindu mythology, Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva, the Creator, the maintainer and the destroyer. But Shiva is not the destroyer. Shiva is the liberator, who destroys current conditions in order to liberate the souls, the lifestreams that are trapped in those conditions. In a sense, you could say all ascended masters are part of the force of Shiva. In a sense, you could say all creative people are part of the force of Shiva. What you cannot say is that the fallen beings are part of the force of Shiva, for they are not seeking to break down current conditions in order to liberate the people. They are seeking to keep the people under control, even more control, or they are in the category of the spoilers that are simply seeking to destroy. And therefore, they too will be subject to the second law. Their power, their hold on power, will break down.

You will see this among leaders around the world who are in this state of mind, thinking they know best. Those who are most intent on maintaining their power, maintaining their self-image, they are the ones who think they know best, better than the people, many of them even better than God. And their vision that they know best must also be challenged. And it will be challenged by themselves, by the fact that they are in the duality consciousness where they will polarize and become more and more extreme, more and more unbalanced, therefore more and more contradictory in their behavior, in their viewpoints, in their statements, in their policies, until it finally becomes so pronounced that more and more people will begin to see it.

I do not need to name names here. You already know some of the people I am talking about. But there are many more that we have never mentioned. There are, for example, those in the scientific, materialistic establishment, whose materialistic worldview will be challenged. There are those in the traditional religions whose worldview will be challenged.

You may think I sound serious, perhaps stern, but as other masters have said, I am really joyful about this development because I see the potential. I see the potential to liberate so many people who are today trapped. And truly, I know something about being trapped. In my embodiment as Thomas More, I was imprisoned by the king and then I was executed. There is a story that I joked on the way up the scaffold because I actually saw my execution as a liberation because I saw that there was no way to change the status quo in that situation. But today, there is much more possibility to change the status quo. And this is what I hope that you can lock into so that you can see this as an opportunity and not as a threat. So that no matter what happens, you can see it as an opportunity, as the work of Shiva, that breaks down in order to liberate.

Locking into the positive

The Christ consciousness is in everything. Right now, the Christ consciousness is crucified in matter, on earth, in so many ways. Jesus’ crucifixion just being a symbol of the Christ consciousness being crucified in matter. Even the breakdown of the cross is a liberation of the Christ consciousness. If you can lock into that, you can navigate not only this coming year, but many coming years, and maintain a positive attitude where you see beyond the events that are happening. We tried to help you do this with the corona pandemic. Some of you did, some of you did not, but you still have another opportunity now to lock into the positive, to lock into the opportunity, to the potential for growth. And if you can do this, you can make your own life much more enjoyable. And you can unlock your creativity so you can improve your own life, even help improve society.

Naturally, I could go on almost indefinitely. But I will restrain myself, being satisfied that I have given you the impetus I wanted to give here, and then, perhaps, I will give more teachings through this year, about how you can help society make this transition from status quo to the willingness to experiment, from holding on to status quo to being willing to experiment in order to manifest something that is more.

With that, I seal you in the joy of Master More. My joy is full, but that does not mean it is static, for my joy is always more—more full.

The Psychological Clock: A new cycle of spiritual acceleration

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary through Kim Michaels, January 5, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master Mother Mary and given that I am the representative of the Divine Mother for earth, I am naturally on and associated with all of the rays, the seven rays and the eighth beyond it. I am, as Saint Germain, overjoyed by this release of light by the archangels and the Elohim. Truly, this is a turning point that I have been looking for, for a long time hoping that a critical mass of people would bring about this turning point by responding, by raising their consciousness, looking into their own psychology and using some form of spiritual teaching and technique to raise their consciousness, thereby contributing to raising the collective consciousness to that critical mass, that tipping point where this light could be released.

It has for some time been my plan to release a teaching that can help you in general, navigate the psychological challenges you face on earth, and given that we are now moving into this 12-year cycle, I have found this to be an opportune moment. Some ascended master students will be aware that in the previous dispensation of the Summit Lighthouse, I released something called the Cosmic Clock, which is basically a tool for charting your personal psychological cycles, but also karmic astrological cycles based on plotting the 12 signs of the Zodiac (the precession of the equinoxes) on the face of a clock. Each line representing one of the constellations and a corresponding God quality and the perversions of that quality.

The Psychological Clock

However, what I desire to release now is not really a continuation of the Cosmic Clock teachings. It is not meant to replace the Cosmic Clock teachings for those who may still find those valuable. I am not necessarily saying that this is a more advanced or higher teaching, but it is perhaps a more practical teaching for dealing with psychology. What you can do with this clock, this we might call it the Psychological Clock, is you can use it to see certain cycles in your personal life. What we will do for the Psychological Clock is that we will not use the equinoxes, we will use the rays, all 15 of them.

The full circle

You can envision that you are looking at an old-fashioned clock face, where you have the 12 o’clock line on top, then the one, two, three, four, five and so on until you reach the 11 o’clock and again you are at the 12. But what we will envision here is that the 12 is also the zero point, the starting point. At the zero line, the zero o’clock line, you start the First Ray. From the zero to the one, that space is represented by the initiations of the First Ray. You can say that you can start when you were born, this is the zero o’clock line, and for the first year of your life, you are facing the initiations from a psychological perspective of the First Ray of God Power, God Will, God Creativity. Now of course, I realize fully that when you are less than one year old, this will not do you a whole lot of good. But you will see that we have to start somewhere and work our way up until you reach an age where you are able to consciously take advantage of this teaching, whatever that age may be.

From the one o’clock to the two o’clock line, you are dealing with the initiations of the Second Ray. You can, of course, for each of these lines, which we will do, plot the qualities of each ray, the challenges you are facing on these rays, and this can give you some idea of what challenges you are dealing with at a particular age, at a particular year. From the two to the three o’clock line, and so forth, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh. You have from the sixth to the seventh, you are dealing with the Seventh Ray. From the seventh to the eighth, you are dealing with the Eighth Ray of Integration. From the eighth to the ninth, the Ray of Equilibrium. From the ninth to the tenth, the Ray of Transparency and from the tenth to the eleventh, the Ray of Transcendence and from the eleventh to the twelfth, the Ray of Rebirth. This has completed one complete revolution of the clock. However, have we not told you there are 15 rays? What about the last three secret rays? Well, let me just finish a thought first.

The last three secret rays

You can start at your birth. Start the cosmic clock, the first year, the First Ray, and so forth. You get up to when you are 12 years old, and you now have completed a round on the clock, and now the question is, what do you now do? Well, for most people who are 12 years old and going into the teens, you will take another round on the clock with the 12 lines. Then you end up at the age of 24. It is still not easy for most people to do anything other than take another round on the clock. But as you become perhaps aware of the spiritual path, using an ascended master teaching, using our tools to start transforming your psychology, you can come to a point where you have now reached the 12 o’clock line again and then you have the potential to break out of the circle. And you do this by realizing that the 12 lines on the clock are on the circumference of the circle, but there is a center, represented by the 13th Ray of Creative Flow. What you can do at this point is, you can go to the center, and when you are at the center, you can look at the 12 lines of the clock, and you can sense intuitively, is there a particular line where I still have something unresolved? And then instead of going in a linear way, you can go directly from the center to that line.

Say you feel you have something unresolved on the 8th Ray, or the 8 o’clock line. You do not have to go to the one, the two, the three, the four, the five, the six, the seven to get to the eight. You go directly from the center to the eighth. Then when you have been in the center, however long that may take, and it could ideally take a year, it could take more, then you can take the next step. You can realize that so far you have been focusing on the individual lines of the clock, but the lines are drawn on the circle that forms the outer boundary of the clock and this is represented by the 14th Ray of Sharing Your Presence. Once you are on that circle, you realize that the lines of the clock are fixed, but the circle itself could be turned, it could be rotated and that means that you can now go to any line of the clock where you feel you have something you want to share, some aspect of your Presence you want to share on that line. In other words, you do not have to at this point share your Presence first at the one o’clock or the zero o’clock and then at the one and the two and the three and so forth. You can go wherever you feel moved to go to share your Presence on a particular ray.

And then when you feel that you have done this sufficiently, you can become aware that there is a 15th Ray, which we have not actually described and which we have been reluctant to put too many words on to avoid you forming mental images. But we have used the word unconditionality. What does that correspond to on the Cosmic Clock? Well, what is the clock face drawn upon? A white sheet of paper. The 15th Ray represents the cosmic background that everything, every form, is fashioned out of. It is unconditional, unconditioned by any form that is expressed because it comes before the forms and therefore, there is a flow of energy from the unconditional into the world of form, but there is not a flow or projection from the world of form upon the unconditional. But you can tune into this flow and this can help you then even more deeply share your Presence.

What I am saying is that as an ascended master student, you can look back at your life, you can plot your age, where have you gone to on this cosmic clock? Which line are you on right now? Which initiations are you facing? Then you can focus on passing these initiations until you have gone another round and you can now consider: Am I ready to step into the center or do I feel I need to take another round?

Now you may say that when you reach a certain point, and for many it will be when you reach the age of 36 where you have gone around the circle three times, it is possible that at any line of the clock you can step to the center. I am not asking you to be completely rigid about this, but on the other hand I am also asking you not to decide with the outer mind that now you are ready to step to the center. Just let it come intuitively from within.

The planetary Psychological Clock

Naturally we will give more teachings on this, but I wanted to sketch the outline of what I am releasing here. What can you use it for? You can use it to compare it to the 12-year cycle. You have your personal cycle starting when you were born, but the earth starts a new cycle here at New Year’s at the 12-zero line.

The Year of the First Ray

This next year, 2025, will be dominated by the First Ray. You can, therefore, take advantage of that by making calls to the masters of the First Ray and making the calls that these masters will help people pass this initiation. There has to be a will to be creative and creativity starts with thinking beyond your current mental box, questioning your mental box, reaching beyond it, and the Christ light that is descending will challenge people to do this. You can hold the vision, you can make the calls that people will be able to tune in to this need to question the old, to look beyond the old. And then next year (2026) it will be the Second Ray, Wisdom, but also a certain balance, where many people in today’s world have started looking beyond what they were brought up to believe in, their, we might say, ‘native mental box’ but now they are open to anything and everything, and they get pulled hither and yon by all these far-flung theories. There is a need for the balancing wisdom that keeps you tuning in to the Christ mind so you can evaluate all of these alternative ideas and sort out the ones that are clearly unbalanced and that pull you into a fear-based reaction.

And then, of course, you can continue this way up through the various rays into the secret rays, and you can see how you can provide a great service to the planet in this coming 12-year cycle by making these calls for other people. You can, of course, also make the calls for yourself, and you can contemplate how you yourself can better tune in to this cycle. What should you then do? I encourage you to focus on the 12-year cycle of the planet first. Spend your time and energy on this but if you have time and attention left over, then use the teaching to plot your personal cycle. Where are you at based on your age? And then, if you have time, do both so that you are passing both the personal cycle and the planetary cycle at the same time. But as I said, if you do not have the time and attention for this, focus on the planetary.

Now, I am not saying you need to spend hours and hours to do this. It can be enough to give some simple calls. For example, one day you can give the calls to the Chohan of the planetary ray, and the Chohan of your personal ray. The next day, the Archangel, the next day the Elohim, and so forth. It does not have to take that much time. You can also, when you step back, you can actually use this teaching to take a look at what is happening in the world and you can see, for example, that in this coming year, 2025, those leaders who are abusing power will be challenged. There will be a rising awareness that we need leaders who are not abusing their power, but who are respecting some kind of higher principle than their own ideological worldview and you can do the same in coming years. This will allow you to better understand what is happening, it will also allow you to better make calls on it, as you see the need to do so.

The need for balanced approach

Now, the reason I have waited some time to release this tool is that I have, of course, observed how people used the Cosmic Clock and for some people, it became a very rigid way that they were looking at it. Some even attempted to plot the hours of the day on the Cosmic Clock. You could even go down to five-minute segments of each hour but this becomes too much to deal with. It is simply not practical. Others focus more on the perversions of the twelve lines than the positive qualities. They were more focused on avoiding the perversions than actually manifesting the positive qualities and this is not the optimal approach either. Others lost interest, did not use it, but primarily because it became too much for them. They were too rigid about it. I am hoping that you can find a more balanced approach to this, and the reason why I am calling it the Psychological Clock is that it really is primarily a tool for resolving psychology.

This goes for you personally, which is easy enough to see, but also on a planetary level, because when you are making calls on this, you are helping other people, who are willing to tune in, resolve psychology. And of course, this is part of growing on the path of Christhood, that as you approach the 96th level, you reach beyond yourself and seek to help others, thereby raising the collective. First you raise yourself above the collective, and then you seek to raise the collective by helping other people raise themselves above the collective. You are not raising yourself above the collective in the sense that you are not part of it, but you are not pulled down by it, and by not being pulled down by the collective, you are naturally pulling up on the collective and this is, of course, the purpose of the release of this light. It is not to bring about chaos and upheaval. The larger purpose is to raise the collective consciousness so that things can begin to change on a planetary level. This concludes my remarks about this Psychological Clock.

Acknowledging the progress

But I also wish to take the opportunity here to talk a little bit about other issues. And let me start by talking about you, who are our direct students, who are using this dispensation. We have, in past dispensations, attracted quite a number of people who had this need to feel special, to feel they had done something special for the planet, for the ascended masters, they have the need to be recognized, to be acknowledged, to be praised, and so forth. In this dispensation, we have not attracted as many people with this need. But of course, some of you have the need, but you have also the tools to overcome it. But what I am saying is that in this dispensation, we have people primarily who are willing to work on yourselves, and you do not need to be guided and goaded and pushed forward at every step of the path. You are more self-driven, self-motivated.

Nevertheless, I find it appropriate to let you know that as a worldwide movement, even though you do not have a clearly organized movement, but still, all of the students who have made use of this dispensation, our teachings and our tools, you have made a considerable amount of progress over these last few years, so that you have reached a critical mass where we can say that as a movement of people, the Christ is ready to be born in you. This does not mean that it is automatically born in each and every one of you. But I am pointing out that you have made progress to the point where you can consciously acknowledge that progress and you can allow yourself to consider what it means for you personally that the Christ is born in you. If you do not feel you are quite ready to accept this, then consider, what is it you need to resolve before you reach that point?

Some of you will need to consider that you are ready to say right away: “Yes, yes, I am ready!” but you are not actually ready. You still have something unresolved that you have not seen. Well, then work on seeing it, ask other people, ask us to give you inner direction. Without any big fanfare, I simply want to let you know that you have reached a turning point where you are ready to accelerate your path to another level. What that means for you individually is up to you. What that means for you, whether you start coming together more, cooperating, working together, helping each other, that is also up to you.

Accelerating spiritual movements to a new level

We have deliberately not created an organization like we did in the Summit Lighthouse or the I AM Movement that had a rigid organizational structure where people had to fit into it or leave. We are attempting here to create a more diversified, inclusive movement where it is up to you to decide. I am simply saying that perhaps it is time for you to at least consider how you could accelerate your path, your movement to a new level. I also want to say that this is not something that is only the case for your movement. There are other spiritual movements on the planet who, even without knowing about ascended master teachings, are still attuned to the cycles, are still attuned to the energies we have been releasing and therefore, they have also made considerable progress. There is a certain worldwide phenomenon of a diversified group of spiritual movements that also have reached a certain critical level and although most of them would not even be willing to listen to what an ascended master is saying through this messenger, I am still putting it out there that it is actually an opportune moment, with the start of this 12-year cycle, where spiritual movements could begin to look beyond themselves and consider what they might achieve by cooperating in some fashion.

Could you achieve more for the earth? Could you achieve more in terms of helping people by cooperating? One aspect of this could be that there are movements who would look at certain teachings from other movements, certain tools from other movements. There are organizations out there who could benefit from using some of the teachings we have given through this messenger, some of the tools, decrees, invocations, meditations, and we are of course giving people permission to do this, there is no exclusivity. Although the material is copyrighted for practical reasons, anyone who wants to can get permission to use it.

Time to question why life is so difficult

Beyond this, there is a large group of people who are not in any spiritual movement, who are not aware of the spiritual path, at least consciously, who are not aware of spiritual teachings. They are not necessarily negative towards it either, but it just has not been the focus of their attention. There are many people around the world who also have raised their awareness to a critical level where they are ready to serve in society in some greater capacity than they have done so far. Many of these people have already engaged themselves in various aspects of society, but many of them have not quite dared to step out. And therefore, I am sending, of course, as with everything we say, these impulses into the collective so that people can pick up on them and realize that it is time to engage. It is time to go beyond your own shell and take active part in society. This is especially, of course, easy to do in democratic societies, but there are people everywhere who are at that point where they are ready to go beyond.

Now, when you look at all of these people, ascended master students, spiritual people, and the people who are not in a spiritual movement but have raised their awareness: what is it they are all ready to do? Well, they are all ready to question what we have talked about: Why is life so difficult? Why is there such hardship? Why are there all these limitations and poverty and conflict and warfare on earth? Is it the only way things could be? Is it natural? Is the earth a natural planet? Is what is happening on earth natural?And many are ready to realize that this cannot be natural. It cannot be inevitable so why is it that way?

A shift in consciousness

And many of them are ready to recognize, as we have already explained, that things are that way because of the machinations of a small power elite. They do not need to call them fallen beings, but they do need to see the narcissistic personality disorder, the sociopathic and psychopathic tendencies among some of the leaders of history and some of the leaders today. And then they need to begin speaking out that this cannot go on, we have had enough of this form of leadership. Again, I am speaking this into the collective consciousness magnified by your chakras to awaken those of these people who can be awakened so they can tune in to the light that is being released, and so that they can in their own way, without being consciously aware of the light being released, but they can still ride the wave. They can feel a shift. They can feel that something new has happened. There is a new opportunity, a new day dawning. They see the dark clouds parting and there is a ray of light shining through and they realize something has shifted and it is time to move forward.

That is what will allow people to take the light that is being released, to accept it, internalize it, multiply the talents and change society so that we do not have to see these hard knocks in order to awaken people. You can say: What is it that awakens people? Well, it is always a shift in consciousness. What brings about the shift in consciousness? Well, in the School of Hard Knocks, it is the school of hard knocks, it is outer physical events. Why is this so? Because an outer physical event is harder to deny than some impulse that comes in the emotional, mental or identity bodies. Would Germany have changed as it has if it had not had the loss of the war and the exposure of the Holocaust? It took that kind of a hard knock to shift the consciousness of many Germans.

But could it have happened without it? Well, yes, of course. Because it did in other nations that did not have to go through the same hard knocks. Can it happen today without the hard knocks? In many nations, it can. But how will it happen? It will happen by the people who are most aware, what we have called the top ten percent, riding the wave, pulling up so that more and more people are able to shift and ask these questions and recognize: “We have had enough of the hardships, enough of the drudgery.”

The questions to ask

Now, you can ask yourself many questions in this regard, and this is what we ask you to hold the vision for, make the calls for, that people begin to ask these questions. Of course, there are the obvious ones: Why is there war on earth? Why has there been war when we look back at known history? Why is war getting worse and worse, the weapons getting more and more powerful? Is it really necessary? Is it unavoidable? You can ask yourself, why there is torture, why is there crime?

But there are also more subtle questions. Why is there poverty? Is it just because that is the way it is? Is it just because in some countries the physical conditions in nature are not able to provide abundant food for the people? Is it because the people are lazy or not creative enough? Or is it actually partly because there is a small power elite that are concentrating wealth into their own hands? And this is even going on in the democratic societies where you almost across the board see the rich getting richer. Is poverty really a man-made condition? And how can we continue to accept that a few people have now gotten so rich that they have more money than all of the nations in the world, or at least more than the general population of those nations? How can we continue to accept that a few nations are so rich that it allows people to become billionaires whereas so many nations still have the majority of their people living in poverty.

But then you can ask yourself more subtle questions. Why is life difficult? Why is life a drudgery? Why does it seem like the physical planet, nature, resists progress, resists growth? Why do you have to work out the living at the sweat of the brow instead of having fruits ripe for the picking on the trees? Could it be partly because there is this power elite who is seeking to concentrate power, privilege and wealth into their own hands and they want it to be difficult for the majority of the population? But could it even be that there are beings beyond this who are simply seeking to create chaos? I am of course talking about the fallen beings, which most people will not recognize the existence of in the near future but nevertheless, people can begin to ask these questions.

The hidden link

Then they can go beyond this and realize and begin to ask the question: “Does it have something to do with our consciousness?” As we have said, the real question here is: “Are the physical conditions on earth completely independent of the minds, the consciousness of human beings? Or is there a link between the two?” And is it possible that this link has been known by a small power elite who have taken advantage of it by deliberately lowering the collective consciousness so that most people on earth accept as inevitable that they are poor, that they have to struggle, that they cannot have the wealth of the elite, that they cannot have the power of the elite because the elite are special and the people are in a lower class?

And, is it possible that this lowering of consciousness has had a direct impact on the amount of natural resources? Of course, also the distribution of natural resources, but even the amount of natural resources? So that this is part of the explanation for the poverty you see on earth. In other words: “Is poverty a natural condition or a man-made condition?” You can even go beyond this and ask a whole other set of questions. Many people on earth have never really asked the question: “Why is there so much conflict and opposition, warfare and so forth? Is it possible that this is not an inevitable condition, that this is not even a human condition but that this is brought about because most people have a naive view of what it means to be a human being?”

People who seek to create chaos

Most people assume that other people are like them. You look at the earth and most people just want to focus on their personal lives. They want to have as good of a life as possible. They want to provide a good life for their children and many people assume that all people must be like that but there can come a point where people begin to see that this is not a viable assumption because you can look at history and say that: “Was it people like me that precipitated all the wars and the murder and mayhem?” Because if everybody was like me, we should all live and let live but when we look at history, when we look at the world today, we see that there are people who cannot live and let live. They have to interfere with other people so is it possible that there are people in embodiment who are not like most human beings? Who are not only deliberately seeking power and privilege and riches, but some of them are simply seeking to destroy, to create chaos, to break down society? Is it possible that there are people who are acting like spoilers?

They have really no ideology. You can look back and see that communism was an aggressive force that attempted to conquer other nations through force and make them all communist. But there was at least some kind of ideology there. But is it possible that there are people who do not have an ideology? They are not trying to bring forth a better society, even through a misguided ideology like communism. They have no ideology. They just want to break down anything that is good for people. In other words, there are people who are completely destructive. They may use an ideology like communism if it can help them gain followers, but really their agenda is destruction, opposition, obstruction. They are simply seeking to destroy what the majority of people are seeking to build and this can then bring about this deeper question.

As we have said, all people have a sense that certain conditions are not the way they should be. They feel oppressed. What does it mean you feel oppressed? Well, even if you are not able to formulate this consciously, you are feeling that something from outside yourself is forcing you into a situation you would not be in unless you were forced. It was not something you would have chosen. Implied in this feeling of being oppressed or limited is a certain recognition that this is not normal, this is not natural, this is not inevitable and this can lead you then to question again, why is it that way? And you can then realize it is that way because there are certain people, perhaps even certain forces, that are seeking to destroy what the majority of human beings want to build.

In other words, the majority do not want to be oppressed, they want to have a good life but there are those who are deliberately working against people having a good life. You see it, obviously, in dictatorial nations but you also see that there are those both outside democratic nations and inside democratic nations who are seeking to destroy or limit democracy. You see those inside democratic nations who are using their democratic freedoms to create these elaborate financial instruments that siphon wealth upwards, takes it away from the working population, concentrates it in the hands of those few noblemen sitting in their elaborate castles or sailing around on their elaborate yachts. Or sitting in their elaborate bomb shelters because they are so paranoid they cannot stand being out in society.

But nevertheless, there can be that recognition: “We, the vast majority of people on earth, want to build a better life and a better society for ourselves and our children. Why do we not have it?” Because there is a small minority who are aggressively working against it. When will we have had enough of this? So we first of all decide in our minds enough is enough, but so we also become willing to take active measures to free our society from this elite of those who want power, those who want privilege, those who want wealth, and those who want destruction for the sake of destruction.

The potential for change

And this is a potential for the next 12 years, that these questions will be asked, that the realization will break through. You have seen it in previous ages. Many of you who have grown up in democratic nations cannot really imagine what it was like for the peasants and the working people of feudal Europe where they lived in a country that had an almighty king, supported by a group of noblemen who owned the land. If you were born, if your parents were peasants, you were born as a peasant, you were the property of the nobleman. What options did you have? You could not move unless you had the permission of a nobleman. You could not marry. You could not have children. You could not change your vocation. You could not get an education. You could not even, in most cases, learn to read. They were so oppressed that you could hardly imagine it if you had grown up in a democratic country. But still they overthrew their overlords and manifested democratic societies.

Now there are people today in the world who have grown up in dictatorships like Russia, North Korea, many muslim nations with sharia law and they know what it was like, what it is like to be oppressed. Some of them may know that there was a time where the peasants were oppressed, but they still threw off the feudal elite, but they cannot imagine that they could do the same to their rulers. But, of course, it is possible. How else would it have been done? You see other societies that were oppressed, for example, by the Roman Empire. For a time, the Roman Empire seemed to be an indestructible empire. But where is it today? Where is the Soviet Union today?

Of course, things can change, and this is another realization that can spread among the oppressed people on earth, whether they are here or there or everywhere. Things can change! But it starts in the mind by asking the questions and by realizing, deciding you have had enough and things must change. Because until you have that decision, nobody can take action and you see this in history as well, that there is a situation that is frozen. Clearly, it is unbalanced. Clearly, there is a small elite that controls the people. Clearly, the elite does not have the physical means to control the people, so they are controlling them through their minds, but there is a veil over people’s minds. They cannot see that they could throw off the yoke. They could rise up against the power elite, because if they all rose up, what could the power elite do? Nothing.

You have recently seen this in Syria, where after so many years of civil war, different factions, the dictator had to leave, seemingly out of the blue. Can this happen in other countries? Of course it can. Can it happen in Putin’s Russia? Well, it did happen in Soviet Russia, did it not? This is what you can make the calls for, hold the vision for, that the oppressed people come to see this, so they can overthrow these obvious dictators. But you can also make the calls that the democratic people come to see their dictators, the hidden power elite, and overthrow them as well. Of course you can have a functioning world economy without this small elite that are siphoning wealth into their own hands. Of course the economy can function, and it will function much better, and the general population will have a much higher standard of living.

This is what the light will do. It will accelerate a breakthrough in people’s awareness that change is possible, change is needed, and they want it now. Truly, when you look at this, and you look at the collective consciousness of some of these nations in Europe that were oppressed by the feudal lords for centuries, and you look at how there was this lid, this veil over the collective consciousness and it seemed for a time as if nothing could break it, because the society was so rigid, so locked in this power structure, and yet it broke. It broke by individual people beginning to question, raising their consciousness but it also broke simply because of the upward movement of the earth being pulled by the entire unascended sphere. It broke because of the release of light from the ascended realm. There are several factors there, but all those factors are there today.

It is not like people of today have to do something that has never been done before. What they have to do, though, is continue the upward movement and take it to a distinctly higher level. That is the challenge of the people today and for many it seems like it is something that has never been done before, but it is not. There is, in this respect, nothing new under the sun. It is the same process, it is just taking it to the next level.

With this, I have had my say and I am grateful for this opportunity, that so many of you were willing to tune in, open your minds and chakras to broadcast this message into the collective consciousness, where it has had effects that you cannot grasp with the conscious mind, with a linear mind. I am grateful for your willingness because if you were not there, I could still speak this message through the messenger, but it would not have anywhere near the effect on the collective consciousness and although it would still have an effect, you have multiplied it many times. For this, you have my gratitude and I seal you in the unconditional love of the Mother of God that I have for each one of you.

I hope you can feel that love, for it is the ultimate transformation. And what is transformation? Is it not acceleration? Mother Mary I AM and I represent the Divine Mother for earth. What does the Divine Mother want for her children? For them to accelerate.

Be sealed then in my love, the accelerating love that I AM.

****

We’re excited to share a beautiful graphic of the 2025 Planetary Psychological Clock created by Sandy Singer. It offers a clear and creative way to connect with and reflect on its profound meanings.

Thank you, Sandy, for bringing this concept to life! 💙💙

Psychological Clock (by age)

by Sandy Singer

The acceleration of matter: Shifting the spectrum of consciousness on earth

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Elohim Astrea through Kim Michaels, January 5, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master the Elohim Astrea. We are of course fully in unity with the archangels and this release of a new cycle, the release of the Christ light. But what does this mean from the Elohimic level?

The effect of Christ light on matter

You may say, in a somewhat simplified view, that the archangels have the task of reducing the light from the spiritual realm into the four levels of matter. The Elohim have the task of using that light to actually create structures in the four levels of matter. And therefore, the archangels are releasing light into the individual energy fields of people who are attuned to it. They are also releasing light into the collective consciousness. But we, the Elohim, take that light and release it into, or magnify it into, the matter realm. This means not only the planet, it means matter itself.

What exactly does that mean? Well, it means that in the next five to 12 years, the release of light will have a multitude of effects in the matter realm. Now, there are, of course, levels of this, but there are certainly the level of nature, which we might define as living organisms.

Living organisms

As a result of this release of light, there will be effects on all living organisms on earth. There will be, in some ways, an increase of disease. This is not because things are getting worse, but because the light will flush out impurities and imbalances. And therefore, this is a temporary phase. But you will see it in humans, you will see it in animals. You will see more erratic animal behavior, you will see more erratic human behavior. You will also see some species that will either be greatly reduced in numbers or will become extinct completely, because they cannot adjust to the light.

As we have hinted at before, the current animal species that you see on earth were not created by God in some initial creation event. Many animal species are a product of the unbalanced collective consciousness of human beings. They are, so to speak, a manifestation of this. We have mentioned before that all poisonous animals is not a creation of the Elohim. Parasites are not a creation of the Elohim. There will seem like certain things are getting worse, an increase in parasites, for example, but this will also be a temporary event that will peak and then be reduced.

Weather patterns

You will also see in nature more erratic weather patterns. You already have seen this, but you will see it more, and it will not be because of global warming, as the scientists or the propagandists will immediately claim. It will simply be the increase of light. But again, this is a temporary mechanism.

You know, if you have ever done any cleansing of your physical body, that when you do some kind of cleansing, you can have severe symptoms for a while until the cleansing has reached a critical mass, a critical level. There will be a cleansing of nature, natural systems, including weather patterns. There will be areas that become drier, areas that will become hotter, areas that will become colder.

You may look, as scientists always want to do, for a single cause of this, but there is no single cause other than the light. The light has different effects depending on the imbalances in particular areas. See, this is, to take a slight detour, it is one of the problems that you see in science today, is they are always looking for this theory of everything.

They think there is some ultimate cause or some single cause, such as global warming, CO2 release, or whatever it may be they are looking for. But there is not always a single cause other than, as I said, the release of light is definitely a single cause, but the effects are varied. Various effects in various areas, depending on the imbalances in those areas.

The planet itself

Then, of course, we can go beyond the living organisms. We can go beyond the weather on the surface. We can look at the planet itself.

If you increase the light, what is bound to happen? Well, the body of the earth mother will go through cleansing symptoms. There will be an increase in earthquakes. How severe depends very much on how people in particular areas respond to the Christ light. The more people accept the Christ light, the more they are willing to transcend themselves, the less severe the earthquakes will be. The more they resist the Christ light, refuse to transcend themselves, the more powerful an earthquake will be. This, of course, can lead to tsunamis. Then there is volcanic eruptions. Again, the severity or lack of that depends on people’s willingness to transcend themselves.

Acceleration of matter

But we can go beyond even this. What about matter itself? And as a result of this light, matter itself will begin to vibrate at a higher level. We have explained many times that the earth was created as a natural planet by us, the Elohim. We defined a planet that had a lower density of matter than what you see today. I am not saying that the earth will go back to the status of being a natural planet in the next 12 years. I am only saying that the increase of the light will raise the vibration, accelerate the vibration of matter itself.

This will have the effect that it will be easier for people to disassociate, disidentify their minds from the physical body. It will be easier for people to go through the process that all spiritual people have gone through of realizing you are not the body. You are not the physical body. You are a soul or lifestream embodying the body. This will make it easier for people to see themselves as spiritual beings, even to accept reincarnation.

It will be easier for people to accept that: “My psychological issues could not possibly be the result of my childhood in this one lifetime. They must have a deeper cause that reaches back into previous lifetimes where a cursory look at the history books will show you that all people could very well have been exposed to various traumas, including wars and torture and conflicts.” This in itself can bring a shift.

It can accelerate the shift that has already been happening so that more and more people will begin to accept that they are spiritual beings, that we are only limited by our psychology, and that therefore, a major focus on our life should be: “If we want to be free and at peace with ourselves and at peace with living on this planet, it should be the resolution of psychology.”

Many people have of course already started realizing this. Many more will come to realize it in the next 12 years. And this is one of the shifts we are looking for. We are looking for a shift where more and more people wake up and realize, regardless of your outer situation, you are not powerless because you can always do something about resolving your psychology.

The new approach to healing

This process does not depend on outer conditions and therefore, there will be a greater interest in this, a greater interest in self-help, the resolution of psychology, even spirituality. Incidentally, you who are the forerunners among the spiritual people could very well see a business opportunity in this, various business opportunities, whereby you can combine the need to make a living with helping other people. Therefore, accelerate your own growth, accelerate the growth of others, and balance any karma you may have with other people. I am not telling you what to do individually, just pointing out that if you ride the wave, you can experience tremendous growth from this.

Then of course there is the effect that when you accelerate the vibration of physical matter, those people who can accept this at the identity, mental, and emotional level, will also increase the vibration of their physical bodies. After an initial period of cleansing, your bodies can become healthier. And this will happen for many people around the world.

There will be diseases that will increase for a while, then decrease. There will also be a great increase in the recognition that the healing of physical diseases cannot be approached as a physical mechanical thing. But you must take a more holistic approach, look at a person as a whole, and realize that healing the physical body can best be achieved by also working with the psychology. Many people have naturally already realized this, but I am talking about this becoming more mainstream, this becoming much more recognized. And therefore, there will be a need for cooperation between physical healthcare practitioners and mental healthcare practitioners.

And eventually, an entirely new approach will emerge where you have healthcare practitioners who are both educated in the physical and the psychological aspects of healing. Again, of course, some people have already started this, but this will increase. Again, there is an opportunity here for those who are willing to dedicate themselves to that field. Again, not telling you what to do individually, just pointing out the opportunity.

Breakthroughs in science

Then, of course, the raising of the vibration of matter itself will lead to breakthroughs in science, where science will begin to see new forms of technology. We have before talked about the fact that at the present moment, much technology is what we have called force-based. Saint Germain has talked about the emergence of technology that is not force-based, and this will be accelerated over the next 12 years. Exactly what breakthroughs will happen will very much depend on how many people respond to the Christ light and are willing to accelerate themselves.

Receiving energy

But certainly, there is a possibility for the emergence of new technologies for generating energy, or rather receiving energy, that are not based on force. However, as we have said before, this also requires changes in society because naturally you cannot allow a small power elite to monopolize this kind of technology as they have monopolized the force-based technology. Now, it is more difficult to monopolize technology that is not force-based, but it can be suppressed or delayed.

There is, again, if people respond to a critical level, then the power elite will not be able to monopolize or hold back this technology. And therefore, there will be new energy sources that will be discovered, or it will be discovered how to harness the energy sources that are already there.

This does not mean that necessarily there will be completely free energy within this 12-year cycle. There will still be a need for what is called sustainable energy, solar power, wind power. There will be a need to research fusion and take other measures, but these will be temporary. And there will come a period, perhaps after the 12-year cycle, but there will come a period where energy will become completely free and available anywhere. There will be no need to distribute.

The idea of a distribution grid that distributes energy from a centralized power plant will fade away. There will be resistance to this from the power elite who wants to continue making these truly insane amounts of money off of energy. But if enough people respond to the Christ light, they will not be able to hold it back.

Seeing that matter is vibration

Then, of course, there will be, as the vibration of matter is raised, there will be the discovery, or really, we could say, the full realization of what the theory of relativity and quantum physics has already indicated. Namely, that matter is vibration. When you go to the deeper levels of matter, you cross a boundary where there are no more particles, but only energy waves.

This means many things, of course. It means, for example, that it now becomes possible to see that the physical body can be healed by vibration. This is what you are doing to some degree when you are giving invocations and decrees. But naturally, scientists will look for a more mechanical way to do this. There are already some scientists who have made certain discoveries, but this will become much more mainstream as scientists will develop instruments, physical, mechanical instruments, for producing a higher vibration that can heal the cells, free them from cancer, free them from toxins, and other things.

But there will also be a growing awareness that the ancient alchemists were not completely insane when they talked about converting base metals into gold. The only thing is, that it could not be done through chemical means. It can be done through vibration.

Now again, I am not going to say here that in the next 12 years, humankind will be able to take dirt and convert it into gold and pave the streets. But nevertheless, there will be a recognition that matter is far more pliable than has been recognized so far. And therefore, it is actually possible to use vibration to change certain forms of matter into other forms of matter.

I am not saying they can change lead into gold, because that is a big step to achieve in the next 12 years. But if you can at least realize that it is possible to expose one form of matter particles to a certain vibration that transforms them into another form of matter particles, then that will be a significant progress in the next 12 year cycle. And of course, the release of light by the Elohim will make this discovery easier to make and easier to accept and easier to implement. But again, how people respond to the Christ light will have an impact on this.

The scientists

And with people, I not only mean the spiritual people, I mean the scientists. For, if scientists are to discover this technology, they must raise their consciousness beyond the materialistic paradigm. Now there are of course scientists who have already started doing this. But this needs to become much more mainstream. And it will be easier for scientists to do this as a result of the release of light. But it is not a given, for free will, of course, reigns supreme.

You can hold the vision for this, you can make the calls for this, you can study, find the scientists who are already talking about this, talking about consciousness being a fundamental feature of the universe, because this is what needs to be recognized. It needs to be recognized here that force-based technology is mechanical in nature. In other words, once you have created a steam engine, it does not matter what the level of consciousness is of the person who shoves the coal into the boiler. It is still going to burn, create the steam that can produce work.

But what you do need to realize is that the steam engine was an incredible step up for humankind compared to horse-drawn carriages. And that step up could only have happened because some scientists raised their consciousness. If you are to step up from force-based technology to non force-based technology, a critical mass of scientists must raise their consciousness, their awareness, so they can accept that consciousness is a fundamental feature of the universe. Because non force-based technology can only be discovered and implemented by scientists who recognize the role of consciousness in the creation of the matter world.

And as I said, some scientists have started to recognize this. You can study them, you can make the calls for them to be cut free, to be empowered. For them to be accelerated, to see how to implement this because, naturally, there are many scientists who will not be convinced until you are able to create some kind of technology that can produce visible results.

This is entirely possible in the next 12 years because of this acceleration. But it will require a step up that is bigger than the step up from horse-drawn carriages to steam locomotives, or the step up from chemical reactions to splitting the atom.

Consciousness as a fundamental feature of the universe

There is a great need for scientists who will step back, first of all abandon the materialistic paradigm, and then start looking at: What does it actually mean if consciousness is a fundamental feature of the universe? How can we then bring our minds into synchronicity with a greater mind that must exist if consciousness is a fundamental feature?

You see what I am saying here. The materialistic paradigm says your consciousness, all that is going on in your mind, is the result of physical material processes in the physical brain. It is an epiphenomenon. The entire world started without consciousness. A mechanical, unconscious process of evolution brought forth the earth and human beings, and only with the emergence of the sophistication of the human brain did consciousness come into creation.

But if consciousness is seen to be a fundamental feature, what does that mean? This is the question that a few scientists have started asking. Many more need to start asking it. Many people who are not scientists need to start asking it, so that it builds a momentum in the collective consciousness and it leads to the abandonment of the materialistic paradigm. And as you reach a certain critical mass, there will be scientists who can tune in to Saint Germain and other masters and use their knowledge of science, practical science and technology, to create technology that is not force-based.

Free energy

You already know there is such technology. Wind power, hydropower, solar power is in a sense non-force-based technology, in the sense that you are not forcing or you are not using human-generated energy to make the wind blow, to make water rise up behind a dam, or to make the sun shine. Naturally, if consciousness is a fundamental feature of nature, scientists will begin to realize—certainly can begin to realize, which is why I am speaking this into the collective consciousness—that consciousness is what actually produces the energy that drives the world.

But this comes from a higher realm, what we call the spiritual realm, and this energy is reduced through the intercession of consciousness, first to the identity level, then to the mental, then the emotional, then to the physical. And when you realize this, you realize that you can tap into this flow of energy and create technology that brings energy from the three higher realms into the physical, where it can produce physical work, including electricity but not limited to electricity.

There is actually the potential, perhaps not in the next 12 years, but there is the potential to realize that there are forms of energy that are more fundamental than electricity, but that can produce mechanical work in a more powerful way than electricity can do so. This is, of course, we might say elementary to us Elohim, but it requires a huge leap in consciousness and in technology for it to be implemented.

You who are spiritual people can hold the vision, make the calls, that those who have the technical expertise will be able to make that leap. Because naturally, once you start having energy that is not monopolized by a power elite, that is not produced in order to generate profit, this will have incredible ramifications on society.

Just imagine, and you can see this, you do not even have to imagine, you can simply look at every time the oil prices go down: There is a boom in the economy. When the oil prices go up, there is a slowdown in the economy. Now imagine that energy—for lighting, for heat, for transportation, for manufacturing—was free. What kind of a boom in the economy would you see? A boom that most people cannot even imagine.

Just take, for example, a country like India. It is beginning to have a much better economy. It is beginning to lift some people out of poverty. But there are still many villages in India where they do not have electricity. Just imagine that all of these villages, all of these remote places around the world, had power available at the local area that was for free. What new opportunities would spring up? Imagine what people could do with this.

Imagine that the transportation of goods from one place to another was not entirely free, but at least it would not require a fuel cost as it does today with ships and trains and automobiles. Just imagine what this kind of reduced transportation cost could do to commerce around the world. How there could be people living in the remote areas where their only option right now is agriculture, which is difficult to achieve because of the climate, just imagine that they could start some kind of manufacturing process because they had the power to do it, and it was much cheaper to transport their goods to bigger cities where people would buy them.

Suddenly, huge parts of the human population could be lifted out of poverty. There is no need for them to come to the cities to work in large factories. Suddenly, everything could be much more decentralized so that you avoid this concentration of people in the big cities with all of the complicated logistics that this entails.

People who are afraid of change

There are many, many positive ramifications that can come out of this release of light. But as we have said, some will still see it as a threat, and everything depends on the balance between those who see the opportunity and are willing to accelerate themselves to take advantage of the opportunity, and those who see it as a threat because they are afraid of losing whatever they have.

It is one of these aspects of an unnatural planet that, on an unnatural planet, most people are living in very limited physical circumstances. But despite that fact, many of them are attached to what they have, are afraid of losing what they have, are afraid that change could only be worse.

I talk about these remote villages, whether it be in India or in the Middle East or South America or Siberia or wherever. There are people there who, in some cases, live like their ancestors did several hundred years ago and who do not really want to change. Well, they might want to have a smartphone, but otherwise they do not want to change their basic lifestyle.

Feeling oppressed

The other aspect that needs to be taken into consideration by those of you who are spiritual people, so you can make calls on it, is that on an unnatural planet people are oppressed. As Saint Germain talked about, that people are trapped, they all are suffering, they all know their situation is limited, but are they willing to accelerate themselves beyond it?

And what needs to be understood, and which will become easier to understand because of the release of light, is that on earth right now the majority of people are living in limited physical conditions, but they are also living in very limiting psychological conditions. They are oppressed psychologically, we might even say spiritually.

The curious mechanism here is that all people have some sense of how things should be and how they should not be. This is not necessarily for many people a conscious thinking process, it is a largely unconscious process. We might call it intuitive or instinctive, but intuitive is probably not the right word for many people who are in a lower state of consciousness. But nevertheless, you go and look at some people that are living in a dictatorship, for example.

To take an obvious example, let’s look at Russia. We have talked before about the Russian people being oppressed by tyrannical leaders in many, many generations going thousands of years back. But if you look at the average person in Russia, they do sense this is not right, this is not the way things ideally should be. Things could be better. Maybe they do not even think clearly about it, but they feel oppressed, they feel burdened, they feel pushed down.

It is just that the fallen beings have managed to insert this mechanism in their minds whereby they will not acknowledge their feeling and ask a simple question: “Why? Why are we oppressed? Is it necessary that we are oppressed? Is this the only way we can live?”

And the Russians have their reasons for not asking these questions. Other people around the world who are oppressed have other reasons, or perhaps similar reasons, but for different outer conditions. People who are oppressed by Islam, for example, they look at it as a religious thing, whereas the Russians look at it more as something related to them personally.

“Why are we oppressed?”

You see, around the world you have these populations that are deeply oppressed. They sense they are oppressed, they feel oppressed. And what will happen in these coming 12 years is that the increase of light will force these people, and I use the word force deliberately, to confront what they have not been willing to confront. It will, on the one hand, make it easier for people to ask the question: “Why are we oppressed? And is it necessary? And could we be free of the oppression?”

But it will also force them to confront that question, because the mechanism is that the more people are oppressed, the more layers of denial they have built, preventing them from asking the question “why?” and from considering: “How we could be free?”.

What kind of leaders do we want?

This, of course, again relates to recognizing that what is oppressing people around the world is the power elite, not only the physical power elite, but the fallen beings in the emotional, mental, and identity realms, where people need to decide: Do we want these kind of beings on earth, or do we want the earth to be free of them? In the short run, they need to decide: Do we want this kind of people as leaders of society or do we want to be free of them?

But you see, this requires people then to confront the question: If we do not have a dictatorial leader, who is then going to make the decisions? Are we willing to step up, like the people in democratic nations have done, where we take part in the decision making in society, we are willing to educate ourselves, we are willing to look at ourselves, whether we are knowledgeable enough, whether we have the level of awareness where we can actually make good decisions? Or are people not willing to raise their consciousness, to accelerate their consciousness?

An opportunity or a threat?

As we have said, some people will see this next 12-year cycle as an opportunity, others will see it as a threat. They will see, some will see it as a tremendous opportunity for growth and creativity, others will see it as a threat because existing structures and organizations will crumble. The net effect of this is really a separation in consciousness, as Jesus talked about separating the sheep from the goats, and some will go up in consciousness, some will go down.

The result of this will be that the earth will be accelerated, the collective consciousness will be accelerated to a higher level, at least if enough people embrace the changes. And this will mean that, as we have said before, the entire level of the 144 levels of consciousness can be shifted upwards. This will happen in the next 12 years, if enough people embrace the opportunity.

Mass acceleration or mass extinction?

But what will be the result of that? Well, first of all, some of the fallen beings at the lower levels of consciousness will not be able to embody. But there will also be some of the people who are holding on to the old, who will not be able to stay in embodiment. And the ramifications of this is what Saint Germain provoked you by saying that there will either be mass acceleration or mass extinction. Saint Germain did this deliberately, because he wants you, who are the spiritual people, to look at your reaction to such a statement.

If you have a strong emotional reaction, well, where does it come from? Well, you have the teachings about the subconscious selves. Where can a strong emotional reaction come from except from a subconscious self? Now, we are in no way blaming you. It is very understandable that many of you still have these subconscious selves, because you have experienced in past lifetimes these mass extinction events, whether it be war or other causes.

But what Saint Germain did was deliberately provoke you, so you can have an opportunity to look at these selves and use our teachings to overcome them. They are selves. And if you are to make the most of this 12-year cycle, you need to leave them behind. You need to be willing to say: “Whatever may come, let it come.” You need to simply go into these selves and consciously dismiss them and be willing to look at the earth without having this idea that a mass extinction should not happen.

Look at your reactions

Now, some of you have a completely unbalanced reaction to this word, mass extinction, because you think it means some major cataclysmic disaster. Like the wiping out of the dinosaurs or the downfall of civilizations. Again, this is understandable as we have explained, there have been civilizations that disappeared in what we can call a cataclysmic event. Some of you have read about Atlantis and the sinking of Atlantis.

But you need to recognize here that a mass extinction is not at that level, at that scale. You are inflating it in your consciousness, making it worse than it actually is. You have already experienced in your lifetime several mass extinctions. How many people died worldwide as a result of the corona pandemic? Was that not a mass extinction? Did it totally disrupt life on earth? Nay. What about the opioid crisis or the fentanyl crisis in the United States? Is that not a mass extinction?

What about the war in Ukraine? Is that not a mass extinction event? Even though the Russian people in general have not realized how many Russians have been killed. Look at what Israel has been doing in Gaza for the past year. Is not that a mass extinction event? What about the Second World War? Clearly mass extinction. But the world survived and moved on.

I am not predicting there will be an event in the next 12 years at the magnitude of the Second World War, although there of course are dark forces who would like to see that happen. But if enough people respond to the increase in light, then it will be transcended. You will accelerate the planet beyond it.

You need to recognize here that as spiritual people, if you are to ride the wave, you need to overcome these fears. The messenger has described how he was disturbed by the war in Ukraine, because he could see the disastrous consequences for both Russia and Ukraine. And he had a desire to spare people from this experience. But he had to work through this and realize this came from subconscious selves and even from some attitude he brought with him when he came to earth, that he did not want people on earth to suffer.

The School of Hard Knocks on earth

But you all need to look at this, your approach to earth, your view of earth, why you came to earth, how you have responded to conditions on earth through the birth trauma and witnessing other events. You can come to a point where you can be at peace and say: “Come what may. If people will only learn through hard knocks, then I must accept that sometimes the knocks will become so hard that people finally wake up and say no more. This is the School of Hard Knocks.”

You start at the 48th level of consciousness, you go into separation, you create this maze, you are walking deeper and deeper into the maze, reacting through your sense of self to conditions on earth, conditions that are created by other people in separation and their separate selves.

People are reacting to each other, going deeper and deeper into separation. They are not willing to listen to anybody. How many people on earth are willing to listen to the ascended masters? They are unreachable. What will change them is that they go so deeply into the maze that they become so oppressed by their own psychology that they reach that breaking point where they say: “I cannot do this anymore. Is there an alternative?” When the student is ready, the teacher appears, whatever kind of teacher that people can recognize. Very often, of course, not the ascended masters. We cannot appear directly to people at the lowest level of consciousness, even if they turn around and ask for help, but we can send them something that can help them take the next step up.

Shifting the spectrum of the 144 levels upwards

You need to recognize here, as this messenger wrestled with for a while before he accepted it, that if we are to manifest Saint Germain’s golden age in a reasonable time frame, there needs to be some upheaval. You need to stir the pot. You need to shake things up. Otherwise, it will take generations, perhaps centuries, certainly decades.

What we have decided, the Archangels, the Elohim, the Chohans, certainly Saint Germain, is to increase the light, to both give people an opportunity to accelerate or give them an opportunity to judge themselves and decelerate themselves out of embodiment. Because the simple fact is, that for the earth to move into the golden age, the collective consciousness must be raised. And yes, certainly we have talked for a long time about you who are the spiritual people, you raise your consciousness, you pull up on the collective. And you can pull up on the collective.

But what about those who are resisting any change? You are pulling up on the collective by stretching the collective, not by raising the bottom line. At some point, you have to shift the entire spectrum of the 144 levels upwards. You raise the bottom line. And those people who are not willing to accelerate their consciousness as this happens, well, they can no longer stay on the planet. There needs to be other beings, other souls who are willing to rise, who are given an opportunity to be in embodiment.

Work on your psychology

If you are to ride the wave over the next 12 years, if you are to be at peace with being in embodiment, you need to look at these subconscious selves you have. Again, it is very understandable that you have these subconscious selves based on your experiences in past lifetimes. But it has been quite some years now where we are giving you the teachings about the cosmic birth trauma. You have had time to work on this. If you still find yourself having a powerful emotional reaction to Saint Germain’s statement, it is because you have not resolved it. Use the tools. Because you are not seriously believing, are you, that when we release light, it will only affect other people. It will only affect people at the lower levels of consciousness.

Because if you believe this, you need to make a shift here and realize that when we release light, it will affect the people at the highest level of consciousness the most. Because you are able to tune in to the release of light. But this also means it will flush out from your subconscious mind what has not been resolved.

This is, of course, an opportunity for you to grow and take your growth to a higher level. Will your ego and the subconscious selves see it as a threat? Well, of course. Will you see it as a threat? Well, that depends on how much you still identify with these subconscious selves, or whether you are willing to shift, which many of you can do instantly, and say: “Oh, I thought I was having a reaction to Saint Germain’s words. But of course, it is a subconscious self that has the reaction. And I have overcome many subconscious selves already. Surely, I can overcome this one as well. It is just another self. It is unreal. It is based on an illusion. Let me use the tools to work on this and dismiss that self, so that I can look at these next 12 years as a tremendous opportunity for personal growth. And I can look at the future with a positive attitude, with an acceptance that upheaval is necessary to bring growth.”

Just as you see a woman giving birth, being in pain in order to give birth to the child, well, this is what the earth will be going through, birth pains before the birth of a better age.

Being part of accelerating the earth

Of course, this would not happen on a natural planet. But as you have probably heard us say a thousand times, earth is not a natural planet. And therefore, there will be contrast. And as the contrast between light and darkness becomes more pronounced because the light is increased, well, the earth will shake, and things will be shaken up.

With this, I hope I have given you both a positive vision and a practical, realistic evaluation of what it will take for you to embrace that positive vision and ride the wave over these next 12 years. It is truly a unique opportunity. You may look back, and earth has not had this kind of opportunity in what is called recorded history. And therefore, you might be able to tune in to your Divine plan and say: “Was this really my main reason for wanting to be in embodiment at this time?”

Now, of course, when you made your Divine plan, you could not know that this acceleration would actually happen, because as we have said, it was not a given even a few years ago. But still, did you have in your mind that it could potentially happen? And therefore, you wanted to be in embodiment, because if it did happen, you wanted to be part of it. We hope that many of you can make that shift and see this as really a defining moment in earth’s history, a defining opportunity to accelerate yourself and be part of accelerating the earth.

Truly, Saint Germain knows that there is only one way to bring the golden age. It is not through evolutionary measures and gradual changes. It is through revolutionary measures based on acceleration. And as the Elohim of the Fourth Ray, acceleration I AM. If you cannot lock into that, give my decrees, give my invocations, ask me to help you experience the flame of acceleration that I hold for earth.

The flame of Acceleration

How did the earth become a physical planet? There was a point where the three Elohim of the first three rays had brought forth a certain matrix. But then there was that nexus where in order for it to become more physical, it had to be accelerated. And that is the role of the Fourth Ray. And then the three Elohim on the higher rays can take over and make the matrix even more concrete.

But of course, at every step of the process, all seven Elohim are involved. And therefore, you can say that anytime a new idea is brought forth, anytime a change happens, the flame of acceleration is involved. And I AM offering you that flame of acceleration, for it will never run out.

You cannot extinguish the flame of acceleration. You cannot exhaust it. It is not a finite amount. There is no limit to acceleration. There will never be a point where something cannot be accelerated, or rather where self-awareness cannot be accelerated. But even a physical universe will never come to a point where it cannot be accelerated. It can come to a point where it is accelerated into the ascended state. But even in the ascended state, there is acceleration until you reach the Creator consciousness.

But when you as an individual being reach the Creator consciousness, how do you do it? By accelerating yourself. Well, where did you come from? You are an extension of the Creator’s being. By you accelerating yourself, the Creator is accelerating itself. By the time you reach the Creator consciousness, your Creator has gone even higher. And therefore, there is that constant acceleration in the Allness, constant acceleration, not the same as what happens in a world of form, but still acceleration.

Why? Well, where does the world of form come from? From the Allness. When a world of form is created and accelerated, there is acceleration in the Allness. Everything is acceleration. Everything is accelerating.

I know of course that I am painting the picture here that the Fourth Ray is very important. But of course, I know it is no more important than the other rays. But still, as the Elohim of the Fourth Ray, I AM allowed to expound on the virtues of the Fourth Ray. And therefore, for me, acceleration is just the most joyful experience you can have.

And therefore, I seal you in that joy of the Flame of Acceleration.

The schoolroom of earth: From hard knocks to growing awareness

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain and I want to take this opportunity to build on what Archangel Gabriel has told you about this new cycle, this 12-year cycle we are moving into. It is, of course, something that I have been looking forward to, that I have actually been asking for, for some time because I clearly saw that if we are to manifest the beginning stages of the golden age within a reasonable time frame, then we need to do something to accelerate the cycles. But clearly there are still so many people on earth that are trapped in the School of Hard Knocks that the only way they are going to learn is that the knocks become harder. And this is precisely what the descent of the Christ light can achieve, by forcing people, so to speak, to either accept Christ or reject Christ.

The earth is a schoolroom

Now you may think, is this not a violation of people’s free will? But it is actually not, because right now the fallen beings have manipulated the vast majority of people on earth to such an extent that they do not have free will.

The descent of the Christ light is the beginning of an opportunity for people to regain their free will if they accept Christ and seek to use this frame of reference of the Christ light to evaluate their beliefs, their worldview, their mental images, then they can free themselves from the lies and illusions of the fallen beings and thereby recapture a greater freedom of will.

You look at the earth today and you can say: “What is the purpose of earth? What is the purpose of what is going on on earth?” Well, you can either take the fatalistic view that some religious people and some materialists have that there is no purpose, that it is all random, it is all nonsensical, that nothing here makes sense. Or you can say: “Well, if there is a purpose, what might that purpose be?” And this is when you can open yourself up to the teachings we have given. And there are many, many people on earth who are ready to open themselves up to this idea that the earth is a form of schoolroom, a kind of educational institution, and that the purpose of what is going on earth right now is to raise people’s awareness.

Now this, of course, has a broad, general aspect of raising awareness so they become more aware of how the world works, and they become less aggressive towards others. You can see if you look back to a thousand or two thousand years ago, people have a much greater awareness of how the universe works, how big it is, how certain natural laws work than they had back then. They also have, many people, less aggression than people had two thousand years ago. There has been that general raising of awareness.

Why is life on earth so difficult?

But if we look at what it will take to manifest a golden age on earth, what is the primary lesson that people need to learn? Well, let us look at earth in its present state. Let us step back. Step back from specifics. What is the biggest question that most people have on earth? Now, I admit that many people will not be able to formulate that question as I am going to formulate it. But still, in the back of their minds, what is the biggest question that people have? And there are many ways to formulate the question, but in a general sense we could say: “Why is life on earth so difficult?” Why is it so difficult for people to just survive, make a living, take care of their families? Why are so many people living in suffering, in an endless drudgery, when nothing ever seems to improve? Why is life so difficult?

And why is life on earth so difficult? You can take the religious approach, that many religious people, in fact most people on earth are in some form of religion that talks about some form of deity, and they usually portray that this deity has special powers. It might be almighty, all-knowing, all-good. Well, hallelujah, if you believe in this kind of God, you must look at current conditions on earth and say: “Is this the best God could do? This almighty, all-knowing, all-good God, who has supposedly created the heavens and the earth, is this mess on this planet the best that this God could do?” Because if it is, how can you say this God is almighty, all-knowing and all-good? No almighty, all-knowing and all-good God would create this kind of a planet.

Then you can take the opposite approach, or the other approach: scientific materialism, atheism, agnosticism, and then you believe in a process of evolution. And then you must still ask the question: “How could a process of evolution result in the kind of mess you see in human life on earth?” Look at these animal life forms that were supposedly the precursors for human beings. Is life a struggle? Well, for most of them, it is not. They walk around on the savannah, eating grass all day, and there is plenty of grass. They swim in the sea, eating food that is readily available. They do not go to war with each other. They are not trying to enslave each other. They are not trying to kill or destroy each other. You never see a forest where there are dozens of anthills, where suddenly the inhabitants of one anthill decide to go over and destroy the anthill of another population of ants. They are busily trying to build their own anthill and coexist peacefully, even though they are in the same forest and there might be some competition for food. They do not go to war with each other. How could a process of evolution that has brought forth all of this animal life bring forth the mess you see in human affairs?

Seeing through the hidden power elite

When you look at this logically, neutrally, you see that there must be some deeper explanation somewhere because this clearly does not make any sense, no matter how you look at it, from the existing thought systems. And this is the one breakthrough that can set the foundation for the golden age, is that people begin to ask these questions. Where does the mess seen in human society come from? The suffering, the conflict, the warfare, the poverty, the exploitation, the crime, where does it come from? And again, you could say: “Well, if God did not create the mess, it is because God has a counterpart, the devil, and the devil is responsible for the mess.” Or you can say: “Well, since it is all brought forth by the process of evolution, it must mean that evil is part of human nature.” But again, does this really explain the mess? Because are all human beings creating the mess? Are all human beings committing crime? Are all human beings planning and executing warfare? Are all human beings exploiting others?

Nay. When you ask this question and look at what is actually happening, you can come to the conclusion that the mess created in human affairs is not created by God, not created by a process of evolution, not created by the general population, but by a very small elite of people who do not have what most people have: some respect for the value of human life, some respect for the rights of other people. You can take this in various directions. One of them is the Golden Rule. Almost every religion on earth says do not do unto others what you do not want them to do to you. And by and large, the general population is following this. But clearly, when you look at human society today, when you look at the past, you look at history, you see that not all human beings have been following this. In fact, you can quickly come to see that a very small power elite, not only are they not following the Golden Rule, they are deliberately and aggressively violating the Golden Rule and then trying to, number one, hide what they are doing, hide their existence, but even blame the general population.

When you look at the mess in human affairs and why life is so difficult, the logical answer that you can reach is that life on earth is so difficult because there is a small elite that is deliberately trying to exploit, manipulate the general population and that are willing to destroy anyone who objects to their rule. This is what makes life difficult. This small power elite.

And this is the realization that needs to break through in the next 12-year cycle here, where a critical mass of people, in fact, a majority of the people, begin to realize and consciously acknowledge this. And therefore, they begin to decide that we will no longer allow our societies to be led and controlled by this group of people. There is already an awareness of narcissists, psychopaths, sociopaths, but this can very quickly grow to a different level where you realize that this is not just a psychological condition as a result of an unhappy childhood. This is a much deeper condition that is not inherited from your parents, that is not a result of your childhood, that is not a result of cultural influence.

It is an inherent condition in specific souls that goes back far into the distant past. In fact, many people can come to accept reincarnation as an explanation not only for evil, but for many other things. But it is not far-fetched that people in the next 12 years, a majority of people, can come to accept this and come to accept the existence of a small power elite of beings who are different than the general population because they have that aggressive intent, the level of aggression. Therefore, they have exploited the population. They have created warfare. They are creating warfare. They are the ones who have created a completely unbalanced economy that funnels riches upwards towards the small elite that already have too much. They are the ones who have used economic means to, in democratic societies, create a division based on wealth that approaches the division you saw in the feudal societies of medieval Europe, a division that it was one of the primary goals of democracy to overcome. But now it is being recreated through financial instruments, but previously was created through physical power.

It is not unrealistic that this realization can break through in the next 12 years. And I ask you, who are our direct students, to hold the vision that this will happen, to make calls that this will happen, and to speak out wherever you can about this. Surely this is not all roses. Surely there is a downside to this, that people can begin to blame the elite and therefore, refuse to take responsibility. But the higher potential is that a majority of people, especially in democratic nations, will take responsibility and say: “We see that the elite is the cause, but we cannot blame them because we have allowed them to be in power. But we will no longer allow this, therefore, we will engage in our democratic societies and demand better leadership.”

Without wanting to go into too specific of a prophecy, I can assure you that this lesson, the exposure of the power elite, and the willingness of the people to demand better leadership, must and will be learned in the next 12 years.

The hard knocks

The only question is, how hard do the knocks have to become before people learn the lesson? In other words, how extreme does the behavior of these narcissistic leaders have to become before people start saying: “This is enough.” You look back at history and you see the havoc wreaked by these narcissistic leaders. You look at today’s world and you see the havoc being wreaked right now, and the potential for even greater havoc. Yes, of course Vladimir Putin is a prime example of a narcissistic leader. Of course, Xi Jinping is an example of a narcissistic leader. Of course, Kim Jong-un is an example of a narcissistic leader. Of course, the ayatollahs in Iran are examples of narcissistic leaders. Of course, Netanyahu in Israel and the leaders of the Palestinians and the leaders of Hamas and Hezbollah are examples of narcissistic leaders. Of course, Assad in Syria is such an example. Of course, Donald Trump in the United States is such an example. Can people see this? No, many people cannot. What is going to help them see it is that these leaders will act out their unbalanced psychology in more and more extreme ways until they shatter the veil of denial hanging over the minds of the people.

Nothing can prevent this from happening. It was already in the process of happening, but it has now been greatly accelerated by the descent of the Christ light. Not only will it force these leaders to decide, will they moderate and balance themselves or will they become more extreme, but it will also force the people to decide because, as we said, when you increase the light, people can see what was hidden in the darkness, and so far, for thousands of years, the fallen beings in and out of embodiment on earth have managed to hide themselves from the people. This cannot be sustained over the next 12 years. It does not mean that the majority of the people will start talking about fallen beings. It does not mean that they will recognize ascended master teachings, but they will start recognizing that the murder and mayhem on earth is caused by a small group of people who are not behaving like human beings, but as some other kind of being: self-centered, inhuman beings.

Accepting that a better future is possible

I may sound serious, I may sound stern, but that is because I am speaking this into the collective consciousness and I am seeking to imbue the words with enough energy that it can penetrate the veils around people’s minds, at least the minds of those who are ready to wake up. But in reality, I am overjoyed by this release of Light from the archangels. I am overjoyed with the potential of this cycle of the next 12 years to accelerate the manifestation of the golden age, to bring it forward with many, many decades. I have said before that my vision for the golden age is not to manifest specific physical conditions. Of course, I see specific physical improvements, but it is not that I am having a fixed vision, because the physical conditions are secondary to the raising of people’s consciousness. And what am I seeking to achieve? Well, in the short term, I am seeking to achieve that people, the general population, will overcome the doom and gloom that has snuck into their consciousness, especially after the pandemic and the wars. I am seeking to help people accept that the earth is moving into a better age, and that they have a part in it, meaning their lives will improve. I would like to see all people accept this, but certainly a majority of the people. They do not have to know about Saint Germain. They do not have to know about Saint Germain’s Golden Age. I want them to look at the future with optimism and confidence, because, as we have said before, they realize they can build a better society for their children than they themselves have had, and this society is sustainable, meaning nobody will come from the outside and seek to destroy it through warfare, or nuclear warfare, or whatever it may be.

Realizing that mind influences matter

They can have confidence in the future, in building a better future, a better society. What will it take to do this? Well, it will take an awareness of the power elite and a decision to not let the power elite continue to manipulate society, because this will only create more and more suffering, more and more hardship. But beyond that, it also takes a beginning awareness of the fact that mind influences matter. And again, I do not expect that in the next 12 years, a majority of the people will start recognizing ascended master teachings, but you see many types of spiritual movements that are teaching some version of this, that your state of mind has an influence on your outer situation and on your experience of life.

Some of these are superficial, but they are still a beginning awakening of the awareness that human beings are psychological beings, and that everything revolves around your experience of life. And your experience of life is determined not primarily by outer conditions. It is determined by inner conditions in your psyche, because it is those inner conditions that determine how you react to external conditions. And therefore, there is that breakthrough of awareness that beyond the physical welfare societies, beyond the physical affluence that you see in some modern nations, it is necessary to shift into a well-being society where society is focused on the psychological welfare of the people.

The questions to ask

Now, you may say: “Well, that certainly seems to be far off when we look at certain countries in the world.” Let us refrain from naming names. But it is not as far off as you might think. For as I said, the countries that are furthest from considering the psychological well-being of their citizens are primarily not exclusively, but primarily dictatorships of some form, some form of autocracy. Or at least, they are led by clearly narcissistic leaders. And these leaders in the next twelve years only have two basic options. Well, they have three basic options. They could reform themselves and change the way they govern. They could withdraw from leadership. Or they could act out their unbalance in more and more extreme ways, so they demonstrate that they absolutely do not care about their own people. I admit, there are many people on earth who will only see the problem with narcissistic leaders when those leaders bring so much suffering upon them that it finally dawns on these people that the leaders, despite what they may claim, do not care about them whatsoever. And why should you allow your country to be led by people who do not care about you?

There are people who are not able to ask that question right now. Therefore, the suffering must become more and more intense until people become willing to ask that foundational question. Many people in the democratic countries asked that question generations ago, even centuries ago. And they also asked the question: “Why should we allow our societies to have so much suffering, so much hardship for the general population? Could we not create a society that is focused on achieving the best possible life for all people? Why should we continue to have this society where there is a clear elite that has a privileged lifestyle, that has all the power, and the general population are for practical purposes the slaves of this elite? Why shouldn’t we be able to create a society that is focused on giving all people the best possible life?”

The true measure of greatness for a nation

How hard is it to ask that question? Well, why are some people not asking that question? Because they have been deceived by the power elite into thinking that there is some kind of epic cause that is more important than their own well-being and the well-being of their children. Sometimes they have even been deceived into believing that life could not be any better than it is. “That is just the nature of life on earth.” These are the illusions that must be shattered in the next 12 years, so that people realize that it is possible to create a better life for all people, and that all of these epic causes that make it seem like we have to continue doing this unbalanced thing that prevents the welfare of the people, because the people have to sacrifice for some goal, some epic goal, that this is all an illusion.

How can the greatness of a nation be more important than the welfare of the people of that nation? How do you measure the greatness of a nation? Look at the empires of the past. How many empires have attempted to conquer the world by force, thinking this would give them greatness?

Where are most of these empires today? In the trash bin of history. Where will the empires who are trying to gain greatness through force be tomorrow? In the trash bin of history. This is what you realize if you really study history. What is the true measure of greatness for a nation? It is the welfare and the well-being of its people. He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all. The greatest nation is the one who takes the greatest care of its own people without exploiting other people. How is that so difficult to see? Only because there is this veil of ignorance over people’s minds. Their eyes are covered with scales. But what happened to Paul on the road to Damascus? He encountered the Christ light and the scales fell from his eyes. This is what can and will happen over the next twelve years with more and more people, unless they decide to deny Christ. But in that case, they cannot remain in embodiment on earth. There will either be a mass awakening or a mass extinction. Naturally, I hold the vision, and I want all of you to hold the vision, that it will be a mass awakening.

Aspects of free will

But I, of course, cannot withhold the simple fact that it is either or. Or rather, it is more likely to be a mixture of the two. Again, you may say, but you are sounding so serious, you are sounding so stern. Yes, but I want to project this into the collective consciousness so it penetrates the veils over people’s eyes and reaches those who are ready right now to awaken. There are those who are not ready, who may become ready next year, or the year after, or in 2035, or in 2036. But my primary concern right now is to awaken those who are ready to see this and start asking these questions.

Again, what is my experience as the Chohan of the Seventh Ray, as the Hierarch of the Age of Aquarius? I am overjoyed by this change of the descent of the light, because, as we have said, the descent of the light does not interfere with people’s free will, it frees their will, or at least it has the potential to do so if they choose to accept it. And I ask you to not in any way try to interfere with people’s minds, but to still hold the vision.

And this requires you to use a certain Christ discernment. You can reason with the analytical, linear, dualistic mind that anything you do to improve things on earth interferes with people’s free will. If you give decrees and invocations, does it not interfere with people’s free will? We have, of course, addressed this before by saying, you are not interfering with people’s free will by making their will more free, by helping them see what they cannot see right now.

But do not overlook a simple fact. Free will reigns supreme on earth, yes, but free will has an individual and a collective aspect. You can say, by giving the calls for the judgment of Christ upon the fallen beings, are you not interfering with their free will, their right to do whatever they want? Well, but have we ever said that your individual free will gives you the right to harm other people or take away their free will?

Have we ever said that the freedom to exploit is a divine right? Nay, because the free will of the individual must always be balanced with the free will of the whole. This goes for a relationship between two people. It goes in a family. It goes in a nation, an ethnic group, a race. And it goes for humanity as a whole. Therefore, the free will of the fallen beings on earth must be balanced with the free will of the population of earth, the original inhabitants and the avatars. For that matter, the free will on earth must be balanced with the free will of all self-aware beings in this unascended sphere and the free will of all ascended beings in the previous spheres and the free will of the Creator. You see, the fallen beings do not have a right to enslave other people. They do not have a right to interfere with the minds and thereby the free will of other people. And given that the fallen beings have violated that, you have a right to make the calls to the ascended masters for the judgment of Christ and for the removal of these fallen beings from the identity, mental, emotional and even from physical embodiment. This is not a violation of the law of free will. As long as you are not seeking to project thoughts or feelings, psychic energy into the minds of fallen beings, but you stand back, you make the calls according to the vision of Christ and you allow the ascended masters to do the work.

The realistic sense of accomplishment

This is, of course, what I ask you to do over these next 12 years. We will, of course, give more teachings on this. We will give you different tools, different invocations and decrees, and we will give you more insight. For now, I am grateful. I am grateful for your Presence, for your willingness to engage with these teachings. Now, there is always a balance to be found because we know that the ego can take anything and misinterpret it and inflate it. I am not seeking to give you the impression that ascended master students alone have brought about this change. There are many other spiritual people. There are many other people who are not in any spiritual movement or teaching, but who are willing to change, willing to look at themselves and their psychology, willing to ask these questions, who have all brought about this.

But what I want you to realize is that, yes, the archangels made a decision to inaugurate this cycle and start releasing these energies. Nothing forced them to make the decision. It was not something they had to do. But the foundation for them making the decision was that there are so many people who have been willing to raise their consciousness using whatever tools they had. And of course, the people who have raised their consciousness the most are the people who had the most impact. And of course, those who have our direct teachings and have made use of them to overcome the subconscious selves in their own psychology have had the greatest impact in this regard. I want you to have a realistic sense of accomplishment, a realistic sense of accomplishment, that you do not allow your ego to inflame, as we have seen in previous ascended master organizations and that we see in many other spiritual organizations. But on the other hand, you need to allow yourself to acknowledge that you have been instrumental in raising the collective consciousness to the point where it was meaningful for the archangels to inaugurate this cycle.

Accelerate your service

This was not a given. It was not predetermined. It was not something that I could have said ten or five or even three years ago that this will happen. I, of course, hoped it would happen, but it was not a given. I want you to have that sense of accomplishment, which then, as we have said, is the reward for service is more service, can bring you on to doing even more. And it is, as we have always said, work on your psychology, make the calls, speak out in society, do whatever you can. But what I want you to achieve is to overcome any sense of deficit. Where you feel, as so many ascended master students have felt in previous organizations, you feel you are inadequate. You are not good enough. You are not doing enough. Do what you can do, given the practical realities of your everyday lives. Be content with that, but also be open to the possibility that you could accelerate your consciousness, your service, especially your speaking out.

Many of you have it as part of your Divine plan to speak out in some capacity. Many of you are still reluctant to do it. Some of you are overcoming this and are daring to speak out, even though you are not perfect in doing so. But you are willing to learn from it and grow from it. Consider how this applies to you. I am not asking you to force yourself. I am simply asking you to stop forcing yourself to not speak out, because that is what many of you are doing, because you have these subconscious selves that make you so afraid of what is going to happen. Let me just give you one final thought here. Spend a little time on this interesting phenomenon called YouTube. Look at what people are talking about out there, and then look at the far-flung theories that are out there about this or that or the next thing, and then ask yourself, is what I could talk about really so much more weird than what these people are already talking about? How bad a reaction could I get?

Now, there are not all of you that it is in your Divine plan to speak openly about ascended masters, but even if you were to speak about ascended masters, how could that be more strange than some of the other stuff that is out there?

And then look at some of the videos where you have people who are clearly not professional television personalities, but who are just sitting in front of their camera or their laptop and recording themselves talking. Look how many people are doing this, and then ask yourself, how much worse could what you are doing possibly be? And then realize that you are witnessing an incredible phenomenon, a new phenomenon in the world today. More and more people are willing to speak out, even though they are not living up to the professional standard of the broadcast industry, even though they are not PhDs who have some expertise recognized by society. They are willing to speak out. And then recognize more and more people are tired of the slick television personalities, the experts. They want to listen to authentic people who are daring to be themselves. There are people out there who want to hear what you have to say. They want to hear it from you.

The fallen beings do not want to hear from you. They do not even like you, but why would you care? There are real people that will like you, that will want to hear what you have to say. And you can learn tremendously from saying it and monitor your reactions, so you can expose whatever subconscious selves you have left. You can even look at the messenger who started almost two years ago with his YouTube channel. Look at some of the early videos, how he was much more uptight and self-conscious and how he has become more relaxed. How did he do this? Did he do it by sitting in his room theorizing? No, he did it by doing and monitoring his reactions to doing. If he had not done it, he would still be as uptight as he was two years ago. What I am saying is, part of the coming cycle is, as we have said, the opportunity, a greater opportunity to express your Christhood. And in order to do this, you just need to overcome that reluctance that prevents you from doing it right now. Whatever it is for each of you, my desire, my vision for you is that you overcome that, so you are comfortable expressing yourself.

With this, I have given you what I think you can handle. There is much more I would like to give you. But then again, there is, of course, time in this rather unique cycle in earth’s history. And you might want to ponder this and perhaps capture a certain feeling that it is really your joy to be part of this cycle. It is part of your Divine plan. It is something you were looking forward to, being part of a cycle of change that is leading towards the golden age. Why else would you still be on this crazy planet?

With this, be sealed in the joy of Saint Germain, the Hierarch of the Age of Aquarius.

Embrace the new 12-year cycle: Accelerate and express your Christhood

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Archangel Gabriel through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master Archangel Gabriel. What does the planet look like from the viewpoint of an archangel? You may think that from your viewpoint it looks dark, it looks like things are getting worse, things are getting darker. Conflicts upon conflict is springing up around the earth, global warming, threats of this, threats of that. But that is not how it looks from my perspective. For I am looking at it entirely differently. I am looking at one thing only, the rising of the Christ light in those who are embodied on earth.

The annunciation of the Christ’s birth on earth

Therefore, I have, as you know, been called the Angel of Annunciation and I come, indeed, to announce that this New Year’s 2025 marks a turning point in the recent history of earth because the Christ light has been increased to a critical mass, whereby I can announce the birth of the Christ on earth.

Now, before you get too overly enthusiastic about this, we might need to look back at this situation almost 2000 years ago, where I appeared to Mary and announced to her that she had found favor with God and that she had the potential to give birth to a Christed child. What most of you have not really considered is that this was not a given. She had free will. She could have and she started objecting. She could have objected. She could have refused to give birth to such a special child knowing that it would be a larger responsibility that she had imagined taking on. There is always that element of free will. Just because I announce the birth of the Christ on earth does not mean it is actually going to happen to the maximum degree. But what I am announcing is that earth has reached a point where the 10,000 beings that are in embodiment, who have the potential to manifest full Christhood in this embodiment need to accept that the Christ can be, is being born in them. And the millions more who have the potential to manifest a high degree of Christhood in this lifetime, they need to accept that the Christ can be and is being born in them. And if a critical mass of these people do it, then it will have a major impact on the future of this planet and the manifestation of Saint Germain’s Golden Age.

The inauguration of a 12-year cycle

What I am announcing today is the inauguration of a 12-year cycle starting here on the 1st of January 2025, ending on the 31st of December 2036. This 12-year cycle is brought about, not of some inevitable law, not exclusively because of the progress made by the spiritual people on earth, but because we, the archangels, have decided to give this assistance to earth. Nothing forced us to do it but we saw the possibility that this could provide a major turning point for the earth. Therefore, these next 12 years will be a cycle, where more and more people have this opportunity to give birth to the Christ within themselves. It also means that we, the archangels, and of course, many other ascended masters working with us are going to be releasing specific energies to assist people in giving birth to the Christ within them, in letting the Christ be born in them, in overcoming their objections to the Christ being born in them and therefore, saying with Mother Mary: “Be it unto me according to thy will”, not according to some external God but to their own I AM Presence.

An extraordinary opportunity and challenge for the earth

It is really not “thy” will but “our” will that you are submitting to. It is the will that you put in your own Divine plan before you took this embodiment if you belong to one of these people that I am talking about. Nothing is, of course, forced upon you but the reality is that this represents two things. It represents an extraordinary opportunity for growth for these millions of lifestreams that have the potential. It also represents an extraordinary challenge for the earth, for the original inhabitants of the earth, who are in many cases not willing to give birth to the Christ in them but simply want to continue their lives as usual or want to see them improve a little bit but not in a revolutionary way.

It also represents an extraordinary challenge to the fallen beings on this planet, who now have an acceleration of the judgment of Christ that they are going to be facing in these next 12 years and this, of course, starts right now. It is not that if they do not respond within a certain time, then the judgment of Christ will descend. It is already starting to descend. There are many of these fallen beings in embodiment, in the emotional, mental and identity level that will be faced with the judgment of Christ and it will be increasing in the coming years.

And therefore, you will see some extraordinary events happening, where people that you thought were going to be around forever or at least for a long time will go out of embodiment, where you see that structures, organizations, nations, ideas, ideologies that you thought were going to be around forever will suddenly fall apart, dissolve, collapse. Do not expect this to be a period without its challenges.

But it is an extraordinary opportunity for the earth to be accelerated so that the golden age can be manifest much faster than otherwise would be the case. If we had not released this opportunity, it could have taken another 50 years before there would be this critical turning point, where a critical mass of people could see and accept the manifestation of the golden age. Now there is a high probability that a critical mass of people will see it before the year 2036 runs out.

Letting go of your expectations

And this is truly an example of how the time is shortened for the elect. You may, if you are to really roll with this cycle, you may need to take a critical look at yourself, your expectations of what this planet is, what it is like, what it should be like, what the future should be like, what growth should be like and you may need to recognize that you need to give up the desire to have a smooth transition into the golden age.

You have, of course, already seen since the pandemic that there has been more upheaval than most people expected but this can only increase in the next 12 years. I am not thereby predicting any dire circumstances but I am predicting upheaval and changes that will be sudden, that will be abrupt, that will be unexpected, that will be extremely challenging for people. But it is, as I say, for the acceleration of the earth into the golden age much quicker.

Accelerating into the positive up-going spiral

And you, who are the spiritual people, listen to me now. We need you to accelerate yourselves into the positive up-going spiral and we need you to be very, very clear in your minds that you will not allow yourself to be pulled down in any of the negative spirals that many people will start to create as the pessimism creeps in.

You need to stay firm, fixing your goal on the target, not the immediate conditions. You need to avoid being pulled into this negativity, as so many people were pulled into negativity during the pandemic, as so many people were pulled into negativity because of the war in Ukraine, the war in the Middle East, because of challenges here, challenges there. You need to be very clear that you will not allow yourself to be pulled into giving up the vision. If you think it was easy for Mother Mary to give birth to Jesus and raise him to the age of 12, you can think again. She had many challenges, many more than she has ever explained and that she, for that matter, needs to explain but you need to be aware that the first 12 years after my annunciation to Mother Mary were very challenging. And then you see the period or the situation where Mother Mary and Joseph took the young Jesus to the temple, presented him in the temple. Well, that was 12 years, a little more from the annunciation but 12 years from his birth. You see here 12 years from now to 2036.

The acceleration of the judgment of Christ

And then if a critical mass of people respond to this opportunity we are releasing, then the golden age will be so manifest that a critical mass of people can overcome the negativity and accept that the earth is finally moving into a better future. Much depends on people’s willingness to accept that the Christ is born in them, to be willing to challenge their egos, their subconscious selves, their way of looking at life. But this is not all, there will also be that acceleration of the judgment of Christ, because as people allow the Christ to be born in them, then we, of course, will respond by releasing more and more Christ light. And that Christ light, when it enters the energy system, the four lower bodies of earth will bring forth the judgment of Christ. And you can look at it in various ways, but you can simply look at it that if you have a dark mine, where people are able to hide in the dark and you increase the light in the mine, then obviously as the light is increased, people can no longer hide and this is exactly what will be happening on earth.

All those people, who are not willing to transcend themselves, can no longer hide. All those people, who are deliberately hurting others, can no longer hide. All those people, who are seeking to deceive and manipulate others, can no longer hide and, of course, the fallen beings can no longer hide.

Choose life or death!

Do you think it is a coincidence that the messenger decided to start doing YouTube videos and talk about the power elite and fallen beings? Of course not. This was directed by us to put some material out there that people can find in these coming years and therefore gain a deeper understanding that there is this group of beings on earth, who may appear to be human beings but who are not human beings and not spiritual beings either, but a group of beings who are dedicated to control and destruction, who are willing to destroy anyone that they cannot control. And that it is time for the people of earth to stand up and decide: “We no longer want these beings to be our leaders! We want the Christ to be our leaders!” And where is the Christ to be found? Within ourselves.

Instead of looking for the Christ from the outside, as Christians have been doing for 17 centuries due to the perversions of the Catholic church, people begin to look for the Christ inside and they realize that it is time for the people to take a stand and to involve themselves in their societies, in the leadership of those societies. But they need to do it with Christ discernment, not based on conspiracy theories and other nonsense and thus, you will see that you can look at this in two ways.

You can look at it as the greatest opportunity for self-transcendence, for self-acceleration that the earth has gone through in recent history or you can look at it as a threat. It is a threat to your ability to maintain status quo, to feel that you have your life under control and certainly the fallen beings will look at it as a threat, as they are already doing. Right now, they are sitting there having sensed that something was coming, not knowing what it was but as I am releasing these words, the fallen beings in the identity level, the mental level, they are listening, they are realizing what is going on and they realize, more than most of you people are doing, exactly how significant this is and therefore, they know they cannot stop it.

As above, so below

Of course, they cannot stop an archangel from releasing light but they think they can stop many of these people from embodying the light, from allowing the Christ to be born in them and this is what they are already plotting to do, as they, of course, have been plotting since the birth of Jesus. In fact, since before the birth of Jesus, they had plotted to kill all the male children, all the Christ children, before they could grow up and become a threat. This is what they will try to do to all of the people who have the potential and that is why I am saying it is extremely important for you to decide: “I will not allow myself to be pulled into any negative spiral, no matter what happens in the world. I will stay focused on the Christ reality within me, the Christ reality from the ascended masters, so that I can be as above, so below.” This is the byword of the Christ in embodiment, what we have called the Living Christ: “As above, so below”. And this will be extremely important to keep in mind for these next 12 years. Now you can, as I said, you can embrace this opportunity and if you are willing to accelerate yourself, as Serapis Bey explained so beautifully, you will not feel the next 12 years as a burden, you will see it as a grand opportunity.

Riding the wave of the Christ light with joy

To give you a visual image, I know that most of you have not been on a surfboard in the ocean, but you have surely seen it on television, and you can imagine, here you are on your little surfboard made up of the teachings and your internalization of the teachings. There is a giant wave coming, nothing can stop the wave, it is heading right for you. What do you have to do? Well, you have to accelerate yourself so you can get up in the necessary speed to ride the wave or if you do not accelerate yourself, the wave will roll over you, turn you upside down, tumble you around and it will be very chaotic before you get up to catch a breath. But if you accelerate yourself, you can ride the wave, you can keep riding it until it runs out of steam, as it will and then the ride can be enjoyable. Now, you know that even though you are riding the front of the wave, the wave is turning over behind you upsetting the ocean and it will be upsetting the apple cart on earth but as long as you are riding it, what is it of your concern what happens behind you. That is why I am saying: Do not look behind you, look forward.

This will require you to work on your psychology throughout these 12 years. You will need to be willing to look at yourself and see what reactions you have whenever something turbulent happens on earth, whenever something unexpected happens on earth, whenever something falls apart that you thought was going to keep going forever. Whether it be nations, stock markets, the economy, institutions of society, ideas, belief systems, religions, whatever it may be that collapses, you need to be willing to look at your reaction and see: “If I have a reaction to this happening, I must have a separate self that has built its sense of security on this structure here on earth.” But the Christ does not build its sense of security on any structure on earth because any structure on earth is a house built on sand. The Christ builds his house, her house on rocky ground and when the storms come, the rains fall, the house still stands, because your sense of identity is based on your I AM Presence, not on the outer personality, not on any conditions on earth.

They always say, one man’s trash is another man’s treasure, well, one man’s threat is another man’s opportunity or woman’s opportunity. This coming cycle is a tremendous opportunity to accelerate. There are those who will think, it will be a period of deceleration, because the towers of Babel, the houses of cards that men have built, will crumble but it is nevertheless a period of acceleration for those who can tune into it and who are willing to accelerate themselves.

What does it mean that the Christ is born in you? Well, it means that there is a light that starts shining in the dark mine of your subconscious mind and this will expose all that is unresolved, all of the subconscious selves that you have, that is created in reaction to your experiences on earth. We have given extensive teachings about avatars, the birth trauma, how to resolve these subconscious selves, make use of them if you want to ride the wave, because the Christ light will expose these subconscious selves, will expose your attachments, will expose how you have built your sense of self, your sense of security on these outer things on earth. If you can do this, if you can make this shift and I am not saying you have to make it today, but you have to make it as soon as possible in order to ride that wave, then the next 12 years can be a tremendous opportunity, a tremendous joy. Whereas for many people, most people on earth, it will be a very shocking, disturbing time.

The need for balance of the Christ mind

Now again, you need to find balance here because this is actually what the Christ is. The Christ is balance. We know very well that there are people who find our teachings, as this messenger did when he was young and as many of you have done, who become overly enthusiastic about applying the teachings, overly optimistic, thinking you are more advanced than you are. This is not what I am advocating. I am advocating a balanced approach, where you realize that you are not the fullness of the Christ right now but that you are building your Christhood over the next 12 years. You are not denying it, but you are not thinking you have reached the fullness of it either. You find a balance. In a sense, the Christ is the balance between the two dualistic extremes that are there in any situation, so we are not talking unrestricted optimism thinking everything is wonderful and denial of any problems. Neither are we talking depression and focus on the problems. We are talking the Middle Way of the Buddha, which can really only be attained through the Christ mind, the Christ discernment.

Do not think you already have Christ discernment, be willing to work towards sharpening it. Of course, you have some Christ discernment, but we constantly see students, both in this and previous dispensations, and people who have never heard of ascended master teachings, who think that now they have reached some ultimate state, state of mind, state of consciousness, ability to discern what is real and unreal. This is not what I am advocating either, be willing to work on yourself, dissolve the subconscious selves, strive for higher and higher Christ discernment for the next 12 years.

You have a unique opportunity here to go around the clock in these 12 years and each of the lines of the clock have some particular meaning, which we will give more teachings about. You realize here that what I am saying is simply this, do not react to what I am saying here with the outer mind. Take what I am saying here as an opportunity to go within, look at your psychology. Do not make these pompous declarations in your own mind or to others that you have now reached some level of Christhood. If you have a need to declare your Christhood, you have not attained it, it is that simple.

There is a balance between denying the Christ in yourself and denying the Christ by letting the ego define what it means to be the Christ and define that you have already attained it. Strive for that balance, it is individual, but it is doable for all of you. Look at whether you have a tendency to be pulled towards extremes, whether it was the pandemic, the election in the United States, the war in Ukraine, the war in the Middle East. Look, if you have a tendency to be pulled towards these conspiracy theories or negative views, or even thinking that one is the absolute truth, one way of looking at a situation is the absolute truth. Be willing to reach for the Christ perspective, that is what you have an extraordinary opportunity to do. If you do not do it, then the Christ will not be born in you during these next 12 years. You will actually build on to the separate self that you created in order to climb closer to the 96th level of consciousness. You will spiritualize this self and therefore, not walk the path of Christ but start walking the path of anti-Christ, the left-handed path. This is a risk I am simply warning you. I am not saying it is a great risk, but it is a risk.

Let your light shine and do its work

When I talk about the Christ being born, I am talking about people in many different areas of society. I am not talking about all of these people coming to know ascended master teachings or this specific dispensation. You, who are part of this dispensation, you have a better opportunity than most to ride the wave because we have told you but do not think that everybody else has to recognize this messenger, this teaching or you. Just pursue your Christhood, share it as you feel moved to share it but do not have the expectation of a particular outcome. Share the light, let the light shine, let the light do its work. Do not become missionaries.

You increase the light and when you increase the light, people can see what was hiding in the dark, what is beyond the darkness. They can see what is in the light and what was in the darkness. Just let them see, let them make their own decisions. The Christ does not have an intention because the Christ does not need to have an intention. Why? Because the Christ simply shines the light. If people choose to accept the light, they grow. If they choose to reject the light, they receive the judgment of Christ and either way moves the world forward.

Dare to express your Christhood!

Be non-attach to how people react but also be aware, as we have said before, Christhood that is not expressed is not Christhood. Christhood that is not expressed in helping others is not Christhood. Look at the world, look what opportunities you have for expressing your Christhood in the measure you have attained now. This is the multiplication of the talents, you start with what you have, you express that with a purpose, with the intent to help others, then you look at the reaction you get from others, you look at the reaction in yourself, you use that to overcome the separate selves, then you can express a higher degree of Christhood. This is how you grow. If you do not dare to express anything, how can you get a reaction? And so, how can you grow?

Instead, you become more and more sure you have reached some superior state. You sit there in your ivory tower, as we see many religious people around the world doing, many spiritual people around the world doing, in fact many students from previous ascended master organizations, sitting there feeling “holier than thou” because they have the highest teaching and therefore, they are more sophisticated than anyone else. This will not help you ride the wave. You will be overrun by the wave. Dare to express your Christhood, find ways to do it and be willing to look at your reaction. Better to express something, even if it is unpleasant or disturbing and use it to grow and overcome something in your psychology than to sit there, not really daring to let the Christ be born in you.

Mother Mary could have sat there waiting, not really daring to let the Christ child be born, be conceived in her womb. She could have still been sitting there 2000 years later if she had not made that decision: “Be it unto me according to thy will.” What is the will of your I AM Presence? What is the will of yourself, the Conscious You that you made before you came into this lifetime and put in your Divine plan? Surely, if you have found these teachings, it is in your Divine plan that at some point you make that decision to allow the Christ to be born in you and you make the decision to dare to express that Christhood. Surely, it is in your Divine plan. When is it time? Well, I am announcing to you it is time now! If you have not tuned in to it before, it is time to tune in now! See what is in your Divine plan, how to express it and then dare to do it.

I breathe out the light of the Fourth Ray.

I breathe it out upon the earth.

I breathe it out in the identity realm.

I breathe it out in the mental realm.

I breathe it out in the emotional realm and I breathe it out in the physical realm.

It is therefore complete.

I have achieved what I wanted to achieve with this release of light and I shall leave it unto the free will of those who are in embodiment, how they will respond. With this, I am grateful for you who have been the physical instruments for radiating this into the collective consciousness and I seal you in the joy that I AM. You may not associate an archangel with joy but we are all joyful. How could we not be? Nothing on earth threatens us, so what could steal our joy?

From the Allness to our world: The drive to be MORE

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Serapis Bey through Kim Michaels, January 4, 2025. This dictation was given during the 2025 New Year’s Webinar: Accelerate yourself and the planet with the Masters of the Fourth Ray.

I AM the Ascended Master Serapis Bey, Chohan of the Fourth Ray, the Fourth Ray of Acceleration. Life is a process that can lead to progress or regress, and the key to progression is acceleration. “What is acceleration?” you might say. And there always comes the question from the human level of consciousness, can progression go on indefinitely? Is there not a limit? Does it not run out? Well, that is what I will discourse on.

The cosmic law of acceleration

What is acceleration? It is going beyond the present state to a higher state. But is progression, acceleration, just a concept, an idea in the human mind, or does it have a deeper reality? Well, science has discovered what they call the second law of thermodynamics. You have heard us talk about this before, and you know that according to science it means that in a closed system, entropy, meaning disorder, will increase until all structures have deteriorated, have broken down, and there is the lowest possible energy state.

It is always illustrated by scientists that if you take a steam locomotive it can drive only because there is pressure in the boiler that is converted into steam, that is converted into work and in order to keep the pressure going you need to put fuel in and if your fuel runs out the locomotive will stop. And if it sits idle without being maintained, it will rust, fall apart, and eventually, from dust to dust, it will return to the dust of the earth from which supposedly, according to some Christians, everything came. Of course, the reality is that everything did not come from dust. But let us not get ahead of ourselves.

What is it that has been discovered by this second law of thermodynamics? It is actually that there is a cosmic law. It is even beyond a natural law. It is a cosmic law that there is no standing still in the world of form. You must either accelerate or decelerate. There is no still state. What is this very principle? Well, this principle is actually the Christ consciousness. We have explained that when the Creator contemplated creating this world of form in which we are all a part, it saw that the only way to achieve its goal was to give self-aware extensions of itself free will. But as we have explained, when you have free will, you have free will, meaning you can create any experience you can imagine. And this means you can, in order to explore the fullness of free will, go into separation. You can use the duality consciousness to think that you have created something that is set apart from the whole of the Creator’s creation.

The Creator saw the dilemma, the existential dilemma of free will and self-awareness—that you could become lost in your own creation. You could literally create in your mind, mind you, the illusion that you are a separate being. You can even create the illusion that if you make that separate being powerful enough, sophisticated enough, it will become immortal and therefore, you could be lost indefinitely in separation. Now, why is this a problem if beings have free will? Well, because the purpose of giving you free will is so that you can experiment with whatever your mind can do, but you can never be trapped in one of your own experiments.

Imagine you have a scientist who is in a laboratory doing a chemical experiment. Why is the scientist doing the experiment? To try and discover some deeper principle for why these two chemicals, when combined, produce a certain effect. But what if instead of discovering this principle, the scientist now got caught in a loop, in a time warp, where the scientist had to keep repeating that experiment forever and forever and forever. Would that actually be what the scientist wanted?

The purpose of a world of differentiation

The purpose of giving you the free will to experiment is so you can discover the very principles that our Creator used when it defined our world of form, whereby you expand your sense of self until you eventually, by experimenting and by experiencing all levels of the world of form, you reach the same level of consciousness as the Creator. If you got stuck in a loop, this would obviously abort that purpose. Therefore, in order to avoid this scenario where you can become stuck in your own creation, the Creator defined what we have called the One mind or the Christ mind. And then everything, every form that was created, was created out of that Christ mind.

Now we have described the Christ mind in various ways, but in reality, the deeper understanding that I wish to give you here is that the Christ mind is defined to maintain unity between the Creator and its creation. But what does that mean? Well, it means that there is a movement built into the Christ mind. The Christ mind is not standing still. There is a movement in the Christ mind of returning every form created out of the Creator’s being to the Creator.

Now, this can be very confusing to people, especially many people who come from an Eastern tradition because in the East they have reasoned that this world of form is not ultimately real and therefore they have reasoned that since this world of form, first of all, has differentiation into many forms, but also has constant change, then ultimate reality must be something that does not change. And therefore, there must be a state which they call the Atman, the ultimate self, or Brahman, the undifferentiated principle and this must be the source of all the differentiated forms and all movement.

And this is, in a way, an understandable reasoning. But it is not the highest reasoning because it fails to take into account why there is a world of differentiation. And the purpose for this is what I have just described: that you start out with a localized sense of self, interact with your environment, keep expanding your sense of self until you can ascend from one environment, an unascended sphere, ascend to the ascended realm, where there is another environment you can interact with, until you can ascend to a higher level of the ascended realm, and you keep going until you reach the Creator consciousness. This is the purpose. And this is missing from most Eastern spirituality, and of course, from Western spirituality and religion as well. Therefore, it has seemed to those in the East that ultimate reality is that which never changes, is that which has no differentiation. But this, as we have attempted to explain many times, is not the case.

Unfathomable individuality of the Creator

Your Creator is a distinct being. You cannot take the individuality you have here on earth and project that upon the Creator and think: “Oh, the Creator must have a form of individuality that I can recognize.” The distance between the unascended sphere that you are in, even the unnatural planet of earth, is so great in vibration that you cannot fathom with the mind that you have on earth what the Creator’s individuality is like. Nor can I, as an ascended master in the ascended realm right above the unascended sphere, fathom what the Creator’s individuality is like based on my own individuality. But I have ascended, so therefore I am not projecting that I know what the Creator is like.

When you do not grasp this, you fall into a particular trap of the duality consciousness. We have explained from many different perspectives that the central feature of the duality consciousness is that you can create a mental image, but you are in your mind projecting that it is not a mental image, it is reality. This is how the world really is and this is what explains Eastern spirituality.

The flawed reasoning of the Rishis

The Eastern seers saw a long time ago the transitory nature of the world. They realized that nothing is permanent. Nothing is unchanging. They also saw the suffering that you have on earth and they thought this cannot be the ultimate state of the world. In a sense, correct. But now they reasoned that suffering is caused by the constant change and the differentiation and therefore, beyond this world that is constantly changing, there must be an ultimate reality that is not changing, that is constant, that is perfect. And in order for this ultimate reality—Brahman or whatever you want to call it—to be perfect, it could not be differentiated. This is an understandable reasoning but it is understandable only for people who have not grasped what I just said—that the distance between the vibration of earth and the vibration of the Creator is so great that you cannot on earth fathom what the Creator is like and therefore, the entirety of Eastern spirituality is based on reasoning from inside earth, inside the energy system of earth.

Now, many from Eastern spirituality would of course dispute this and say: “But the Vedic rishis received their teachings from a higher source.” And again, this is actually not wrong. They did receive them from a higher source, but it was not from an ascended source. It was from beings in the mental and lower identity realm and they are also inside the energy system of earth, for they have not ascended. These beings, and I am not here talking about fallen beings, I am simply talking about beings who were benevolent, who were seeking, who were part of the energy system of earth, some of them seeking to grow, some of them having stopped their growth, but they were not ascended. Therefore, they were reasoning, as I said, there must be something unchanging beyond this ever-changing world, there must be something that is perfect beyond this imperfect world that causes so much suffering. And therefore, they reasoned, as is expressed in this saying: “Only Brahman is real. The world is an illusion.”

Non-changing state of pure awareness?

Now, this has caused some people to think that beyond this ever-changing world there is this state of the absolute pure being, pure consciousness, the undifferentiated, never-changing Brahman. Is there such a state? No, there is not. Why did they reason this way? Why do many people, even in today’s world, claim to have experienced this state of pure awareness, non-changing? Because there is no state, but there is the experience of such a state from inside the earth.

When you are in embodiment on earth, you are experiencing the energies of the earth, the ever-changing movement. As we have said before, when the Conscious You is inside your four lower bodies, you are experiencing life through the four lower bodies. But the Conscious You has the potential to step outside of the four lower bodies. And what happens when the Conscious You steps outside? Well, at first it will experience, directly experience, that it is not the four lower bodies. And what does that experience feel like? It feels like a contrast. There is a contrast between your normal experience of life through the four lower bodies, through the perception filter of those bodies, and the state of pure awareness, neutral awareness. There is a contrast, in the beginning, a great contrast.

The constant movement as a threat

What is it you experience through your normal state of awareness? It is that everything is constant movement. You even know, when you think about this, that the earth is not standing still. You are not standing still. You may be sitting here in a chair and you think: “My body is not moving.” But you know the earth is rotating around its axis. You know that the entire earth is orbiting the sun. You know that the sun is moving. You are not thinking about this consciously, but I can assure you that your physical body, your emotional and mental identity bodies, are experiencing this constant movement. And when people go into duality, they not only experience it as movement, they experience it as a threat. All of this constant change seems chaotic.

What is it we have said many times you want to do when you go into duality and create the ego or the subconscious selves that make up the ego? Well, you are trying to elevate the ego to an ultimate status, to a god-like status. And that essentially means that you want to control everything. But just by the fact that everything is moving, you cannot control everything in your life. You cannot control the earth’s rotation around its axis. You cannot control the earth’s movement around the sun. You cannot control the sun’s movement throughout the galaxy. You cannot stop all of this movement. And in a certain sense you know this. But the ego will not accept it and therefore it is in this perpetual drive to create something that it can control.

The contrast

Now what happens when a Conscious You steps outside of your four lower bodies and experiences itself as pure awareness? Well, what is it that the Conscious You is experiencing? It is experiencing the Christ consciousness, but only one aspect of the Christ consciousness for many people. And this means that after people have had the experience of pure awareness, they now go back into their four lower bodies, and now their egos instantly start wanting to control the experience. And this means that the ego superimposes its own interpretation upon the experience of pure awareness, and therefore it reasons that because there is such a great contrast between a normal state and pure awareness, then this pure awareness is the ultimate reality.

And this is the central feature of the duality consciousness that we have attempted to explain so many times. It always has two opposite polarities. In a sense, the ego wants to control everything in its environment and since it knows that everything is moving, it is trying to control the movement, or at least the direction of the movement, at least where you are going, and this is what the fallen beings are doing—have been doing since they fell. They are trying to control the movement of the universe.

But there are those beings, both fallen and not fallen, who have grown tired of this. They have had enough of this experience of trying to control the movement. But they have not seen through the duality consciousness, so now they use the duality consciousness to project an interpretation upon the experience of pure awareness. And therefore, they say: “Well, there is this contrast between the normal chaos that I experience through my four lower bodies, and this experience of pure awareness and therefore, this means that pure awareness—undifferentiated awareness—is the ultimate reality. Only Brahman is real, the world is an illusion.” But this is simply flipping from one dualistic extreme to the opposite dualistic extreme. Neither of them are real. But people are convinced that they are real, because they will say: “But I have experienced this undifferentiated state of consciousness”. But they have not. They have experienced an aspect of the Christ consciousness.

The Creator’s choice

And you see, the first—what shall we say—thing, but you cannot really call it a thing, but the first act of creation of our Creator was to create the Christ consciousness. Now you may think that the Christ consciousness is then undifferentiated in itself, but it is not. You see, the Creator, before it decided to create this world of form, before it even started deciding on the specific forms that it wanted to create, the Creator had to make choices.

We have so far given you a rudimentary view of the Allness, what we have called the Allness. We have said there are Presences in the Allness. You have even received dictations from some: the Presence of Infinite Light, the Presence of Unconditional Love. But there are many more Presences that represent certain qualities. And this is very, very difficult to explain in words on an unascended planet. But let us just say, that just as you know there are seven spiritual rays that represent different forms of energies, there are Presences in the Allness that represent different—what we might call—God qualities and it is not possible to incorporate all of these God qualities in one creation. Therefore, your Creator, our Creator, had to choose some of these Presences upon which it based this creation, this world of form. This means that when the Creator then created the Christ consciousness, it was based on these Presences that it had selected. Therefore, even the Christ consciousness was not undifferentiated.

The limitation of the linear mind

What am I seeking to explain to you here? I know very well that I am giving you a higher teaching than we have given before, and it requires you to stretch your mind. But what am I seeking to explain? I am seeking to explain that there is a fundamental difference between how our Creator views its own creation and how you view creation from inside that creation. You will not know the fullness of how the Creator views its creation until you reach the Creator consciousness. But you certainly cannot know the fullness of the Creator’s creation from an unascended sphere and certainly not from an unnatural planet like earth.

What this means is that when you are trying to understand these very subtle cosmological questions from inside an unnatural planet, you need to come to a point where you have enough humility to admit that you cannot grasp and understand this with what we have called the linear mind, the analytical mind, the reasoning mind. Because what you will do is you will take what you see around you and project it upwards. But how was the world created? We have explained this over and over.

The world was created by a projection downwards. First the Creator projected the first sphere. After that ascended, the ascended masters of the first sphere projected the structures in the second sphere and so forth. You cannot look back up and know everything because when you are inside creation, you are so affected by what you experience that when you start projecting up, you are projecting what you experience upwards. But this cannot work because what you experience, first of all, was projected from a higher state of consciousness that you cannot grasp. But second of all, what you experience on an unnatural planet like earth is partly created by your own consciousness—the duality consciousness, the separate mind, so you are now reasoning with a mind of separation and projecting onto oneness.

Experiencing the Christ consciousness behind the contrast

So, back to what I said. When you first have an experience of stepping outside the four lower bodies, experiencing pure awareness, you are first experiencing an aspect of the Christ consciousness. You could say that the Christ consciousness can be compared to a blank sheet of paper, a blank page, and then all of the forms that you see in your world are drawn onto the blank page. And if you think about yourself when you are reading a book, what are you doing? You are focusing on those little black scribbles, the letters on the page and you are reading the letters, and you are interpreting the meaning of those words. Have you ever, while you were reading a book, stopped and said: “Oh, let me look beyond the words, let me focus on the blank page?” No, why would you? The purpose of reading a book is to get the words. If you want a blank page, you can get a blank sheet of paper and stare at that, which not many people do for entertainment. But you see what I am trying to explain here. Without him was not anything made that was made. Without the Christ consciousness was not anything made that was made. But there is an element of the Christ consciousness that is the blank page, where nothing was yet made out of the Christ consciousness.

When you are inside an unascended sphere, especially on an unnatural planet, and you experience pure awareness, you are experiencing the great contrast between your normal state of awareness—your awareness of all the movement in the world—and pure awareness and it will seem as if this pure awareness is undifferentiated, never moving. And for some people, all they experience is the contrast. They just experience contrast.

Now, if you think about this, you will know that, if let us say, you are driving your car and you hear the engine, and then you drive into the forest and now you turn off your engine. What is your experience? “Oh, it is so quiet.” You are no longer hearing the engine, and the silence of what you hear now seems like complete silence compared to the noise of the engine. But then, when you sit there for a few seconds, all of a sudden you hear: “Oh, there is a bird singing in that tree. Oh, there is another bird singing.” All of a sudden, what you thought was the silence of the forest is not completely silent.

This is one reason why people have these experiences of the undifferentiated, the silent, that is so different from their normal chaotic state of awareness. And the more chaotic their normal state of awareness is, the bigger the contrast, therefore, the more silent the Christ consciousness will seem. But I am not saying this is all people have experienced, because there are people who have gone deeper. In other words, the first few times you experience pure awareness, you are focused on the contrast. But if you experience it more and more, then you can experience that behind all of the forms there is that aspect of the Christ consciousness that is silent, undifferentiated, because nothing has yet been written on it. But what is it that has not been written? It is the particular kind of forms that you see around you in your environment. And therefore, you are again, as I said, reasoning that the suffering, the chaos is caused by differentiation, therefore, the ultimate state must be undifferentiation.

But even what you are experiencing there is just the contrast. Suddenly you turn off the noise of the engine, you experience the Christ consciousness, and you think it is complete silence. But as you then experience it more and more, become more used to the experience, you realize there is not actually silence or undifferentiation in the Christ consciousness. For in the Christ consciousness is built in the drive to draw everything, at least every self-aware being, back to its Creator. And there also is in the Christ consciousness these choices of the God qualities that your Creator selected as the basis for this world of form.

You see what I am saying. Eastern spirituality has some valid basis in going beyond the outward, the outer mind, the chaos of the outer mind, but because they do not fully grasp the duality consciousness, they have not gone far enough beyond. And they have not gone far enough beyond because they have reasoned that ultimate reality is the undifferentiated Brahman and therefore, they also reasoned that the goal of spiritual growth is to return to the undifferentiated Brahman. And that is why they reasoned that the ultimate reality of you is that your sense of self is unreal because your self can only be a separate self. Any differentiated self is a separate self.

The drive to be MORE

But you see, your sense of self, the Conscious You, is created out of the Creator’s being ultimately, even though it was not created directly by the Creator, but by ascended masters in the ascended sphere right above yours and it is created with a unique individuality that is not dualistic. It is individual and it has the potential not to return to its Creator in the sense that it becomes dissolved into the undifferentiated, but that it achieves the Creator consciousness by experiencing all the levels of the Creator’s creation by experimenting with its co-creative abilities, its imagination and free will. Therefore, it comes—instead of returning to nothingness, we might say, you are actually, you are not returning to, you are growing to a state where you can fully appreciate the Creator’s creation.

And that is why, from the perspective of an ascended master, it is—how shall I put this diplomatically? Oh, yes—it is complete insanity (that is as diplomatic as I can be, as the Chohan of the Fourth Ray). It is complete insanity to believe that only the undifferentiated is real, and you are just, and the world, is just the result of some kind of accident that I cannot explain, and the goal is that you come to realize that yourself is unreal, so you return to nothingness.

What they are overlooking is, what is it that can come to realize that I am not real, that I am a separate self? Well, it is the Conscious You, but the Conscious You cannot come to experience that it is not a self. It can come to experience that it is not a separate self, and that is what happens when you step outside the four lower bodies. You can experience that you are out of the Christ consciousness, but when you have that experience repeatedly and begin to use it to dismantle the structures in your outer mind so you do not superimpose those structures upon the experience, then you connect to your I AM Presence, and you connect to the fact that your I AM Presence has a drive to transcend itself. And that is why it sent you, the Conscious You, into embodiment on a low planet like earth, in an unascended sphere—because the I AM Presence wants to accelerate itself, wants to transcend itself, and reach the Creator consciousness.

The dualistic logical flaw

You see the fundamental logical flaw here, if we can call it a logical flaw. In all of this scenario of the Eastern spirituality in a modern non-duality, is a failure to grasp that because you have the ability to contemplate how reality works, this shows you are more than the environment you are in. You have the potential to transcend the environment you are in without losing all sense of self. You may transcend the separate sense of self, which is an artificial creation, yes, but it is just an experiment with your free will and your imagination. And by experimenting with duality, going into separation, and now accelerating yourself out of it, you have a greater understanding and appreciation for how the Creator’s creation works. And this is just part of your particular path. I am not saying it is the only way to achieve the greater consciousness, but it is part of your path, the path that you chose. But this is what they deny as a result of this reasoning from inside, that only that which is undifferentiated is real. They reason there is no purpose, there is no movement, there is no acceleration. Instead, they think that the ultimate key to spiritual growth is deceleration into nothingness. They are seeking to eradicate all sense of self.

This is using the duality consciousness to reason that: “We see that the fallen beings are seeking to elevate the separate self to the status of a god.” Correct observation. But now you reason that this means that the only way to be free of suffering is to eradicate the self completely. But what is it that is able to think: “Oh, the separate self is causing suffering, therefore, I should have no self.” What is it that is able to think that way? It is the Conscious You. How could the Conscious You eradicate itself? You have self-awareness. How could you ever eradicate it? It cannot be done. Thinking it can be done is insanity, not to speak of vanity, because you think you can define how the world should work instead of using the Christ consciousness to connect to the next level of consciousness up, which is connected to the next level of consciousness up, which is ultimately connected to the Creator, so that you can experience how the world works.

There has always been something

Why am I telling you this with words? I do not want you to believe my words and to get stuck in interpreting these words. I want you to tune into my being and help me and help you accelerate yourself so you can experience the reality of the words I am giving you. I do not want you to be satisfied with the words and settle for the words. And when you experience the fullness of the Christ consciousness, you will experience that your I AM Presence is an individual being that is real. You will experience in the Conscious You a desire to return to oneness with the I AM Presence, which you came out of. You will experience in the I AM Presence and in the ascended realm and in the ascended masters this desire to accelerate, to transcend your current state. And of course, there comes a point where you will experience that you were not created out of the undifferentiated Brahman, because you are a distinct being. You are differentiated from nothingness and as philosophers have debated for thousands of years, something cannot come out of nothing. Correct. Because there is no nothing. You are conscious. As the philosopher Descartes said: “I think therefore, I am.” We could say: “I experience, therefore, I exist.”

There is something. There has always been something. There has never ever been a state where there was nothing, and then out of that nothing came something. There has been a state where there was nothing seen from inside this world of form, because the Creator had not decided to create. There was even a state where the Creator had created the Christ consciousness, the white page, but nothing was written on it, and that seems like nothing compared to this world of form that is so differentiated. But as I said, beyond the Creator is the Allness, there are Presences that have characteristics in the Allness, and the Creator selected those, built them into the Christ consciousness. The Christ consciousness was not nothing. It was no thing, as you define things in your world of form, but it was not nothing. There has never been nothing.

And I know very well what the linear mind will do with this statement. It will say: “But there must have been a beginning. There must have been a state before the ultimate, or before there was anything that was created. There must have been some ultimate state.” Well, yes, there is an ultimate state. It is everything. But the ultimate state is not completely silent or unmoving. It is accelerating itself constantly. That is the ultimate state. The ultimate state is constant acceleration. There has never been a state where there was no movement, where there was no acceleration, no self-transcendence. It has never existed. This is, again, your reasoning from inside your world projecting upon that which is beyond your world, and therefore, you are failing.

The alternative is to recognize your world was created by beings in a higher state of consciousness. And because your Conscious You is out of those beings, you can connect to those beings, and therefore you can receive something from them, us, the ascended masters, that you cannot reason your way to from inside the world, not even from the mental or lower-identity realm, as I said the Rishi is connected to.

Only from the ascended realm can you receive something that is not affected by what you see in this world and that is why I am telling you it is understandable that you reason that this world had a beginning. And it is correct. Your world of form had a beginning. Your unascended sphere had a beginning in an ascended sphere. But even the first ascended sphere had a beginning in the Christ consciousness when there was nothing. There was just a white page. Yes, all of this is correct. But if you keep going up to the Creator, did the Creator have a beginning? Yes. Did the Allness have a beginning? No.

You see, the linear mind wants to continue reasoning backwards and saying, but there must have been some ultimate state that started it all. This is the linear mind. The linear mind is like one of these old gramophones that is stuck in a track and plays the same notes over and over again. It can only reason in a linear way. There is a current condition. There is change in the world. I observe this so the current condition must have started somewhere. What started this? Well, what started that? And the linear mind wants to go back to some ultimate beginning and this is why the linear mind fails.

No beginning and no end of Allness

But now you are going to say, perhaps: “But are you not contradicting yourself? Are you not saying there was never silence, there was never a standstill? But yet you are saying that when we reason from inside, we cannot understand how the world works.” But there is no contradiction here. The contrast between your world where everything is moving, and even the Christ consciousness, can make it seem from inside your world that the Christ consciousness is not moving. But you see, the Christ consciousness that your Creator has defined for our creation is like the earth. It is moving along with the entire galaxy, just as your Creator is moving along with the Allness. And the linear mind will reason, again, something started this world of form. Something must have started what was before that and if you keep going back, there must have been an ultimate starting point.

But why is it more logical to say this, than to say there was never a starting point? There has always been movement, transcendence, acceleration. And again, as I started out saying, the reasoning mind will then, if it cannot project backwards to an ultimate starting point, it will project forward and say there must be an ultimate end. Because if everything is accelerating, Serapis Bey, there must come a point where you have reached the ultimate acceleration, the end of acceleration. And again, I simply say, why? Why is it more logical that acceleration started at some point, and that it must end at some point, than saying acceleration can and will go on indefinitely? It is only inside a world that had a beginning that you reason everything must have had a beginning.

The need to define how the world works

I know very well, because I sense the return current from the collective consciousness, as I am speaking this into the collective consciousness, that people will reason about this, will reason against it and they will come up with all kinds of reasonings, so I just return to what I have already stated. When you are in the duality consciousness, you think you can define how the universe should work and that is perfectly fine. You have been given free will. Therefore, you have the right to experiment with the duality consciousness for as long as you want, until you have finally had enough of trying to define how the world should work, and experiencing time and time again, that it does not work that way, because you are still suffering. Or you can shift your mind and say: “I am done with this. I want to know how the world actually works. Let me connect to the next level up, so I can receive a higher view from the ascended masters, than I could ever receive from reasoning from inside the mental box that is earth.” And this is all we have ever attempted to do.

I know that, especially in previous dispensations, people have reasoned that we are seeking to change the world, and it is so epically important to change the world and bring about the golden age, that it justifies forcing people to acknowledge the ascended masters, or that it is justified to force people so they can overcome their suffering. But this has never been our view. There are students who have reasoned that way. I am not blaming them, because in the age of Pisces it was easy to reason that way. Even we said certain things in the age of Pisces that inflated that view. But nevertheless, that is because, as we have said, some students were stuck, and only by bringing their viewpoints to an extreme, did they have a chance to see it, to see the lack of balance, the absurdity of it.

Tuning in to vs. Reasoning backwards

What I have attempted to do here, is to take the teachings we have given so far, but raise them up to a new level where you have an even greater vision of how the Creator started its creation, that it made certain choices. There are certain qualities that the Creator selected as the basis for this creation. And you can say, because I know this is what your minds want, your minds want me to say: “What are they? Tell me, so that I know what they are.” And we will do this, but not all at once.

You already have some hints. The Presence of Unconditional Love, the Presence of Infinite Light, there are others. Yes, there is certainly one of the Presences in the Allness for each of the seven rays, but even for the secret rays. It is a quite complicated picture that I do not wish to give you all of at once, because it will be too much, even for the time-space limitations we always face. But still, I wanted to give you something that can help you start tuning in. And first of all, I want to help you, those of you who have not yet made that switch, to realize that reasoning backwards, reasoning from inside this world of form, especially from a planet like earth, will never help you connect to how the world actually works and therefore, you realize that all spirituality must come from a higher realm in order to be valid.

And that is why progressive revelation is the essential spiritual concept for this age, for the Age of Aquarius. We have called it the Age of The Holy Spirit, the Age of Freedom, the Age of Community, but it is really an Age of Acceleration. Well, you could say every age is an Age of Acceleration, because there is always the potential of what people can go through in that age. But still, the Aquarian Age really cannot be grasped unless you are willing to understand that in the Aquarian Age, we of the ascended masters, intend to give humankind more and more teachings from our level. And you also need to understand that the teachings that have been brought forth in previous ages were a reflection of the collective consciousness and where it was at in those ages, so you need to let go of, if you want to flow with the movement of Aquarius, you need to let go of all sense that the older teachings were more pure than the newer teachings.

You see people who claim to be some of the most advanced spiritual people on the planet, because they understand this non-duality. But their basic view of the world, as I have explained in this dictation, is based on the Vedic teachings that were given thousands of years ago and what was given thousands of years ago was what people could tune into and accept at the time. If you are trying in the modern age to base your world view on these outdated teachings, you will fall into the trap of reasoning from the inside out. Even what was given by us, the ascended masters in previous dispensations, was given primarily for the Piscean Age. There are, of course, many aspects of those teachings that point to the Aquarian Age. But many of them were given for the Piscean Age, for the Piscean mindset, to help people overcome the Piscean mindset and move into Aquarius.

Flowing with the River of Life

Even those are not as progressive as the progressive revelation I am giving you in this discourse. You need to decide: “What is it I want? Do I want to flow with the River of Life? Do I want to flow with the Holy Spirit? Or do I want to hold on to something that is fixed in time?” Because when a spiritual teaching, and again, spiritual teachings, what people call spiritual teachings, can come from the mental realm or the lower identity realm. But when a spiritual teaching comes from the spiritual realm, from the ascended masters, it is valid when it is given. But once it has been put into words that can be printed on the page and therefore become subject to interpretation, well, then it is no longer necessarily the flow. It can help you tune into the flow if you go beyond the written word. But in order to really stay with the flow, you need to stay with the living progressive revelation that is being brought forth through whatever source you can tune into that appeals to you. We are not saying there is only one source. We have never said this through this messenger, because he has no need to feel he is exclusive.

The planetary choice in 2025

The choice in 2025 for the entire planet is: “Do I want to accelerate or do I want to try and defend what I have, thinking I can stand still?” But in reality, you cannot stand still. You will decelerate. If you do not accelerate, you will decelerate. That is the law built into the Christ consciousness, and: “Without him was not anything made that was made”. But it is becoming even more of a choice this year and the rest of this decade. And it has, in a sense, been a choice for the entire decade, which is why you have seen these difficult experiences like the pandemic, the war in Ukraine, the war in the Middle East. You have seen how, when people do not want to accelerate, they are holding on, they are seeking to hold on to something and then there must be other events that breaks down what they are seeking to hold on to and this will continue in the rest of this decade and it will certainly be accelerated in 2025, if people are not willing to accelerate.

With this, you might hear my reluctance to let go because I have enjoyed giving you this discourse. But with this, I have given you what I wanted to give you in this installment. I know I have given you probably more than most of you can handle. But again, you can always go back, listen again, read it and therefore allow yourself to be accelerated. Because I can assure you that all of you can benefit.

There is not a single person in embodiment who cannot benefit from this discourse, who cannot be accelerated by tuning in to my Presence and allowing me to give you something that is beyond the words, that is beyond understanding. Because I am not interested in giving you understanding. I am interested in helping you have the direct experience of my Presence. Because the words can accelerate your understanding, but experiencing my Presence can accelerate your being. And that is what all of us desire to see happen.

With this, I seal you in the immense joy that I AM as the Chohan of the Fourth Ray of Acceleration.

Let go of appearances to help build a more balanced society

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha through Kim Michaels, October 20, 2024. This dictation was given during the Webinar for America 2024: Invoking a Positive Vision for America.

I AM the Ascended Master Gautama Buddha. It is my privilege, my joy, to seal this event, which we from the ascended realm consider an absolute success. It is unprecedented in this dispensation that so many people have come together in this unity of giving these invocations and decrees. This has released a mighty thrust, and we have of course been able to multiply this by a very significant factor. So that there has been sent some very powerful impulses into the collective consciousness, into the energy field of the United States.

It is one of those things where you, as the spiritual people, would naturally like to see a result of your efforts. You may not see a direct physical visible result, but I can assure you that there has been a result at the identity, mental and emotional levels in clearing up that veil of illusion that has been hanging over the American people for a long time and that has allowed this polarization to become more and more pronounced. We have all been able to do various things according to our offices to shatter this illusion, this veil of illusion so that those who are willing can see more clearly.

The people who do not want to change

Now, there are of course those who are not willing. But then the light becomes the judgment of Christ upon these people, and this can have various ramifications. It can cause some of them to actually see what they otherwise were not willing to see. It can cause others to receive a sense of judgment so that after this lifetime they will not be able to re-embody in America because they will have to go to a country that does not have the kind of freedom and democracy that America has because they had demonstrated that now they are not willing to live up to their responsibility as citizens in a democratic nation. And what is that responsibility?

Well, it is first of all to take responsibility for yourself, for your own state of mind. And realize that the essence of a democracy is that the people must be willing to transcend themselves for a democracy to transcend itself. You cannot expect that a society will get better if you are not willing to look at the beam in your own eye, transcend your own world view, your own state of consciousness. If you instead look at the splinter in the eyes of your brothers and appoint your brothers as the scapegoat, and think you do not need to change, you just need to force those other people or to deport them or whatever it is that you think needs to be done, then you are not living up to your responsibility as a citizen in a democratic nation.

And this is becoming more and more pronounced, because as the planet is moving into Saint Germain’s Golden Age, there is much more of a pull upon democratic nations. Therefore, it becomes more difficult for the citizens of democratic nations to refuse to live up to this responsibility of being willing to look at how they need to change. The scapegoating, the pointing the finger at others, the judgment of others after appearances is becoming more and more difficult to obtain. This is quite frankly one of the reasons why you see so many people in America who are getting more and more angry because they sense that they are falling behind. They sense that there is more opposition, that there is a pull on them to change and it is harder and harder for them to resist it and therefore, they become angry because they are not willing to change.

But there are many, many people in other nations that do not have a democratic form of government who are willing to change and therefore, in their next lifetime they will be born into one of the democratic nations, and some among the current democratic citizens will be born in those nations who are not yet democracies so they can experience the contrast.

The unholy alliance

Now, we have talked about this concept of the benevolent narcissist, and what you need to recognize here is that there is a sort of unholy alliance between those citizens who do not want to take responsibility for changing themselves, their world view, their state of mind, and these benevolent narcissists. I am not just talking here about one such narcissist. There are many in the American government, in American businesses, in American bureaucracy, in other areas of American society such as the media. There are many of these narcissists who think that they know better how the country should be run. They even think they know better than the people, they know better than experts and they also think, if they were aware of it, that they know better than Saint Germain or God how America should be functioning.

And this is the unholy alliance. There are people who will not take responsibility for themselves and then there are the benevolent narcissists who will gladly take responsibility for others and for the entire nation or even the entire world or for that matter the entire universe because they think they know better. What happens is that the benevolent narcissists are making the promise: You do not have to do anything other than vote for me, trust for me, blindly follow me, I will take care of everything. And the people who do not want to take responsibility for themselves, they choose to believe in this. And once they believe in this, their minds are taken over by what we can only call a spiritual poison of ignorance. It is a willful ignorance although not a conscious ignorance. And it completely covers their minds, which is why you can see that these people are unreachable. They are unreachable for any kind of arguments, any kind of logical rational reasoning. They suffer from a form of cognitive dissonance, but it is impossible to make them see it because they have decided aforehand, a priori, that they are right about the narcissist and that the narcissist is right about everything.

And the narcissist, of course, loves to have people who believe that they [narcissists] are right, that they are the one who knows best. You see this in so many narcissists throughout history, you see it in today’s world. They reinforce each other because the people believe that the narcissist knows best, and the narcissist believes that: “The fact that people love me and follow me blindly proves that I know best.” And as we have said, this state of illusion cannot last. There will inevitably come a point where the practical realities of the world will challenge this illusion.

Reality check

Now, some may hold on to it for a while, some may never get over it in this lifetime, but there will come points where it will be clear that the narcissist does not know best. And this is because of several factors. One of them is the narcissist’s belief that he knows best, which causes him to disregard the advice from people around him, from those who are experts, those who have experiences. The narcissist lives in this bubble of illusion and thinks the world functions according to his world view.

This is also what the people who follow the narcissist believe. The narcissist then will disregard advice that could have prevented him or her from making a mistake and therefore, the mistakes will be made. But there is also what we call the second law of thermodynamics, where the narcissist uses a dualistic illusion and goes more and more towards the extremes and therefore, creates more and more opposition that will eventually shatter the illusion by disproving that the narcissist is right and knows best.

The simple fact is that once people have gone beyond a certain point of either following the narcissist or being a narcissist, it is only the School of Hard Knocks that can shatter the illusion for them. However, there are still people in America whose minds are not completely taken over by this spiritual poison of ignorance. And they can be awakened by your calls, by our actions based on your calls, so that they can see a higher vision of what America could be and can see some of the things we have pointed out, especially the need to seek unity.

Anchoring the Flame of Peace over the election process

This is what our calls or our work as a result of your calls is aimed at achieving. Now, as a result of the calls you have given, I have decided to provide what we might call a dispensation, where what I will do is I will anchor my Presence, the Flame of Peace that I hold for earth. And I have already anchored it in the rotunda of the Capitol building, but what I will do for the time until the election and somewhat after is that I will anchor my Presence over the entire election process—the Flame of Peace over the entire election process. That means every place where people can cast their ballots, where votes are counted, where the results are processed and moved on in the system. Every place, I will anchor the Presence of Peace, the Flame of Peace, for the purpose of doing one of two things, either making sure that the entire election process runs peacefully so that the people who want to vote will be allowed to vote, so that their votes will be counted accurately, that the counted votes will be tallied accurately, that there will be no interference, no conflict, no struggle, no fighting, no shooting, or if there are those who are not willing to lock into the Flame of Peace, they will be judged by the Flame of Peace.

This is a significant dispensation in an attempt to make sure that the election will happen peacefully and whatever outcome a majority of the people decide upon will be the result that will manifest, that will be recognized, and so that the person who gets the most votes will be enacted, put into office, sworn in as the next president. This flame does not in any way seek to influence the people’s voting. Simply envelop the entire process in peace so that everything can take place smoothly and we can avoid the circus that we saw last time. It may not be possible to avoid the circus despite the Flame of Peace because it cannot override free will, and there are certainly those who are hell-bent on creating as much conflict and struggle as possible around the election process. There are even foreign powers that want to create as much chaos around the election process as possible in order to prove their point that democracy is an inferior form of government to their own. Need I mention names?

High potential for awakening

These are sort of the immediate business items that I wanted to comment on in this release. I will now move on to the vision, a positive vision for the United States. Now, it may seem as if the United States or the people of America are so polarized, so divided between factions, that they are completely trapped in the dualistic mindset, either this extreme or that extreme. Yet the reality on earth is that whatever physical appearance is there, there is a counterpart in the emotional, mental, and identity realms that gives a potential that an extreme physical situation can lead to a breakthrough in the three higher bodies so that people see something that they otherwise would not have seen. In other words, the School of Hard Knocks may provide some very hard knocks at the physical level, but there may be an awakening, a clearing of the illusion at the higher levels. The more polarized America becomes, the more the rhetoric becomes polarized, the more conspiracy theories are put out there, the more there is a potential that a critical mass of people will see the absurdity. And therefore, will say: “This is too much, we have had enough of this, this just cannot be realistic.”

You see how the rhetoric becomes more and more extreme, even to the point where those who are denying that human beings have produced climate change, almost in the same sentence will claim that the government is able to influence the weather and create a hurricane and send it to states with mostly Republican voters. And it is this kind of extreme polarized cognitive dissonance that can cause people to reach that saturation point where things have become so absurd that they finally see it. It is as if something switches in their minds and they say: “Oh, this is too much, this cannot be right.” And they suddenly see the absurdity of this cognitive dissonance.

Towards a more balanced society

And the vision that I hold is not just about the election, it is more what happens after the election. Because it is absolutely necessary that America, that a critical mass of Americans, discover the middle way. Now, this does not mean that I envision that a majority of Americans are going to become Buddhists, are going to study Buddhism or even going to use the concept or the words of the middle way. But it is necessary that they discover that there is a way to look at life that is beyond the pairs, the polarizations.

Many Americans are already there, as many people in other democratic nations have been there for some time. But the critical mass has not yet been reached. And my vision that I hold is that in the coming years, this critical mass will be reached. And America, therefore, will become more balanced, a more balanced society. As we have said, it is the power elite that wants to divide, and they divide by polarizing people. But the middle way can also be seen as the way of practical realism, where instead of creating a mental image and convincing yourself that the world really works according to your mental image, you are willing to look at the practical reality: How does the world actually work? And then you make decisions based on that, based on what is the best for the greatest number of people? What is the best for the nation, for the community of America? And in the little longer one, I also envision that there will be this breakthrough of what Saint Germain called the community spirit, where you see that the whole is more than the sum of the parts, that by coming together in a community, people can attain something, achieve something, that they cannot do as separate individuals who are in competition with each other.

Americans have a very competitive mindset, and this does not promote community spirit. But this I envision will gradually fade so more and more Americans will see the advantage of working together. I envision that this will have many ramifications. First of all, that people will get involved with society at many different levels, that people will get involved in their local communities, for example, to create better schools, better childcare—for many Americans, childcare is a major problem. That they will create better facilities for helping other people, helping those who are in need, the elderly, the sick and so forth.

But also on a national scale, that they will demand public healthcare, that they will demand better education and that they will demand better media, better media coverage that does not cover over the elites’ influence and does not promote conspiracy theories that are absurd. I envision that many more people will get involved into politics, will get involved in their churches, in spiritual organizations, that many more people will start their own businesses.

And I especially envision that new ownership models of businesses will emerge where people will come together. Instead of the traditional view that one person starts a business, there will be people who work together, they will be co-owners of the business, those who work in the business will have part ownership of the business and everyone will be equals in that business. So that the business is not a corporation owned by no one or a company owned by one person but the business is a community that interacts with the greater community in its local area.

I of course also envision that people will be more engaged in politics, that they will realize that in a democracy you are not fulfilling your responsibility if you are complaining about the politicians. You have the old saying that everybody is complaining about the weather but nobody is doing anything about it, well that does not work for politics in a democracy. You have opportunities to do something about it, it is not in everybody’s Divine Plan to do so but I certainly envision that many more people will feel a responsibility to be engaged in politics in whatever way they can and therefore demand better leadership, a non-dualistic leadership.

I envision that more and more people will have had enough of the polarized, toxic debate, the polarized political climate and will begin to demand a non-dual leadership in America that is not based on this polarization, that is not based on this epic mindset that says that: “The other part will destroy America but I will save America.” This just is not a view that can survive in the golden age.

Attaining a sense of peace

Beyond these, we might say outer things, my vision for America is going a little bit further than Saint Germain saying he wants to rekindle the optimism and the joy of Americans because I see also that there are many Americans who are ready to step up to a sense of peace. There are many Americans who are looking into alternative religions, alternative forms of spirituality, it can be Buddhism for some, it can be more modern, western forms of spirituality but I see that more and more Americans will see it as a priority for themselves to attain peace in their own minds so that they can hold a certain spiritual balance for America. There are of course many people who are already doing this but I envision more people doing it and more people doing it consciously and deliberately. I also envision the emergence of organizations that are aimed at raising people’s state of mind so they can have enough inner peace to hold a balance for the nation. This is a necessity if America is to make the transition into the golden age without major upheaval and we of course would all like to see this, not least Saint Germain who would like to begin giving the gifts to America and other nations that he has prepared but that he cannot give until there is that shift in the collective consciousness.

The spiritual community around the world

I will take this opportunity to make a few remarks about the broader spiritual community not only in America but actually around the world. There is a great increase in the awareness that spiritual growth cannot be achieved through the outer path but does require the willingness to look at your own psychology—to heal the psychology. This is something that you who are following this dispensation have realized a long time ago because we have given you so many teachings on this but by you being willing to engage in this path you have pulled up on many other spiritual people so that there is actually a great transformation taking place. This does not mean that all spiritual people have realized just how complex and demanding it is to clear out your subconscious mind of these separate selves but they have at least been willing to recognize that the outer path, the automatic path does not produce the growth that they want.

There are many, many people out there who are talking about this, who are making YouTube videos about it, even writing books about it, creating courses and teaching and more and more people are responding to this and there is a great potential that those who have walked this path for a while can become teachers, guides, coaches, whatever you call it that help other people by sharing their experiences. This is a movement that has been going on for some time obviously but just within the last few years this has gained considerable momentum and it is to a very large extent driven by women.

The highest potential of the decade of women

As we have said before women are generally more open to looking at their psychology, working on their psychology, than men are and you see this very clearly. This is partly because they are tuning in to the fact that this is the decade of women and that if they are to fulfill their individual Divine Plans they need to work on their psychology so that they can overcome the psychological phase of their Divine Plans, resolve enough psychology that they can give the gift they are here to bring.

This does not mean that men are excluded from this process there are of course also many men who are responding to this but there is a larger number of women who have locked into this. This is, when you look at it from a spiritual perspective and look at a world scale, a very significant movement that we envision will be reinforced in the rest of this decade. For truly if the decade of women is to live up to its highest potential then it requires a very large number of women who consciously and deliberately engage in the process of resolving their psychology and raising awareness so that they escape the egoic consciousness as many call it so that they deal with the ‘shadow’ as others call it and so that they go through an awakening experience and reach a permanent higher state of consciousness based on the resolution of psychology. More and more people are locking into this.

The role of the ascended master students

As I said, you who are ascended master students who have been willing to take our teachings, you have played a part in this by pulling up on others, pulling up on the collective consciousness. If you will make an effort to resolve more of your own psychology some of you will see that you have the potential to become teachers, guides in this process and to help others who have not been walking the path for as long as you have. I am not putting any pressure on anyone. I am simply saying that this is the potential that some of you have, some of you have started exercising it, some of you have not yet dared to cross that line to step out from the anonymity in which you feel comfortable or rather your subconscious selves feel comfortable, but you have the potential to do so. It does not mean as we have said before many times that you need to teach ascended master teachings. You can talk in more universal terms to the business community, to other spiritual psychological groups where you talk about the ideas and the concepts without mentioning ascended masters or this messenger. You are as we have said before also free to take the teachings, take the ideas, adapt them to a specific environment and teach based on them.

This messenger has a special role of talking about ascended masters which is why he does so in his YouTube videos but there is plenty of room for some of you to talk about the ideas without mentioning us or this messenger at all. You can mix the teachings with other psychological teachings. There are many possibilities.

I simply want to commend you for the growth that you have been willing to go through, so many of you. Some of you feel like you have made an effort but you have not really broken through. But when you say I have not broken through, you just need to add one simple word. I have not broken through… yet. If you keep using the tools and teachings, if you keep being willing to ask for our guidance, if you keep being willing to step outside of your normal awareness and try to look at a different perspective you will break through. The vast majority of you will break through. And when you do break through you will, as this messenger has experienced and has described, feel that it was all worth it. All of the effort, all of the striving on the path was worth it because you have now achieved this greater vision, this greater peace of mind, this sense of who you are and who you are not.

What one has done, all can do

If you feel like you have not broken through, if you feel like there is still something you do not see and you do not understand what it is then set aside some time, watch the messenger’s videos. Do not focus on the words. Focus on what is beyond the words and ask yourself: “What does the messenger have that I do not have yet?” And then start taking notice of what he says, what it was that caused him to break through. What were the illusions he had that it took him a while to see but he eventually saw them? And this might, if you are opening your mind, help you make the same switch in the mind where you are suddenly free from these selves that you have now that are dominating your life and the way you look at life.

I am not saying this to elevate the messenger. I am simply saying that the law of the ascended masters, the motto of the ascended masters is: “What one has done, all can do.” And you will find very few people who are as open, straightforward and honest about his own path and his own struggles as this messenger. Again, not said to elevate him because the reason he is honest and open is that he does not need to elevate himself therefore he has nothing to hide. Those who want to elevate themselves are always seeking to hide something to create an appearance that hides their inner struggles. And see, one of the things that the messenger has achieved is precisely the freedom from this desire to uphold an appearance. And what many of you have not yet achieved is this freedom because you still have some subconscious selves that want to uphold an appearance. It may be an appearance to the world, it may be an appearance to the ascended masters, it may be an appearance towards specific other people, but it also has an element of maintaining an appearance for yourself where you think you need to have a certain appearance in this world.

Beyond appearances

If you will ask yourself these questions: “What kind of an appearance am I maintaining? What kind of an image would I like people to have of me? How would I like people to look at me? What would I like them to know or not know about myself?” Then, by asking these kind of questions, asking for our help, listening to the messenger’s experiences, you might have that breakthrough where you suddenly see, that you have all of your life—for many lifetimes, attempted to uphold a certain appearance. You have even used your spiritual path, even the teachings of the ascended masters, to continue to uphold or even reinforce that appearance. But you can come to see that upholding this appearance, you think it has some benefit for you. But in reality, it is a straitjacket that keeps you trapped in a very confined space where you can barely move. And therefore, it will be the greatest liberation of your life, of lifetimes, to come to see that appearance, see the self, see the illusion behind the self or the selves, and let the selves die. Because when you no longer need to uphold the appearance, what can you do? You can be yourself. Who is yourself? Your I AM Presence. And that is the breakthrough you are all longing for. However you see it, that is the breakthrough. And you can all achieve it, or you would not have been attracted to these teachings in the first place. But it requires you to be willing to look at the things you have not been willing to look at so far, and to ask yourself: “Why am I seeking to uphold this appearance? Why am I seeking to hide behind this appearance? What is the self or the selves that are hiding behind this appearance? And do I really want to continue doing this for the rest of this embodiment? Or would I rather let those selves die so I can get on with giving the gift that I wanted to bring to this planet, that my I AM Presence wants to bring?”

What one has done, all can do. You think when you look at us as ascended masters, that: “Oh, Gautama was in a special state of consciousness. It was much easier for him to transcend than it is for poor little old me.” But you are not the poor little old you. There is a self that is the poor little old you. But that is not you. That is not who you are. What one has done, all can do, because all have the same potential for transcendence. If there was anything special about me, it was I was more willing to look at my unresolved psychology than most people at the time. For that matter, more than most people today. But you see, it is the willingness that is the difference between you and I, not any God-given ability. All men and women are created equal with the equal potential for self-transcendence. I was not created special by my spiritual parents. This is idolatry to believe this. Of course, many Buddhists have idolatry of me, as many Christians have idolatry of Jesus. But do you, who have all of these teachings we have given, do you need to have this idolatry? Can you not realize that if you have this tendency to think this way, it is a separate self that is trying to prevent you from letting it die by saying: “Oh, poor little old you cannot do what Gautama did.” But you can, if you are willing.

So I leave you with that question. What are you willing to transcend? What appearance are you willing to give up so that you can be at peace with being on earth? So that you can sit under the Bodhi tree and the demons of Mara can do their thing, but they cannot pull you out of that centeredness in peace.

So in that peace, the Buddhic peace that I AM, I seal you and I once again express the gratitude of all of us for the work you have done at this event.

Be sealed then, Gautama, I AM.

Making the power elite obsolete: Embracing community spirit in America

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain through Kim Michaels, October 20, 2024. This dictation was given during the Webinar for America 2024: Invoking a Positive Vision for America.

I AM the Ascended Master Saint Germain. I am grateful that you have given me the authority to send my angels to carry out these calls that you have given in my decree, in the invocations and therefore create this momentum that I can magnify, that I can multiply, and I can use them to create real changes in the individual minds of Americans because they are free to see what they cannot see because of this veil of illusion that has been put over their minds by the fallen beings, by the power elite, and by various divisive groups in America that have been used as tools by these dark forces to spread these conspiracy theories, all of this divisive rhetoric, all this us versus them mentality, and all this scapegoating and seeing that it is other people that is the problem. I am therefore able to create a very significant action of shattering this veil of illusion so that more and more people can have that awakening experience of seeing, ‘but the emperor has nothing on’. The emperors of division, the emperors of conflict, they have nothing on.

Shattering the veil of illusion behind the power elite

And when that happens, people will be awakened to see beyond the division, to see that there is something that unites us as Americans. It is the basic humanity. It is the essential humanity. It is both our own potential and the potential of this nation. But first of all, it is this vision that all men and women are created equal and all are endowed by the same rights by their Creator, who is not a physical institution, not the state, not a certain group of people, not the noble class, not the party, not any institution on earth.

It is essential that a critical mass of Americans reawaken to the vision of why America was created. And it is, that is said in this invocation, to give people freedom from power elites, the power elites that have controlled the people throughout history, as you can see in society after society, in every historical epoch. The emperors have put themselves up as being necessary, essential, irreplaceable, so that the people could not possibly do without them. But those emperors have nothing on, and that is what my action based on your calls is aimed at achieving. Not that I expect that tomorrow the major news outlets are going to go out and declare that the biggest problem in America is the power elite, but that a critical mass of people will begin to wake up, will see this, will see the need for a different public discourse, a different approach to politics, and therefore, will vote accordingly.

There is a growing realization among many people in the world of the problem of narcissists. Well, these power elite people are the original narcissists, and it is time that a critical mass of people in America and of course in the rest of the world awaken to this realization, and this is what I am working to achieve, to cut them free so that without any rational argumentation, without any so-called proof or statistics or expert testimony, the veil just drops and they see, but the emperors of power and finance and business have nothing on. They do not have the best interest of the American people at heart, they do not have the best interest of America at heart, and they do not have the best interest of the world at heart, and we will no longer vote for the politicians who are doing the bidding of this power elite.

I hereby, by the power of the Ascended Master Saint Germain, by the authority that you have given me to act, I shatter, shatter, shatter, shatter in the four levels of matter this veil of illusion. Let it drop now so that those who are willing can see beyond this facade that has been created by this power elite that has been upheld for so long. Many people in democratic nations have seen beyond it long ago, but the American people have not seen beyond it. Why is this so? Because as we have talked about, this fascination in America with the individual freedom, too many Americans believe that they themselves might be able to achieve the wealth and the privilege that the elite has, at least the money. But it is necessary that they wake up and see that this can never happen. Yes, as we have said, an individual here and there can, but the majority of the people could never do so. Therefore, it is far better to shift the entire American political and financial system so that instead of funneling money up towards the elite, it spreads the wealth to all of the people, raising the standard of living of the people.

Growing inequality

This is what did happen after the Second World War during the 50s and 60s and a little bit into the 70s where there was optimism in America because people could see that they, by working hard, would be able to create a better life than their parents. Well, now you have in the last few decades a reversal of this where more and more young people, not only in America but also in other parts of the world, are realizing that they will not, no matter how hard they work, be able to create a better life than their parents because things have started sliding downhill. Well, it is not because the economy is going downhill. It is not because there is not enough wealth, because you clearly see that there is more wealth in America today than there was in the 1960s. But the wealth has been concentrated in the hands of fewer and fewer people. That is the problem. And that is the problem that must be corrected. And it will only be corrected when people stand up and demand change. There are, of course, politicians who are fully aware of this, but so far they have not had the ability to cut through in either political party. But this is what can change when a critical mass of the people wake up and realize what is going on. They realize that they have allowed themselves, the American people have allowed themselves to be divided and it has only one purpose, to hide the influence of the power elite.

Expressing individuality within community

What divides the American people? So many things. Basically, every single characteristic that you can almost define has been used to divide people. Men against women, Christians against other religions, materialists against religious people, Republicans against Democrats, capitalists against those who advocate another form of system. It is a wonder that you have not created some division between blonde people and brunettes. But I see that that must be coming at some point.

You see here that there is an elite that is using anything they can to divide the American people. But when the veil drops and more and more people see beyond this outer division, they can lock into what unites Americans, namely that basic humanity. And the basic humanity can give rise to the awareness that individualism can only come to its full expression in a community because individualism that acts as if every man is an island cannot actually reach its highest potential. Now some will object to this and say: “Look at all these billionaires, have they not achieved the highest potential of individualism?” Nay, they have achieved the highest potential of the ego, but the ego is the greatest restrictor of individualism, true individualism, spiritual individualism, divine individualism. In Christ, in the Christ mind, every self-aware being is an individual in the sense that you are an expression of your I AM Presence and your I AM Presence is a unique individual.

But when you realize that you are an expression of the I AM Presence and the I AM Presence is an expression of the One mind, the Christ mind, then you realize that the full expression of your individuality can only happen in a community because God has not created individuals in such a way that they destroy each other’s individuality. God has not created the earth as some kind of power game, as some kind of survival of the fittest, where God throws people onto this planet and is sitting back enjoying the spectacle of who is going to be the gladiator that eliminates all the other gladiators. This is not the game that God has created. This is the game that the fallen beings have attempted to create, but it is not created by God and certainly not by Christ, the Christ mind.

Emergence of a community spirit

Why is it that some of the people who most fiercely defend American individualism and the right of an elite to emerge are Christians, or at least they call themselves Christians? Well, it is because they have not locked into the reality of the Christ mind as the one that unifies people.

We are moving into the age of Aquarius and one aspect of the Aquarian challenge is community. ‘Come ye into unity’. This is what needs to happen in America where the people come into unity. You have this old saying: It takes a village to raise a child. Well, it is an expression of the fact that it takes a community to really be successful at any endeavor. And you have many places in America where there are people who live in smaller communities where they have developed a community spirit. But you also have many other places where this has not materialized and in large part because Americans have been so divided: race, religion. Why is it that you can go into some of these small towns in America that were built a hundred years ago or more and in the center of the town you have a town square and around the square are four churches that all think they are the only true religions and that the members of the other three churches will go to hell? Well, because the power elite have used religion, even the Christian religion, to divide people and that is because those who call themselves Christian ministers have not locked into the Christ mind or they would have transcended these outer divisions.

What is my vision for America? Well, it is precisely this, that people, and I am not saying that all need to move together physically and live in these little communities, although that is certainly what some people can do, but my vision is that people start forming many smaller communities where they seek unity, they seek cooperation, they seek to help each other in their local area. But they also form a community spirit that begins to spread to the entire nation and begins to have an impact on national politics because truly what should Washington DC be? What should Congress and the Senate be? It should be a community where the Senators and the Congress people come together, form a community because they realize they represent the communities around the nation and they are the ones who must be forerunners in forming that community spirit. What is it that you do in a community that has community spirit? Well, you allow freedom of individual expression but you balance it with the interests of the whole so that the individual can express itself in ways that benefit the whole, not in ways that are detrimental to the whole.

I have of course over these many years given many visions for America and they are all still valid as you can see that even though some of these invocations you have given were written a number of years ago, they are still very much in line with the problems that you are facing at this time. But the vision I want to give you here is precisely this. It is this emergence of a community spirit. It is not an emergence of us versus the power elite mentality where the people start to see the power elite as the ultimate scapegoat. Nay, it is an emergence of that sense of community that we Americans need to come into unity and therefore, we need to defend the community against those who are seeking to destroy the unity. And that is not only the power elite but primarily the power elite. It is of course also many other people who are using whatever means they are using to divide people for one simple reason. They think they can profit from it personally either by making money or by gaining political election. The other reason can be that they are trapped in the epic mindset and they are looking to further a particular cause that they think can be promoted and advanced by dividing people into factions setting them up against each other.

There was not so long ago a lawsuit against one of the primary conspiracy theorists who has been operating for a number of years. Well, when you look at how much money this person made, can you really be in doubt that his primary objective was to enrich himself by dividing people against each other and accelerating that division. Can you really be in doubt that there are people who are seeking to further their political interests by dividing people and making it seem like there is such polarization in America that some people have to carry an automatic rifle with them wherever they go in order to feel secure. Can you really be in doubt that there is a certain presidential candidate who for now well over a decade has been doing everything possible to divide the American people, to make it seem like things are so bad in America that he is the only one who can fix it? Can you really not see this? I am speaking into the collective consciousness. Can you really not then see beyond these attempts to divide you and see that the entire purpose of the founding of America was to give you the people the opportunity to form a community where you are not controlled by the power elites that have been controlling people throughout history.

Seeing through narcissists leaders

My vision behind America and most of the founding fathers only grasped glimpses of it—but my vision was to create an alternative to the society you saw in Europe where the kings and the noble class controlled the population. You now have a country where the population is free from the control of the elite. What has happened since then is of course that the elite has gained control in America and they have primarily done this through money, monopoly capitalism that they have used to buy political influence.

But be careful now. I know we have talked about fallen beings but I am not envisioning that the majority of the American people will come to understand our teachings about fallen beings. That is not my vision at least in the short term. But my vision is, the positive vision that I hold for America, is that a critical mass of Americans will be able to take the psychological profile of narcissism, psychopaths and sociopaths and transfer this to the political leaders in America, to the business leaders in America, to the religious leaders in America, to the conspiracy theorists in America and therefore, see that if America is to fulfill the original vision of creating a community of people who are not controlled by the power elite, then the people cannot allow these narcissistic leaders to run the country or the businesses or the economy or the religions.

Unifying element behind all divisions

The people must stand up to the elite. But how can the people stand up to the elite? Not as individuals. Because every time, and you see this in American history, every time an individual attempts to stand up to the elite, what does the elite do? They either kill that person physically or kill that person psychologically. The only way to stand up to the elite is as a community. And therefore, of course, what the elite is trying to do, with all means possible, is to prevent the emergence of this community spirit among the people by dividing the people against each other, creating the impression that there is no people. If you look at many of the media coverage, the political dialogue or the monologue for that matter, and the conspiracy theorists, you would think there is no such thing as the American people, because there is only this group and that group and the next group and they are all against each other.

This is the impression that is being hammered by not only mainstream media, but alternative media, and especially alternative media, 24/7: “Americans are divided, Americans are polarized, this group is the problem, that group is the problem.”

But what is America? What kind of political system do you have? It is called democracy. The idea of a democracy is, among other things, that all people have one vote and that whatever wins the majority of the vote becomes the law of the land. Well, the problem is that the power elite is using this to divide the people. And when the people allow themselves to be divided, nobody is in the majority—all of the time. Everybody belongs to some kind of minority. If you now have an American society that not only sees that there are these minorities that are the enemy and that we can discriminate against because we are the majority who can vote against that particular minority. Then sooner or later everybody has been discriminated against. Because you cannot belong to the majority all of the time. Certainly not in this divisive climate.

The only way out of this is the emergence of this community spirit where people see that we have outer differences. But the outer differences are at a certain level. But we are more than this level because we have a higher potential: our essential humanity. And when we reach for that humanity, we see that beyond the outer differences, there is a deeper element that unites us. All men and women are created equal because they are all expressions of the One mind, the One Spirit, the Christ mind, the One mind that unifies all who are expressions of the Creator with the Creator.

You have all the same rights. What gives you that right? You are endowed by your Creator who is beyond any institution, any division on earth. This is what the founding fathers called “nature’s God”, to make sure that it was seen as not being the God monopolized by any religion. Because it is a God that is beyond any divisions and therefore, cannot be used to divide the people and say that this group of people is the chosen people of this superior God and that group of people is going to go to hell, to eternal torment. The founding fathers saw this, that there is a need for some kind of spirit that unites, that is indivisible. And therefore, because it is indivisible, can give liberty and justice to all.

This is my vision for America. You may say, Well, that sounds pretty far-flung and utopian. But that would then be because you are looking at it from down below and you are focused on all of the outer divisions. Whereas I am looking at it from above and I am seeing that since the foundation of America in 1776 and of course even beyond, primarily going back to the appearance of Jesus on the world scene, but even before that, there has been a gradual raising of awareness. So that more and more people have become aware of this unifying element behind all the outer forms. And I see how this has worked its way into the identity realm, into the mental, into the emotional. And how for many, many people it is very close to breaking through into their waking awareness. Of course, for many people it has already broken through.

Rekindling the vision of the common good in America

What have we talked about in other democracies that have a higher sense of social awareness than America? Well, what is this social awareness? It is the community spirit. Many people already have some awareness of this. Many Americans have it, but many more are on the verge of attaining it. And that is the vision I hold. I am not holding the vision that there is some civil war-like scenario where the people now take their assault rifles and go out and start killing the power elite. I am holding the vision that there is an awakening that has an Alpha and an Omega aspect. The Omega is that you see the influence of the power elite. The Alpha is that you see the unifying element that unifies all people who are not in the narcissistic state of mind. And therefore, what happens is not that the power elite is forcefully, violently dethroned but that they simply lose their influence because people see that the emperor has nothing on. We the people do not need the power elite to run our country when we have the unifying element of the One mind. Because that One mind can run the country better than the power elite and better than we could do without the One mind. But we all have the potential to be the open doors for that One mind and therefore bring forth ideas that can bring the country forward.

Much of the anger that you find among many American people is, as we have said, a sense of being powerless. And that is because the power elite has systematically attempted to break down what is one of the main characteristics of the American nation, the American psyche, namely optimism, the sense of opportunity. They have attempted to take this away from the American people as they have attempted to take it away from all people. But my vision is that this is rekindled, that this is reignited, that people awaken and see the potential of what America could become, see what they could become if they are part of this community. And therefore, they are again excited about being in America, being part of this process, this experiment that America is.

America is not an experiment in individualism. America is an experiment in community. Look back and see how the first people that came to America, the first settlers, how did they manage to overcome these very harsh conditions that they faced in this underdeveloped country. By forming communities and helping each other. The most successful settlers were those who could work together for a common good.

You have also seen, of course, the emergence of individuals who took advantage of freedom. But can you not see the influence of communities? Can you not see that this is what has become lost in the last several decades because of this division? The common good—the vision of the common good has been lost, but can very easily be rekindled. And that is the vision that I hold for America.

Benevolent narcissistic leaders in democracy

We have often talked about the power elite, we have often talked about the fallen beings. And we have said that many of these fallen beings do not have good intentions. But I want to bring your attention to something here that is currently in the current phase that America is in, fooling many people. And it is that some of these power elite people have managed to put themselves in positions and present themselves in certain ways so that it seems like they are working for the good of the people or for the good of the nation and they are really completely altruistic in what they are doing. And many people have been fooled by this over the decades.

What I want to bring to your attention here is a phenomenon that we might call a benevolent narcissist. Now this is not a narcissist that is benevolent because narcissists are never benevolent. But it is a narcissist that has managed to present itself to the people having this facade of benevolence. And they have done this because they believe in it themselves. They actually believe that they are not narcissists, but that they are only working for the good of the country or the good of the people. And this is a phenomenon that also needs to be exposed and that people need to begin to see. They need to realize that there is a tendency in the world where a large part of the population do not have a strong enough individuality to believe in their own ability to make good decisions. That is why they are looking for someone to tell them what to do, how to live their lives. They are looking for someone who tells them: “If you follow me, if you obey me, everything will be good.”

There are people who want to be ruled by these benevolent narcissists. They want to believe in these benevolent narcissists. And they, because they want to surrender their responsibility for their own lives, they are willing to surrender to these benevolent narcissists. And once they have surrendered, it is very difficult to reach into their minds and help them see that the narcissist is not going to make their lives better or not going to make the country better.

And I of course do not expect that I can reach these people at all. But I am radiating into the minds of some of them this vision that I hold because some have the potential to be awakened. But I am also radiating it into the collective consciousness where people will begin to see that it is not actually constructive to portray these benevolent narcissists as enemies. Or even as enemies of the people or enemies of democracy. Because it is not a matter of getting people to fight them. Because the benevolent narcissist is seeking to get people to fight other people. And therefore, it is not constructive to get people to fight the narcissist or those who follow the narcissist. It is again this seeing a higher vision so that the veil drops, the veil shatters, the veil is rent. And people see that the benevolent narcissist has nothing on. Because no matter what facade the person might be able to create, he or she is still a narcissist.

And it is a necessary phase, not just in America but in the democratic world at large, that people begin to see through these benevolent narcissists and realize that these are not the kind of leaders we want. Because they will undermine our freedom, our democracy, our prosperity, they will not be able to deliver on their promises. And you see a number of countries around the world where you have these benevolent narcissists who have set themselves up as leaders. In some cases, it is in dictatorships where they have dictatorial power. In others it is in democracies where they are attempting to take unto themselves dictatorial powers. And it is a phenomenon that right now is the major thing that people in the democratic world need to realize, need to see through so they can demand a better form of leadership. In some countries this has already happened, that is why they do not have these leaders emerging in democracies. But in America it has not happened yet.

The question right now is: will the American people elect a benevolent narcissist as the next president, or will enough people have seen through this so they elect a politician who is not a narcissist. That is the question America is facing, or rather not facing, in this election. Either way, you can say, the lesson will be learned. Because if a benevolent narcissist is elected then certainly that person will outplay its narcissistic tendencies over the next four years, and much of the facade of benevolence will fall away by the mere fact that he cannot deliver on most of his promises.

And why not? Because what is it that a benevolent narcissist does? Well, as any narcissist, that person lives in a fantasy world where it has created mental images of how it wants the world to work. And it is projecting those mental images out. And by getting people to follow them, the narcissist thinks that his images have been validated, because if many people follow him they must be right. And this is very, very easy to project out when you are not in a position of power. Then you can actually believe that you can carry through some of these promises you are making. You are not realizing that you are just telling people what they want to hear in order to get them to vote for you. You are not realizing, at least not consciously, that you have no chance of fulfilling that promise. But if you are elected then it will become obvious that you cannot fulfill those promises.

Either way, what is the lesson that needs to be learned here is that in a democracy you cannot allow a benevolent narcissist to become a leader or leaders, neither in politics nor in businesses. Because they live in a dream world, and sooner or later the ship of their dream is going to be wrecked by the iceberg of practical realism. And the unsinkable ship that the narcissist thinks he has created will sink.

What needs to be seen is that politics is not a realm where there is any more room for these dreams and fantasies. Politics needs to be based on a realistic understanding of how the world works, including the economy. And this is what can happen only through the Christ mind, the community spirit. Where you see that it is not a matter of creating a fantasy that we base our community on. It is matter of a realistic assessment of what is actually best for the whole, for the entire community.

My vision that I hold for America in the short term—and this of course is not replacing all the visions I have for the longer term—but the vision I hold for America in the short term is the awakening from this fantasy of how the world works to a sense of practical realism of what is actually best for the individual, for the community, for the country. A willingness to look at this realistically without what we have called the ideological mindset, but being practical realists.

This is a very strong tendency in the American national psyche: practical realism. It is of course often overshadowed by its polar opposite, so to speak, the unrealistic optimism that is also there in the American psyche. But my vision is that practical realism will win out, will become the stronger tendency. And more and more people will wake up and say: “We do not want these fantasies about how the world should work. We want a country based on an observation of how the world actually works.”

And this breakthrough is closer than you might think, seen from my perspective where I see what is happening at the identity level, the mental level and the emotional level. And how there is a potential that this will break through in a critical mass of people who suddenly see reality.

With this I seal you in the love of my heart and my gratitude for giving me this tremendous impetus of your calls that has enabled me to send angels to shatter the veil of illusion. So that the scales may fall from people’s eyes and they may have a clearer vision for the potential, the realistic potential of America.

The only solution for America: Not the elite, but raising social awareness

Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Elohim Cyclopea through Kim Michaels, October 19, 2024. This dictation was given during the Webinar for America 2024: Invoking a Positive Vision for America.

I AM the Ascended Master the Elohim Cyclopea. As you know, the Fifth Ray is generally regarded as the Ray of Vision. I am grateful, we of the Fifth Ray are grateful that you have authorized us with your calls and invocations to shatter the veil that prevents so many people in America from seeing what is really the important issue in this nation at this time. And that issue is, of course, the power elite, the unequal distribution of wealth and income, taking wealth from the bottom 95% of the population and siphoning it up to the top. This is not a democratic system. This is not a democratic phenomenon and it is not a phenomenon seen in any other democratic country to the extent which it is seen in the United States, with the United Kingdom being a close second.

The lack of social awareness

If you go back to what Archangel Michael said about the cycles, the upward movement towards the peak and then the downward movement towards the low point. What is it that the power elite does? Well, as the upswing goes, it caters to the middle class because they think: “Ah, we can become part of the elite too. We can make as much easy money as we see the financial elite making. We just need to invest the money we have left over, and we will have as much money as the millionaires or the billionaires.” But this of course is a lie. It can never happen. You cannot start out with next to nothing and become a billionaire because that is not how the system works. Well, you can always point to some examples here and there but everybody could not do the same. That is the lie behind an elitist system.

They make the middle class think they can become as rich as the elite. But in reality, it could never happen because the system itself does not allow for that many people to become that rich. What is actually happening is that the power elite is seeking to get the middle class to go into the same state of consciousness that they are in. Namely, that they are totally focused on themselves, do not have any empathy for those who are not as fortunate as they are, and are not willing to do anything to help those who are below them in the societal hierarchy. In other words, the power elite has absolutely no social awareness and when the upswing is going, they are seeking to make the middle class act as if they have no social awareness either. Why is that a problem? Because the opportunity that a society has in an upswing is that the middle class will develop a social awareness and will say: “We have a society now that can afford to take care of those less fortunate by creating a social safety net, by creating public health care, and by creating better education that educates everybody to see the opportunities in life.”

This is the high potential that a democratic society has in the upswing. It must start with the middle class because after all, they have a higher level of consciousness than the less fortunate part of the population. But the question is, will the middle class be pulled down to the lower levels of social awareness that the power elite has, or will they be pulled up by what we might call the creative elite, which is usually not as prominent in society as the power elite. What has happened in the United States was that during this upswing, we can always debate how long that lasted or when it started, but let’s not get lost in details. What has happened in the United States is that during the upswing, not enough among the middle class, not a critical mass among the middle class, developed that social awareness. Many remain stuck in the consciousness of only caring about themselves, their own situation, and feeling that they had succeeded by doing hard work, and therefore everybody else should be able to do the same. This is another lie promoted by the power elite.

Now, of course, many among the power elite have inherited their wealth, but some have started out with nothing or next to nothing and have made it to become millionaires or billionaires and this serves one purpose only. And it is actually something that the power elite who are in the top right now, they will allow a few people to come up from below, just to promote the myth that this is something that anybody could do in a free capitalist economy. But again, some people can do it. But all people cannot do it. And the majority of the people could not do it and certainly not the majority of the middle class. Social awareness means realizing that not everybody has the same level of consciousness and therefore, not everybody is able to make use of the freedoms in a quote-unquote “free economy” and therefore, there is a need for society to take care of those who are not as highly developed in consciousness. This is part of social awareness.

This did not happen in America. Part of why it did not happen is the influence of the power elite. Part of why it did not happen is the influence of certain conservative groups, even Christian groups, who believe in this, what we have previously called the rugged American individualism, that everybody makes his own luck and this is, of course, primarily something that people who vote for the Republican Party espouse, this mindset. There are, of course, some that vote for the Democratic Party, but not quite as many. Anyway, this mindset instead of lifting, has become reinforced in a large part of the American population. And this is why there hasn’t been the transition to a greater social awareness that you see in most of the other developed democracies. Canada, Australia, New Zealand, many of the European nations, you see a higher level of social awareness where the middle class in these nations did transition and said: “We are willing to pay taxes to have a society that has a social safety net so people are not starving to death in the streets, so they don’t die of preventable disease because they cannot afford to go to the doctor.”

High time for public health care reform

In America, too many people still are in this mindset that: “If I have to pay higher taxes for somebody else to go to the doctor, then that’s socialized medicine.” But what if you looked at this from a purely pragmatic standpoint? What if you looked at a person who has this attitude and who, his entire life, refuses to pay higher taxes to pay for other people’s health care? But because there is no public health care, he pays extra money for health insurance for himself and his family. He also, beyond the health insurance, has to pay for certain medical costs. What if you now look at the lifespan of such a person and say: “He paid x amount of dollars for health insurance and medical expenses, but if he had lived in a European nation, he would have paid x amount of dollars more in taxes.”

Well, what would have cost the person more? The current system in the United States or the health care system in one of the other democracies? And you can, of course, always say that for some people, it would have cost less to have the current system in the United States because they were fortunate not to get ill and not have somebody in their family who had one of these very expensive illnesses. You can find some people for whom it would have been cheaper. But certainly not a majority, because given the fact that the health care system in America is driven by profit, whereas in many of the other democracies, it is not driven by profit because it is public health care, the fact of the matter is that most people in the United States would pay less by paying the extra taxes to cover public health care than they are paying now in a privatized system.

Now, there are some that will say: “But I do not pay anything for health insurance. I get that through my company.” Well, but where does the company get the money from to pay for this? They either have to take it out of their pocket, or they have to deduct it from taxes. Either way, you are not making as much money as you would have made if there was public health care. Generally, you see that the standard of living for the average worker in many of the other democracies is actually higher than it is in the United States. I know you can always play with the figures, and you can prove whatever you want to prove, but I am simply raising the question here, or rather I am projecting this into the collective consciousness.

Is it actually cheaper to have the American system or is it actually cheaper for the individual to have a system that is based on social awareness where we say we take care of each other? This is a question that should have been a very prominent issue in the presidential debate this year, but it is not. And why is it not? Well, because as I said, America is in one of these natural unavoidable downturns and the power elite have done everything they can to inflate the anger in many people. Now, it isn’t only the lower classes that are angry, as Archangel Michael described. There are also many among the middle class that are angry because, as I said, they do not want to pay for other people, but they sense at some part of their being that the United States will inevitably have to move in the same direction as the other democracies so there will be higher taxes and they are angry because they want to stop it. They know they cannot, but they are still trying to hang on to some kind of system, some kind of political party, some kind of presidential candidate that they think can stop or at least delay it.

The unasked questions

But what if this is an example of this interesting American saying, that you are shooting yourself in the foot. What if it is not nearly as bad as people think it is because why then has it been done in so many other countries? And why have these countries survived and even thrived and why are people better off, more satisfied, more happy than they are in the United States? You may say, as Americans are so fond of saying: “America is the richest country on earth.” Yes, certainly, America has more billionaires per capita than any other country. But if you look at the average person, America is not the richest country on earth, neither in income nor wealth. But then look at it in another way. There are international surveys that measure the happiness, the contentment of people. And there are many countries that consistently score higher than the United States.

Is richness just a matter of money, or is it a matter of the quality of life? Why doesn’t the richest country in the world have the highest quality of life? Well, there is a question that should have been in the presidential debate but is not. Why is it that certain of these issues are barely even mentioned? Because the power elite is manipulating the debate. And they are doing this for one primary reason, namely to prevent a third issue from becoming part of the political debate, namely the power elite itself and the unequal distribution of wealth and the siphoning of wealth from the lower part of the population to the elite. This is the one issue that the power elite in America wants to hide.

Delaying progress

Now, they know that in all the other democracies, at least most of them, this has been debated and there has been enacted various measures to tax the rich more than the poor. They know it cannot be stopped, but they are hoping they can delay it as much as possible. And how are they delaying it? Well, we are of course the ascended masters. We are not in a dualistic state of consciousness. We are not in the us versus them mentality. We do not want to reinforce the us versus them mentality. But it is a fact that there is an us versus them mentality in the power elite—us versus the people. And this is not understood by most people in America, but it needs to be understood for America to move forward and become a more modern democracy, a more developed democracy. And the only reason why it hasn’t become a prominent feature in the debate is because the power elite has prevented it. And how are they preventing it? With the good old time-tested measure that they have used over and over again throughout history. It is called divide and conquer.

Divide and conquer

You see, the power elite is in the divisive state of consciousness. They see themselves as clearly separated from the people. They are the elite. The people are nothing compared to them. They are fundamentally below them, fundamentally less. If you could see the arrogance and the sense of superiority of many of these people, you would be shocked. If the American people could see it, they would be shocked. But the power elite is fairly good at hiding it. How? Because instead of making the people realize that if there is any us versus them battle in America, it should be between the people and the elite. They have now managed to manipulate the people into thinking that it is us versus those other people. In other words, they have divided the people amongst themselves. The people are now fighting each other, instead of seeing that the problem is the power elite. Just look at how many people see the scapegoat as the cause of the problem. And if we could just get rid of the scapegoat, we would overcome the problem.

Now, obviously, you have a presidential candidate who has, from the moment he entered the political scene, done everything he could to inflame this division, us versus them. Even within the Republican Party, those who are RINOs, Republicans In Name Only. But what has this done to the political debate? He has actually defined the political debate because by promoting this us versus them mentality, the other party has been caught in their version of the us versus them mentality because they are trying to make sure that he does not get elected and that has become more important than promoting other issues. So what has been lost in all of this, to both parties, is the power elite.

Now, of course, the Republican party does not have a grand tradition for wanting to limit the power elite but the Democratic Party has some tradition and probably has a bigger potential than the Republican party for exposing the power elite. There has at least been talks about this in the Democratic camp. But it has all been lost because it is not considered to be a winning issue. It is not considered to be an issue that can win enough votes to defeat the other guy and all of a sudden, it has become an epic battle. The one side: “I have to get elected.” The other side: “We have to prevent him from getting elected.” Now, I am not promoting a third battle, the people versus the power elite because what has happened in these other democracies that I am talking about that are further developed is that there was not a violent revolution to overthrow the power elite. It happened because of a raising of awareness, of social awareness, and political awareness, and economic awareness.

Raising social, political, and economic awareness

Now, it is perfectly correct that in smaller nations, such as the Scandinavian nations, it has been easier to achieve this transition for the simple reason that these smaller nations do not give the power elite the same sense of power that they get in a bigger nation. And therefore, these smaller nations have not attracted, as members of their power elite, fallen beings that are at as low a state of consciousness as the fallen beings who are belonging to the elite in the United States and certain other nations. So clearly, it is not as easy of a task for the United States. On the other hand, there are many more people in the United States, and that means that the potential for exposing the power elite is very close to the same as it is in the smaller nations. And in a sense, you do not even have to expose the power elite and name and label them as the power elite or as enemies of the people. It can be done by a simple raising of awareness, a social awareness, which basically is what Jesus attempted to teach people 2,000 years ago—Love God with all your heart, mind and soul and love your neighbor as yourself. These are the two greatest commandments of the law so in this self-declared Christian nation, it should be no problem to develop this social awareness, should it?

Cognitive dissonance among American Christians

Then why is it that those who claim to be the most Christian Christians who are, in many ways, enmeshed with the Republican Party, they are the ones who are resisting social awareness. This is another issue that should be part of the debate. Why is it not? Because of cognitive dissonance. You claim to be a good Christian, and you fail to see that you are not acting like one.

Now, there was many years ago a man in India called Gandhi, and he made the statement: “I like your Christ. I do not like your Christians. They are so unlike your Christ.” Unfortunately, most Christians in America would reject it, because who was Gandhi? Ah, he was a Hindu, and they are going to hell, so why should we listen to him? But that is exactly what the scribes and Pharisees said at the time of Jesus. Not the exact words, but the same attitude. Why should we listen to him? He’s a nobody. But you see, this ties in with what Godfre said in his magnificent discourse about what it takes to be a good president when he talked about George Washington. You can only be a good president if you acknowledge there is a higher power. There is a higher principle. There is something that is right from a higher perspective.

Why should you develop social awareness? If you only think about what is good for you, you cannot and you will not develop social awareness. Why should you develop social awareness? Because it is right. Because where did all people come from? They came from the same source. That is right. Jesus clearly saw this or he would not have said: “Love your neighbor as yourself. Do good to those that hate you. Forgive seventy times seven.” How did that become lost in the Christian religion. How? Cognitive dissonance. You talk the good talk, but you do not walk the walk. And this is precisely the biggest block to progress in the United States: cognitive dissonance. It is not just found on one side of the political spectrum. It is found on both sides. There are innumerable examples of this.

Advocating for anarchy

Why am I even bothering to say this? Well, because by saying it, I can use your chakras to project this into the collective consciousness where I can awaken those who are closest to seeing this—as to seeing that there is something that is right. And therefore, you vote based on what is right, not what is expedient, not what is even in your own short-term interest. And one of the things that is right is that you have principles. You have laws. You have a system for conducting elections in a democratic nation. And when that system does what it is designed to do, when it has been monitored as it has been designed to be monitored, and it produces a certain result, then you accept that result because it is right, because if you do not accept the result, you are advocating anarchy.

If you have a supposedly democratic election where the choice is between two people and the one who loses says he will not accept the process, he will not accept the outcome, and he casts all kinds of doubt upon the system and its functioning, then you no longer have democracy, you have the beginning of anarchy. You have a person who is running for democratic office, the highest office in the land, but who is actually advocating anarchy, because he is willing to cast doubt upon the system to get elected instead of getting elected by getting the most votes and then accepting it if you do not get the most votes. And it is not right to democratically elect someone who casts doubt upon the democratic system and its institutions. I am not thereby saying that those democratic institutions are flawless. There is, of course, need for improvement. But it is one thing to advocate improvement. It is another thing to advocate that the system is fundamentally flawed.

The lies of the power elite

As I said, the big problem in the United States is the power elite. But I am not advocating a violent revolution. I am advocating a raising of awareness so that there is a gradual transition, as there has been in many other nations. This is not anarchy. This is working within the democratic system and the constitution and the laws of the land to improve the situation. It is a fundamentally different approach than saying: “Oh, everything is wrong and the country is going to hell unless a certain person gets elected president.” It is a fundamentally different approach. What is it that the power elite has been saying for a very, very long time: “Unless we are in charge, everything will go to hell.”

Who is it that creates the problems? It is the power elite. You look back at all societies in the world, and you see that the vast majority of problems and conflicts have been created by power elite groups. But what is it that the fallen beings behind power elite groups always do? They first create a problem. Then they blame it on somebody else, and then they present themselves as the only ones who can save the people from the problem that they have created. The country of America is not going to go to hell if Donald Trump is not elected. The country of America is not going to go to hell if Donald Trump is elected. Because the country of America is not in any danger of going to hell.

Why? Well, partly because of Saint Germain’s sponsorship, and partly because there are many among the American people who already have risen to a higher level awareness or who are very close to doing so. And whether this person is elected or that person is elected, the next four years will cause an even higher number of Americans to rise to a higher level of consciousness. This can happen in a very painful way or in a less painful way, but it will happen one way or the other and that means America will progress, will move forward, one way or the other. Saying something different is simply the power elite saying: “Unless we are in charge, everything will go bad because the people cannot govern themselves.” Again, they create a problem, then they present themselves as the saviors with the only solution to the problem. You can see this in world history so many times.

The only solution: raising awareness

Therefore, you can see that a person who uses this kind of rhetoric is clearly part of the power elite and therefore cannot give those poor, angry people who worship him as a God, what he is promising them. It can never happen. Because if the poor people in America, are going to improve their situation it can happen in only two ways that are, of course, related. The development of social awareness and the gradual redistribution of wealth from the elite to the lower ranking people in society. And the redistribution of wealth can only happen through social awareness. It cannot be done any other way. Even a violent revolution would not achieve the goal, as has also been proven by various countries. There is only raising of awareness.

Now, I understand fully that those who are at the lowest level of society, often, not always, but often also have the lowest levels of awareness. And therefore, they cannot see that the solution to the problem is a raising of awareness. But consider what the power elite has consistently been saying for thousands of years: “We are the solution.” You have never heard the power elite say: “Oh, the solution is the raising of the people’s awareness.” They have done everything they could, in every society in every historical epoch, to prevent the raising of the consciousness of the people. Because it is only by keeping the consciousness low that they continue to rule and continue to stay hidden.

What I have done and will continue to do—what we of the Fifth Ray will continue to do, is to shatter this veil of illusion that is hanging over America, to shatter the veil of illusion that makes individual people unable to see what is the higher right, the higher principle. And we shall see if enough people will be willing to see this, that it makes a difference on November 5th. Free will reigns supreme. And as I said, one way or the other, in the next four years, many Americans will, one might say, be forced to raise their awareness, to rethink their attitude and to develop that social awareness.

With this, I again express my gratitude, and I seal you in the Flame of Vision. For I will, if you are willing, naturally, help you develop a higher vision in response to you making these calls and authorizing me to do the work that I am here to do for planet earth and for Saint Germain.